Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  Hbrary  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


TRA^:<A('T1«»N!^ 


oV     IS' 


i:  ■■ 


j^ogal  ecological  .^ocictg 


I'K 


COllN^VALL 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF   TIIK 


l^opal  (Geological  ^ocietp 


i.'V 


CORNWALL 


IXSTJirTKI)  FKIillLWltY  llth,    isi.'i. 


VOLIMK  THK   KLKVKNTH. 


"  Cicology  in  the  magnitudu  and  suldimity  of  the  objects  of  which  it 
treats,  aDdou1>tedly  ranks,  in  the  scale  of  the  sciences,  next  astionoiny  : 
like  a-stroDomy,  too,  its  progress  de{>ends  on  the  continual  accumulation  of 
ut-»crvation8  carried  on  for  ages." — SiK  John  Hku**chki.,   Uurt. 


PKNZANCE: 
SOLD   AT    THE  APARTMENTS   OF   TllK   SOCIETY. 

1^95. 


^o^al  <!lt0lo|jkal  $ami^  of  Cornwall. 


THE  SEVENTY-THIRD 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


ETC.   ETO. 


PENZANCE: 

1887. 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL. 


Ilatronrss : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

Firr«|iatTon : 
HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  k.o.,  bto. 

ZxnnUn : 
T.  &  BOLITHO,  Esq.  COLONEL  TREMAYNR 

SIR  JOHN  ST.  AUBYN,  Babt.,  m.p. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1886-7. 

Ilmflimt : 
Wabington  W.  Smyth,  Esq.,  m.a.,  f.b.s. 

LK05ABD  H.  CouBTNET,  Esq.,  M.p.       S.  T.  G.  Downing,  Esq. 
The  Eabl  or  Mount  Edgcumbs.         Rev.  Pbeb.  Hedoeland,  m.a. 

Sreasurer: 
William  Bolitho,  Jun.,  Esq. 

JSerretatp : 
Gbobqb  Bown  Millett,  Esq.,  m.b.o.s. 

1.  Arar(an : 
Chables  Campbell  Ross,  Esq. 

Curatorf : 
Robebt  JAJftEs  Fbeoheyille,  Esq.,  f.q.s. 
Joseph  Cabne  Ross,  Esq.,  m.d. 

fisstotant  Curator  anH  librarian: 
Mb.  W.  Ambbosb  Tatlob. 

Council : 
The  Offioebs  of  the  Sooiett. 


HowABD  Fox,  Esq. 
Thomas  Oobnish,  Esq. 
RoBBBT  James  Fbboheyillb,  Esq. 
Joseph  Caenb  Ross,  Esq.,  m.]>. 
A  Pbndabtes  Yiviah,  Esq. 
Thomas  Willis  Field,  Esq. 


T.  Algebnon  Dobbien-Smith,  Esq. 
FoBTESOUE  William  Millett,  Esq. 
Thos.  Bedfobd  Bolitho,  Esq. 
Mabtin  Magob,  Esq. 
Wm.  Cole  Pendabves,  Esq. 
Fbedebiok  Holman,  Esq. 


b  2 


._ 


^1216 


LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


Honorary  Msmbers. 

George  James  Allman,  M.D.,  ll.d.,  F.R.&,  F.L.S.,  M.R.I.A.,  Ardmoor,  Park- 
stone,  Dorset. 
Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cunningham,  f.q.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a..  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  College,  etc., 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Auguste  Daubree,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Heinrich  von  Dechen,  Oberberghauptmann,  etc.,  Bonn,  Germany. 
Sir  Walter  £lliot,  K.S.I.,  F.L.S.,  President  Botanical  Society,  Edinburgh, 

etc.,  Wolfe  Lee,  Hawick. 
Robert  Etheridge,  F.R.S.,  F.G.8.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  19,  Halsey 

Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
William  Henry  Flower,  f.rs.,  F.L.a,  f.q.s. ,  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

S.W\ 
Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  Pb.D..  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Hofrath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum 

of  Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 
Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  Washington,  U.S. 
Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Hubert  Hunt,  F.R.8.,  F.B.S.,  etc,  late  Keeper  of  Mining  Records,  26,  St. 

Leonards  Terrace,  Chelsea,  London,  S.W. 
John  Edward  Lee,  f.a.8.,  f.q.s..  Villa  Syracusa,  ToK^uay. 
Nevil  Story-Maskelyne,  M.A.,  M.P.,  F.R.B.,  F.C.8.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Bassett  Down  House,  Swindon. 
Leon  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Richard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  H.D.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.&,  F.L.&,  F.a.s.,  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Park,  Surrey. 


6         Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

William  Penfi;elly,  F.R.a,  p.g.s.,  Lamorna,  Torquay. 

The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  cb.,  m.p.,  Ph.D..  P.R.S.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow 

Qardens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  f.g.s.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  KG. 
Joseph  Prestwich,  m.a.,  P.R.a,  p.q.b.,  etc.,  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Darent  Hulme,  near  Shoreham,  Sevenoaks. 
Bemhard  M.  Studer,  Professor  of  Qeology,  Berne. 
Major-General  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  B.E.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  F.G.a, 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  B.E.,  c.b.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army, 
W.  Wagner,  President  Wagner  Institute,  etc.,  Philadelphia,  U.S. 
Nicholas  Whitley,  Truro. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  E.  Bamett,  F.G.a,  Penzance. 

Francis  Doherty,  Eilmoriarty  House,  Portadown,  Armagh,  Ireland. 

Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  B.A.,  d.sc.  f.g.s.,  Llandudno. 

Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s. 

€(eorge  Bown  Millett,  M.B.C.S.,  Penzance. 

Warington  W.  Smyth,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.a,  and  Foreign  Secretary,  Chief 

Inspector  of  Crown  Mines,  etc..  Museum,  Jermyn  Street,  S.W.,  and 

5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
William  Teague,  jun..  Pool. 

Ordinart  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

Gustavus  Lambart  Basset,  Tehidy,  Camborne. 

Captain  Bedford,  R.N.,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.R.c.a,  Penzance. 

Francis  Boase,  M.R.c.a,  Penzance. 

Edward  Bolitho,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Simon  Bolitho,  Trengwainton,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penalveme,  Penzance. 

John  Borlase,  Castle  Homeck,  Penzance. 

William  Copeland  Borlase,  m.a.,  m.p.,  F.aA.,  Laregan,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just 

John  Richards  Branwell,  Penlee,  Penzance. 


List  of  Members.  7 

The  Aichbifihop  of  Oanterbmy,  Lambeth  Palace. 

Theophilus  Code,  The  Rookery,  Marazion. 

Edwaid  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Cornish,  Penzance. 

Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  M.A.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Quildford. 

Leonard  H.  Courtney,  M.P.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 

Joshua  Sydney  Davey,  Bochym,  Helston. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

William  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Samuel  Theophilus  Qenn  Downing,  Ken^e,  Penzance. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick. 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  F.Q.a.,  6,  Holyrood  Place,  Plymouth. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Glanmor,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Henrj'  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  !!.▲.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

William   Husband,  m.  inst  ce..  25,  Brandenbury  Road,  Gunnersbury, 

Chiswick,  London. 
Stephen  Harvey  James,  St  Just. 
Thomas  King,  ICA.,  Penzance. 
Joseph  James  Lanyon,  Penzance. 
Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 
Andrew  Harpur  Mitchell,  Penzance. 
Fortescue  William  Millett,  Marazion. 
John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport 
Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  Ferryhill. 
William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 
Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 
Rev.  Canon  Rogers,  m.a.,  Gwennap. 
John  Roscorla,  Penzance. 
Major  Ross,  Penzance. 
Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 
Joseph  Came  Ross,  M.D.,  f.g.s.,  Penzance. 


8         Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cot^wall. 

Sir  John  St.  Aubyn,  Bart,  m.p.,  St.  Micliael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe, 

Ldant. 
Bev.  St.  Aubyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 
William  Bickford  Smith,  Trevamo,  Helston. 
Qeorge  John  Smith,  Trelisk,  Truro. 
R  H.  Solly,  F.6.B.,  Grordon  Villa,  Cambridge. 
William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 
Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 
Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 
Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere,  c.b.,  M.A.,  F.a.&,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
William  Trythall,  Penzance. 
Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  f.g.b.,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Gate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
The  Rev.  Sir  Vyell  Vyvyan,  Bart,  Trelowarren,  Helston. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 

John  Westlake,  Q.G.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.W. 
Gteoige  Williams,  Scorrier. 


List  of  Members. 


Associates. 


Arundel  Anthony,  Lelant. 
James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 

Mine,  St.  Just. 
J.  T.  Blight,  F.S.A.,  Penzance. 
J.  H.  Collins,  P.G.8.,  64,  Bickerton 

Boad,  London,  N. 
Wm.  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St  Just 
James  Evans,  Nance,  Illogan. 
John  Giles,  East  Looe. 
William  Qregor,  Swansea. 
R.  T.  Hall,  formerly  of   Cape 

Copper  Mines,  Africa. 


William  Hollow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 

Benedict  Kitto,  f.g.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Michell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.q.s.,  Diamond 
Fields,  Kimberley,  S.  Africa. 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,!.  intt.  c.e..  Camborne. 

John  Rowe,  The  Terrace,  St  Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Honorary  Members,  Life  Members,  and  Associates  whose 

Addresses  are  unhwimi. 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.        |  Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s. 
Hall,  R.  T.  I  PhilUps,  John. 

Thomas,  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  the  favour  of  his  being  informed  of  any  ijiaccuracies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 

ANNIVERSARY  ADDRESS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT, 

WARINGTON  SMYTH,  F.R.S., 
To  the  General  Meeting,  5th  November,  1886, 


The  Reports  of  your  Coimcil  dnd  of  the  Officers  testify  to  the 
continued  well-being  of  the  Society.  Our  numbers  are  kept 
up  welL  The  Library  is  greatly  increased  and  improved,  and 
a  few  additions  have  been  made  to  the  specimens  in  the  Museum. 
It  is  satbfactory  to  find  that  the  collection  of  minerals,  which 
we  desire  to  get  fully  and  completely  labelled,  contributes  to  the 
attractions  of  this  part  of  the  county,  seeing  that  a  laige  number 
of  visitors  take  advantage  of  the  facilities  offered  by  the  gratuitous 
exhibition  of  the  collections. 

We  have  suffered  during  the  past  year  losses  by  the  decease 
of  several  members  of  our  Society,  of  which  I  must  with  deep 
regret  remind  those  present  on  this  occasion.  In  Mr.  John 
Hallet  Batten  we  have  lost  an  associate  and  a  former  active 
Honorary  Secretary,  of  whom  many  of  our  body  and  a  large 
number  of  accidental  visitors  will  assuredly  cherish  a  pleasant 
recollection.  Freed  after  his  long  years  of  service  in  India  from 
official  labours,  he  turned  to  good  account  the  early  lessons  he 
had  received  at  Charter  House  and  Haileybury,  and  the  various 
knowledge  acquired  during  a  succession  of  offices  held  in  India, 
culminating  in  the  important  position  of  Commissioner  of  Kumaon, 
in  the  North- Western  Provinces.  He  contributed  during  his 
residence  in  India,  besides  his  official  reports,  sundry  papers  to 
the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  and  to  Indian  and  home  journals. 
He  farther  assisted  our  late  associate,  Mr.  W.  Jory  Henwood,  in 
his  Indian  explorations,  and  he  gave,  as  will  be  recollected,  a 


12        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

vivid  account  of  the  serious  landslip  at  Kynee  Tal,  a  delightful 
and  health-giving  resort,  the  origin  of  which  was,  we  believe, 
chiefly  due  to  our  late  friend. 

Mr.  Batten,  after  several  years'  residence  in  Penzance,  was  tempted 
to  move  to  Exeter,  where  he  seems  again  to  have  distinguishod 
himself  by  his  activity  and  good-humoured  willingness  to  assist 
in  any  work  that  appeared  likely  to  promote  the  well-being  and 
improvement  of  the  city  and  county  in  which  he  resided. 

Another  and  very  grievous  loss  has  been  experienced  in  the 
untimely  death  of  our  young  and  esteemed  friend,  Mr.  J.  Bernard 
Magor.  Distinguished  as  a  student,  and  on  several  occasions 
selected  a  prizeman,  he  had  grappled  with  the  Natural  History 
sciences  in  an  energetic  spirit,  ftnd  brought  out  several  papers 
which  gave  promise  of  a  shining  light  in  the  intellectual  atmos- 
phere of  Penzance,  and  bid  fair  to  secure  him  for  the  position 
of  one  of  the  worthies  of  the  county.  But  the  high  hopes  of 
his  many  friends  were  doomed  to  be  frustrated,  for  a  painful 
disorder  cut  short,  on  the  last  day  of  August,  a  career  of  probably 
very  exceptional  usefulness. 

Mr.  Charles  William  Peach,  bom  in  September,  1800,  was  a 
remarkable  instance  of  the  love  of  Natural  History  and  of  its 
application  to  Geological  inquiry  which  inspires  some  few  persons, 
even  though  occupied  with  numerous  official  duties,  to  apply 
their  energies  at  all  available  moments  to  studies  by  which  they 
may  acquire  and  advance  knowledge.  Attached  to  the  Coastguard 
in  the  eastern  part  of  the  county,  Mr.  Peach,  then  riding-officer 
of  Her  Majesty's  Customs  at  Gorran  Haven,  was  the  first  to 
discover  organic  remains  in  the  arenaceous  rocks  of  that  neighbour- 
hood. This  may  be  said  to  have  been  the  beginning  of  a 
reasonable  foundation  of  the  stratigraphical  element  in  the 
structural  history  of  Cornwall  It  was  followed  up  by  farther 
discoveries  along  the  coast  from  Charlestown  to  Fowey,  Polperro, 
and  Mellendreath  beyond  East  Looe ;  and,  much  to  the  astonish- 
ment of  many,  and  the  dismay  of  some  adherents  of  the  old 
view  of  the  ''  primary "  character  of  the  killas,  it  was  announced 
that  the  fossil  remains  of  fishes  had  been  found  at  a  series  of 
those  localities.     About  this  time  Peach  speaks  of  Hugh  Miller's 


President's  Address,  13 

admirable  work  on  the  Old  Ked  Sandstone  as  a  book  "which 
I  have  read  with  a  most  heart  and  soul  sympathy  with  the 
author ;"  and  referring  to  a  hint  thrown  out  by  our  then  President, 
Sir  Charles  Lemon,'*'  exclaims  in  triumph,  "I  feel  it  a  high 
happiness  now  to  be  able  to  say  with  certainty  that  we  in  this 
county  do  'live  within  their  domain,'  and  that  the  remains  of 
these  'strange  animals'  have  been  found  in  our  rocks." 

The  specimens  produced  in  1841  were  very  obscure,  "still  to 
me,"  he  continues,  "  they  were  valuable  as  connected  with  other 
forms  which  I  noticed  in  the  rocks,  and  which,  from  their 
delicacy  and  the  friable  nature  of  the  matrix  in  which  they  were 
embedded,  could  not  be  removed.  Thus  the  fossil  fish  of  Corn- 
wall were  firmly  fixed  in  my  mind,  and  in  fancy  floated  before 
my  eyes,  and  I  felt  a  great  desire  to  convince  others  that  they 
existed  not  only  in  fancy,  but  in  reality ;  but  little  did  I  think 
that  the  proof  which  I  now  have  the  pleasure  of  laying  before  the 
Society  would  be  of  such  a  triumphant  character  or  so  complete, 
for  complete  it  is.  And  I  have  the  gratification  of  saying,  that 
some  of  the  most  distinguished  geologists  of  the  present  day  have 
pronounced  the  specimens  produced  beautiful  and  good  ones,  and 
that  they  belong  to  the  fossil  fishes  of  a  very  ancient  date." 

His  literary  activity  was  so  considerable  that  no  less  thaii 
fifty-eight  articles  from  his  pen  are  mentioned  in  the  Bihliotheca 
Comubiensis. 

Needless  to  say  that  this  enthusiastic  spirit,  coupled  with  his 
industry  and  his  keen  eye  for  observation,  brought  him  into 
prominent  notice  in  the  geological  world,  and  that  when  trans- 
ferred to  a  new  post  at  Wick,  in  north-eastern  Scotland,  these 
same  qualifications  stood  him  in  good  stead  and  secured  the 
friendship  of  all  classes  of  observers. 

For  several  years  past  Mr.  Peach  enjoyed  his  well-merited 
pension  on  retirement  from  active  official  life,  and  had  the 
satisfaction  of  seeing  his  son  following  his  scientific  footsteps 
as  an  industrious  and  trustworthy  member  of  the  Government 
Geological  Survey  of  Scotland. 

*  Address  of  Sir  Charles  Lemon,  Bart.,  R.  Geol.  Soc.  of  Cornwall,  1842. 


14        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Our  Society  and  the  county  have  lost  another  notable  example 
of  eminence  attained  by  a  man's  own  exertions  and  fulness  of 
brain  power.  Mr.  William  Teague,  of  Treliske,  has  been,  amongst 
our  mine  managers  of  the  past  generation,  one  of  those  whose 
shrewdness  and  common-sense  were  most  prominently  marked, 
and  who  appears,  in  other  capacities  than  that  of  a  mine  captain, 
to  have  been  able  not  only  to  take  a  leading  part,  but  to  inspire 
a  remarkable  degree  of  confidence  in  those  with  whom  he  was 
associated.  It  is  much  to  be  deplored,  from  a  public  point  of 
view,  that  he  should  have  been  removed  from  his  sphere  of 
usefulness  at  a  time  when  the  mining  enterprise  of  Cornwall, 
although  in  some  respects  much  improved,  is  nevertheless  in 
other  points  still  in  a  critical  state. 

In  addressing  you  on  the  occasion  of  the  annual  meeting 
of  last  year,  I  had  the  pleasure  of  inviting  your  attention  to 
some  of  the  principal  bearings  of  the  discovery  of  Tertiary  Shells 
in  the  clay  bed  of  St  Erth.  Since  that  time,  by  virtue  of 
special  arrangements  with  the  late  lamented  Mr.  Mills,  vicar 
of  the  parish,  as  the  pit  is  situate  in  the  glebe  land,  several 
persons  have  sought  to  augment  the  importance  of  the  find 
by  adding  to  the  number 'of  the  species.  But  in  particular  I 
have  to  mention  that  a  grant  from  the  government  fimd,  ad- 
mimstered  by  the  Eoyal  Society,  was  awarded  to  two  gentlemen 
specially  fitted  to  take  up  such  an  exploration  for  the  farther 
prosecution  of  the  enquiry.  One  of  these,  Mr.  Robert  William 
Bell,  well  known  to  the  scientific  world  as  an  accomplished  palseo- 
conchologist,  has  been  obliging  enough  to  prepare  for  our  meeting 
of  to-day  a  paper  giving  some  account  of  progress  made.  The 
fuller  details  will  require  much  farther  working  out,  but  the 
sketch  thus  kindly  presented  to  you  is  illustrated  by  the  two 
cases  of  accurately  determined  species  sent  by  Mr.  Bell,  and  now 
placed  for  inspection  on  the  table. 

A  contribution  firom  our  former  Curator,  Dr.  Foster,  of  a 
specimen  of  the  new  Manganese  ore  of  Merionethshire,  invites 
me  to  say  a  few  words  in  explanation  of  a  curious  and  instruc- 
tive phase  in  local  mining.  Years  ago  various  little  irregular 
workings  along  continuous  lines  were  opened  amongst  the  rugged 


PresidenVs  Address,  15 

Cambrian  rocks  extending  from  Barmouth  northward;  but  the 
black  oxide  became  scarce  and  poor,  we  were  swamped  with 
Gennan  and  Spanish  ores,  and  the  Welsh  mines  were  practically 
shut  np  for  the  last  forty  years.  Now  on  a  sadden  a  new 
opening  is  discovered  in  the  smelting  of  ferro-manganese  for 
steel  making :  what  was  formerly  refuse  turns  out  to  be  a 
carbonate  and  silicate  of  Manganese  giving  a  percentage  of  about 
30 ;  the  deposit  proves  to  be  a  bed  (not  a  vein)  of  about  2  to  2^ 
feet  thick,  and  a  large  part  of  the  area  of  this  wild  Cambrian 
mountain  group  from  Barmouth  to  Harlech  is  now  the  scene 
of  mining  exploration  and  the  busy  erection  of  incline  tram- 
ways. 

It  is,  I  doubt  not,  in  common  with  many  others  that  I  have 
during  the  last  few  months  devoted  attention  and  thought  to  the 
subject  of  earthquakes.  Regarded  from  the  earliest  period  of 
human  history  as  the  most  terrible  and  unaccountable  of  natural 
phenomena,  they  appear  of  late  to  have  exercised  their  sinister 
action  more  frequently,  if  not  more  destructively,  than  in  former 
ages.  Is  it  possible,  we  may  be  inclined  to  ask,  as  the  world 
increases  the  rigidity  of  age,  and  slowly  but  certainly  loses  the 
warmth  of  its  youth,  that  it  is  fated  to  be  more  and  more 
subject  to  these  dread  visitations,  and  that  regions  hitherto  free 
should  hereafter  be  ravaged  by  the  same  influences  that  have  so 
lately  spread  death  and  destruction  in  Southern  Spain,  in  Ischia, 
in  Croatia,  in  North  America,  and  in  Greece  % 

Those  who  study  the  catalogues  of  earthquakes  as  given  to  us 
by  the  late  Mr.  Mallet^  by  M.  Perrey,  of  Dijon,  by  Professor 
(yKeilly*  and  others,  cannot  but  see  that  the  numbers  have 
actually  increased ;  but  this  may  be  answered  by  the  observation 
that  in  old  times  the  more  serious  cases  only  used  to  be  recorded, 
whilst  at  the  present  day  not  only  is  the  number  of  observers 
greatly  increased,  but  the  general  progress  of  science,  and  especially 
of  geology,  has  raised  a  more  general  spirit  of  enquiry,  and 
has  led  to  the  employment  of  instruments  for  the  detection  of 

*  See  the  recently  published  elaborate  '*  Catalogue  of  Earthquakes  recorded 
for  Europe  and  adjoining  Countries."  Over  200  4 to  pages.  By  Professor 
J.  CyBeilly,  C.R,  Trana.  Bay.  Irish  Acad.    Dublin,  1886. 


IG        Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwalL 

movements  which  otherwise  might  have  passed  unnoticed.  The 
early  accounts,  both  in  sacred  and  profane  writings,  dealt  with 
the  subject  almost  entirely  as  a  narrative  of  the  disasters  occa- 
sioned ;  and  although  that  great  master  of  comprehensive  observa- 
tion, Aristotle,  attempted  a  classification  of  the  different  varieties 
of  earthquake,  no  observations  of  a  scientific  character  appear 
to  have  been  made  in  Europe  until  a  very  recent  period.  We 
are  informed,  however,  that  in  the  early  cradle  of  civilization  in 
the  far  East  these  phenomena  were  more  closely  investigated,  and 
an  ingenious  instrument  for  indicating  the  direction  of  earthquake 
vibrations  was  constructed  by  one  Ch6ko,  a  Chinese,  in  the  year 
A.D.  136  ;  and  for  some  hundreds  of  years  before  that  date  records 
of  such  occurrences  had  been  kept  both  in  China  and  Japan. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  said  that  the  systematic  discussion  of  earth 
movements — seismology^-only  took  its  place  as  a  science  on  the 
publication  of  Mr.  Mallet's  Keports  on  his  prolonged  investigation, 
by  the  aid  of  the  Eoyal  Society,  of  the  disastrous  earthquake 
of  Southern  Kaples  in  1857 ;  and  I  am  tempted  more  particularly 
to  dwell  on  the  subject  in  consequence  of  the  receipt  from  time  to 
time  of  volumes  of  interesting  matter  in  the  Trajisactions  of  tlie 
Seismological  Society  of  that  hot-bed  of  earthquakes,  Japan,  books 
in  the  English  language,  well  printed  on  the  spot,  and  contributed 
to  by  natives  as  well  as  Europeans.  Moreover,  in  the  present  year 
a  very  readable  summary  of  the  subject  has  been  published*  by 
Professor  John  Milne,  of  Tokio,  who  has  done  so  much  in  fostering 
the  scientific  activity  of  the  young  Japanese.  Professor  Milne  has 
founded  a  large  part  of  his  material  on  experiments  and  observations 
made  during  an  eight  years'  residence  in  Japan,  where  he  had  the 
opportunity  of  recording  an  earthquake  every  week  I 

In  an  ofb-quotcd  passage,  a  philosophical  Latin  poetf  notes  the 
satisfaction  with  which  an  easy-going  person,  standing  on  ten^a 
firnia,  may  watch  the  troubles  of  someone  else  who  is  encountering 

*  Earthquakes  and  Other  Earth  Movements,  by  John  Milne.  London : 
Ecgan  Paul,  and  Co.     1886. 

t  **  Suave  marl  magno  turban tibus  sequora  ventis 
£  terr&  magnum  alterius  spectare  laborem." 

Lucretius,  De  Rerum  Nat, 


President's  Address.  17 

the  seas  of  a  stifT  gale.  I  am  afraid  that  iDany  of  us,  living  in  a 
region  which  has  enjoyed  immunity  from  such  disasters,  hardly 
i^pieciate  either  the  horrors  of  the  situation  in  what  may  be 
called  earthquake  countries,  or  the  interesting,  hut  at  the  same  time 
somewhat  uncomfortable,  fact,  that  manifestations  of  this  kind, 
more  or  less  perceptible,  are  far  more  frequent  and  generally 
distributed  than  we  used  to  imagine. 

We  are  all  aware  that  one  class  of  earthquakes  are  intimately 
connected  with  volcanic  outbursts,  and  indeed  that  a  shaking 
of  the  earth,  more  or  less  violent,  often  precedes,  and  often  also 
accompanies,  the  outbreak  of  the  other  phenomena  of  volcanism ; 
but  we  have  to  remember  that  the  earthquake  makes  its  disastrous 
entry  not  unfrequently  into  countries  where  nothing  of  a  volcanic 
character  is  known,  as  now  from  the  end  of  August  to  the  present 
day,  with  a  succession  of  shocks  which  have  shaken  the  fine  city 
of  Charleston  into  ruins.  And  it  seems  only  a  faint  light  to 
throw  upon  its  causation,  that  Major  Powell,  of  the  U.S.  Army, 
asserts  that  the  direction  of  the  chief  axis  of  the  disturbance  was 
along  a  line  of  Postquaternary  dislocation  on  the  east  flank  of  the 
Appalachian  chain ;  whilst  Professor  O'Reilly,  of  Dublin,  finds 
that  the  alignment  follows  the  course  of  a  groat  circle.  Take  the 
case  of  Agram,  in  Croatia,  far  away,  as  one  would  conceive,  from 
anything  of  a  volcanic  or  unstable  kind,  and  yet  cruelly  shaken, 
to  the  great  loss  and  terror  of  its  inhabitants,  for  long  and  weary 
months ;  or  look  at  the  more  fatal  and  harrowing  scones  enacted  in 
the  South  of  Spain,  in  the  midst  of  a  pleasant  country  of 
Secondary  and  Tertiary  sedimentary  strata,  a  mingling  of  moderate 
hills  and  fertile  plains.  The  occasional  slight  shocks  which  have 
been  felt  in  Great  Britain  are  similarly,  to  all  appearance, 
unconnected  with  what  are  called  properly  volcanic  phenomena ; 
and  some  of  them  having  been  the  prolongation  of  earthquakes  of 
the  most  violent  character  elsewhere  have  led  to  much  enquiry 
into  the  subject.  Thus  the  great  earthquake  of  Lisbon  in  1765, 
which  overthrew  that  city  in  five  minutes,  and  killed,  it  is  said, 
some  40,000  persons,  was  felt  through  the  whole  of  the  British 
Islands,  and  in  fact  over  an  area  of  3300  miles  long  by  2700 
miles  wide.    A  phenomenon  this,  then,  of  a  very  different  character 

VOL.    XL  c 


18        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Convwall. 

from  the  volcanic  outbursts  which,  with  all  their  magnificent 
display  of  steam  and  lava,  and  dust  and  clouds,  as  well  as 
deafening  explosions,  and  thunder  and  lightning,  occupy  only 
a  comparatively  small  area  even  in  those  countries  which,  like 
Iceland  and  the  Sandwich  Islands,  are  most  remarkable  for  the 
grand  scale  of  their  eruptions.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
the  sea  waves  following  upon  the  Lisbon  earthquake  broke  upon 
the  shores  of  Mounts  Bay  at  2  p.m.,  or  4^  hours  after  the  shock 
at  Lisbon,  the  sea  rising  and  falling  through  a  height  of  eight 
feet  at  Penzance,  and  even  more  at  Mouschole  and  Lamorna. 
The  middle  of  last  century,  after  this  terrific  catastrophe,  witnessed 
a  strong  excitement  on  similar  events,  and  a  great  accession  to  the 
already  large  number  of  works  devoted  to  the  subject  In  Italy 
and  Sicily  it  was  naturally  the  case  that  much  stress  was  laid 
on  the  synchronism  of  earthquake  waves  with  volcanic  activity. 
In  the  region  extending  for  only  two  hundred  mOes  in  length — 
with  Vesuvius  on  the  north,  Etna  on  the  south,  and  Stromboli 
rather  nearer  to  the  latter  than  the  former — there  are  these  three 
open  vents,  one  of  them  constantly  in  activity,  the  others  breaking 
out  at  intervals  of  from  three  to  five  years;  and  as  the  area 
of  the  districts  shaken  by  the  destructive  earthquakes  of  1783  and 
1857  is  only  a  little  on  one  side  of  the  line  joining  them,  it  is  no 
wonder  that  the  general  persuasion  has  been  that  the  three  centres 
of  eruption  have  some  kind  of  connection,  and  that  the  discharges 
which  take  place  from  them  act  in  relief  of  the  forces  which  would 
otherwise  produce  earthquakea  Your  President,  who  passed  a  few 
of  his  earliest  years  in  the  northern  part  of  this  unstable  district, 
on  the  north  Hank  of  Vesuvius,  had  early  in  life  this  impression 
instilled  into  him ;  but  he  has  felt  that  the  alleged  proofs  are  not 
satisfiauitory,  and  observes  several  cases  quoted  by  Professor  Milne 
as  confirming,  at  all  events,  the  view  of  the  frequent  want  of 
synchronism  between  earthquakes  and  volcanic  eruptions. 

Let  us  see  what  a  true  earthquake,  irrespective  of  eruption,  may 
be  defined  to  be.  Mr.  Mallet  says  an  earthquake  ''is  the  transit 
of  a  wave  or  waves  of  elastic  compression  in  any  direction  from 
vertically  upwards  to  horizontally,  in  any  azimuth,  through  the 
crust  and  surface  of  the  earth,  from  any  centre  of  impulse,  or 


PresidenVs  Address.  19 

more  than  one,  and  which  may  be  attended  with  sound  and  tidal 
wayes,  dependent  upon  the  impulse  and  upon  circumstances  of 
position  as  to  sea  and  land." 

The  same  high  authority  pointed  out  how,  by  careful  exam- 
ination of  the  mischief  done  at  the  surface,  it  was  possible  to  plot 
down  the  emergence,  like  the  outcrop  of  a  lode,  of  the  wave- 
path,  and  thus  to  calculate  the  depth  of  the  focus  or  origin  of  the 
blow.  Terming  the  spot  at  surface  directly  over  this  focus  the 
epicerdrumf  and  the  plumbline  from  it  the  "  seismic  vertical,"  the 
depth  of  the  origin  was  in  the  Neapolitan  case  taken  to  be  a  mean 
of  5^  geographical  miles;  and  observations  made  in  the  same 
sense  elsewhere  seem  to  confirm  his  conclusions,  that  this  depth  is 
mostly  within  thirty  miles  of  the  surface.  The  origin,  however, 
would  appear  in  many  cases  to  be,  not  a  point,  but  a  fissure  or  rent 
of  considerable  length. 

There  are  two  aspects  under  which  earthquakes  appear  to  have  a 
special  interest  for  the  mining  part  of  the  community.  One  of 
them  is  the  frequent  formation  of  fissures  such  as  the  miner 
requires  to  understand  for  the  first  step  in  the  formation  of 
his  lodes.  Sir  Charles  Lyell  collected  long  ago  accounts  of  the 
effects  of  the  Calabrian  earthquake  of  1783,  which  formed  certain 
crevasses  of  100  feet  in  width,  and  200  feet  in  depth,  their 
lengths  varying  from  half  a  mile  to  a  mile,  besides  which  many 
smaller  cracks  of  one  or  two  feet  in  breadth,  and  of  great 
length,  were  formed.  Numerous  other  cases  are  cited,  in  some  of 
which  ejections  of  water,  mud,  and  various  gases  play  a  curious 
pari  The  second  point  is,  that  one  has  a  preconceived  notion 
that  earthquakes  would  be  felt  most  readily  below  ground,  and 
that  there  being  in  large  mines  always  some  of  the  men  down 
at  night,  full  notice  would  be  taken  of  anything  so  alarming. 
Let  us  hear  what  was  recorded  nearly  130  years  ago  by  that 
excellent  observer.  Dr.  Borlase  :* 

"On  Friday,  the  15th  of  July,  1757,  a  violent  shock  of  earth- 
quake was  felt  in  the  western  parts  of  Cornwall. 
"About  a  quarter  after  six  p.m.,  the  sky  dusky,  the  wind  being 

•  Natural  History  of  Cornwall     1768. 

c  2 


20        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

at  west-north-west,  fell  quite  calm ;  about  half-past  six,  being  then 
in  the  summer-house  at  Keneggj,  the  seat  of  the  Honourable 
J.  Harris,  Esq.,  near  Penzance,  with  some  company,  we  were 
suddenly  alarmed  with  a  rumbling  noise,  as  if  a  coach  or  waggon 
had  passed  near  us  over  an  uneven  pavement ;  but  the  noise  was 
as  loud  in  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  as  in  the  middle,  which 
neither  the  sound  of  thunder  or  of  carriages  ever  is.  The  sash 
casements  jarred ;  one  gentleman  thought  his  chair  moved  under 
him ;  and  the  gardener,  then  in  the  dwelling-house  (about  a 
hundred  yards  distant  from  us),  felt  the  stone  pavement  of  the 
room  he  was  in  move  very  sensibly. 

"  In  what  place  the  shock  began,  and  whether  progressive  or 
instantaneous  in  the  several  places  where  it  was  felt,  is  uncertain, 
for  want  of  accurately  determining  the  precise  point  of  time  in 
distant  places. 

"The  shock  was  not  equally  loud  or  violent  Its  extent  was 
from  the  Isles  of  Scilly  eastward  as  far  as  Liskeard,  and  towards 
the  north  as  far  as  Camelford,  through  which  district  I  shall  trace 
it  according  to  the  best  informations  I  could  procure. 

**  In  the  Island  of  St.  Mary,  Scilly,  the  shock  was  violent.  On 
the  shores  of  Cornwall,  opposite  to  Scilly  (in  the  parish  of  Senan, 
near  the  Land's  End),  the  noise  was  heard  like  that  of  a  spinning- 
wheel  on  a  chamber  floor.  Below  stairs  there  was  a  cry  that 
the  house  was  shaking ;  and  the  brass  pans  and  pewter  rattled  one 
against  another  in  several  houses  in  the  same  parish.  In  the 
adjoining  parish  of  St.  Just,  two  young  men,  being  then  swimming, 
felt  a  strong  and  very  unusual  agitation  of  the  sea.  In  the  town 
of  Penzance,  in  one  house  the  chamber  bell  rung,  in  another  the 
pewter  plates,  placed  edgeways  on  a  shelf,  shifted,  and  slid  to 
one  end  of  the  shelf;  and  it  was  everywhere  perceived  more 
or  less,  according  as  people's  attention  was  engaged. 

"At  Marazion,  the  next  market  town  east  of  Penzance,  the  houses 
of  several  persons  shook  to  that  degree  that  people  ran  out  into 
the  street,  lest  the  houses  should  fall  upon  them.  In  the  borough 
of  St.  Ives,  on  the  North  Sea,  six  miles  north  of  Penzance,  the 
shock  was  so  violent  that  a  gentleman,  who  had  been  at  Lisbon 
during  several  shocks,  said  that  this  exceeded  all  he  had  met  with, 
except  that  on  the  first  November,  1755,  so  fatal  to  that  city. 

"  At  Tehiddy,  the  seat  of  Francis  Basset,  Esq.,  the  rooms  shook, 
and  the  grounds  without  doors  were  observed  to  move.  The  shock 
was  felt  sensibly  at  Redruth,  St.  Columb,  Bodman,  &c.,  along  to 
Camelford,  which  is  about  90  miles  from   the  isles  of   Scilly. 


President's  Address.  21 

From  Marazion,  eastward,  it  was  felt  at  several  places,  in  like 
manner,  as  fiftr  as  Lostwythyel;  but  at  Liskerd,  about  10  miles 
eist  of  Lostwythyel,  it  was  but  faintly  perceived,  and  that  by 
a  few  persons.  It  was  still  less  sensible  at  Loo  and  Plymouth, 
'scarcely  sufficient  to  excite  curiosity  or  fear.'  The  times  of  its 
duration  were  various.  At  Keneggy,  we  thought  the  noise  could 
not  have  lasted  above  six  seconds;  at  Trevailer,  not  two  miles 
distant  to  the  west,  it  was  thought  to  have  lasted  near  half  a 
miunte;  in  the  parish  of  Gwynier,  half  a  minute;  but  the 
shaking  felt  in  the  garden  and  observed  in  the  houses  short  and 
momentary.  In  Germo  great-work,  7  miles  east  of  Penzance,  it 
luted  only  a  few  seconds ;  but  in  the  Isles  of  Scilly  it  was 
computed  at  40  seconds.  So  was  this  earthquake  felt  in  towns, 
houses,  and  grounds  adjacent ;  but  still  more  particularly  alarming 
in  oar  mines,  where  there  is  less  refuge,  and  consequently  greater 
dread,  from  the  tremors  of  the  earth.  In  Camroth  Adit,  in  the 
parish  of  St  Just,  the  shock  was  sensibly  felt  18  fathom  deep ;  in 
the  mine  called  Boscadzhil-downs,  more  than  30  fathouL  At 
Hnel-rith  mine,  in  the  parish  of  Lannant,  people  saw  the  earth 
move  under  them,  first  quick,  then  in  a  slower  wavy  tremor ;  and 
the  stage  boards  in  the  little  winds  or  shafts,  twenty  fathom  deep, 
were  perceived  to  move.  In  Herland  mine,  commonly  called  the 
Manor,  in  the  parish  of  Gwynier,  the  noise  was  heard  55  and 
60  &thom  deep,  as  if  a  studdle  had  broke  and  the  deads  were 
set  a  running :  it  was  nothing  like  the  noise  of  thunder. 

**In  Chace- water  mine  the  same  noise  was  heard  at  least  70 

Cithom  under  the  surface.    At  Huel-rith  mine,  near  Godolphin,  the 

noise  was  seemingly  underneath.     '  I  felt,'  says  the  director  of  the 

mine,  'the  earth   move   under    me,   with    a    prodigious,   swift, 

and  apparently  horizontal  tremor.     Its  continuance  was  but  for  a 

few  seconds  of  time,  not  like  thunder,  but  rather  a  dull,  rumbling, 

even  sound   like  deads  running  underground.      In   the  smith's 

shop  the  window -leaves  shook,   and  the   slating  of    the   house 

was  cracked;  the  whim-house  shook  so  terribly  that  a  man  there 

at  work  ran  out  of  it,  concluding  it  to  be  falling.     Several  persons 

then  in  the  mine,  working  60  fathom  deep,  thought  they  found  the 

earth  about  them  to  move,  and  heard  an  uncommon  noise.     Some 

heard  the  noise  and  felt  no  tremor;   others  working  in  a  mine 

adjoining,  called  Huel-Breag,  were  so  frightened  that  they  called 

to  their  companions  above  to  be  drawn  up  from  the  bottoms. 

Their  moorhouse  was  shaken,  and  the  padlock  of  their  candle 

chest  was  heard  to  strike  against  the  staples." 


22        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cprnwall. 

Mr.  Henwood,  in  voL  v.  of  our  Transactions^  has  preserved  a 
brief  record  of  an  earthquake  shock  which  was  felt  17th  February, 
1842,  throughout  considerable  portions  of  the  Helston,  Camborne, 
and  Redruth  mining  districta  Noises  were  heard  and  concussions 
felt,  both  at  the  surface  and  at  considerable  depths  in  several 
of  the  mines.  In  one  instance,  at  East  Wheal  Crofty,  the  men 
left  their  work  in  alarm,  fearing  that  the  side  of  the  shaft  in 
which  they  were  was  falling.  Mr.  Henwood  also  states  (voL  vi.) 
that  severe  injuries  were  sometimes  sustained  at  the  shallow 
copper  mines  near  Copiap6,  in  Chili,  where,  during  his  brief  stay, 
seldom  more  than  three  days  passed  without  a  shock.  One  of 
these  occurred  whilst  he  was  underground  at  ChafiarciUo,  but  it 
was  not  felt  below  the  surface. 

Mr.  Richard  Edmonds  (voL  vii.)  gave  the  Society  an  excellent 
account  of  an  carth(^uake  shock  which  took  place  on  the  13th 
January,  1860.  A  circular  was  sent  to  the  mines  to  collect 
information,  and  a  good  many  replies  were  obtained.  At  St. 
Ives  Consols,  at  130  fathoms  from  the  surface,  and  at  Providence 
mines,  125  fathoms  deep,  a  noise  was  heard  like  that  of  a  kibble 
falling  through  a  shaft,  or  as  if  a  "stull"  had  given  way;  but 
whilst  neither  shock  nor  sound  was  observed  at  either  of  the 
other  mines  of  the  Land's  End  district,  both  were  remarked  at 
the  surface  in  each  locality.  In  Dolcoath  mine,  at  260  fathoms 
deep;  North  Crofty,  170  fathoms;  and  the  United  Mines,  208 
fathoms  level,  very  similar  rumbling  sounds  were  heard.  At 
Wheal  Busy,  Chacewater,  "  after  the  sound,"  said  the  agent,  "  in 
two  seconds  I  felt  the  counting-house  vibrate  for  ten  seconds,  after 
that  I  thought  one  of  the  boilers  had  burst,  but  on  looking  to  the 
engines  I  found  all  was  right,  consequently  I  supposed  it  to  be 
the  shock  of  an  earthquake  or  some  awful  crush  below  ground.'' 

Professor  Milne  quotes  the  case  of  Marienberg,  in  Saxony, 
where  an  earthquake  is  reported  to  have  been  felt  deep  under- 
ground when  it  was  unnoticed  at  surface.  The  usual  experience, 
as  he  allows,  is,  that  if  a  shock  is  felt  underground  it  is  also  felt 
on  the  surface,  as  for  example  in  the  lead  mines  of  Derbyshire, 
at  the  time  of  the  Lisbon  disturbance,  1755.  At  the  Comstock 
lode,  about  twelve  years  ago,  many  earthquakes  were  felt     On 


President's  Address.  23 

(me  particular  day  twenty-four  were  counted.  Superintendent 
Charles  Foreman  told  the  author,  when  he  visited  Virginia  city 
in  1882,  that  special  observations  were  made  to  determine  whether 
these  shocks  were  felt  as  severely  deep  down  as  on  the  surface 
where  they  were  on  the  verge  of  being  destructive.  The  universal 
testimony  of  many  observers  was,  that  in  most  cases  they  were 
not  felt  at  all  underground,  and  when  a  shock  was  felt  it  was 
extremely  feeble. 

At  the  Takashima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki,  which  is  worked 
extensively  under  the  sea,  the  earthquake  shocks  are  seldom 
felt  underground,  but  a  good  deal  of  gas  is  encountered  in  the 
woridngs,  and  as  it  appeared  to  escape  several  hours  before  any 
marked  changes  in  the  barometrical  column,  and  as  minute 
Tibrations  or  earth  tremors  were  deemed  to  accompany  barometric 
depressions,  it  was  thought  important  to  establish  a  subterranean 
obserratory,  and  to  study  the  connection  between  such  microscopic 
movements  of  the  rock  and  the  escape  of  gas.  But  the  heavy 
settlements  consequent  on  the  working  of  three  seams,  with  an 
aggregate  thickness  of  30  to  36  feet,  entirely  vitiated  the  record 
of  minute  tremors,  and  the  observations  by  microphone  and 
micro-seismometer  are  stated  to  have  been  ''totally  unreliable."'^ 

Two  chapters  of  this  interesting  work — the  one  on  the  Cause 
of  Earthquakes,  the  second  on  Predictions  and  the  giving  of 
warnings  of  coming  Earthquakes — are  suggestive  and  in  part 
Tery  amusing,  but  I  feel  that  the  time  and  the  results  of  observa- 
tion are  not  yet  sufficiently  advanced  to  entitle  me  to  lay  before 
t  general  audience  so  much  that  is  speculative,  with  not  a  little 
which  has  rather  too  fantastic  an  air. 

I  must,  however,  say  a  word  on  one  phase  of  the  earthquakes 
which  are  accompanied  by  eruptions,  and  in  a  great  measure 
on  account  of  the  disaster  which  has  overtaken  the  hot  lake 
district  of  New  Zealand,  and  of  the  valuable  descriptions  by 
which  it  has  been  followed.  The  Contemporary  Review  for 
October  contains  an  eloquently-written  parallel,  by  Dr.  Archibald 
Geikie,  between  the  .late  events  in  New  Zealand  and  the  first 

*  Professor  Milne,  Report  to  BriL  Assoc,  1884. 


24        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

recorded  eruption  of  Vesuvius  in  a.d.  79.  The  former  outbreak 
has  buried  a  fine  woodland  region  and  the  beautiful  lake  and 
sinter  deposits  of  Eotomahana  under  a  pall  of  grey  ashes  and 
seething  hot  mud.  It  was  just  as  unexpected  as  the  more  ancient 
case,  and  although  both  districts  showed  to  the  instructed  observer 
clear  proofs  of  an  earlier  volcanic  activity,  both  localities  were 
thought,  if  not  to  have  totally  extinguished  their  fires,  to  exhibit 
only  the  last  expiring  traces  of  igneous  energy. 

But  how  terrible  the  awakening  by  the  eruption  of  2  a.m. 
on  the  10th  June  last  has  been  brought  before  us  by  the  vivid 
descriptions  of  eye-witnesses,  and  it  is  now  farther  impressed  upon 
us  by  the  philosophical  preliminary  report  of  Dr.  Hector,  f.rs., 
who  was  immediately  despatched  by  the  government  to  the 
scene  of  destruction.  The  awfully  paroxysmal  violence  of  the 
successive  openings  of  the  craters  of  the  Tarawera  range,  which 
happens  to  be  just  the  height  of  Vesuvius,  the  gradually  in- 
creasing strength  of  the  earth  shocks,  the  awe-striking  character 
of  the  electric  discharges  which  fringed  the  dense  cloud  of  steam 
and  volcanic  dust,  seem  to  have  been  capped  by  the  blowing 
out  of  the  material  from  a  chasm  of  2000  feet  in  length  by 
500  feet  in  breadth  and  300  feet  deep,  which  is  prolonged  into 
a  fissure  extending  nearly  seven  miles  to  the  lake  Otaro.  As 
for  the  site  of  Rotomahana,  Dr.  Hector  describes  it  as  giving 
rise  to  "a  pillar  of  cloud  that  is  visible  in  all  directions  over 
the  country,  having  a  diameter  of  about  an  eighth  of  a  Inile 
and  a  height  of  not  less  than  12,000  feet.  Its  effect  is  most 
impressive,  especially  in  the  morning  and  evening,  when  it  is 
lighted  up  with  gorgeous  tints  by  the  slanting  rays  of  the  sun 
when  it  is  below  the  horizon  and  all  the  surrounding  landscape 
is  in  twilight."*  No  wonder  if  the  sense  of  security  which 
has  grown  up  amongst  those  residing  at  the  hot  springs  is  pro- 
foundly disturbed,  and  if  it  leads  geologists  to  contemplate  the 
possibility  of  recurring  outbursts  of  subterranean  action  in  regions 
that  were  considered  secure  from  such  inflictions. 


♦  Dr.  Hector's  Report,  Nature,  August  26th,  1886. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


DuRiNQ  the  post  year  little  has  occurred  in  the  ordinary  working 
of  the  Society  to  call  for  special  notice. 

The  Moseum  continues  to  attract  visitors,  and  it  has  been 
enriched  by  the  specimens  enumerated  in  the  Eeport  of  your 
Coiator. 

In  the  Library  the  additions  to  the  shelves  are  steadily  in- 
creasing, as  the  long  list  of  valuable  works  set  forth  in  the 
Beport  of  your  Librarian  shows.  A  large  number  of  volumes 
have  been  bound  recently. 

The  Science  Classes  under  the  management  of  Messrs.  Bamett 
and  Corin  continue  to  be  successful. 

The  Fossil-room  has  been  made  more  convenient  as  a  place  of 
study,  or  meeting  of  an  evening,  by  having  gas  laid  on,  and  it  is 
now  capable  of  being  lighted  in  the  same  manner  as  the  large 
Moseom. 

The  Society  has,  since  we  Jast  met,  suffered  serious  loss  in  the 
of  four  of  its  Members. 


Mr.  Charles  William  Peach,  one  of  our  Honorary  Members 
who  has  done  so  much  for  us  with  regard  to  Cornish  Fossils, 
passed  away  at  an  advanced  age  early  in  the  year. 

Mr.  William  Teague,  of  Treliske,  so  well  known  in  the  mining 
world,  has  also  been  removed  by  death. 

We  have  further  to  regret  the  demise,  on  the  13th  July  last, 
of  Mr.  John  Hallet  Batten,  who  was  for  several  years  Secretary 
to  this  Society,  and  one  of  its  most  valued  supporters. 


26        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

By  the  early  and  much-lamented  decease  of  Mr.  John  Bernard 
Magor  of  this  town,  on  the  3l8t  August  last,  the  Society  loses  a 
young  and  promising  Member. 

The  Council  desire  to  recommend  for  election  as  Ordinary 
Members  Major  Boss  and  Mr.  Walter  Henry  Borlase. 

GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 

Hon.  Sec. 
6th  Nov,,  1886, 


LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 


Thb  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library : 

L   TRANSACTIONS,   JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies,  Editors,  and  other  Doners^ 

or  purchased, 

Beaton.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings:  VoL  xiiL,  May,  1885,  to  May,  1886.  8vo. 
Boston,  1885-86. 

Bristol     Bristol  Naturalists'  Society. 

Proceedings:  VoL  v.,  part  1,  N.S.  (1885-86),  and  title-page 
and  index  of  vol  iv.  Report,  Lists,  &c,  for  the  year  ending 
30th  April,  1886.     8vo.     Bristol,  1886. 

Brussels.     Societe  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 
Proces-verbaL  pp.  109-148  of  tome  xil  1883. 

„  „       1-104      „      xiii.  1884. 

„  „       1-144       „       xiv.  1885. 

„  „       1-96        „        XV.  1886. 

Statuts  .  .  .  Deuxi^me  Edition,  avec  les  modifications  qui  y 
ont  cte  apport^  depms  1863.     8vo.     Bruxelles,  1883-86. 

Camborne.     Mining  Association  and  Institute  of  CornwalL 
Transactions :  Vol.  L,  part  2.     8vo.     Camborne,  1886. 

Cambridge.     University  Library. 

Thirty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Library  Syndicate. 
Folio.     Cambridge,  June^  1886. 

Canada.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Proceedings :  fasc.  3,  4,  of  vol.  iil,  series  iiL  8vo.  Toronto, 
1886. 


28        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Canada.      Geological   and   Natural    History   Survey  of    Canada. 
Contributions  to  Canadian  Paleontology. 

Vol.  ].,  part  1. — Report  on  the  Invertebrata  of  the  Laramie 
and  Cretaceous  Rocks  of  the  vicinity  of  the  Bow  and  Belly 
Rivers  and  adjacent  localities  in  the  North-west  Territory. 
By  J.  F.  Whiteaves.     8vo.     Montreal,  1885. 

Colorado.     Colorado  Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  ii,  part  1,  1885.     8vo.     Denver,  1886. 

Dorpai      Dorpater    Naturforscher-Gesellschaft     Archiv  fur  die 
Natur.  Liv-,  Esth-  und  Kurlands : 

I.  Serie.     Band  ix.,  lief.  3.     II.  Serie.     Band  x.,  lief.  2. 

8vo.     Dorpat,  1885. 
Sitzungsberichte :  Band  viL,  heft  2,  1885.     8vo.     Dorpat, 
1886. 

Dublin.     Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings :  Parts  7-9  of  vol.  iv. ;  and  parts  1,  2, 

of  vol  v..  New  Series.     8vo. 
Scientific  Transactions :  Parts  7-10,  vol  iii.,  series  iL     4 to. 

Dublin,  1885-86. 
Falmouth.      Royal    Cornwall  Polytechnic    Society.      Fifty-third 
Annual  Report,  1885.     8vo.     Falmouth  [1886]. 

Freiberg.     Jahrbuch  fiir  das  Berg-  und  Hiittenwesen  im  Konig- 
reiche  Sachsen,  auf  das  jahr  1886.     8vo.     Freiberg,  1886. 

India.     Geological  Survey  of  India. 
PalaK)ntologia  Indica : 

Duncan  and  Sladen :  Fossil  Echinoidea  from  the 
Makran  Series  (Pliocene)  of  the  Coast  of  Bilii- 
chistdn  and  of  the  Persian  Gul£  [Series  xiv. 
VoL  L,  part  3,  fasc.  6.] 
Lydekker :  Siwalik  Crocodilia,  Lacertilia,  and  Ophidia; 
and  Tertiary  fishes.  [Series  x.  VoL  iil,  parts  7,  8.] 

.     Siwalik    Mammalia.     [Series    x.      VoL   iv., 

part  1,  supplement  1.] 

4to.     Calcutta— London,  1886. 
Records :  VoL  xviiL,  part  4. 

„  „    xix.,  parts  1-3.        8vo.    Calcutta,  1885-86. 


Librarian's  Report.  29 

Japan.     Seismological  Society  of  Japan. 

Transactions :  Vol.  viii,  1885.     8vo.     [Tokio]  1885. 

y,  „    iz.,  parts  1, 2, 1886.  8vo.  Yokohama,  1886. 

Jam    Natural  History  Society,  Batavia. 

Catalogns  der  Bibliotheek  van  de  Koninklijke  Nataarknndige 
Yereeniging  in  Nederlandsch-Indie.     8vo.     Batavia,  1884. 

.    Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandsch-Indie,  uitge- 

geven  door  de  Kon.  Nat  Vereen  in  Ned.-Ind. 

Deal  XLIV.,  XLV.  (Achtste  serie,  deel  V.,  VI.) 

8yo.     Batayia's  Gravenhage,  1885-86. 

Leeds.    Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Riding 
of  Yorkshire. 
Proceedings :  Vol.  ix.,  part  1.     8vo.     Leeds,  1886. 

■.    Leeds  Geological  Association. 

Transactions :  Part  1,  1883-85.     8vo.     Leeds,  1885. 

Leicester.  Leicester  Town  Museum.  Eleventh  Report  of  the 
Museum  Committee  to  the  Town  Council  From  March  26th, 
1884,  to  March  25th,  1886.     8vo.     Leicester,     n.d. 

Liege.    Societe  G^logique  de  Belgique. 

Annales:  Tome  xii,  1884-85.     8vo.     Li^ge,  1884-85. 

LiDe.    Soci^t6  G^ologique  du  Nord. 

Annales:  Tome  xii.,  1884-85.     8vo.     Lille,  1885. 

Liverpool     Liverpool  Eugineering  Society. 

Annual  Report,  1885.     8vo.     Liverpool,  1886. 

— •.    Liverpool  Science  Students'  Association. 

Proceedings,  Rules,  &c.,  1884-85.     8vo.     Liverpool,  1885. 

London.  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Montreal  Meeting,  1884.  Canadian  Economics  ;  being 
Papers  prepared  for  reading  before  the  Economical 
Section  .  .  .  With  an  Introductory  Report. 

8vo.     Montreal — London,  1885. 

.     Report  of  the  Fifty-fifth  Meeting  .  .  .  held  at  Aberdeen 

in  September,  1885.     8vo.     London,  1886. 


30        Royal  Geoloijical  Society  of  Corn  wall. 

London.     Geologists'  AiBsociation. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  3-5  of  vol.  ix. 

8vo.     London — Lewes,  1885-86. 

.     Geological  Society  of  London. 

Abstracts  of  Proceedings. 
List  .  .  .  November  1st,  1885. 
Quarterly  Journal,  No.  164,  vol  xll 

„  „  „    165-167,  voL  xliL 

8vo.     London,  1885-86. 

.     London,  Edinburgb,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 

Series  V.     No  127  of  vol.  xx. 
„  „    128-133  of  vol.  xxi. 

„  „    134-138  of  vol.  xxii. 

8vo.     London,  1885-86.     Purchiised. 

.     Manual  of  the  Mineralogy  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland 

By  R  P.  Greg  and  W.  G.  Lettsom. 

8vo.     London,  1858.     PurcJiased. 

.     Mineral  Statistics  ...  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  for 

the  years  1875,  1877,  and  1878.     By  Robert  Hunt 

8vo.     London,  1876,  1878,  1879.     Purchased. 

.     Mineral   Statistics   of    the    United    Kingdom    of    Great 


Britain  and  Ireland  ...  for  the  year  1885.  Prepared  by 
Her  Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Mines.     Folio.     London,  1886. 

-.  Eeport  on  the  Inspection  of  Metalliferous  Mines  in  Corn- 
wall, Devonshire,  Dorsetshire,  Hampshire,  Isle  of  Wight,  and 
part  of  Somersetshire,  for  the  year  ending  31st  December, 
1885.     By  R  J.  Frecheville.  Folio.     [London,  1886.] 

[Presented  by  Mr.  R  J.  Frecheville.] 

•.     Palajontographical  Society.     Vol.  for  1885. 

4to.     London,  1886.     PurcJiased. 


-.     Royal  Society. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  239-241  of  vol.  xxxix. 

„     242-245       „      xL 

8vo.     London,  1885-86. 


LihraiiarCs  Report.  31 

London.     Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
JonrnaL     Vol.  iv.,  Noe.  10-12. 

„  „     v.,     „     1-9.         8vo.     London,  1885-86. 

Manchester.    Manchester  Geological  Society. 
Transactions :  Parte  11-20  of  vol  zviii 

,,  Title-page,  Contents,  &c.  of  voL  xyiii 

8yo.     Manchester,  1885-86. 
Melbourne.     Geological  Society  of  Australasia. 
Transactions :  Vol  L,  part  1. 

List  of    Members  .  .  .  also   Catalogue  of  Works  in  the 
Library  of  the  Society.     Compiled  by  Eobert  T.  Litton. 

8vo.     Melbourne,  1886. 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     North  of  England  Institute  of  Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineera 
Transactions :  VoL  xxziv.,  part  4. 
„  „     xxxY.,  parts  1—3. 

8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1885-86. 
New  South  Wales.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Department  ...  for  the  year  1884. 

Folio.     Sydney,  1885. 

.     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings  for  1884.     8vo.     Sydney,  1885. 
President's  Address,   delivered   .   .    .    5th   May,    1886,    by 
Professor  Liversidge,  f.r.8.  8vo.     [Sydney,  1886.] 

]^ew  York.     American  Greographical  Society. 
Bulletin  :  Nos.  1-6,  1882. 
„  „     1~7,  1883. 

„  „     1-5,  1884. 

„     1,2,1885. 
„  „     1,  1886.  8vo.     New  York,  1882-86. 

Paris.    Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales :  S&ie  viiL,  t.  viiL,  liv.  4-6.     8vo.     Paris,  1885. 
„  „       „     t.  ix.,  liv.  1,  2.     8vo.     Paris,  1886. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 
Reports  and  Transactions,  1884-85,  and  1885-86. 

8vo.     Plymouth,     n.d. 


32        Royal  Geological  Society  of  CorruralL 

Penzance.     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Eeports   and   Transactions:    31st,    33rd,   and  35th  Annual 

Reports,  &c.    8vo.    Penzance,  1844,  1846,  1848.    Purchased. 

[Members  or  others  possessing  spare  copies  of  the  above 

Reports  would  greatly  oblige  by  presenting  or  selling 

them  to  the  Society.     The  29th  Report,  1842,  the  46th, 

1859,  and  the  47th,  1860,  are  also  much  wanted.] 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  Parts  2  and  3,  April  to  December,  1885. 
„  Part  1,  January  to  March,  1886. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1885-86. 

.     American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings:  Nos.  120,  121,  of  vol.  xxiL 
„  „     122  of  vol.  xxiii. 

8vo.     Philadelphia.     1885-86. 

Pisa.     Societk  Toscana  di  Scienze  Naturali. 

Processi  Verbali:  pp.  1-58,  95-118,  of  vol.  v. 
Memorie :  Vol  vi,  fasc.  2°. 

„  „     vil  8vo.     Pisa,  1885-86. 

Plymouth.     Devonshire  Association. 
Reports  and  Transactions : 
VoL  vi.,  part  ^,  1874. 
VoL  ix.-xvii,  1877-85. 

Parts  1,  2,  of  Extra  VoL,  containing  Devonshire  Domes- 
day.    1884,  1885. 
Title-page  of  vol.  v.,  1872.     8vo.     Plymouth,  1872-85. 
[Presented  by  Mrs.  Batten.] 

.     Plymouth  Institution  and  Devon  and  Cornwall  Natural 

History  Society. 

Transactions:  Vol.  ix.,  part  2,  1885-86. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1886. 

St.  Petersburgh.     Comity  Geologique,  St.  Petersburgh. 

Miimoires :  Vol.  iii..  No.  I. — Die  Fauna  des  Untem  Devon 
am   West-Abhange   des    Urals.      Par   Th.    Tschemyschew. 

4to.     St.  Petersburgh,  1885. 


Librarian's  Report.  33 

Sydenham.     Dulwich  College. 

Seventh  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Dulwich   College  Sdenoe 
Sodety,  1884-85.    8vo.     Dulwich  College,  July,  1885. 

Tmro.    Eoyal  Institution  of  Cornwall 
Journal:  YoL  viii,  part  4,  Dec.,  1885. 
„  „    ix.       „     1,  Oct,  1886. 

8vo.     Truro,  1885-86. 

United  State&     Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  States. 

Bulletin :  No.  7. — Catalogue  of  Geological  Maps  of  America 

(North   and  South),    1752-1881,    in   Geographic   and 

Chronographic  Order.      By  Jules  Marcou  and  J.   K 

MarcotL 

No.  8. — On  Secondary  Enlargements  of  Mineral  Frag- 
ments in  certain  Eocks.  By  K.  D.  Irving  and  C.  R 
Van  Hise. 

No.  9. — Report  of  Work  done  in  Washington  Labora- 
tory during  1883-84.  By  R  W.  Clarke  and  T.  M. 
Chatard,  Chemists. 

No.  10. — On  the  Cambrian  Faunas  of  North  America: 
Preliminary  Studies.     By  Chas.  D.  Walcott 

No.  11. — On  the  Quaternary  and  Recent  Mollusca  of 
the  Great  Basin,  with  descriptions  of  New  Forms.  By 
R  Ellsworth  CalL  Introduced  by  a  Sketch  of  the 
Quaternary  Lakes  of  the  Great  Basin.  By  G.  K. 
GUbert. 

No.  12. — ^A  Crystallographic  Study  of  the  Thinolite 
of  Lake  Lahontan.     By  Edward  S.  Dana. 

No.  13. — Boundaries  of  the  United  States  and  of  the 
several  States  and  Territories,  with  a  Historical  Sketch 
of  the  Territorial  Changes.  By  Henry  Gannett,  Chief 
Geographer. 

No.  14. — On  the  Electrical  and  Magnetic  Properties 
of  the  Iron  Carburets.  By  Carl  Barus  and  Vincent 
StrouhaL 

No.  15. — Notes  on  the  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  Palae- 
ontology of  California.     By  Chas.  A.  White. 

VOL.  XI.  D 


84         Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

United  States.  Geological  and  Greographical  Survey  of  the  States. 
Bulletin :  No.  16. — On  the  Higher  Devonian  Faunas  of 
Ontario  County,  New  York.     By  John  M.  Clarke. 

No.  17. — Development  of  Crystallization  in  the 
Igneous  Hocks  of  Washoe,  Nevada.  By  Arnold  Hague 
and  Joseph  P.  Iddings. 

No.  18. — On  Marine  Eocene,  Fresh- Water  Miocene, 
and  other  Fossil  MoUusca  of  Western  North  America. 
By  Chas.  A.  White. 

No.  19. — Notes  on  the  Stratigraphy  of  California. 
By  Geo.  F.  Becker. 

No.  20. — Contributions  to  the  Mineralogy  of  the 
Bocky  Mountains.  By  Whitman  Cross  and  W.  F. 
Hillebrand. 

No.  21. — The  Lignites  of  the  Great  Sioux  Reservation: 
A  Ecport  on  tlie  Begion  between  the  Grand  and  Moreau 
Kivers,  Dakota.     By  Bailey  Willis. 

No.  22. — On  New  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  California. 
By  Chas.  A.  White. 

No.  23. — Observations  on  the  Junction  between  the 
Eastern  Sandstone  and  the  Keweenaw  Series  on  Kewee- 
naw Point,  Lake  Superior.  By  R.  D.  Irving  and  T.  C. 
Chamberlin. 

No.  24. — List  of  Marine  Mollusca  comprising  tlie 
Quaternary  Fossils  and  Recent  Forms  from  American 
locaUties  between  Cape  Hatteras  and  Cape  Roque,  in- 
cluding the  Bermudas.     By  William  Healy  DalL 

No.  25.— The  Present  Technical  Condition  of  the 
Steel  Industry  of  the  United  States.  By  Phhieas 
Barnes. 

No.  26. — Copper  Smelting.     By  Henry  M.  Howe. 

8vo.     Washington,  1884-85. 

Monographs :  VoL  ix. — Brachiopoda  and  Laniollibranchiata 
of  the  Raritan  Clays  and  Greensand  Marls  of  New 
Jersey.     By  Robert  P.  Whitfield. 

4to.     Washington,  1885. 


Libra7*ian's  Report.  35 

United  States.  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  States. 
Reports:  Fourth  Annual  Report,  1882-83.  J.  W.  Powell, 
Director.  [Contains  Reports  by  J.  W.  Powell,  on 
Operations  of  the  Survey;  C.  E.  Dutton,  on  Hawaiian 
Volcanoes;  J.  S.  Curtis,  on  Mining  Geology  of  the 
Eureka  District,  Nevada ;  A.  Williams,  jun.,  on  Popular 
Fallacies  regarding  Precious-Metal  Ore  Deposits;  C.  A. 
White,  Review  of  the  Fossil  Ostreidaa  of  North  America, 
and  Comparison  of  Fossil  with  Living  Forms  (Appen- 
dices by  A.  Heilprin  and  J.  A.  Ryder) ;  and  Israel  C. 
Rossell,  on  A  Geological  Reconnaissance  of  Southern 
Oregon.] 

.     Fifth   Annual  Report,    1883-84.      J.   W.    PoweU, 

Director.  [Contains :  The  Topographic  Features  of  Lake 
Shores,  by  G.  K.  Gilbert ;  The  Requisite  and  Qualifying 
Conditions  of  Artesian  Wells,  by  Thos.  C.  Chamberlin ; 
Preliminary  Paper  on  an  Investigation  of  the  Archsean 
Formations  of  the  North- Western  States,  by  R.  D. 
Irving ;  The  Gigantic  Mammals  of  the  Order  Dinocerata, 
by  Prof.  0.  C.  Marsh;  Existing  Glaciers  of  the  United 
States,  by  Israel  C.  Russell;  and  Sketch  of  Palseo- 
botany,  by  Lester  F.  Ward.] 

8vo.     Washington,  1884-85. 

Statistical  Papers :  VoL  ii — Mineral  Resources  of  the  United 
States,  1883-84.     By  Albert  WilUams,  jun. 

8vo.     Washington,  1885. 

Victoria.  Annua]  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Mines  and  Water 
Supply,  to  the  Hon.  John  Lamont  Dow,  m.p..  Minister  of 
Mines  for  Victoria  ...  for  the  year  1885.  Folio.  Mel- 
bourne, 1886. 

- — .  Mineral  Statistics  of  Victoria  for  the  year  1885.  Folia 
Melbourne,  1886. 

.  Gold  Fields  of  Victoria.  Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  Quarters  ended  30th  September  and  31st 
December,  1885,  and  31st  March,  1886. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1885-86. 

D  2 


36  Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Victoria.  The  Gold  Fields  and  Mineral  Districts  of  Victoria, 
with  Kotes  on  the  Modes  of  Occurrence  of  Gold  and  other 
Metals  and  Minerals.     By  E.  Brough  Smyth. 

8vo.     London — Melbourne,  1869. 
[Presented  by  the  President,  Mr.  W.  W.  Smyth.  J 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Geologische  Eeichsanstalt : 
Verhandlungen.     Nos.  12-18.     1885. 

„  „       1-5  and  7-12,  1886. 

8vo.     Wien,  1885-86. 

■  K.  K.  Naturhistorischen  Hofmuseums : 

Annalen,  redigirt  von  Dr.  F.  R  von  Hauer.     Jahresbericht 
fiir  1885,  Band  L,  Nos.  1,  2.     8vo.     Wien,  1886. 

Washington.  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency 
[Henry  W.  Cannon]  ...  of  the  United  States,  Dec.  Ist, 
1885.     8vo.     Washington,  1885. 

-  ■.  Smithsonian  Institution:  Annual  Beports  of  the  Board 
of  Eegente  for  the  years  1883,  1884. 

8vo.     Washington,  1885. 

.     Third  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  to  the 

Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  1881-82.     J.  W. 
Powell,  Director.     8vo.     Washington,  1884. 


II.  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 

Presented  by  the  Authors  or  PurcJiascd, 
Geinitz,  H.  B.     Zur  Dyas  in  Hessen.     8vo.     Kassel,  1886. 

KendaU,  Percy  F.,  and  Bell,  E.  G.  On  the  Pliocene  Beds  of 
St.  Erth.  Appendix  by  Dr.  G.  J.  Hinde.  [From  Quar. 
Joum.  of  Geol.  Soc,  May,  1886.]     8vo. 

[Presented  by  Mr.  Thos.  ComiBh.] 

Pengelly,  William.  Notes  on  Notices  of  the  Geology  and  Palae- 
ontology of  Devonshire.  Part  xiL  [Eepriut  from  Trans,  of 
Devon.  Assoa  for  Advancement  of  Science,  Literature,  and 
Art>  vol.  xviL  pp.  425-449,  1885.]    8vo.     n.p.     1885. 


Librarian's  Report.  37 

Ptestwich,  Joseph.  On  Underground  Temperatures ;  with  Obeerva- 
tions  on  the  Conductivity  of  Eocks ;  on  the  Thermal  Effects 
of  Saturation  and  Imbibition;  and  on  a  Special  Source  of 
Heat  in  Mountain  Eanges.     4to.     London,  1886. 

■ — .  On  the  Agency  of  Water  in  Volcanic  Eruptions;  with 
Some  Observations  on  the  Thickness  of  the  Earth's  Crust 
from  a  Greological  Point  of  View ;  and  on  the  Primary  Cause 
of  Volcanic  Action.  8vo.  London,  1886.  [From  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Koyal  Society,  voL  xlL  No.  246.] 

Sorby,  H.  C.  and  Butler,  P.  J.  On  the  Structure  of  Eubies, 
Sapphires,  Diamonds,  and  Some  Other  Minerals.  [From 
Proc.  of  the  Roy.  Soc.,  No.  109,  1869.]     8vo.     London. 

' — .  On  the  Microscopical  Structure  of  Amber.  [Head  before 
the  Microscopical  Soc.,  Oct  4th,  1876.]     8vo.     London. 

Ubagbs,  Casimer.  Catalogus  Collectionis  PalaeontologicaB  in  Agro 
Aqui^ranensi,  collecta  k  Doctore  Med.     M.  H.  De  Bey. 

8vo.     Aquisgrani,  1885. 

Whitaker,  William.  Some  Surrey  Wells  and  their  Teachings; 
▼ith  Sections  of  Wells  and  Deep  Borings  in  the  Surrey  part 
of  the  London  Basin.  [From  Trans,  of  the  Croydon  Micro, 
and  Nat  Hist.  Club,  1886,]     8vo.     n.p. 

• — .  On  "A  Recent  Legal  Decision  of  Importance  in  connection 
with  Water  Supply  from  Wells."  [From  vol.  viL  Trana  of 
Sanitary  Institute  of  Gt  Brit,  1886.     Read  Sept  1885.] 

8vo.     London. 

Worth,  R  N.  Historical  Notices  concerning  the  Progress  of 
Mining  Skill  in  Devon  and  Cornwall. 

8vo.     Fahnouth,  1872. 

,    Notes  on  Some  Antiquities  in  East  Cornwall.      [From 

Joum.  of  Roy.  Inst  of  Com.,  No.  13,  1872.]     8vo. 

■ — ,  Notes  on  the  Rocks  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  Plymouth. 
[From  Trans,  of  Devon.  Assoc.,  1872.]     8vo. 

— •  Some  Remarks  on  Pottery  and  Porcelain.  [From  41st 
Report  Roy.  Com.  Polytoch.  Soc.,  1873.]     8vo.     Falmouth. 


38        Royal  Geological  Society  of  CormvalL 

Worth,  R  N.     Ancient  Mining  Implements  of  Cornwall. 

8vo.     1873. 

.    Two  Old  Mining  Patents.      [From  Joum.  of  the  Roy. 

Inst,  of  Com.,  No.  14,  1873.]     8vo.     1873. 

.     The  Antiquity  of  Mining  in  the  West  of  England. 

8vo.     1874. 

,     Notes  on  the  Limestone  of  Yealmpton  and  its  Associated 

Rocks.     [From  Trans,  of  Devon.  Assoc.,  1874.]     8vo. 

.     The  Geology  of  Plymouth.     [From  Trans,  of  Plymouth 

Inst]     8vo.     1875. 

.     Alluvial  Deposits  on  Plymouth  Hoe.     [/&.,  1875.]     8vo. 

.     The  Economic  Geology  of  Devon.   [From  Trans,  of  Devon. 

Assoc.,  1875.]     8vo. 

.     The  Building  and  Ornamental  Stones  of  Cornwall,  with 

Notes  on  their  Archaeology.  [From  Joum.  of  Roy.  Inst,  of 
Com.,  No.  17,  1875.]     8vo.     1875. 

.     William  Cookworthy  and  the  Plymouth  China  Factory. 

[From  Trans,  of  Devon.  Assoc,  1876.]     8vo. 

.     The  Palasontology  of  Plymouth.     8vo.     1877. 

.     Alluvial  Deposits  Associated  with  the  Plymouth  Lime- 
stone.    [From  Quar.  Journ.  of  Geol.  Soc,  Aug.,  1876.]     8vo. 

.     The  Bone  Caves  of  the  Plymouth  District.     [From  Joum. 

of  the  Plymouth  Inst,  1879.]     8vo. 

.     Recent  Geological  Discoveries  in  the  Neighhourhood  of 

Plymouth.     [From  Trans,  of  Devon.  Assoc,  1880.]     8vo. 

On  Glacial  Conditions  in  Devon.     [/&.,  1881.]     8vo. 

On  -an  Ossiferous  Fissure  in  the  Battery  Hill,  Stonehouse. 
[From  Trans,  of  Plymouth  Inst,  1881.]     8vo. 

•.     Notes  on  the  Geology  of  the  South-east  Border  of  ComwalL 

8vo.     1881. 
-.     Notes  on   Some  Teeth  from  a  Stonehouse  Bone  Cave. 
[From  Trans,  of  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  of  Comwall,  1882.]     8vo. 

-.  The  Rocks  in  the  Neighhourhood  of  Plymouth,  and  their 
Stratigraphical  Relations.  [From  Trana  of  Devon.  Assoc.  ^ 
1883.]     8vo. 


Librarian's  Report.  39 

Worth,  R  N.  On  Trowlesworthite,  and  Certain  Granitoid  Bocks 
near  PlymoutlL  [From  Trana  of  Hoy.  GeoL  Soc.  of  Cornwall, 
1884.]     8vo. 

.     The  Kaised  Beaches  on  Plymouth  Hoe.   [/&.,  1885.]    8vo. 

,     Eeport  of  an  Excursion  of  the  Geologists'  Association 

to  South  Devon,  July  21st  [1884],  and  five  following  days. 
By  R  N.  Worth  and  A.  Champemown&  [Eeprint  from  Proc. 
of  Geologists'  Assoc.,  voL  viii.  No.  8,  1885.]     8vo. 

.     Raised  Beaches  and  Submerged  Forests.    Abstract    [From 

Trans,  of  Plymo.  Inst,  1886.]     8vo. 

.     The  Rocks  of  Plymouth.     [Ik,  1886.]     8vo. 

.     The  Cornish  Triaa    [From  Trans,  of  Roy.  GeoL  Soc.  of 


Cornwall,  1886.]     8vo. 


CT7RAT0RS'  REPORT. 


KAME  A9D  LOOALITT. 

Manganese  Ore  (Carbonate  and  Silicate  of  Manga- 
nese. ?  Rhodochroedte  and  Tephroite).  Bedded 
deposit  in  the  Cambrian  Grits,  Barmouth, 
Merionethshire  .  ... 

Ditto.    Llyn  Du,  Talsamau,  Merionethshire 

Cyprusite.  A  yellow  ochre  from  Cyprus.  (Ferric 
tribasic  sulphate,  with  sulphate  of  alumina 
and  water.  It  contains  siliceous  organic  remains : 
marine  polycystina        .  ... 

Native  Copper  in  Serpentine.  Aniseed  Valley, 
Nelson,  New  Zealand    .  ... 

Plumbago.  Mount  Bouple,  Maryborough,  Queens- 
land .  .  ... 

,  Earthy  Plumbago.    Natal 

Amygdaloid.  From  the  Island  of  Staffa.  Also 
a  Pebble  from  bed  at  top  of  Island 

Wolfram  with  Copper  Pyrites  in  Quartz  (large 
specimen).    East  Pool  Mine,  Camborne  . 

Poesils  from  Bull  River,  U.S.  America.  Found 
on  Perran  Beach.  From  a  cargo  of  phosphatic 
rock  carried  by  ship  G,  J,  JoneSf  wrecked  off 
Perran,  1st  September,  1883 

Cassiterite  in  Mica-schist  From  the  Mines  of 
Villeder,  Brittany         .  ... 

Triaadc  Rocks  from  the  Lizard  Outlier.  To 
illustrate  a  paper  by  Mr.  R.  N.  Worth,  F.o.s., 
on  "  The  Cornish  Trias,"  in  vol  x.  pp.  229- 
239  of  Transactions       .  ... 

Redruthite.    Levant  Mine,  St.  Just 

Noble  Serpentine.    Lizard  District     . 

Portion  of  Dyke.  Hicks's  Quarry,  Porthalla. 
The  rock  consists  mainly  of  Feldspar  with 
large  crystals  of  Hornblende 


DOIfOH. 


W.  W.  Smyth. 


C.  Le  Neve  Foster. 


» 


s 


99 


W 


99 


W.  Bolitho,  junr. 

Capt.  C.  F.  Bishop, 
per  Thoe.  Cornish. 


Thos.  Cornish. 
T.  Taylor. 

R.  N.  Worth. 

Purchased, 
Thomas  Clark. 


CD 
GO 

I 
JO 
GO 
GO 


c3 


ft? 


^ 


»H  f-«  f-«      »H  l-H 

00  »H      i-l      f-«      ©I 


o 


CO 

oo 

5        00 


e 


o 


»j  c2  a  <1 


1 

8    I 

CO    »-3 

«     /^ 


O 

.2 
S 

a 

■§  3 

PQ    « 
«     b 

S   § 


s 
e 

2     • 

en    *»^ 

i  i 


g^ 


o 

w 

H 

»— I 

1^ 
O 


•     00 


o    o   o 

O     t^     00 


O     rH     oo 


o 
oo 

o 


■^ 
r* 


o 

f-l 


to 


s 

-a 


00 

00 


9m 

0)       w 


> 
O 


o 


to 

oo 

00 

r^ 

•k 

A 

■«-» 

u» 

M 

i5 

S 

a 

a 

V 

^ 

> 

•a 

o 

H 

LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

fith  November,  1886. 


1.  The  Pliocene  Beds  of  St  Erth.    By  Robert  William  Bell,  p.a.s. 

2.  On  an  Unmapped  Exposure  of  Serpentinous  Eock  in  Wliitsand 
Bay.     By  R.  N.  Worth,  p.g.b. 


THE  PLIOCENE  BEDS  OP  ST.  ERTH. 

Bt  Robert  William  Bell,  f.g.b. 

(EMd  6th  NoYemlwr,  1886.) 


The  deposit  of  clay  in  the  St.  Erth  Sand  Pit  may  be 
fairly  described  as  one  of  the  most  interesting  dis- 
coveries which  have  been  made  in  Tertiary  Geology 
for  some  years ;  and  from  the  great  rarity  of  any 
fossiliferous  deposits  in  Cornwall,  probably  very  few 
persons  belonging  to  the  county  or  elsewhere  ever 
expected  such  an  occurrence. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  the  land  in  this  part  of 
Great  Britain  has  been  above  the  sea-level  since  early 
Palaeozoic  times.  Certainly,  if  otherwise,  the  denu- 
dation of  any  succeeding  deposits  must  have  been 
very  complete,  or  we  should  expect  to  find  at  least 
some  traces  of  fossils  or  stratified  rocks,  other  than 
the  earlier  formations,  in  the  numerous  raised  beaches, 
or  in  the  enormous  beds  of  "  Head "  which  cover  so 
much  of  the  land,  and  contain  such  quantities  of 
fragments  of  stone  of  all  sizes.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
there  are,  however,  some  traces  of  rounded  flint 
pebbles  in  a  bed  near  Porthleven,  which  was  noticed 
by  the  writer's  colleague,  Mr.  Percy  Kendall,  during 
the  past  summer,  indicating  the  disturbance  and 
wearing    away   of   former   Cretaceous  strata ;    and 


46  The  Pliocene  Beds  of  St.  Enh.       [Nov.  6. 

probably  close  examination  of  other  raised  beaches 
might  lead  to  farther  knowledge. 

During  the  Tertiary  period  there  is  not  much  doubt 
that  the  area  of  the  South- West  of  Great  Britain  and 
the  West  of  France  formed  an  archipelago  of  islands, 
which  may  have  extended  to  a  considerable  distance 
— perhaps  the  remains  of  that  Miocene  land  which 
formed  one  of  the  careful  and  ingenious  speculations 
of  the  late  Edward  Forbes,  corresponding  to  the 
original  "  Atlantis "  of  the  old  writers ;  and  the 
intimate  relation  of  the  seas  of  this  region  with  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  warmer  waters  of  the  south 
seems  to  be  indicated  by  all  the  evidence  which  has 
been  hitherto  obtained. 

The  periods  of  geological  time  which  succeeded 
that  of  the  St.  Erth  Clay  are  not  very  well  marked 
in  the  neighbourhood.  There  are  none  of  those 
traces  of  active  ice  action  which  form  such  a  con- 
spicuous element  in  the  North  and  East  of  England, 
but  there  seem  to  be  some  indications  in  the  sand  pit 
(above  the  clay)  which  show  a  period  of  Glacial 
deposit.  In  the  left-hand  corner  of  the  section 
exposed  during  tlie  excavations  of  the  past  autumn 
a  stratum  of  sand  was  exposed  which  exhibited  a 
good  example  of  that  crumpling  or  curling  up  of  the 
beds,  the  result  j^robably  of  lateral  compression, 
which  is  seen  to  the  best  advantage  in  the  con- 
torted Drifts  of  East  Anglia,  above  some  parts  of 
the  Crag. 

The  deposit  of  clay  underneath  this  sand,  wliicli  is 
attributed  to  Pliocene  times,  is  not  uniformly  fossili- 


1886.]  The  Pliocene  Beds  of  St.  Erth.  4t7 

ferous,  the  upper  and  lighter  coloured  portion  being 
almost  destitute.  The  zone  which  contains  the  fossils 
is  also  of  varying  thickness,  and  the  MoUusca  not 
equally  distributed.  As  a  rule,  Cerithium  reticulatum 
is  more  plentiful  at  the  base,  while  Turritdla  and 
Nassa  serrata  are  generally  found,  these  three  species 
being  in  the  greatest  preponderance. 

The  clay  seems  to  have  been  deposited  in  a  some- 
what shallow  gulf  or  strait  occupying  at  least  the 
valley  in  which  St.  Erth  is  placed,  and  which  probably 
comiected  the  northern  and  southern  seas  of  Cornwall 
until  a  comparatively  recent  period,  and  it  is  possible 
that  deposits  of  clay  or  sand  of  limited  extent  may 
yet  be  found  flanking  the  elevated  ground  on  the 
sides  of  the  valley ;  if  so,  such  indications  should  be 
carefully  watched,  and  their  contents  examined,  with 
the  view  of  ascertaining  the  preponderance  or  other- 
wise of  a  southern  element  in  the  fauna.  This 
element  is  conspicuous  everywhere  in  the  few  instances 
at  present  known  on  the  two  sides  of  the  English 
Channel  and  Cornwall,  whether  they  are  of  Pliocene 
character,  as  at  St.  Erth,  or  in  the  "  Cotentin " 
(Normandy),  or  of  a  later  period,  as  at  Selsey,  on 
the  Hampshire  coast ;  indeed,  the  traces  of  that 
Mediterranean  influence  may  be  easily  found  at 
the  present  day,  such  shells  as  Cytherea  ChionCy 
Mactra  glauca,  Lucina  divaricata,  and  Ervillia 
castanea  being  essentially  southern  (the  Hayle 
estuaiy  being  almost  their  northern  limit).  Some 
indications  of  this  nature  are  also  found  in  the  raised 
beaches  of  various  parts  of  the  South  of  England; 


48  The  Pliocene  Beds  of  St.  Erth.       [Nov.  fi. 

but  unfortunately,  in  Cornwall  so  few  of  them  are 
fossiliferous  that  no  data  have  been  obtained. 


Since  the  paper  on  the  St.  Erth  Pliocene  deposit 
was  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  London,  in 
the  spring  of  the  present  year,  a  great  deal  of  addi- 
tional work  and  examination  has  been  performed.  A 
small  grant  in  aid  was  given  by  the  Royal  Society, 
and  in  August  last  Mr.  Percy  Kendall,  of  Owen's 
College,  and  the  author  of  the  present  communication, 
re-commenced  excavation.  The  number  of  species 
already  obtained  is  very  numerous,  considering  the 
limited  time  and  material  that  were  available;  but 
much  work  still  remains  to  be  done,  about  half  a  ton 
of  the  fossiliferous  clay  having  been  sent  to  London, 
in  order  that  it  might  be  carefully  washed  through 
fine  sieves,  so  that  the  smaller  mollusca,  which  are 
by  far  the  most  numerous,  should  not  be  lost. 

Up  to  the  present  about  two  hundredweight  has  been 
so  treated,  with  the  result  that  about  forty  species  of 
mollusca  (including  those  found  at  the  section  itself) 
have  been  added  to  the  previously  known  list ;  and 
it  seems  probable  that  the  total  number  will  reach 
about  one  hundred  and  sixty.  •The  results  from 
other  departments  of  zoology  are  nothing  like  so 
plentiful,  with  the  exception  of  the  Ostracoda  and 
Foraminifera,  which  are  in  the  able  hands  of  Mr. 
Brady  and  Mr.  Fortescue  Millett ;  but  although  the 
individual  specimens  are  comparatively  few,  they 
have  plenty  of  interest. 

Not  many  traces  of  Vertebrates  have  been  found. 


18WJ         The  Pliocene  Beds  of  St.  Brth.  49 

the  most  perfect  being  a  tooth  of  the  "  Toper  Shark  " 
{Gakus  vulgaris y  Cuvier),  and  several  undetermined 
Otohtes,  which  are  probably  Gadoid.  Of  Crustacea 
five  or  six  species  have  occurred,  besides  a  Balanus ; 
about  seven  species  of  Polyzoa ;  three  or  perhaps 
four  Echinoderms ;  many  calcareous  Sponge  spicules ; 
and  those  curious  microscopic  concretionary  bodies 
found  in  the  envelopes  of  the  Holothurians  and 
Tunicates.  These  two  last  forms,  which  were  dis- 
covered and  ably  worked  out  by  Mr.  Kendall,  are 
perhaps  more  remarkable  than  any,  the  Cucumaria 
bebg  a  species  found  on  the  Chilian  coast,  and  the 
Tunicate  {Leptoclinum)  spicules  having  never  been 
found  in  any  other  fossil  deposit  In  this  curious, 
Aough  microscopic  fossil,  St.  Erth  has  a  unique 
possession. 

It  has  lately  been  suggested  by  a  very  competent 
authority  (Mr.  Clement  Reid,  of  the  Geological 
Survey)  that  the  St.  Erth  clay  must  have  been  de- 
posited under  at  least  fifty  or  sixty  fo^thoms  of  water 
(Nature^  August  12th,  1886).  The  researches  of  the 
author  and  his  colleague  do  not  tend  to  this  conclu- 
sion, the  majority  of  the  known  shells  belonging  to 
the  Littoral  and  Laminarian  Zones. 

Nearly  the  whole  of  the  Mollusca  which  have  been 
recently  found  are  of  a  southern  type,  confirming  the 
opinion  previously  arrived  at  in  the  paper  above 
alluded  to,  that  the  tendency  of  the  fauna  was  largely 
in  the  direction  of  the  Mediterranean  and  Italian 
Pliocene  forms.  The  absence  or  extreme  rarity  of 
peculiar  Northern  or  Boreal  Mollusca  is  very  emphatic 

TOL  XL  E 


50         Tlie  Pliocene  Bed^  of  St.  Erth.    [Nov.  6, 1886. 

on  this  point,  showing  the  diflFerence  which  existed 
between  the  MoUuscan  fauna  of  the  Eastern  and 
Western  Pliocene  Seas  in  Britain.  At  the  same  time 
there  is  a  certain  number  of  species  present  both  in 
the  Crag  of  SuflFolk  and  St.  Erth,  quite  suflEicient  to 
show  that  the  deposits  in  point  of  time  were  nearly 
identical. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  present  investigation  will  be 
concluded,  and  a  farther  and  more  complete  paper 
prepared  for  reading  before  the  Geological  Society  of 
London  towards  the  end  of  its  present  session. 


ON  AN 

UNMAPPED  EXPOSURE  OF  SERPENTINOUS 
ROCK  IN  WHITSAND  BAY. 

By  R.  N.  Wobth,  f.q.s. 

Bead  5Ui  November,  1886. 


The  igneous  rocks  of  South-East  Cornwall  are  ex- 
ceptionally varied,  for  the  size  of  the  area,  and  of 
unusual  interest.  They  comprise  the  contemporaneous 
lavas,  ashes,  and  tuffs  of  Devonian  age,  best  observed 
perhaps  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Saltash,  though 
occurring  at  other  points ;  the  intrusive  dolerites  of 
Saltash  and  Notter,  which  present  some  peculiar 
features,  and  have  alliances  wdth  rocks  in  the  Midland 
Counties  and  Scotland ;  the  so-called  hornblendic 
rocks  of  St.  Cleer,  which  are  evidently  related  to  the 
altered  igneous  rocks  of  the  district  bordering  the 
granite  between  Lydford  and  Tavistock,  and  of  the 
vicinity  of  Cornwood,  and  which  have  affinities  both 
to  the  gabbros  and  diabasites,  with  an  extensive  de- 
velopment of  serpentine ;  the  granites  and  elvans  of 
the  Caradon  and  Cheesewring  ;  the  red  micaceous 
Triassic  trap  of  Cawsand — mica-andesite — closely 
akin  to  some  of  the  Exeter  varieties  ;  the  much- 
altered  picrite  of  Clicker  Tor,  Menheniot,  containing 
abundant  olivine,  now  largely  changed  into  serpentine; 


£  2 


52  On  an  Unmapped  Eocposure  of       [Nov.  6. 

and,  finally,  certain  slaggy  fragments  found  on  the 
beaches  from  Looe  eastward,  which  may  indicate  the 
occurrence  of  yet  another  distinctive  type  in  the 
Channel 

To  these  I  have  now  to  add  the  record  of  an  in- 
trusive mass  of  very  peculiar  character,  hitherto 
unnoted  and  unmapped,  which  occurs  in  Whitsand 
Bay,  between  Port  Wrinkle  and  Downderry,  and  of 
which  the  isolated  crag  known  as  the  Longstone  is 
the  visible  seaward  extremity.  My  attention  was 
called  to  this  rock  by  Mr.  T.  B.  Crowther,  of  Plymouth, 
who,  noting  its  exceptional  appearance,  procured  for 
me  a  series  of  specimens.  It  is  intrusive  in  the 
Devonian  slate,  which  is  somewhat  changed  by  contact 
along  the  junction,  and  appears  to  run  inland  in  a 
north-westerly  direction.  Careful  examination  reveals 
the  existence  of  considerable  variation  within  its 
comparatively  narrow  limits.  In  bulk  it  has  a  greenish 
hue,  with  dark  specks  and  patches  ;  a  polished  surface 
presenting  a  rich  light -and -dark -green  mottling. 
Occasionally  it  has  a  subgranular  aspect,  and  at  times 
a  tinge  of  red,  while  veins  of  calcite  casually  occur. 

Other  parts  of  the  mass  are  black  and  slickensided, 
closely  resembling  some  of  the  exterior  portions  of 
the  Clicker  Tor  boss,  and  with  veins  and  patches  of 
a  fibrous  mineral,  which,  so  far  as  hardness  goes,  has 
more  claim  to  be  regarded  picrolite  than  chrysotile. 

The  rock  has  evidently  undergone  much  alteration, 
in  which  crushing  seems  to  have  been  exceptionally 
prominent     In  its  general  facies  it  is  quite  unlike 


18M.]     SerperUtnous  Rock  in  Whitsand  Bay.        53 

any  other  exposure  in  South-East  ComwalL  It  ap- 
peared to  have  been  originally  a  dolerite ;  but  as  it 
was  not  so  easy  to  give  it  a  definite  name  now, 
having  regard  to  all  its  features,  I  preferred  in  my 
title  to  content  myself  with  using  the  adjective 
'  serpentinous/  to  which  it  is  unmistakably  entitled, 
though  by  no  means  a  serpentine. 

Among  the  minerals  shown  by  microscopic  ex- 
ammation  are :  Augite,  felspcu*,  olivine  or  enstatite, 
epidote,  pyrites,  ilmenite,  calcite,  apatite,  and  ser- 
pentine. 

As  has  already  been  indicated,  the  character  of  the 
rock  varies  considerably,  and  the  more  altered  por- 
tions display  very  puzzling  characters.  Professor 
Bonney  has  kindly  furnished  me  with  notes  on  my 
two  more  distinctive  microscopic  sections,  as  follows  : 

R  (The  slickensided  form.)  "A  very  pale  greenish 
ground  mass,  apparently  made  up  of  a  densely  matted 
chloritic  mineral,  in  which  are  scattered  sundry  rounded 
spots  and  more  or  less  angular  mineml  forms.  Some 
of  these  suggest  the  presence  of  felspar,  but  they  are 
much  altered ;  the  smaller  are  to  a  great  extent 
replaced  by  vermicular  aggregates  of  the  chloritic 
mineral,  in  a  base  that  may  perhaps  be  quartz ;  the 
larger  are  commonly  bordered  by  a  zone  occupied 
chiefly  by  this  vermicular  chlorite,  the  interior  more 
or  less  spotted  with  them,  with  patches  more  resem- 
bling quartz  than  felspar,  and  in  one  or  two  cases  a 
little  calcite.  One  or  two  crystals  resemble  a  light- 
coloured  augite.  There  may  be  a  little  epidote,  and 
probably  is  some  iron  oxide.     On  the  edge  of  the 


54  On  an  Unmapped  Exposure  of       [Nov.  6. 

slide  appear  to  be  the  remains  of  two  cavities,  bor- 
dered by  a  chlorite, (?)  which  in  one  case  lies  with  the 
folia  roughly  parallel  with  the  boundary  of  the  sup- 
posed cavity,  which  seems  to  have  been  filled  with 
calcite." 

C.  "This  rock  is  considerably  decomposed,  and 
appears  to  have  been  subject  to  a  certain  amount 
of  mechanical  disturbance  after  consolidation.  The 
following  minerals,  however,  may  be  recognised : 
Felspar,  some  showing  the  twinning  characteristic  of 
plagioclase,  augite,  iron  oxide  (probably  ilmenite), 
apatite  (?),  and  two  or  three  grains  of  a  serpentinous 
mineral  which  suggests  the  former  presence  of  olivine 
or  possibly  enstatite,  ...  A  crack  in  the  rock  is  occu- 
pied by  a  mineral  which  appears  to  be  mainly  a 
felspar  and  not  a  quartz." 

The  great  diflference  in  their  existing  characters 
between  these  two  sections,  which  undoubtedly  are 
part  of  the  same  original  mass,  is  very  noteworthy ; 
and  the  difficulty  of  dealing  with  them  as  they  stand 
is  very  considerable.  B,  Professor  Bonney  remarks, 
has  now  the  appearance  of  having  been  "a  compact 
basic  lava,  with  crystals,  sometimes  rounded  or  broken, 
of  a  felspar ;  the  whole  having  undergone  great  alter- 
ation, converting  the  base  into  a  mass  of  chlorite, 
and  attacking  the  felspar  present  porphyritically." 
C  is  hardly  less  difficult  to  decipher,  but  Mr.  Bonney 
is  of  opinion  "that  it  has  been  a  holocrystalline 
rather  felspathic  dolerite,  with  ophitic  structure ;  so 
that  it  is  one  of  those  to  which  I  should  apply  in  its 
present  condition  the  name  of  diabase." 


1886.]     Serpentinous  Rock  in  Whitsand  Bay.        55 

I  may  add  that  a  section  since  cut  from  a  fresher 
portion  of  the  rock  (but  which  has  unfortunately 
been  mislaid)  entirely  confirms  this  view — the  leading 
constituents  being  felspar,  augite,  and  ilmenite,  with 
a  little  apatite.  How  far  B  may  have  originally 
varied  from  the  general  body  of  the  rock  there  is 
no  due ;  but  the  exposure  affords  some  of  the  most 
bteresting  examples  of  alteration  with  which  I  am 
locally  acquainted. 


^o^hI  d^tologtcal  Society  td  Cornwall. 


THE  SEVENTY-FOURTH 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


ITO.   BTO. 


PENZANCE: 

1888. 


BOTAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL 


HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

Firr«|latron : 
HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  K.O.,  Era 

Snuters : 
COLONEL  TREMAYNE.  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

SIR  WARINQTON  W.  SMYTH. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOB  1887-8. 

Ilrrsflinit: 
Sib  Wa&ingtok  W.  Smtth,  m.a.,  v.b.8. 

Firr-yrrsOiento : 
Thb  Barl  of  Mount  Eoqouxbs.     S.  T.  G.  Downing,  Esq. 
Rbt.  PaxB.  Hedgxland,  ica.  Thos.  Bedford  Bolitho,  Esq.,  m.p. 

Srrasurrr : 
William  Bolitho,  Jun.,  Esq. 

SbrrrrUrs : 
Geobob  Bown  Millett,  Esq.,  m.b.o.8. 

i«Ararian : 
Chables  Campbell  Robs,  Esq. 

Curators : 

RoBEBT  Jambs  Fbeoubville,  Esq.,  f.q.s. 

JosBPH  Oabne  Ross,  Esq.,  m.d. 

ftistetant  Curator  anH  i«(brar(an: 
Mb.  W.  Ambbose  Tatlob. 

Council : 
The  Offioebs  of  the  Society. 


JosMPH  Cabbe  RofB,  Esq.,  m.d. 

A.    PXBDABVBS  VlYIAN,  Esq. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Esq. 
T.  AiAXBBov  Dobbibn-Smith,  Esq. 
FovTHOUB  William  Millbtt,  Esq. 
ILkMYSM  Maioob,  Bsq. 


Wm.  Cole  Pendabves,  Esq. 
Fredeuiok  Holman,  Esq. 
Leonabd  H.  Coubtnet,  Esq.,  m.p. 
Robebt  Fox,  Esq. 

W.  SHEPHEBDBENNETT,Esq.,M.B.aS. 

Thomas  Cobnish,  Esq. 


f2 


LIST  OF  MEMBEES. 


Honorary  Members. 

George  James  AUman,  M.D.,  lud.,  f.r.8.,  F.L.S.,  m.r.1. A.,  Ardnioor,  Park- 
stone,  Dorset. 
JosiAb  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  Universitj  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  P.  Cmmingham,  f.g.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  LL.D.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  College,  etc., 

Kew  Haven,  United  States. 
Aognste  Daubr^e,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Heiniich  von  Dechen,  Oberberghanptmann,  etc.,  Bonn,  Germany. 
Bobeit  Etheridge,  r.R.8.,  f.g.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  19,  Halsey 

Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
William  Henry  Flower,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  f.g.s.,  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

S.W. 
HanB  Bruno  Geinitz,  ph.  d..  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Hoftrath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum 

of  Natural  Histoiy,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  F.o.s. 
Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  Washington,  U.S. 
Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Neril  Stoiy-Maskelyne,  if.A.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  F.cs.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Bassett  Down  House,  Swindon. 
L^n  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute- Mame),  France. 
Sir  Bichard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  X.D.,  D.O.L.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  f.g.s..  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Park,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Bight  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  c.b.,  m.p.,  pild..  F.R.S.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow 

Gardens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.o.a,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  £.0. 


62        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Joseph  Preatwich,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  f.g.s.,  etc.,  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Shoreham,  Sevenoaks,  Kent. 
Major-General  G.  B^  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  F.G.8., 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  ile.,  c.a,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army, 
Nicholas  Whitley,  Truro. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  E.  Bamett,  f.q.b.,  Penzance. 

Francis  Doherty,  Kilmoriarty  House,  Portadown,  Armagh,  Ireland. 

Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  aA.,  n.se..  F.a.s.,  Llandudno. 

Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.q.s. 

George  Bown  Millett,  M.R.C.B.,  Penzance. 

Sir  Warington  W.  Smyth,  M.A.,  F.R.8.,  f.g.s.,  and  Foreign  Secretary, 
Chief  Inspector  of  Crown  Mines,  etc..  Museum,  Jermyn  Street^  S.W., 
and  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 

William  Teague,  jun.,  PooL 

Ordinary  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

Gustavus  Lambart  Basset,  Tehidy,  Camborne. 

Captain  Bedford,  R.N.,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.B.C.S.,  Penzance. 

Francis  Boase,  M.R.C.B.,  Penzance. 

Edward  Bolitho,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Bichard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  m.p.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bobins  Bolitho,  Penalveme,  Penzance. 

John  Borlase,  Castle  Homeck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

William  Copeland  Borlase,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  Laregan,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just 

John  Richards  Branwell,  Penlee,  Penzance. 

The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  Lambeth  Palace. 

Theophilus  Code,  The  Rookery,  Marazion. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Cornish,  Penzance. 

Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  M.A.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Guildford. 

Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  16,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelse  ,  S.W. 


List  of  Members.  63 

J.  A.  Daniell,  PoLstrong,  Camborne. 

Joshiia  Sjdney  Davey,  Bochym,  HelstozL 

James  Demua,  Penzance. 

Filliam  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Donien-Smith,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scill j. 

Samuel  Theophilos  Genn  Downing,  Kenegie,  Penzance. 

Piancis  Qilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Yisconnt  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chjmorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Mias  Fox,  Penjerrick. 

Bobert  James  Frecheville,  f.g.s..  Queen  Street  Place,  London,  E.C. 

Carew  Davies  Qilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Glanmor,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Heniy  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Bey.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  M.A.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Thomas  King,  x.a.,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Andrew  Harpur  Mitchell,  Penzance. 

Fortescae  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  FerryhilL 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Archibald  K  Pinching,  H.M.  Inspector  of  Mines,  Devonport. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  m.a.,  f.g.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

Re7.  Canon  Rogers,  ila.,  Gwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  M.D.,  f.q.b.,  Penzance. 

Rev.  St  Aubyn  Molesworth  St  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Cambome. 

Lord  St  Levan,  St.  Michael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant 

William  Bickford  Smith,  M.P.,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Trelisk,  Tmro. 

R.  H.  Solly,  F.O.8.,  Gordon  Villa,  Cambridge. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere,  o.B.,  M.A.,  F.o.S.,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
William  Trythall,  Penzance. 


64       Royal  Greological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

Arthur  Pendarvee  Yivian,  f.g.b.,  26,  Jamee  Street,  Buckingham  Gate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
The  Rev.  Sir  Vjell  Vyryan,  Bart,  Trelowarren,  Helston. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 

John  Westlake,  Q.O.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.W. 
Qeorge  Williams,  Scorrier. 


Associates. 


Arundel  Anthony,  Lelant. 
James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 

Mine,  St  Just 
J.  T.  Blight,  F.S.A.,  Penzance. 
J.  H.  Collins,  F.a.s.,  64,  Bickerton 

Boad,  London,  N. 
Wm.  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St  Just 
John  Giles,  East  Looe. 
William  Gregor,  Swansea. 
B.  T.  Hall,  formerly  of  Cape 

Copper  Mines,  Africa. 


William  Hollow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 

Benedict  Eitto,  f.g.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  PSark, 
London,  N. 

S.  Michell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.g.s..  Diamond 
Fields,  Kimberley,  S.  Africa. 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,  a.  lut  as..  Camborne. 

John  Rowe,  The  Terrace,  St  Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Ncmu  of  Honorary  Mmben,  Life  Members,  and  Aetociata  vKom 

Addreesee  are  unknoum, 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.       |  Thomas  Hawkins,  F.G.& 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  F.G.& 
Hall,  R.  T.  I  PhiUips,  John. 

Thomas,  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requeeU  thefawmr  of  his  being  informed  of  any  inaeeuraeies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 


ANOTVERSARY  ADDRESS  OP  THE  PRESffiENT, 

SIR  WABINGTON  SMYTH,  F.R.S., 
To  the  General  Meeting^  6th  November^  1887. 


Fob  onoe  in  a  way  joor  Council  has  thought  it  advisable  to 

depart  from  the  old  custom  of  holding  the  Anniversary  Meeting 

on  a  Friday,  in  order  that  we  might  not  interfere  with  the 

mngementB  for  the  services  connected  with  the  consecration  of 

'bm  CathedraL     Oar  usual  week-day  of  meeting  having  been 

wt  aside  especially  for  the  visitors  from  Penwith,  we  have  con- 

odered  it  desirable  to  change  our  day  in  order  to  facilitate,  as  fax 

as  in  us  lies,  the  presence  at  Truro  of  the  numerous  Members  and 

£iends  interested  in  the  auspicious  occasion. 

The  past  year  has  been,  in  many  points  of  view,  an  eventful  one. 
I  wish  that  we  could  keep  our  eyes  fixed  on  those  features  which 
aiay  be  r^arded  with  unmixed  satisfaction :  the  spontaneous  and 
effusive  rejoicing  of  the  great  bulk  of  the  nation  in  the  happy 
Jubilee  of  our  exemplary  and  much-loved  Queen,  and  the  com- 
pletaon,  up  to  a  certain  point,  of  the  sacred  edifice,  which  has  not 
onlj  interested  '^one  and  all"  in  Cornwall,  but  is  watched  and 
admired  throughout  England. 

We  have,  however,  at  present  to  narrow  our  circle  of  vision,  and 
to  veeognize  the  mournful  fact  that  there  has  hardly  ever  been  a 
year  in  which  our  Society  has  suffered  more  grievous  losses  among 
its  Hembera.  Hardly  anyone  will  enter  this  room  to-day  who 
win  not  miss  with  sorrow  the  presence  of  one  who  for  very  many 
yean  has  been  so  constant  an  attendant  at  our  meetings,  so  liberal 
a  eontiibutor  to  all  improvements,  and  so  genial  a  friend  to  rich 
poor  alik&     Mr.  T.  S.  Bolitho  had,  it  is  true,  reached  his 


66       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

eightieth  year ;  but  from  his  usually  robust  health,  and  from  his 
undimmed  mental  powers,  one  had  expected  that  years  of  useful- 
ness were  still  before  him.  Absorbed  as  he  was  from  an  early  age 
in  many  varieties  of  business,  as  well  as  occupied  with  public 
duties,  it  was  not  to  be  expected  that  Mr.  Bolitho  could  systemat- 
ically take  up  the  studies  and  pursue  the  investigations  for  which 
your  Society  was  founded;  but  it  will  be  in  the  recollection 
of  many  that  we  seldom  had  a  subject  offered  for  discussion  on 
which  he  had  not  some  interesting  anecdote  to  relate  or  some 
pertinent  observation  to  o£fer.  The  natural  bent  of  his  mind,  his 
retentive  memory,  and  his  clear-headed  judgment,  always  appeared 
to  supply  him  with  something  to  bring  in  at  the  right  place. 
Long  experience  in  the  metallurgy  and  commerce  of  tin,  and  also 
as  an  adventurer  in  mines,  had  enriched  him  with  an  amount 
of  knowledge  which  rendered  his  advice  most  useful  on  many 
occasions — ^whether  in  devising  new  clauses  for  Acts  of  Parliament^ 
or  in  smoothing  down  difficulties  in  times  of  distress,  or  in  canj- 
ing  on  the  workings  of  an  unprofitable  mine  as  long  as  was 
consistent  with  the  rules  of  prudence ;  and  no  one  was  more  ready 
than  Mr.  Bolitho  to  place  these  Ms  personal  advantages  at  the 
disposal  of  others  less  highly  gifted,  to  reconcile  disputes  on  all 
sorts  of  subjects,  or  to  extricate  a  person  from  some  scrape  into 
which  he  had  blundered.  This  is  not  the  place  to  enlaige  upon 
his  excellence  as  a  citizen  and  as  a  dispenser  of  large  and  judicious 
charity ;  but  to  anyone  who  saw  and  analysed  the  throngs  attend- 
ing his  funeral  in  the  beautiful  churchyard  of  Gulval,  the  £eust  will 
have  come  home  and  been  for  ever  impressed  on  his  memory,  that 
no  man  could  have  been  more  beloved  throughout  an  extensive 
tract  of  country. 

Who  among  us  that  knows  anything  of  the  advance  of  the 
mechanical  sciences  during  the  past  two  centuries  has  not  felt  a 
pride  in  the  important  part  played  by  our  west-country  engineers  % 
Elaborated  at  first  in  connection  with  the  working  of  the  Cornish 
mines,  their  inventions  and  improvements  have  reacted  upon  other 
branches  of  industry,  and  we  can  hardly  set  bound  at  the  present 
time  to  the  full  amount  of  credit  due  from  the  civilized  world  to 
the  Newcomens  and  Cawleys  who  erected  the  first  '^  fire-engines," 


President's  Address.  67 

almost  within  aight  of  these  windows,  more  than  170  years  ago, 
and  to  a  galaxy  of  ingenious  and  skilful  mechanicians  who  have 
kept  the  ball  rolling  in  advance  up  to  our  own  time.  I  have, 
alas !  to  remind  you  of  the  serious  loss  sustained  by  this  Society 
and  by  the  community  at  laige  in  the  decease  of  an  eminent 
representative  of  this  class,  Mr.  William  Husband,  M.iNST.aB., 
80  well  known  for  years  past  as  the  managing  partner  of  the 
Hayle  Works.  A  native  of  Mylor,  he  was  destined  for  the  naval 
service;  but  imbued  with  a  determined  taste  for  engineering,  he 
persevered  in  attempts  to  enter  the  establishment  of  the  Messrs. 
Harvey,  at  Hayle,  until,  in  1839,  he  was  accepted  as  an  apprentice 
&r  four  yean.  And  in  this,  the  most  legitimate  and  efficient  form 
of  ''Technical  SchooV  young  Husband  so  soon  distinguished 
himself  that  he  was  selected  in  1843  to  take  chaige  of  the  erection 
of  an  engine  constructed  by  that  firm  for  the  drainage  of  the 
Haarlem  Lake — heavy  work  and  a  responsible  task  for  a  youth 
launched  into  a  strange  country.  The  cylinder  was  of  twelve  feet 
diameter,  the  eleven  pumps  worked  by  it  each  five  feet  three  inches, 
the  length  of  stroke  ten  feet,  and  the  total  weight  of  engine 
and  boilers  640  tons.  Acquiring  the  Dutch  language  with  mar- 
vellous celerity,  and  gaining  credit  and  esteem  by  his  fertility  of 
resources  and  uprightness  of  character,  he  was  appointed  in  1845 
mechanical  engineer  to  the  Dutch  Government  Before  this  great 
work  was  completed,  which  gave  the  country  an  addition  of 
47,000  acres  of  excellent  land,  Mr.  Husband  suffered  from  attacks 
of  ague,  and  these  were  so  repeated  that  he  felt  himself  obliged 
in  1849  to  resign  his  post,  and  returned  to  England  with  health  so 
shattered  that  it  seemed  as  if  he  never  fully  overcame  the  effects 
of  that  insidious  disease. 

Various  branches  of  engineering  now  occupied  his  attention — 
bridgeSy  powder-magazines,  docks,  and  armoured  ships  of  war, 
shared  his  time  with  the  pumping-^ngines  among  which  he  had 
been  brought  up ;  and  after  acting  for  the  Hayle  firm  for  a  couple 
of  years  in  London,  he  returned  in  1854  to  Cornwall,  to  take  the 
entire  charge  of  the  manufactory,  and  for  many  years  has  been 
recognised  as  a  leading  and  thoroughly  practical  engineer  in  all 
that  relates  to  pumping  apparatus  and  mining  machinery.     I  need 


68        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

only  adyert  to  a  very  few  of  the  subjects  in  which  he  succeeded 
in  making  improvements — the  balance-valye  for  waterworks,  as  a 
substitute  for  the  costly  stand-pipe;  the  four-beat  or  multiple 
valvey  largely  applied  in  heavy  pump  work ;  and  the  stamps  so 
indispensable  in  tin  and  in  gold  mining,  of  which  he  devised 
several  modifications,  culminating  in  what  are  known  as  Husband's 
Patent  Oscillating  Cylinder  Stamps.* 

But  Mr.  Husband  was  not  a  man  of  one  set  of  ideas.  Devoted 
to  useful  reading,  he  was  particularly  attached  to  astronomy,  and 
employed  much  of  his  little  leisure  time  in  observation  of  the 
celestial  bodies  through  a  large  reflecting  telescope.  In  local 
affairs  he  was  notably  energetic  and  judicioua  The  volunteer 
movement  was  greatly  aided  by  his  exertions,  and  for  five  and 
a  half  years  he  did  his  part  excellently  as  captain,  in  maintaining 
the  efficiency  of  the  Duke  of  Cornwall's  8th  Company  of  Artillery. 
The  establishment  of  science  and  art  classes  at  Hayle  was  mainly 
due  to. him,  the  Lifeboat  Institution  had  his  active  co-operation, 
and  nowhere  could  a  warmer  friend  be  found  to  the  aims  of  the 
working  and  the  exhibitions  at  Falmouth  of  the  Koyal  Cornwall 
Polytechnic  Society. 

In  1885  Mr.  Husband  again  left  Cornwall  to  take  up  the 
general  management  in  London.  His  health  for  some  time  past 
had  been  failing,  and  short  visits  to  Carlsbad  and  to  Vichy  were 
attended  only  by  temporary  improvement;  but  he  nevertheless 
kept  up  his  interest  in  the  educational  progress  of  the  county,  and 
for  two  years  was  President  of  the  combined  Miners'  Association 
and  Institute. 

Our  valued  coacljutor  retained  his  mental  activity  and  desire  to 
do  good  up  to  the  last.  On  April  8th  of  this  year  he  was 
explaining  to  his  son  two  new  inventions;  one  for  a  further 
improvement  of  the  Cornish  engine,  the  other  for  the  ventilation 


*  Of  this  very  effective  machine  it  may  be  said  roughly,  that  whilst  an 
average  stamp-head  of  the  common  Cornish  or  German  type  may  stamp  its 
one  ton  per  twenty-four  hours  (double  the  amount  that  used  to  be  done 
years  ago),  a  West  American  "  stamper  **  will  duly  reduce  thirty  cwt.  or  two 
tons,  and  a  single  head  on  Husband's  plan  will  beat  out  no  less  than  thirty- 
six  tons  of  tin-stuff  of  a  moderate  degree  of  hardness. 


PresidenVs  Address.  69 

of  metallifeiou8  minea.  On  the  10th  of  the  same  month  he  was 
taken  bom  his  sorrowing  family  and  friends,  in  his  sixty-fourth 
year. 

We  have  also  loet  an  old  member  of  the  Society  in  Mr.  Joseph 
John  Lanyon,  of  Penzance. 

By  the  decease  of  Captain  James  Evans,  of  Kance,  lUogan, 
one  of  our  Associate  Members,  we  have  lost  one  of  an  old 
ichool  of  mine  managers,  who  had  maintained  his  position  as 
the  directing  agent  for  several  mines  until  twelve  or  fifteen 
yean  aga  He  was  reputed  to  be  a  good  tinner,  and  was  well 
bown  in  Penwith  as  managing  captain  of  Levant  mine  for  some 
yeaiB)  whilst  in  St  Agnes  he  worked  some  tin  mines  adjoining 
the  famous  Polberro,  and  further  north  was  concerned  with  the 
leeond  working  of  the  celebrated  lead  mine — East  Wheal  Bose* 
Captain  Evans  was  also  well  known  as  manager  of  West  Basset, 
and  instrumental  in  the  working  of  the  rich  copper  lode  of 
Koith  Pool,  on  the  lands  of  Lord  Eobartes. 

Among  our  Honorary  Members  there  is  probably  no  one  to 
whom  this  county  owes  so  much  as  to  Robert  Hunt,  F.B.S.,  whose 
death  took  place  on  the  17th  of  last  month.  Bom  in  1807, 
at  Devonport,  and  thus  within  sight  of  the  Comish  hills,  Mr. 
Hunt  passed  a  good  deal  of  his  early  boyhood  in  Cornwall,  and 
^ipears  to  have  derived  his  first  inspirations  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Penzance.  The  boy  had  but  little  advantage  from  the 
ordinary  methods  of  education;  apd  placed  at  the  immature  age 
of  twelve  and  a  half  with  a  surgeon  practising  in  Paddington, 
had  to  work  up  against  difficulties,  and  seems  to  have  lost  no 
opportunity  of  acquiring  knowledge.  Passing  thence  to  a  certain 
Scotch  practitioner.  Dr.  Smith,  he  was  occupied  for  several  years 
in  Hatton  Garden  and  in  Fleet  Street^  and  afterwards  at  the 
Weat  End,  in  the  practice  of  pharmacy  and  dispensing.  Thence 
the  transition  was  natural  to  further  studies  in  chemistry,  and 
to  an  enthusiastic  following  up  of  Daguerre's  discoveries  in  photo- 
gn^ihy.  It  was  thus  that  he  was  led  to  write  a  Manual  of 
Pkoloffraphy^  the  first  guide-book  published  in  this  country  on  that 
nptdly-advanced  subject,  and  to  make  known  in  the  Phihgqphical 
Magazine  a  variety  of  processes  on  which  he  was  engaged.   Known 


70        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comvxdl. 

as  an  experimenter  on  the  action  of  the  chemical  rays  of  the  solar 
spoctrom,  he  was  taken  into  counsel  with  regard  to  the  colour  of 
the  glass  to  he  employed  for  the  great  palm-houses  of  Kew. 

Even  as  a  lad  Eohert  Hunt  had  a  strong  touch  of  the  divine 
afflatus  of  poetry.  He  had  written  a  descriptiye  poem  entitled 
''  Mounts  Bay,"  and,  if  the  writer  of  these  lines  is  not  mistaken, 
has  confessed  to  heing  the  author  of  a  tragedy.  When  opportunity 
offered,  he  had  strolled  in  simple  guise  ahout  the  country,  picking 
up  in  moorland  cottages  and  remote  farmhouses  those  delightful 
tales  and  traditions  and  mysterious  heliefs  which  he  puhlished  in 
two  charming  little  yolumes  as  the  Bamances  and  DroUs  of  Devon 
and  Cornwall,  His  Poetry  of  Soiencey  and  Panthea,  The  Spirit  of 
Nature^  were  the  work  of  more  mature  age,  hut  enjoyed  only  a 
limited  amount  of  popularity. 

In  the  meanwhile  Mr.  Hunt  had  felt  it  a  relief  to  he  moved 
from  his  short-lived  commercial  engagements,  to  a  sphere  giving 
him  more  ample  time  for  his  favourite  pursuits  of  literature 
and  science,  hy  his  appointment,  in  1840^  to  the  Secretaryship  of 
the  Polytechnic  Society  at  Falmouth.  Here  the  countenance  and 
aid  of  the  late  Sir  Charles  Lemon,  Bart.,  Mr.  Enys,  and  the 
highly-cultivated  family  of  the  Foxes,  supported  him  in  ex- 
periment and  organization.  What  with  the  introductions  given  hy 
the  post  he  held,  and  his  natural  sauvity  and  intelligence,  Mr. 
Hunt  hecame  widely  known  and  appreciated,  especially  among 
those  who  took  a  front  position  in  the  mining  industry  of  the 
two  counties. 

His  very  popularity  proved  to  he  the  means  of  dislodging  him 
from  his  position  at  Falmouth ;  for  the  late  Sir  Henry  De  la  Beche, 
so  weU  known  from  his  Oeologieal  Survey,  looking  round  for  a 
man  of  scientific  attainments  competent  to  act  as  the  Keeper  of 
Mining  Records  which  had  commenced  to  he  collected  at  the 
Museum  of  Practical  Geology,  at  that  time  in  Craig's  Court, 
and  now  in  Jermyn  Street,  selected  Mr.  Hunt  for  that  office 
in  1845,  and  on  the  establishment  of  systematic  teaching  at 
the  School  of  Mines,  recommended  him  also  for  the  Lectureship 
on  Physics. 

At  the  time  of  his  appointment  this  country  was  in  a  miaeiahly 


President's  Address.  71 

bickwaid  state  as  to  an  accuiate  knowledge  of  the  mineral 
tabstances  annually  zaiaed.  It  was  deploied  that,  owmg  to  a 
want  of  trustworthy  statistics,  many  great  commercial  transactions 
bad  to  be  made  in  the  dark ;  and  there  being  no  machinery  for  the 
pupose  of  getting  at  the  facts,  it  devolved  on  someone  to  take  a 
new  step  to  raise  us  &om  a  state  of  ignorance.  Instigated  by 
De  k  Beche,  and  warmly  supported  by  several  leaders  of  mining 
floteipiise,  Bobert  Hunt  commenced  his  labours  by  tabulating  the 
statistics  which  he  could  obtain  of  the  production  of  copper  and 
tin  in  the  western  counties,  and  then  went  on  to  the  other  ores 
aod  metals,  and  further  again  even  to  slates  and  building  stones. 
Periiape  no  person  could  be  found  in  the  whole  country  more 
capable  of  carrying  out  this  task.  Always  cheerful,  obliging  to  a 
dq[!ee,  and  possessing  from  his  previous  studies  an  intelligent 
aoqoaintanoe  with  the  ramifications  of  the  matters  he  had  to 
enqoire  into,  he,  either  in  writing  or  personal  visit,  applied  to  all 
prodneeis  of  mineral  He  had  no  compulsive  authority  such  as  in 
these  days  many  people  are  too  desirous  of  invoking,  but  his 
kindly  manner,  his  unselfish  desire  to  do  a  public  duty,  and  the 
jadidous  way  in  which  he  proceeded,  won  the  day;  and  some 
mioe  owners  who  in  the  sturdy  old  English  spirit  resented  any 
enqniiy  into  their  private  affairs,  gave  way  before  the  bland  per- 
soanveness  with  which  the  object  of  the  collection  of  the  returns 
was  explained  to  them.  From  1853  till  1883  Mr.  Hunt  continued 
to  cany  out  these  useful  labours ;  and  so  obvious  was  their  im- 
portance to  the  mining  and  metallurgical  world,  that  a  few  years 
ago  public  meetings  were  called  in  London,  and  a  very  handsome 
testimonial  was  presented  to  him  by  the  leading  firms  and  indi- 
ndnal  persons  interested  in  these  branches  of  our  national 
wealth. 

The  compulsory  clauses  introduced  of  late  years  into  Mines 
Begulation  Acts  enabled  the  "  powers  that  be ''  to  dispense  with 
Mr.  Hunf  s  services,  and  to  throw  the  task  of  collection  of  the 
statistics  on  the  inspectors  of  mines,  by  whom  they  are  now 
pieaented  to  the  Home  Secretary,  to  be  pubUshed  in  another 
bna, 

I  must  not  attempt  to  set  before  you  an  account  of  his  literary 


72        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

work,  the  descriptiye  catalogues  for  International  Exhibitions, 
the  lighter  contributions  to  various  periodicals,  moie  serious 
communications  and  reports  to  the  British  Association,  and  the 
heavy  labour  attaching  to  the  revising  and  enlarging  three  suooes- 
sive  editions  of  Dr.  Ure's  Dictionary  of  Arts^  Manntfaeturea^  ^c, 
with  which  Mr.  Hunt  was  entrusted  by  Messrs.  Longman.  These, 
with  sundry  other  works,  concluding  with  a  very  bulky  volume 
of  collected  information  on  British  mines,  indicate  an  amount  of 
literary  exertion,  too  often  extended  by  him  far  into  the  night, 
which  was  a  marvel  to  those  who  were  aware  of  the  feeble  and 
sometimes  precarious  health  from  which  he  had  suffered  for  many 
years. 

There  remains  one  chapter  of  his  history  which  cannot  be 
omitted — his  persevering  efforts  to  improve,  by  special  teaching, 
the  education  of  the  young  miners.  The  establishment  of  a 
mining  school,  based  on  subscriptions,  at  Truro  was  not  a  succees ; 
and  in  pondering  over  the  question  how  the  rudiments  of  chemistry, 
mineralogy,  and  mechanics  might  be  taught  to  lads,  without  ii^uiy 
to  their  acquiring  skill  as  workmen,  it  appeared  to  Mr.  Hunt 
desirable  to  try  to  take  the  teachers  in  succession  to  the  various 
centres  of  mining  operations.  Thus  the  ''Miners'  Association" 
was  formed,  which  for  over  twenty  years  has  been  doing  good 
work,  and  is  now,  it  may  be  hoped,  strengthened  by  its  being 
united  with  the  *'  Mining  Institute,"  where  experienced  mine 
managers,  engineers,  and  surveyors  are  induced  to  discuss  questions 
of  a  more  advanced  kind. 

No  trouble  was  too  repellent,  no  correspondence  too  burdensome, 
to  check  Mr.  Hunt's  ardour  in  his  pet  scheme;  and  when  he 
could  conjoin  his  work  with  a  sojourn  at  St.  Agnes  or  St  Ives, 
he  revelled  in  the  air  and  seashores  of  Cornwall,  and  in  the 
character  of  its  inhabitants,  into  which  he  had  obtained  so  deep 
an  insight.  Alas!  those  visits,  pleasing  alike  to  himself  and  to 
those  he  met,  are  past  and  gone ;  but  there  remains  the  good  work 
that  he  has  done,  and  the  green  memory  of  one  whom  I  may,  after 
more  than  forty  years'  friendship,  confidently  assert  was  one  of 
the  most  trustworthy  of  colleagues  and  one  of  the  most  amiable 
of  men. 


President's  Address.  73 

Another  of  onr  Honoraiy  Members  who  has  been  remoyed  from 
m  bj  death  was  Mr.  W.  Wagner,  President  of  what  is  termed 
tiie  Wagner  InstitatOy  of  Philadelphia,  United  States.  This  was 
a  generous  and  eneigetic  instructor  of  youth  on  the  other  side  of 
tiie  Atlantic,  who  visited  Penzance  a  few  years  ago ;  and  who, 
wbikt  collecting  vigorously  for  his  own  '' Institute,"  was  so  pleased 
with  what  had  been  done  by  this  Society,  as  to  send  over  a 
pnient  of  very  acceptable  American  minerals. 

I  ahonld  not  be  fulfilling  my  duty  to  the  geology  of  the  county 
van  I  to  omit  calling  your  attention  to  the  decease  in  January 
]«ft  of  Mr.  John  Arthur  Phillips,  F.R.&,  f.o.b.,  who,  although  not 
a  member  of  this  Society,  was  a  native  of  the  county,  and  for 
leyeial  years  past  contributed  much  to  the  advancement  of  chemical 
•od  geological  science. 

In  the  first  volume  of  your  Dransactums  Mr.  J.  Hawkins,  f.r.8., 
gife  a  number  of  observations  on  the  old  Polgooth  Mine,  near 
8t  Austell,  quoting  chiefly  its  "  very  intelligent  director,"  whom 
beoonsulted  in  the  year  1791.     Our  late  associate  in  the  London 
Geological  Society  was  the  grandson  of  that  approved  manager; 
and,  bom  near  Polgooth,  had  the  advantage  of  making  early 
acquaintance  with  the  Polytechnic  at  Falmouth,  and  with  our 
late  revered  member,  Mr.  Eobert  Fox,  f.r.s.     Hence  probably  it 
came  about  that  he  passed  through  the  educational  courses  of  the 
Eeole  des  Mines  at  Paris,  and  then  addressed  himself  to  a  series 
of  ateppingHstones,  some  of  which  gave  him  tolerable  support, 
whilst  others   were   less   satisfactory.      Metallurgical   chemistry 
became  his  forte,  and  the  success  which  he  at  last  attained  in  a 
woA  dealing,  at  Widnes,  with  the  burnt  refuse  of  Spanish  pyrites, 
placed  him  aome  years  ago  in^  an  independent  position.     No 
woanoi  was  he  thus  released  from  the  daily  cares  of  business,  than 
he  was  able  to  follow  out  his  favourite  bent     He  joined  the 
Geological  Society,  investigated  and  described  a  number  of  pheno- 
mena connected  with  mines  and  geology,  and  brought  out  new 
editiona  of  some  of  the  larger  works  which  he  had  found  time  to 
write  in  the  intervals  of  his  industrial  engagements. 

Although  residing  but  little  in  his  native  county,  Mr.  Phillips 
in  many  respects  a  thorough  Comishman,  having  a  quick 
VOL.  XL  G 


74        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

sense  of  humoury  and  telling  a  tale  from  his  retentive  memory 
with  spirit  and  point  Always  prepared  with  kindly  generosity 
to  assist  the  deserving,  he  could  speak  out  very  plainly  about 
tricksters  and  pretenders.  At  the  council-table  he  was  a  very 
useful  adviser,  and  it  was  with  the  deepest  feeling  of  sorrow  that 
his  many  friends  heard  of  the  sudden  and  unexpected  attack 
which  terminated  his  life. 

Ko  one  interested  in  the  geology  of  Cornwall  will  omit  to  read 
Mr.  Phillips's  papers  on  the  various  igneous  rocks  of  the  county ; 
and  on  the  chemistry  of  the  salt  spring  at  Wheal  Seton,  and 
on  the  Wolf  Eock.  Most  of  them  will  be  found  in  the  Quarterly 
Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  The  very  steps  of  granite, 
by  which  we  gain  access  to  the  front  of  the  Penzance  public 
buildings,  call  for  grateful  recognition  of  his  labour  in  the 
chemical  and  microscopical  examination  of  those  black  enclosures 
which  are  so  often  to  be  seen  in  other  varieties,  as  well  as  the 
boldly-featured  granite  of  Lamoma. 

Among  other  events  of  the  year,  it  has  been  the  agreeable  task 
of  your  Society  to  welcome  to  Cornwall  a  large  party  belonging  to 
a  young  and  vigorous  sister  institution — the  Geologists'  Association 
of  London.  To  the  number  of  seventy  or  eighty,  the  ladies  and 
gentlemen  who  volunteered  for  a  week's  excursion  to  West 
Cornwall,  made  a  judicious  selection  of  objects  suitable  for 
attention  during  the  time,  aided  by  an  admirable  programme, 
which  was  illustrated  by  sketch  maps,  and  by  short  descriptive 
papers.  Led  by  their  indefatigable  President  and  Secretary, 
Mr.  Budler,  f.q.s.,  and  Dr.  Foulerton,  F.o.a,  this  large  party 
carried  out  their  scheme  with  marked  success,  won  golden  opiniona 
from  the  natives,  and  appeared  charmed  with  all  that  they  saw. 
On  the  9th  of  August  they  arrived  in  Penzance,  and  next  morning 
proceeded  to  St.  Erth  to  inspect  the  Pliocene  beds  which  have 
aroused  so  much  interest  Year  Council  considered  it  desirable  to 
further  the  views  of  this  cognate  body  by  having  the  fossiliferons 
pit  ready  opened  for  them,  a  task  which  was  carried  out  by 
the  good  offices  of  Mr.  Cornish. 

The  association  then  passed  the  afternoon  at  St  Michael's 
Mount ;  and  the  next  two  days  were  devoted  to  the  Land's  End 


President's  Address.  75 

•ad  St  Jufit^  not  omitting -an  inspection  of  Mr.  G.  C.  Eoss's 
etbinet  of  minerala,  and  of  the  collection  of  this  Society,  which 
^pear  to  haye  afforded  great  Batiflfaction. 

It  10,  of  course,  impossible  on  a  brief  excursion  to  do  more  than 

gliDoe  at  a  few  localities  in  which  some  of  the  special  geological 

phenomena  may  be  most  distlQctly  seen.     It  is  left  for  those  who 

nmsin  on  the  ground  for  a  longer  period  to  examine  such  points 

in  fuller  detail,  to  multiply  observations  on  analogous  questions, 

ud  to  draw  from  what  they  study  deductions  more  satisfactory 

than  those  we  have  been  hitherto  supplied  with.     The  questions 

put  by  members  of  the  Association,  and  the  papers  frequently 

to  be  seen  in  the  scientific  journals  and  magazines  of  this  and 

other  countries,  remind  me  that  there  are  many  questions  relating 

to  the  geology  of  this  county  which  remain  unsolved,  and  that 

there  opens  before  our  view  the  large  field  of  Petrology,  in  which 

as  yet  the  Cormsh  societies  have  taken  but  small  part     True  that 

our  fore&thers,  in  the  early  years  of  this  Society,  worked  hard  and 

long  to  advance  the  knowledge  of  the  rocks  which  in  so  many 

parts  of  Cornwall  attract  the  attention  of  the  most  incurious ;  and 

they  made  extensive  collections  which,  although  placed  on  our 

ahelyes,   have  for  years  past,  I    am  afraid,  not    received    the 

consideration  to  which  they  are  entitled. 

Forty  years  ago,  it  was  generally  held  in  this  country  that 
a  dote  attention  to  the  details  of  differences  between  igneous  rocks 
was  an  unnecessary  task,  wearisome  alike  to  investigator  and  to 
auditor.  It  was  even  held  that  a  careful  study  of  these  differences, 
and  a  corresponding  exactness  of  nomenclature,  were  all  very  well 
for  a  Frenchman  or  a  German,  but  were  inimical  to  the  breadth  of 
yiew  which  befitted  a  geologist  This  is  now  greatly  changed,  and 
erer  since  the  new  light  thrown  by  the  microscope,  and  the  eluci- 
dationa  of  Dr.  Sorby,  F.as.,  on  thin  sections  or  slices  of  rock, 
deaeriptions  and  illustrations  have  multiplied  greatly,  and,  as  is 
apt  to  be  the  case  with  a  new  branch  of  science,  new  terms  are 
required,  and  we  are  threatened  with  a  plethora  of  Greek  com- 
pounds, which  may  possibly  go  &r  towards  repelling  the  recent 
Oxford  crusade  against  the  study  of  that  ancient  tongue. 

Yalning  moat  highly  what  has  been  contributed  within  the  last 

o  2 


76        Roycd  Geological  Society  of  Comwcdl. 

few  years  to  the  knowledge  of  our  rocks,  especially  by  the  late 
J.  A.  Phillips,  by  Professor  Bonney,  and  Mr.  Teall,  I  cannot  but 
recommend  to  our  yonnger  members  the  farther  extension  of 
researches  which  have  become  both  fashionable  and  necessary. 
Let  me,  however,  throw  in  a  caution,  that  attempts  at  petrology 
by  the  microscope  alone,  without  a  suitable  foundation,  would  be 
a  delusion  and  a  snare;  that  such  a  study  must  rest  upon,  and 
co-exist  with,  a  familiarity  with  mineralogy,  both  in  its  physical 
and  its  chemical  aspects,  and  that  our  fathers  were  wise  in  their 
generation  when  they  set  store  by  establishing  as  the  first  step 
in  their  museum  a  good  collection  of  minerals. 

I  am  not  proposing  on  tliis  occasion  to  bring  the  subject  more 
fully  before  you,  but  there  is  one  branch  of  the  enquiry  in  which 
the  abundant  opportunities  offered  to  us  by  Nature  here  in  Cornwall 
ought  to  make  us  deeply  interested,  and  for  which  we  might 
expect  more  often  to  enlist  recruits  of  the  hammer.  This  is  the 
investigation  of  the  character  and  causation  of  the  contact  and 
metamorphic  rocks.  Let  any  careful  observer  approach  the 
granite  border  from  the  killas  which  environs  it,  and  he  will 
find  that  a  change,  more  or  less  marked,  is  observable*;  not 
always  in  the  direct  ratio  of  the  distance,  but  of  the  same  character 
in  many  different  districts.  Again,  let  him  pass  from  the  granite 
of  Penwith  to  the  rugged  coast  line  of  St  Just,  and  he  will 
wonder  at  the  variety  and  mineral  nature  of  the  rocks  which  it 
has  been  too  usual  to  group  together  as  ^'killas,"  simply  because 
they  were  not  granite ;  or  as  ''  altered  killas,''  in  order  to  cover  our 
want  of  precision  in  dealing  with  a  section  which  deserves,  every 
inch  of  it,  to  be  measured  and  thoughtfully  examined.  Down 
they  go  to  the  dip,  these  massive  craggy  beds,  passing  away 
westward  far  below  the  ocean,  with  a  strange,  mysterious  character 
about  them,  showing  in  the  deep  workings  of  Botallack  and 
Levant  mines,  only  rarely,  some  distinctly  recognizable  mineral 
other  than  in  the  lodes.  Are  these  decidedly  stratified  rocks  1 
Certainly  they  are  so.  Are  these  approximately  parallel  lines, 
white,  and  green,  and  black,  signs  of  stratification)  No;  it 
cannot  be  maintained  that  they  are.  The  parallelism  is  not  true 
enough,  the  stripy  portions  too  are  made  of  very  different  materials. 


President's  Address.  77 

Here  you  will  see  little  parallel  bands  of  chlorite  (peach)  alternating 
with  doll  quartZy  at  another  actinolite,  or  again  garnet  and  axinite, 
or  sometimes,  inches  thick  together,  crystalline  schorl  or  **  cockle." 
Sach  an  appearance  as  this,  showing  a  re-arrangement  of  con- 
stituent parts  according  to  chemical  affinities,  is  foliation.  With 
this  may  be  combined  further  chemical  change  of  the  substances, 
Uberated  as  it  were  by  foliation,  or  the  gradual  alteration  of  a 
mass  by  little  veins  and  threads,  as  of  hornblende,  inducing  what 
has  been  termed  amphibolization. 

Professor  fionney,  F.&a,  of  Cambridge,  our  late  President  of 
the  Greological  Society,  has  lately  treated  this  subject  in  so  practical 
tnd  philosophical  a  way,  that  I  shall  not  scruple  to  quote  some 
of  his  statements,  partly  in  order  to  inculcate  caution,  and  partly 
to  show  how  a  field  of  promising  research  may  have  to  be 
approached  through  a  rather  bristling  thicket  of  technical  nomen- 
clature. 

Dr.  Bonney  begins  by  adverting  to  the  lack  of  precision  in  the 
use  of  certain  terms.  "For  instance,  two  wbrds  of  primary 
importance — metamorphism  and  schist — are  as  yet  far  from  being 
used  in  a  definite  sense.  One  geologist  will  speak  of  the  rocks 
of  a  particular  district  as  *  metamorphic,'  or  as  exhibiting  '  regional 
metamorphiBm,'  when  they  are  only  silky  slates  and  indurated 
grits,  which  may  perhaps  be  termed  quartzites ;  rocks,  that  is  to 
say,  in  which  subsequent  chemical  change  has  utterly  failed  to 
obliterate  the  indications  of  an  original  'clastic'  condition.  Another 
will  mean  by  the  same  phrase  that  the  rocks  are  gneisses  and  cry- 
stalline schists  (micaceous,  homblendic,  &c) ;  that  is,  rocks  in  which 
the  original  constituents  have  been  practically  effaced  by  subse- 
quent chemical  changes."  He  inclines  to  the  opinion  that  "  rocks 
should  be  called  metamorphic  when  such  marked  mineralogical 
change  has  taken  place,  that  their  original  condition  is  a  subject 
for  inductive  reasoning  rather  than  for  simple  observation."  With 
the  term  schist  he  complains  that  authors  often  leave  us  in  doubt 
whether  they  mean  a  "  hard,  rough  shale,  or  a  badly-cleaved  slate, 
or  a  foliated  (and  so  truly)  metamorphic  rock."  Granting  that 
the  word  **  metamorphic "  is  too  vague,  and  that  terms  might  be 
sobstiiated,  indicating  more  precisely  the  nature  of  the  changCi 


78        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Coimvxdl. 

he  continues  tliat  ''Messra.  King  and  Eowney  have  piopoeed  to 
divide  metamorphic  locks  into  two  groups — mineralized  and 
methylosed — the  one  denoting  those  in  which  the  original  con- 
stituents have  formed  by  crystallization  various  definite  minerals ; 
the  other,  those  in  which  the  constituents  have  been  changed  by 
chemical  re-actiona  For  the  latter  process  the  terms  metasomatosis 
and  paramorpJiosis  have  also  been  proposed  by  certain  other 
authors.  Further,  Mr.  Kinahan  has  proposed  to  apply  the  term 
parqptesie  to  the  effects  produced  by  contact  with  intrusive  masses 
of  igneous  rocks,  and  metapepsis  to  the  effects  of  regional  meta- 
morphism.  I  doubt,  however,  whether  the  more  high-sounding 
paroptesis  is  better  than  the  plainer  '  contact  metamorphism,'  and 
it  is  at  least  not  more  accurate,  neither  do  I  think  metapepda  any 
particular  gain.'' 

Dr.  Bonney  proceeds  to  suggest  the  following,  if  it  be  desirable 
to  distinguish  the  various  modifications  comprehended  in  the 
general  term  metamorphism. 

''  1.  Metastasis  (change  of  order),  denoting  changes  rather  of  a 
paramorphic  character,  such,  for  example,  as  the  crystallization  of 
a  limestone,  the  devitrification  of  a  glassy  rock.  2.  Metaerasis 
(reHX>mbination),  denoting  changes  like  the  conversion  of  a  mud 
into  a  mass  of  quartz,  with  mica  and  other  silicates.  3.  Methylosis 
(change  of  substance),  denoting  change  rather  of  a  pseudomorphic 
character.  Under  these  terms  I  believe  all  the  principal  changes 
which  we  have  to  consider  would  be  included,  but  I  must  confess 
to  no  great  love  for  augmenting  the  technical  terminology  of 
science.  A  compound  word  of  foreign  origin  is  no  doubt  some- 
times a  gain,  by  serving  as  a  brief  symbol  to  express  a  complex 
idea ;  but  there  is  always  a  danger  lest  it  should  be  used  to  mask 
ignorance  rather  than  to  facilitate  reasoning." 

Further,  the  observation  of  some  years  past  has  tended  to 
strengthen  the  opinion  that  a  crushing  of  the  rocks  in  situ  by 
great  earth  movements  is  competent  to  produce  changes  of  a 
special  kind,  for  which  he  would  apply  the  term  "pressure 
metamorphism  ...  to  cases  where  the  effects  of  pressure  may 
be  recognized  with  reasonable  certainty ;  and  to  reserve  the  term 
^regional    metamorphism'    for   those    ancient    rocks    occupying 


President's  Address.  79 

eitensive  areas  of  the  earth's  surfJEtce,  which,  whatever  be  their 
histoiy,  are  in  all  probability  by  no  means  in  their  original 
condition.'' 

Admitting  that  although  greater  precision  in  knowledge  of  the 
sabject  might  advantageously  be  reflected  in  the  nomenclature 
employed,  it  is  very  doubtful  whether  we  are  at  present  ripe  for  a 
terminology  like  that  proposed.  There  is,  however,  one  thing 
pretty  clear,  that  within  the  last  thirty  or  forty  years  we  have 
ittame(^  to  a  healthier  state  of  opinion  about  the  igneous  rocks 
tkemaelveB,  and  are  hence  in  a  position  to  judge  more  decisively 
on  questions  relating  to  metamorphism.  EecoUect  that  it  was 
only  in  1833  that  Sir  Charles  LyeU  introduced  the  term  in  his  first 
edition  of  the  Principles  of  Oealogy,  and  that  his  reasoning, 
Wd  as  he  allowed  on  the  hypothesis  of  Dr.  Hutton,  received 
(Hily  a  partial  acceptance.  In  that  form  it  was  so  bound  up  with 
lome  of  the  fundamental  tenets  of  the  history  of  the  world,  that 
deductions  might  easily  be  carried  too  feur ;  but  the  wide  attention 
BOW  given  to  the  subject  has  led  to  more  discrimination,  and 
the  above  remarks  may  perhaps  aid  the  observer  in  following 
the  light  path.  Let  us  hope  that  Cornwall  will  not  be  behind- 
hand in  following  up  the  line  of  studies  suggested  by  the 
eonstitation  of  the  soil,  and  valuable  alike  to  practical  ends  as  to 
the  advancement  of  pure  Science. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


At  the  close  of  another  year  it  once  more  hecomes  the  duty  of  the 
Council  to  lay  before  the  Society  a  resume  of  its  proceedings  since 
the  last  AtitiitaI  Meeting;  and  in  presenting  their  seventy-fourth 
AriTiiml  Eeport,  they  have  the  particular  satisfaction  of  congratulat- 
ing the  Members  upon  the  well-merited  honour  which  has  been 
done  the  President  in  the  bestowal  of  a  knighthood  upon  him  by 
Her  Majesty  the  Queen,  who  was  further  graciously  pleased  to 
accept  the  congratulatory  address  which  was  offered  to  her  by  this 
Society  upon  the  occasion  of  her  Jubilee. 

To  your  Museum  a  number  of  specimens,  including  some  of 
particular  interest,  have  been  added  during  the  past  twelve 
months,  as  the  Beport  of  your  Curators  will  inform  you  in 
detail 

Your  Librarian  also  records  a  goodly  number  of  works  purchased 
at  given  to  the  Society,  which  have  been  placed  upon  the  shelves. 
It  will  again  be  necessary  at  no  very  distant  date  to  increase  the 
bookcaBe& 

A  copy  of  the  Catalogue,  originally  compiled  by  Mr.  Taylor, 
and  continued  by  him  in  MS.  up  to  date,  has  also  by  him  now 
been  completed  as  an  index  to  the  Library,  having  the  shelf-mark 
appended  to  the  entry  of  each  work.  It  lies  on  the  table  for 
reference. 

The  Science  Classes,  carried  on  in  the  basement  of  this  building 
by  MesBrs.  Bamett  and  Corin,  continue  their  useful  course ;  and  it 
is  satisfactory  to  know  that  the  number  of  students  is  this  year 
largely  in  excess  of  previous  years,  the  result  being  that  the 
accommodation  afforded  by  this  Society  proves  insufficient. 


82       Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwaU. 

A  scheme  for  the  erection  of  larger  and  more  convenient  class- 
rooms is  already  projected.* 

It  is  with  pain  that  the  Council  allude  to  the  losses  by  death 
which  have  befiEdlen  the  Society  during  the  year.  Among  our 
Ordinary  Members  we  have  to  record  the  decease  of  Mr.  Joseph 
James  Lanyon  and  Mr.  William  Husband,  who  frequently  attended 
our  meetings,  the  latter  being  a  contributor  of  several  papers ;  and 
Mr.  Thomas  Simon  Bolitho,  a  valued  supporter  of  the  Society  for 
the  greater  portion  of  its  existence,  whose  knowledge  of  mining 
matters  and  experience  made  him  prominent. 

Among  our  Honorary  Members  we  have  special  reason  to  lament 
the  recent  decease  of  Mr.  Robert  Hunt,  f.r.8.,  whose  ready  pen 
has  helped  to  enrich  our  Transactions.  In  Mr.  W.  Wagner,  of 
Philadelphia,  U.S. A,  we  have  also  lost  another  Honorary  Member, 
through  whose  generosity  upon  a  former  occasion  we  acquired  a 
valuable  series  of  specimens. 

In  conclusion  the  Council  desire  to  recommend  the  election  of 
Mr.  J.  A  Daniell,  of  Polstrong,  Camborne,  and  Mr.  A.  Pinching, 
H.M  Inspector  of  Mines,  as  Ordinary  Members  of  this  Society. 

*  **  During  the  past  year  classes  in  Theoretical  and  Practical  Ghemistzy 
have  been  conducted  in  the  classrooms  and  Laboratory  of  the  Society  by  Mr. 
A.  K.  Barnett  and  Mr.  £.  C.  Corin,  and  at  the  examinations  held  by  the 
Science  and  Art  Department  last  May  many  students  presented  themselves, 
and  by  the  positions  they  took  at  the  examinations  showed  that  a  sound 
course  of  instruction  had  been  imparted,  and  that  they  had  gained  a 
thorough  grounding  into  this  important  branch  of  science. 

"The  classes  were  resumed  last  month  for  the  winter  course,  and  the 
number  attending  is  larger  than  for  any  previous  year,  every  bench  in  the 
Laboratory  being  occupied." — A  K.  B. 


LIBRAEIAN'S  REPORT. 


The  librarian  has  to  report  that  since  the  last  Annual  Meeting 
a  laige  number  of  volumes  have  been  bound  (at  an  expense  of 
£16  7s.  6d,),  and  is  pleased  to  add  that,  owing  to  the  completion 

of  the  Catalogue,  the  Library  is  now  more  than  ever  available 

for  the  use  of  Subscribers. 

The  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  during 

the  year: 

L  TRANSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

PremUed  hy  the  respective  Societies,  Editors,  and  other  Donors, 

or  purchased. 

Boston.    American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings:  YoL  xiv.,  part  1,  May  to  December,  1886. 
8va     Boston,  1887. 

BiifltoL    Bristol  Naturalists'  Society. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  v.,  part  2,  N.S. (1886-87).  Report, Lists, i&c., 
for  the  year  ending  30th  April,  1887.     8vo.     Bristol,  1887. 

Braasels.    Soci^t^  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 
Pioc^verbal,  pp.  1-^0,  1885. 

„  „   97-144,  1886.     8vo.    Bruxelles,  1886-87. 

OlffnrnJA,    California  State  Mining  Bureau. 

Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Mineralogist  [H.  O.  Hanks], 
parts  1  and  2,  year  ending  June  1, 1886.  8vo.  Sacramento 
1886-87. 

Camborne.    Mining  Association  and  Institute  of  Cornwall 
Transactions:  YoL  L,  part  3.     8vo.     Camborne,  1887. 

Cambridga    Cambridge  University  Library. 

Thirty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Library  Syndicate^ 
June  8(h,  1887.    4to.    Cambridge,  1887. 


84       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Canada.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Canada. 

Annnal  Seport,  with  accompanying  Maps.  By  A.  JEL  C. 
Selwyn.    VoL  L  (New  Series),  1885. 

[Contains  Reports  by  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  G.  M.  Dawson, 
R  G.  McConnell,  A.  C.  Lawson,  A.  P.  Low,  R  Bell, 
R  W.  Ells,  L.  W.  Bailey,  R  Chalmers,  E.  Cost^  and 
G.  C.  Hofl&nan].     8vo.     Montreal,  1886. 

— :— .     Colonial  and  Indian  Exhibition,  London,  1886. 

Descriptive  Catalogue  of  a  Collection  of  the  Economic 
Minerals  of  Canada.  By  the  Geological  Corps.  A.  R  C. 
Selwyn,  Director.     8vo.     London,  1886. 

.     Geological  and  Topographical  Map  of  the  Northern  Part 

of  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  and  adjacent  country.  By  A.  C. 
Lawson.     1885. 

,     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Proceedings :  fasc.  1,  2,  of  voL  iv.,  series  iiu  8va  Toronto, 
1886-87. 

.     Eoyal  Society  of  Canada. 

Transactions:  YoL  iiL,  1885;  vol  iv.,  1886.  4to.  Montreal, 
1886-87. 

Colorado.     Colorado  Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings :  Vol.  ii.,  part  2.     8vo.     Denver,  1887. 

Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschafb.     Archiv  fiir  die 
Natur.  Liv-,  Ehst-  und  Kurlands : 

L  Serie.     Band  iz.,  lie£  4.     8vo.    Dorpat,  1887. 
Sitzungsberichte :  Band  viiL,  heft  1.     8vo.     Dorpat,  1887. 

Dublin.     Eoyal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings :  New  Series,  voL  v.,  parts  3-6.     Svo. 

Dublin,  1886-87. 
Scientific  Transactions:  Series  ii,  voL  iil,  parts  11-13.     4to. 
DubUn,  1886-87. 
Edinburgh.    Edinburgh  Geological  Society. 

Catalogue  of  the  Library.     8vo.     Edinburgh,  1887. 
Transactions :  Parts  2,  3,  of  vol  v.    8vo.    Edinburgh,  1887. 

Falmouth.    Eoyal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-fourth  Annual  Eeport^  1886.    8vo.    Falmouthy  1887. 


Librarian's  Report.  85 

Freibeig.  Jahrbach  fiir  das  Beig-  and  Hiittenwesen  im  Konigreiche 
Sachaen,  auf  das  jahr  1887.    I  Thea    8vo.    Freibeig,  1887. 

Halifax.     Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Biding 
of  Yorkshira 
Proceedings :  VoL  ix-,  part  2.     Svo.     Halifax,  1887. 

Hille.    £.  Leop.-CaroL  Deutschen  Academic  der  Katurforscher. 
Nova  Acta :  VoL  xlviii 

yy  „    li.,  No.  1. — ^Die  Yeisteinerongen  des  Cam- 

brischen  Schichten  systems.    Yon.  Dr.  Joh.  Georg  Bome- 
mann.     4to.     Halle,  1886. 

India.   Geological  Survey  of  India. 
Catalogues: 

Catalogue  of  the  Semains  of  Siwalik  Yertebrata 
contained  in  the  Geological  Department  of  the 
Indian  Museum,  Calcutta.  Part  1 :  Mammalia. 
Part  2 :  Aves,  Beptilia,  Pisces.    By  R.  Lydekker. 

Catalogue  of  the  Bemains  of  Pleistocene  and  Pre- 
Historic  Yertebrata  contained  in  the  Greological 
Department  of  the  Indian  Museum,  Calcutta. 
By  R.  Lydekker.     Svo.     Calcutta,  1886-86. 

Pakeontologia  Indica : 

Feistmantel :  The  Fossil  Flora  of  some  of  the  Coal-fields 

in  Western  Bengal.    [Series  xii.,  voL  iv.  part  2.] 
Lydekker :  The  Fauna  of  the  Karnul  Caves.     [Series 

X.,  voL  iv.,  part  2,  and  addendum  to  part  1.] 
Waagen :  Salt-Eange  Fossils.     Productus — Limestone 

Fossils : — Coelenteiata. 

Title-page  and  Contents  of  YoL  L  of  Tertiary  and 
Upper  Cretaceous  Fauna  of  Western  India. 

4to.     Calcutta— London,  1886. 
Becords :  YoL  xix.,  part  4. 

„  „     XX.,  parts  1,  2.     8vo.     Calcutta,  1886-87. 

Leicester.    Leicester  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Reports  of  the  Council  .  .  •  and  Sections  .  .  .  June  2l8t, 
1886,  and  June  27th,  1887. 

TiBDsactlona :  New  Quarterly  Series,  part  1,  October,  1886 ; 
parts  2, 3, 4,  January  to  July,  1887.   8vo.   Leicester,  1886-87. 


86        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

» 

Leipzig.     Mittheilongen  des  Yereins  flir  Erdkonde  za  Leipzig^ 
1884,  1886.     8vo.     Leipzig,  1886-86. 

Li^ge.     Saci^t4  G^logique  de  Belgiqae. 

Proc^verbal  de  TAsseinbl^  Gdn^rale  da  2l8t  Novembie^ 
1886.     8vo.     Li^ge,  1887. 

Lille.     Soci^t^  G6ologique  da  Nord. 

Annales :  Tome  ziii.,  1886-86.     8yo.     Lille,  1886. 

Liverpool.     Liverpool  Engineering  Society. 
Transactions :  YoL  vi.,  Session  1886. 
Report,  Rales,  i&c,  1886;  List,  1887. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1886-87. 

.     Liverpool  Geological  Association. 

Transactions:  Yol.  vL,  Session  1886-86. 
„  „     vii..  Session  1886-87. 

8vo.     Liverpool,  1886-87. 

— .     Liverpool  Geological  Society. 

Proceedings :  YoL  v.,  parts  1,  2.     8vo.    Liverpool,*  1885-86. 

.    Liverpool  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings:  YoL  xxxix.,  1884-86. 

„  „    xl.,  1886-86.     8vo.     Liverpool,  1885-86. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Scienca 
Report  of  the  Fiftynsixth  Meeting  .  .  .  held  at  Birmingham 
in  September,  1886.     8vo.     London,  1887. 

,     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  6-8  of  voL  ix. 

„  „    1,  2      „     X.     8vo.     London,  1886-87. 

— .     Geological  Society  of  London. 
Abstracts  of  Proceedings. 
List  .  .  .  November  Ist,  1886. 
Quarterly  Journal,  No.  168  of  voL  xlii 
„  „        „     169-171  of  voL  xliii. 

8vo.     London,  1886-87. 

.     PalsBontographical  Society.     YoL  xl.,  for  1886. 

4to.     London,  1887.    Purchased. 


Librarian's  Report.  87 

London.   London,  Edinbnrgli,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 
Series  Y.     Ka  139  of  voL  xziL 
„  „    140-145  of  voL  xziiL 

„  „    146-150  of  vol  xxiv. 

8vo.    London,  1886-87.    Purchased. 
.    Royal  Society. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  246-250  of  voL  xli. 
„  „    251-257  of  vol  xlii 

„  „    258  of  vol  xliii    8vo.    London,  1886-87. 

'—,    Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
JoumaL    Kos.  10-12  of  voL  v. 

„  „    1-9  of  vol  vi     8vo.    London,  1886-87. 

Mmchester.     Manchester  Geological  Society. 
Transactions :  Parts  1-10  of  voL  xix. 

8yo.     Manchester,  1886-87. 

.    Manchester  Scientific  Students'  Association. 

Reports  and  Proceedings  for  the  years  1885,  1886. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1886-87. 

Helboume.     Geological  Society  of  Australasia. 

List  of  Members  .  .  .  also  a  Catalogue  of  Works  added  to 
the  Library  .  .  .  during  thJB  session  1886-87.  By  R  T. 
litton.     8vo.     Melbourne — London,  1887. 

I^ewcastle-upon-Tyne.     North  of    England  Institute  of   Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 

Transactions :  YoL  xxxv.,  part  4. 

„  „    xxxvL,  parts  1-4. 

8vo.    Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1886-87. 

Nenir  Haven.    Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Transactions :  YoL  viL,  part  1.     8vo.     New  Haven,  1886. 

New  York.    American  Geographical  Society. 
Bulletin:  Noe.  3,  4,  5,  1885. 

„     2,3,4,5,1886. 
„  „     1,  2,  3,  1887.     8vo.     New  York,  1886-87. 

Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art. 
Twenty-sixth,   twenty-seventh,  and  twenty-eighth  Annual 
Bepofts  of  the  Trustees,  May  28th,  1887.     8vo. 


88        Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

New  York.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of 
Natural  History). 
Annals :  VoL  iv.,  Nos.  1,  2.     Svo.     New  York,  1887. 

Kew  South  Wales.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Eeport  of  the  Department  ...  for  the  year  1885. 

Folio.     Sydney,  1886. 

,    Eoyal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings  for  1885,  vol.  xix. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1886. 
New  Zealand.     Department  of  Mines. 

Mines  Statement ;  hy  the  Minister  of  Mines,  the  Hon.  W.  J. 
M.  Lamach.     Delivered  on  Tuesday,  July  6th,  1886. 

Folio.     Wellington,  1886. 

.     Report  on  the  Mining  Industry  of  New  Zealand. 

Being  Papers  laid  before  Parliament  during  the  Session  of 
1886.     8vo.     WeUington,  1887. 

Paris.     Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales :  S6rie  viii.,  t.  ix.,  liv.  3.     8vo.     Paris,  1886. 
„  „        „     t  X.,  liv.  4-6.     8vo.     Paris,  1886. 

„  „        „     t  xl,liv.  1, 2.     8vo.     Paris,  1887. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Report  and  Transactions,  1886-87.    8vo.    Plymouth,  1887. 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  Parts  2  and  3,  April  to  December,  1886. 
„  Part  1,  January  to  April,  1887. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1886-87. 

.     American  Philosophical  Society. 

List  of  Surviving  Members  .  .  .  March  5th,  1886. 
Proceedings:  No.  123,  of  vol.  xxiii 

„  „    124,  125,  of  vol  xxiv. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1886-87. 

.     Wagner  Free  Institute. 

Transactions:  Vol.  I.     May,  1887. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1887. 


LihrariavUs  Report.  89 

PiflSi    Society  Toscana  di  Scienze  Katurali 
Prooessi  Yerbali :  pp.  119-306  of  vol  t. 
Memoiie :  YoL  viiL,  fasc.  1,  2.    bvo.    Pisa,  1886-87. 

FlyiBonih.    Plyxnonth  Institution  and  Devon  and  Cornwall  Katuial 
ffistoiy  Society. 
Beport  and  Transactions :  YoL  iz.,  part  3,  1886-87. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1887. 
United  States.     Groological  and  Geograpliical  Survey  of  the  States. 
Bulletin :  No.  27. — ^Work  done  in  the  Division  of  Chemistry 
and  Physics,  mainly  during  the  fiscal  year  1884-85. 

No.  28. — ^The  Gabbros  and  Associated  Hornblende 
Bocks  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Baltimore,  Md.  By  G. 
H.Williams. 

No.  29. — Fresh-water  Invertebrates  of  the  North- 
American  Jurassic.     By  Chas.  A.  White. 

No.  30. — Second  Contribution  to  the  Studies  on  the 
Cambrian  Faunas  of  North  America.    By  C.  D.  Wallcott 

No.  31. — Systematic  Beview  of  our  Present  Knowledge 
of  Fossil  Insects,  including  Myriapods  and  Arachnids. 
By  S.  H.  Scudder. 

No.  32. — Mineral  Springs  of  the  United  States  (A 
Preliminary  Study).     By  A.  C.  Peale. 

No.  33. — Notes  on  the  Geology  of  Northern  California. 
By  J.  S.  Diller. 

No.  34. — On  the  Eelation  of  the  Laramie  Molluscan 
Fauna  to  that  of  the  Succeeding  Fresh-water  Eocene  and 
other  Groups.     By  Chas.  A.  White. 

No.  35. — Physical  Properties  of  the  Iron  Carburets. 
Third  Paper.     By  Carl  Barus  and  Yincent  StrouhaL 

No.  36. — Subsidence  of  Fine  Solid  Particles  in  Liquids. 
By  Carl  Barus. 

No.  37. — ^Types  of  the  Laramie  Flora.  By  Lester  F. 
Ward. 

No.  38.— Peridotite  of  Elliott  County,  Kentucky. 
By  J.  S.  Diller. 

2^0.  39.— The  Upper  Beaches  and  Deltas  of  the  Glacial 
Lake  Agassiz.     By  Warren  Upham. 

8vo.    Washington,  1886-87. 
VOL  XL  H 


90       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Coimwall. 

United  States. 

Monographs :  Vol.  x. — Dinocerata :  A  Monograph  of  an 
Extinct  Order  of  Gigantic  Mammals.  By  Othniel 
Charles  Marsh.     4to.     Washington,  1886. 

.    Vol.  xi. — Geological  History  of  Lake  Lahontan,  a 

Quaternary  Lake  of  North- Western  Kevada.     By  Israel 
Cook  EusselL     4to.     Washington,  1885. 

Eeports:  Fortieth  ParaUeL  Exploration  of  the  Fortieth 
Parallel:  Atlas  acompanying  vol.  iiL  on  Mining  Industry. 

Oblong.     New  York.     [1863-1869.] 

,     Pennsylvania.    Annual  Report  of  the  Survey  for  1885, 

with  Atlas.     870.     Harrisburg,  1886. 

— .     United  State&     Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  General 


Survey,  1884-86.  J.  W.  Powell,  Director.  [Contains 
Reports  by  J.  W.  Powell,  on  Operations  of  the  Survey ; 
Mount  Taylor  and  the  Zuni  Plateau,  by  C.  E  Button ; 
Driftless  Area  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  Valley,  by  T.  C. 
Chamberlin  and  R  D.  Salisbury;  Quantitative  Deter- 
mination of  Silver  by  the  Microscope,  by  J.  S.  Curtis ; 
Sea  Coast  Swamps  of  the  Eastern  United  States,  by 
Pro£  K.  S.  Shaler  j  and  Synopsis  of  the  Flora  of  the 
Laramie  Group,  by  Profl  L.  F.  Ward.] 

8vo.     Washington,  1885. 

Statistical  Papers :  Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States, 
1885.     8vo.     Washington,  1886. 

Victoria.  Gold  Fields  of  Victoria.  Reports  of  fhe  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  quarters  ended  30th  June,  30th  September,  and 
31st  December,  1886 ;  and  3l8t  March,  1887. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1886-87. 

.     Geology  and  Physical  Geography.     By  R  A.  F.  Murray, 

Geological  Surveyor  for  the  Department  of  Mines. 

8vo.    Melbourne,  1887. 

Vienna^     E.  EL  Greologiscbe  Reichsanstalt : 
Verhandlungen.     Kos.  1-18.     1886. 

„  „     1-13.     1887.    8vo.    Wien,  1886-87. 


Librarians  Report.  91 

Washington.  Smithsonian  Institaiion:  Annnitl  Seport  of  the 
Boaid  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  the  year 
1884.  Part  2.  Annual  Eeport  for  the  year  1885.  Part  1. 
8vo.    Washington,  1885-86. 


a  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 
Presented  hy  the  AtUhors  or  other  Donors,  or  Purchcued. 

Mbnmer,  Charles  A.  The  Geologic  Distribution  of  Natural  Gas 
in  the  United  States.  With  an  Appendix  relating  to  the 
Composition  and  Fuel-value  of  Natural  Gas,  and  the  Extent 
of  the  Natural  Gas  Business  in  the  vicinity  of  Pittsburg. 

8vo.     1886. 

- — .   The  Geologic  Eelations  of  the  Nanticoke  Disaster. 

8vo.     1887. 

Dm,  J.  D.  Note  by  J.  D.  Dana  on  the  Views  of  Prof.  Emmons 
on  the  Taconic  System.  [From  American  Journal  of  Science, 
vol  xxxiiL,  1887.]    8vo. 

totH/a,  Clement  Le  Neve.  A  Eeport  on  the  Mining  Industries  of 
the  British  Colonies.  Written  at  the  request  of  the  Eoyal 
Commissioners  for  the  Colonial  and  Indian  Exhibition,  1886. 
8?o.     London,  1887. 

Gdnitz,  H.  B.  Die  Meteoriten  des  Koniglichen  Mineralogischen 
Museums  in  Dresden.  Zusammengestellt  auf  Yeranlassung 
des  Directors,  Dr.  H.  B.  Geinitz,  von  Dr.  J.  V.  Deichmiiller. 
8to.    [Dresden]  1886. 

— -.  Ueber  Nautilus  Alabamensis  Morton^  Nautilus  ziczao  Sow,, 
nnd  Nautilus  lingulatus  Von  Btich.     8vo.     [Dresden]  1887. 

Hoghee,  T.  Mc  Kenny.  On  the  Geology  of  Anglesey.  [From 
Quar.  Joum.  of  Geol.  Soc,  February,  1882.]    8vo. 

.    Notes  on  the  Geology  of  the  Vale  of  Clwyd.     [From 

Proc.  of  the  Chester  Soc.  of  Nat  ScL,  part  3, 1884.]    8vo. 

—^.  On  Some  Perched  Blocks  and  Associated  Phenomena. 
[From  Quar.  Joum.  of  GeoL  Soc.,  November,  1886.] 


92       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Hngbea,  T.  Mc  Kenny.  On  the  Drifts  of  the  Yale  of  Gwyd, 
and  their  Relation  to  the  Caves  and  Cave  Deposits.  [Ihid,^ 
February,  1887.]  8vo. 

Marr,  J.  E.  The  Earth  History  of  the  Remote  Past  compared 
with  that  of  Recent  Timea  Being  an  Opening  Lecture 
delivered  in  the  Woodwardian  Museum  in  April,  1886. 

8va     Cambridge,  1886. 

Pengelly,  William.     Happaway  Cavern,  Torquay. 

— .  Notes  on  Notices  of  the  Geology  and  PdsBontology  of 
Devonshire.  Part  xiil  [Reprints  from  Trans,  of  Devon. 
Assoc  for  Advancement  of  Science,  Literature,  and  Art^ 
vol  xviii.,  pp.  161-170;  488-509.]    8vo.     1886. 

— -.  Kent's  Cavern,  Torquay.  [Reprint  finom  54th  Report  of 
Polytechnic  Society,  1886.]    8vo.     Fahnouth,  1887. 

Fiiestwicb,  Joseph.  Report  on  the  Exploration  of  Brixham  Cave, 
conducted  by  a  Committee  of  the  Geological  Society,  and 
under  the  superintendence  of  William  Pengelly,  Esq.,  F.a.8., 
aided  by  a  Local  Committee;  with  Descriptions  of  the 
Animal  Remains  by  George  Busk,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  and  of  the 
Flint  Implements  by  John  Evans,  Esq.,  f.r.8.  By  Joseph 
Prestwich,  p.r.8.,  f.g.s.     [From  PhiL  Trans.,  1873.] 

4  to.     London,  1873. 
[Presented  by  Mr.  William  Pengelly,  f.r.8.] 

Symons,  Brenton.  A  Sketch  of  the  Geology  of  Cornwall,  includ- 
ing a  Brief  Description  of  the  Mining  Districts  and  the  Ores 
produced  in  them,  with  Geological  Map,  &c. 

8vo.     London,  1884. 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Whitaker,  William.  Some  Essex  Well  Sections.  [From  Trans, 
of  Essex  Field  Club,  iv.,  2.]     8vo.     1886. 

.     "  Ne  Sutor  Ultra  Crepidam."    Address  to  Section  IIL  of 

the  Sanitary  Institute  of  Great  Britain  (Congress  at  York, 
1886).     8vo.     1886. 


Librarian's  Report.  93 


TkifoQawing  hook$  and  pamphUU  received  from  Mr,   WhUaker  in 
esochtmge  for  Transadions  of  this  Society, 

Wbitaker,  William.  Conyeisations  on  Mineralogy.  By  Delvalle 
Lowiy.  With  plates  engraved  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lowry.   2  vols. 

8vo.    London,  1822. 

— ,    Geological  Essays.     By  Eichard  Kirwan. 

Svo.    London,  1799. 

^-%  Tracts  and  Observations  in  Natural  History  and  Physiology. 
By  Bobert  Townson.     1  voL     8va     London,  1799. 

— -.  Beports  of  Bngby  School  Natural  History  Society  for  the 
jeais  1873-1882,  and  1884.     8vo.     Bugby,  1874-85. 

— -.  Lectures  on  the  Scientific  Besults  of  the  Oreat  Exhibition 
of  1851 :  Lecture  1. — On  Mining,  Quarrying,  and  Metallur- 
gical Processes  and  Products.  By  Sir  H.  T.  De  la  Beche. 
Delivered  before  the  Society  of  Arts^  December  2nd,  1851. 

■ — .  Gold  Mining  and  Gold  Discoveries  made  since  1851.  By 
J.  Arthur  Phillips.  [From  Joum.  Soc.  of  Arts,  May  16th, 
1862.]    8vo. 

^,  A  Paper  on  Bournes,  read  before  Members  of  the  Sutton 
Scientific  Society,  19th  October,  1883.     By  H.  R  French. 

8vo.     Sutton.    N.D. 

TTnited  States  Geological  Survey  Bulletin : 
Na  1. — ^Report  on  the  Stratigraphy  and  Pliocene  Vertebrate 
Paleontology  of  Northern  Colorado.     By  E.  D.  Cope. 

8vo.     1874. 

No.  2  [YoL  ii]. — Studies  of  the  American  Falconidse. 
Ornithology  of  Guadeloupe  Island.  By  Eobert  Bidgway. 
8va     1876. 

Greological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Minnesota : 
The  1st  (1872),  3rd  (1874),  4th  (1875),  5th  (1876),  7th  (1878), 
8th  (1879),  9th  (1880),  10th  (1881),  11th  (1882),  and  12th 
(1883)  Annual  Beports.     8vo.     1873-84. 


94        Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwalL 

Whitaker,  William.     Geological  Survey  of  Indiana : 

The  2nd  Report  (1870),  5th  (1873),  6th  (1874),  7th  (1875), 
8ih,  9th,  10th  (1876-78).     8vo.     Indianapolis,  1871-79. 

,     Second  Geological  Soryey  of  Pennsylvania : 

Special  Report  on  the  Trap  Dykes  and  Azoic  Eocks  of  South- 
Eastern  Pennsylvania.  By  T.  Steny  Hunt.  Part  1. — 
Historical  Introduction.     8vo.     Harrishuig^  1878. 

'  Fortieth  Parallel     Geological  Exploration.  . .  .  Vol  iii — 

Mining  Industry.  By  James  D.  Hague.  With  Greolbgical 
Contrihutions  hy  Clarence  King.     Atlas. 

4to.     Washington,  1870. 

The  following  were  Preeented  hy  Mr,  WiUiam  Bolitho^  Jwn, 

Bailey,  L.  W.  Ohservations  on  the  Geology  of  Southern  New 
Brunswick,  made  principaUy  during  the  summer  of  1864. 
By  L.  W.  Bailey,  G.  F.  Matthew,  and  C.  F.  Hartt. 

8vo.     Fredericton,  1865. 

Chantre,  Ernest.  Notice  Historique  sur  la  Vie  et  les  Tiavaux  de 
J.  J.  Foumet.     8vo.     Lyon,  1870. 

Ebiay,  Th6ophile.  Stratigraphie  des  Terrains  Jurassiques  da 
D^partement  de  TArd^che,  et  en  particulier  des  Minerais  de 
Fer  de  la  Voulte  et  Privas.     8vo.     Lyon,  1864. 

Falsan,  M.  A.  Des  Progr^  de  la  Min^ralogie  et  de  la  Geologie  a 
Lyon,  et  de  Tlnfluence  de  Joseph  Foumet  sur  TAvancement  de 
ces  Sciences.    Discours  par  M.  A.  Falsan.    8vo.    Lyon,  1864. 

Foumet,  J.,  et  Benoit,  Maxime.  Gr^les  du  D^partement  da 
Rhone.     D6gats,  Periodicity,  Directions  des  Orages  a  GrMes. 

8vo.     N.D.     [1 1867.] 
Hind,  Henry  Youle.    A  Preliminary  Report  on  the  Geology  of 
New  Brunswick,   together  with  a  Special  Report   on  the 
distriliution  of  the  "  Quehec  Group  "  in  the  Province. 

8vo.     Fredericton,  1865. 

Marvaud,  M.  F.    Etudes  Historiques  sur  TAngoumois. 

8vo.     AngoulSme,  1835. 
R^iazzoni,   Innocenzo.     L'Uomo  Preistorico  nella  Provincia  di 
Como.     4to.     Milano,  1878. 


CURATORS'  REPORT. 


K  Sir  W.  W.  SmytL 


NAUS  AND  LOCALITY.  DONOB. 

Yanadinite.    Yuma  County,  Arizona,  U.S.A.        .  \ 

Wolfenite.    Red  Cloud  Mine,  Yuma  Co.,  Arizona. 

Orthoclase  (in  porphyritic  Granite).    Shap,  West- 
moreland .  .  ... 

Qeyeland  Iron  Ore  (with  Ehynchonella  tetroKedra). 
Skelton  Mine,  Quisboro*,  Yorks      .  .        . 

Brown  Iron  Ore  (pulverulent).    Forest  of  Dean    ,\  ^  ^    ^^      „ 

,.  vr  /.  1  c.  Le  Neve  Foster. 

i'Unertone  (fonniug  the  "  crease  measures  *^    „       J 

Apatite,  Tourmaline,  and  Quartz.    Tregeseal,  St.  |  j  m  jjQQii^gj, 
Jnst  .  .  .  .        .J  ' 

Chalkosiderite.    West  Phoenix  Mine,  Liskeard      .     Capt.  J.  Hosking. 

iiBenical  Pyrites.     Devon  Great  Consols  Mine,  \  j        -r^z  v^^^^ 
Tavistock  .  .  .  .        . ) 

Gold,  ciystalised  on  Galena.    Colorado  .        .     Purckased, 

Gold  in  Quartz     .  .  .  .        .  „ 

Porphyritic  Boulder.    Cavouga,  R  of  Lizard        .     Howard  Fox. 

Granite  (metamorphosed :  passing  into  Elvanite).  |  j^j^jj^,!^  Whitley 
Gastle-an-Dinas  .  ...  J 

Htvxl    Liakinnick,  Penzance  .  .        .     Thomas  Cornish. 

Bones  from  the  stalagmitic  breccia  and  cave-earth  \ 
of  the  Cave  discovered  in  1886,  at  Cattedown, 
Plymouth.      To  illustrate  Mr.  Worth's  paper 
^On  the  discovery  of  Human  Remains  in  a 
Devonshire  Bone  Cave "     •  .  . 


.  R.  N.  Worth. 


•/ 


Gutta-percha  cast  of  tooth  of  MacKairodtu  LcUidem  )  <»•  Pencellv 
foond  in  Kenf s  Cavern      .  •  .        .  j      '        o^  J^* 


• 

oo 
I 

oo 
oo 


1 


•3 


•^oooa»o«oot»o^ 

ejO0OCOOli-4«OlOOOA 
^  i^  00  i^    i^    ©i 

H     . 

■?  Q  9 

S   8        5       l|  t 
-  I        g       -a  ^  ^ 

i  5  1 1  I  J  1 1 1I 


D 

o 

n 


^ 


o  o 

O   1^ 


04    t>* 


•i 


04 


OO 

00 

to 


u 

■I  8 

0 


|2 


s 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

5th  November,  1887, 


1.  Copper  Mining  at   Tilt    Cove,    Newfoundland.      By   Joseph 
Oariand,  f.o.8.,  m.ib. 

2.  On  the  DiBCoyery  of  Human  EemaiuB  in  a  Deyonshire  Bone 
Cire.   By  R.  N.  Worth,  f.g.8. 

3.  Bemarks  on  a  Laige  Boulder  of  Qranitic  Rock  from  the  Lizard. 
Bj  Howard  Fox,  f.g.8. 

4.  On  Iron  Ores  in  the  Forest  of  Dean.     By  C.  Le  Neve  Foster, 
D.8&,  F.Q.B.     {Withdrawn,) 


VOL.   XI. 


COPPER  MINING  AT  TILT  COVE, 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

Bt  Josbph   Qarland,  F.G.B.,  ICB. 
(Bead  November  5,  1887.) 


The  following  paper  has  been  prepared  from  notes  taken  during  a  personal 
▼isit  to  the  mines  here  referred  to  in  the  summer  of  last  year. 

Small  veins  and  outcroppings  of  copper  ore  have 
been  discovered  in  many  places  along  the  eastern 
coast  of  Newfoundland;  but  mining  for  this  metal 
has  hitherto  been  confined  exclusively  to  the  district 
lying  around  the  shores  of  Ndtre  Dame  Bay,  the 
most  important  centres  being  Betts  Cove,  Little  Bay, 
and  Tilt  Cove.  It  is  of  the  latter  only  that  I  can 
speak  from  my  own  knowledge. 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  locally  known  as  Green  Bay,  is 
situated  on  the  northeast  of  the  island,  some  three 
hundred  miles  north  of  the  capital  (St.  John's) ;  and 
Tilt  Cove  is  a  small  creek  at  the  head  or  north  side 
of  the  bay,  seven  miles  from  Cape  St.  John,  in 
latitude  about  50**  north. 

The  harbour  is  accessible  to  ships  of  any  size 
likely  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  mines. 
The  ores  are  brought  down  from  the  mines  in  tram- 
wagons,  run  on  to  the  pier,  and  discharged  direct 
into  the  hold  of  the  vessel  lying  alongside. 

I  2 


100  Copper  Mining  at  Tilt  Cove.  [Nov.  5. 

Tilt  Cove  is  accessible  by  sea  for  about  eight 
months  of  the  year,  and  is  during  this  period  in 
regular  fortnightly  communication  by  mail  steamer 
with  the  capital ;  but  for  about  four  months  of  winter 
it  is  entirely  cut  oflF  from  the  outer  world,  except  by 
telegraph,  the  coast  being  completely  ice-bound. 

At  the  head  of  the  creek  is  a  small  valley, 
enclosed  on  all  sides  except  seawards  by  hills  400 
or  500  feet  in  height.  A  sheet  of  fresh  water,  known 
as  Winser  Lake,  covers  the  greater  part  of  the  area 
of  the  valley,  its  dimensions  being  approximately 
2370  feet  by  900  feet,  with  a  depth  of  3  to  8  fathoms. 
Fed  by  mountain  streams,  it  discharges  itself  into 
the  sea,  from  which  it  is  distant  only  130  feet. 
Around  the  lake  are  a  considerable  number  of  work- 
men's cottages,  as  well  as  offices,  storehouses,  churches, 
and  various  other  buildings,  all  constructed  of  wood ; 
and  as  all  are  uniformly  painted  white,  the  little 
village  on  the  edge  of  the  lake,  with  its  background 
of  high  hills  and  precipitous  cliflFs,  has  a  very 
picturesque  appearance. 

The  discovery  of  copper  ore  was  first  made  here  in 
1857  by  Mr.  Smith  McKay,  of  St.  John's,  and 
active  mining  operations,  commenced  in  1864,  were 
vigorously  prosecuted  till  about  the  year  1880,  since 
which  year  the  work  done  has  been  spasmodic  and 
irregular.  The  total  quantity  of  copper  ore  raised 
and  exported  down  to  1886  was  70,000  tons. 

Near  the  lower  end  of  the  lake  rises,  on  the  west 
side,  a  low,  bare-topped  hill — the  so-called  Mine 
BluflF,   whose   brown,   ferruginous,   gossany   surface 


. »  •  .». 


1M7.]  Copper  Mining  at  Tilt  Cove.  101 

betokens  the  presence  of  mineral  matter.  From  this 
bluff,  and  the  subterranean  works  beneath  it,  the 
whole  of  the  copper  ore  has  been  obtained. 

The  hill  has  been  honeycombed  by  adit  levels,  open 
atopes,  and  excavations  regular  and  irregular. 

On  examining  these  daylight  openings  one  is  struck 
with  the  appearance  of  yellow  copper  ore  almost 
eveiywhere,  the  first  impression  being  that  con- 
siderable quantities  of  ore  are  exposed  and  ready 
to  be  broken  down ;  but  a  closer  examination  shows 
that  appearances  are  deceptive,  that  the  bright  yellow 
ore  consists  in  great  part  of  iron  pyrites  with  a  sufii- 
cient  admixture  of  copper  pyrites  to  impart  to  it  its 
own  characteristic  colour,  that  the  more  valuable  ores 
iave  been  removed,  and  that  faces  and  thin  coatings 
only  remain  on  the  hard  diorite  country  rock. 

Several  adit  levels  have  been  extended  a  great 
many  fathoms  into  the  hill,  and  communicated  with 
each  other  by  winzes  and  rises.  They  lead  into  large 
underhand  and  overhand  stopes  and  enormous  lateral 
chambers,  evidencing  at  once  the  great  extent  of  the 
original  mineral  masses  and  the  irregular  character  of 
the  deposits.  The  ore  was  found  to  occur  in  large 
pockets,  and  undefined  and  often  distinct  masses,  and 
not  in  regular  lodes.  The  ore-bodies  had,  however, 
a  general  trend  north-east  and  south-west,  and  a 
general  dip  north-west.  Extensive  mining  operations 
have  also  been  carried  on  below  surface  by  means  of 
a  shaft  40  fathoms  deep,  and  levels  and  stopes  there- 
from at  every  1 0  fathoms ;  but  these  have  for  some 
years  been  abandoned,  and  are  now  under  water. 


102  Copper  Mining  at  Tilt  Cove.         [Nov.  6. 

The  ore  was  invariably  copper  pyrites,  intimately 
associated  with  iron  pyrites  or  mundic,  and  in  bulk 
the  percentage  of  metal  was  8  to  10  per  cent., 
occasionally  12  per  cent.  An  attempt  was  made  to 
concentrate  the  ores  by  dressing  (crushing  and  jigging), 
but  the  specific  gravity  of  the  two  minerals  being  so 
nearly  alike,  it  was  found  impracticable  to  eflFect  a 
separation  by  mechanical  means. 

In  one  of  the  day  levels — the  "nickel  adit" — a 
nickel-bearing  vein  was  worked,  and  a  considerable 
quantity  of  nickel  ore  extracted.  From  some  pub- 
lished returns  I  gather  that  from  1869  to  1876 
411  tons  were  raised  and  shipped  to  Swansea.  The 
ore  was  chiefly  Kupfemickel  (arsenide  of  nickel) ;  but 
the  much  rarer  mineral,  Millerite,  or  nickel  pyrites 
(sulphide  of  nickel),  was  sometimes  met  with. 

In  the  roof  of  the  level  I  found  standing  intact  a 
small  3  to  4  inch  vein,  from  which  I  obtained  some 
good  specimens  of  Kupfemickel  in  a  matrix  of  steatite, 
quartz,  and  calcite.  Nickel  has  not  been  searched  for 
or  discovered  at  any  deeper  leveL 

In  the  hill  at  the  eastern  side  of  the  lake  an 
immense  deposit  of  iron  pyrites  has  been  found,  and 
to  some  small  extent  laid  open.  Its  outcrop  is  seen 
on  the  ridge  of  the  hill  where  the  mineral  is  soft, 
weathered,  and  earthy. 

An  adit  level,  which  penetrated  barren  rock  for 
75  fathoms,  intersected  the  mineral  mass  at  a  depth 
of  12  fathoms. 

The  drift  has  been  continued  in  the  mineral  22 
fathoms  without  encountering  the  country  rock,  thus 


1887.] 


Copper  Mining  at  Tilt  Cove. 


103 


rendering  available,  it  is  estimated,  some  25,000  tons 
of  pyrites,  and  this  without  sinking,  driving  ahead, 
or  cross-cutting  to  the  enclosing  rock  to  detennine 
the  full  extent  of  this  remarkable  deposit.  The 
pyrites  is  fine-grained,  uncrystallized,  very  hard,  and 
breaks  with  a  semi-conchoidal  fracture.  It  invariably 
contains  a  small  proportion  of  copper,  say  between 
3  and  4  per  cent.*  Its  colour  is  not  uniform,  but 
varies  from  pale  yellow  to  the  brass  yellow  of  copper 
pyrites.  Some  portions  are  distinctly  magnetic, 
owing  probably  to  the  presence  of  magnetic  iron  ore, 
a  mineral  of  such  common  occurrence  in  the  ores  and 
rocks  of  Tilt  Cove  as  often  to  render  the  readings  of 
the  compass  during  a  survey  quite  unreliable. 

In  another  portion  of  the  property  a  deposit  of 
magnetic  iron  ore  has  been  discovered.  Nothing  has 
been  done  to  develop  it,  but  a  shallow  trench  along 
the  outcrop  has  disclosed  a  lode  several  feet  in  width. 


*  An  analysis  by  Mr.  F.  Claudet,  of  London, 

of  an  average  sample 

taken  by  myself  gave  the  foUo¥dng 

result: 

Iron 

.    36-03 

Sulphur 

.    36-70 

Coppar 

3-32 

Lead 

•09 

Zinc 

.       1-97 

Cobalt,  Nickel,  and  Manganese 

•33 

Antimony 

•13 

Arsenic 

•11 

Carbonate  of  Lime 

1-12 

Alumina 

2-50 

Siliceous  residue 

16-62 

Oxygen 

1-18 

10000 

Two  cargoes  recently  shipped  to  Swansea  were  found  to  contain  over 
5  per  cent,  of  copper. 


104  Copper  Mining  at  Tilt  Cove.   [Nov.6,i887. 

having  an  east  and  west  strike  and  a  north  dip.  The 
mineral,  which  is  highly  magnetic,  is  much  weathered 
and  very  friable. 

Several  copper  lodes  and  irregular  veins  have  been 
discovered  in  various  parts  of  the  concession,  the 
most  recent  yielding  fine  stones  of  ore  assaying  over 
20  per  cent  of  copper,  but  no  deposit  of  equal  value 
to  that  of  the  old  Mine  BluflF  has  hitherto  been  met 
with. 

A  characteristic  of  the  copper  pyrites — the  only 
ore  of  copper  found  at  Tilt  Cove — is  that  wherever 
found  in  this  mining  district  it  is  always  associated 
with,  and  depreciated  by,  iron  pyrites ;  and  the  con- 
verse is  equally  true,  that  wherever  mundic  occurs  it 
invariably  contains  a  very  appreciable  percentage  of 
copper. 

The  country  rock  seems  generally  to  consist  of 
diorite  and  chloritic  slate,  and  the  veinstone  mainly 
of  the  last-named  mineral,  the  geological  formation 
being,  according  to  a  late  writer,*  the  Llandeilo 
division  of  the  Lower  Silurian. 

The  climate  of  Tilt  Cove  somewhat  militates 
against  mining  operations,  the  winter  being  long 
and  very  cold,  all  surface  work,  except  that  which 
can  be  carried  on  under  cover,  being  impracticable 
from  about  November  to  May.  Large  and  sub- 
stantial wooden  sheds  have,  however,  been  provided, 
in  which  the  ores  are  deposited  and  sorted  during 
winter  in  readiness  for  the  shipping  season. 

*  Alexander  Murray,  CM.o.,  f.q.s.,  whose  annual  reports  have  been 
repiinted  in  a  yolume  entitled  Geological  Survey  of  NewfoundUand, 


ON  THE  DISCOVERY  OP  HUMAN  REMAINS  IN 
A  DEVONSHIRE  BONE  CAVE. 

By  R.  N.  Worth,  p.g.s. 

(Bead  November  6,  1887.) 


Th£  existence  of   man  aa  a  member  of   the  most 

ancient  fauna  of  the  Bone  Caves  of  Devon  has  been 

mainly  a  matter  of  inference,  from  the  presence  of 

traces  of  his  handiwork  in  the  shape  of  flint  and 

chert  tools  and  implements.     Human  remains  have 

not  infrequently  been  found  in  the  cave  deposits  of 

the  West,  but  the  conditions  have  been  generally 

open  to  criticism ;  and  I  am  not  aware  that  up  to  the 

time  of  the  discovery  dealt  with  in  this  paper,  the 

bones  of  man  and  of   the  extinct  cave  mammalia 

have  been  found  in  certain  original  association.     Mr. 

McEnery  found  human    bones    in    Kent's    Cavern 

beneath  the  stalagmite,  but  he  held  that  they  had 

been  subsequently  introduced.     Human  bones  were 

found  about  forty  years  since  in  one  of  the  Oreston 

Caves ;  but  Colonel  Hamilton  Smith  states  that  they 

were  regarded   as  of    no   consequence,  and   that  a 

human  humerus  was  thrown  away  by  its  possessor 

directly  he  pointed  out  its  character.* 

During   the    present   year  the    much-desiderated 

♦  Natural  Hiitaryy  "  Human  Species,"  pp.  95,  96. 


106  Discovery  of  Human  Remains        [Nov.  6. 

evidence — not  of  the  existence,  but  of  the  charac- 
teristics—of the  cave  men  of  Devon  has  been  suppKed 
in  a  singularly  complete  and  emphatic  manner;  and 
it  seems  desirable  that  the  leading  points,  at  least, 
should  be  communicated  to  the  oldest  geological 
society  in  the  West;  especially  as  the  discovery, 
though  not  made  in  Cornwall  itself,  took  place  upon 
its  confines,  on  the  shores  of  an  inlet  of  Plymouth 
Sound,  and  includes  without  doubt  the  relics  of 
Cornish  visitors,  if  not  of  Cornish  residents. 

In  the  autumn  of  1886  Messrs.  Burnard,  Lack, 
and  Alger,  of  Plymouth,  began  to  rework  an  old 
quarry  at  Cattedown,  adjoining  that  town,  and 
immediately  opposite  to  the  limestone  quarries  at 
Oreston,  which  yielded  in  1816  the  first  relics  of  the 
cavern  fauna  of  England  made  the  subject  of 
scientific  research.  The  quarry  had  been  excavated 
to  a  depth  of  sixty  feet  from  the  top  of  the  down ; 
and  the  old  floor  was  being  worked  away  to  a 
maximum  depth  of  another  dozen  feet  or  so,  when 
the  eastern  wall  of  a  fissure,  filled  at  the  point  opened 
with  earth  and  small  stones,  was  broken  through. 
Shortly  after  a  few  bones  were  found;  and  the 
possibility  of  further  finds  led  to  Messrs.  Burnard, 
Lack,  and  Alger  kindly  arranging  that  the  excavation 
should  be  carefully  made ;  that  whatever  was  found 
should  be  put  aside  for  my  inspection ;  and  that, 
in  short,  the  scientific  aspects  of  the  operations 
should  be  of  first  consideration  at  this  particular 
point.  Eventually,  however,  very  much  more  than 
this  was  done.     Quite  independently  of  the  practical 


1887.]  in  a  Devonshire  Bone  Cave.  107 

relations  of  the  work,  the  firm  undertook  the 
exploration  of  the  cavern  which  had  been  opened, 
and  carried  it  out  at  no  little  cost,  Mr.  Kobert 
Bumard  (the  office  being  close  by)  giving  it  constant 
supervision.  Hence  the  valuable  scientific  results 
summarized  in  the  present  paper.  We  are  under 
very  great  obligations  to  Messrs.  Bumard  and  Alger 
for  the  ready  manner  in  which  they  recognized  the 
possible  scientific  value  of  the  discovery,  and  the 
liberal  way  in  which  they  set  to  work  to  test  its 
ckracter  and  turn  it  to  account. 

Without  tracing  the  history  of  the  operations,  which 
extended  over  between  six  and  seven  months,  in  de- 
tail, it  will  be  sufficient  here  to  describe  the  results. 

When  cleared  of  its  various  contents,  it  was  found 

that  the  cavern  consisted  of  a  gallery  running  north 

and  south,  on  the  line  of  the  natural  jointing,  to 

a  total  length  of  fifty-four  feet.     The  gallery  itself 

averaged  about  four  to  five  feet  in  width,  but  at 

each  end  expanded  into  a  chamber.     The  southern 

chamber  was  twenty  feet  in  length,  about  five  feet 

wide,  and  nine  feet  deep  below  the  recent  quarry 

level     The  northern  chamber  was  twenty  feet  in 

length,  irregular  in  breadth,  but  at  the  widest  eight 

feet,  and  it  was  excavated  to  a  depth  of  thirteen  feet 

below  the  quarry  level,  when  the  tide  found  its  way 

in  from  the  Catte water,  about  150  yards  to  the  south. 

This  northern  chamber  partially  sloped  with  the  dip 

of  the  strata,  and  after  narrowing  at  the  quarry  level 

widened  out  on  the  east  below.  The  connecting  gallery 

did  not  descend  more  than  two  feet  below  the  quarry 


108  Discovery  of  Human  Remains       [Nov.  6. 

level,  so  that  the  lower  parts  of  the  two  chambers 
were  separated  by  nearly  twenty  feet  of  rock 

There  is  no  direct  evidence  as  to  the  original 
height  of  the  gallery  and  chambers,  for  the  top  had 
been  quarried  away  in  a  former  working  nearly  sixty 
years  since,  and  the  vacant  space  filled  in  with  earth 
and  small  stones — the  usual  quarry  rubble,  of  which 
there  was  a  considerable  accumulation  at  the  foot  of 
the  quarry  cliff.  There  seemed  good  reason  to  believe 
that  the  northern  chamber,  at  least,  had  not  been 
much  higher.  The  natural  entrance  to  the  gallery 
and  its  chambers  was  evidently  from  above;  and 
it  was  perfectly  clear  that  the  cave  had  formed  a 
descending  branch  of  a  large  cavern  or  series  of 
caverns,  of  which  several  traces  remained  in  the 
hill  above.  The  walls  were  lined  with  stalactite. 
In  the  northern  chamber  there  were  the  remains  of  a 
stalagmitic  floor;  and  the  appearances  presented 
were  consistent  only  with  the  conclusion  that  the  old 
quarrymen  had  broken  into  it  through  the  roof,  and 
that  the  space  subsequently  filled  with  their  "  spoil  *' 
was  then  empty. 

The  value  of  the  find  here,  of  course,  depends 
entirely  upon  our  ability  to  distinguish  this  "  spoil " 
from  the  natural  deposits  which  it  overlaid ;  and  this 
was  the  point  ever  kept  in  view  during  the  ex- 
ploratious.  Fortunately  it  was  found  to  present  no 
difficulty.  When  the  "  spoil ''  was  cleared  away  the 
original  deposits  were  intact  and  wholly  undisturbed. 

In  the  northern  chamber  there  were  two  series; 
in  the  gallery  and  southern  chamber  there  was  one ; 


87.] 


TO  a  Devonshire  Bone  Cave. 


109 


and  bones  weie  found  in  each — both  haman  and 
infra-human. 

The  uppermost  deposit  in  the  northern  chamber 
IBS  a  mass  of  large  water-worn  (eroded)  stonee, 
mixed  with  a  little  earth  and  clay,  between  which 
tlere  were  cavities  contaimng  quantities  of  bones. 


BUIlgmltc-flKlT. 


BUlngnilllG-bnedi. 


This  gradually  inereaaed  in  thickness  northward, 
towards  the  end  of  the  chamber,  and  at  the  same 
time  became  infiltrated  with  stalagmite,  so  that 
eventually  it  had  to  be  blasted  out  At  the  inner 
end  of  the  chamber  this  stalt^mitic  breccia  waa 
covered  with  a  floor  of  stalagmite,  varying  from  an 
inch  to  a  foot  in  thickness,  which  had  been  broken  by 
Uie  fall  of  heavy  blocks,  apparently  from  the  roof. 
Beneath  this  stalagmitic  breccia,  where  it  existed 


110  Discovery  of  Human  Remains        [Nov.  6. 

— and  occupying  the  same  relative  position  in  the 
other  parts  of  the  cave  where  it  did  not,  as  in  the 
northern  chamber — ^was  "cave  earth/'  much  of  the 
usual  type.  The  portion  beneath  the  breccia,  to  a 
depth  of  about  two  feet,  was  so  tightly  compacted 
as  to  resemble  concrete,  and  for  convenience  of 
reference  in  the  exploration  was  called  the  "  concrete 
floor."  This  cave  earth  continued  down  to  the 
lowest  point  excavated.  The  total  depth  of  material 
excavated  in  the  northern  chamber  was  twenty-seven 
feet,  and  of  this  twenty  was  more  or  less  ossiferous. 
A  section  is  given  on  the  preceding  page. 

The  remains  in  the  breccia  differed  in  this  im- 
portant particular  from  those  of  the  cave  earth — ^that 
they  represented,  more  or  less  perfectly,  complete 
skeletons.  The  bodies  had  been  deposited  while  still 
clothed  with  flesh,  and  there  had  been  no  subsequent 
disturbance.  The  bones  found  here  were  chiefly 
those  of  deer  (predominating),  man,  hyaena,  and 
wolf.  Directly  after  the  blast  which  cleared  out  the 
solider  portion  of  the  breccia,  I  myself  took  out 
from  the  heart  of  the  stalagmitic  mass  portions  of  a 
human  skull,  and  a  human  molar  tooth  with  a 
fragment  of  jaw  attached,  and  other  portions  of  the 
skull  were  subsequently  recovered.  And  at  the  very 
lowest  point  of  the  breccia,  seven  feet  below  the 
stalagmitic  floor,  fragments  of  a  human  upper  and 
lower  jaw  were  found  in  relationship. 

The  hyaena  was  the  one  characteristically  ancient 
member  of  the  fauna  of  the  breccia;  but  the  fact 
that  the  remains  here  were  those  essentially  of  bodies 


1887.]  in  a  Devonshire  Bone  Cave.  Ill 

which  had  been  deposited  intact  was  evidence  of  his 
contemporaneity  with  the  associated  man. 

The  fauna  of  the  cave  earth  was  more  varied.    The 

concrete  floor  was  noticeable  for  the  quantity  of  the 

remains  of  hog ;  but  the  most  important  finds  in  the 

earth  proper  were  humeri  and  teeth  of  the  cave  lion, 

and  a  radius   and    vertebra    of    rhinoceros,    again 

associated  with  teeth  and  bones  of  man.    The  remains 

in  the  cave  earth,  however,  were  neither  so  plentiful 

nor  80  complete  as  in  the  breccia,  and  were  evidently 

the  result  of  more  gradual  accumulation.    All  that  was 

required  to  produce  the  concrete  floor  and  cave  earth 

was  the  occasional  falling  and  washing  by  the  internal 

drainage  of  the  cavern  in  rainy  weather  of  earth  and 

stones  and  fragmentary  animal  remains  from  the 

upper  reaches.    The  stalagmitic  breccia  was  evidently 

of  more  sudden  origin — all  the  conditions  would  be 

satisfied  by  a  rush  of  waters  pouring  into  the  cave, 

bearing  with  it  the  bodies  of  drowned  animals,  and 

carrying  before  it  the  occupants  of  its  recesses. 

There  was  evidence  that  both  man  and  the  hyaena 
may  have  been  among  the  residents.  The  hyaena 
had  left  the  proof  of  his  active  presence  behind  in 
sundry  gnawed  bones.  That  man  had  lived  on  the 
spot  may  also  be  held  proven  by  the  occurrence  of 
fragments  of  charcoal  in  the  stalagmite  and  elsewhere. 
Of  his  handiwork  he  had  left  no  trace,  bgyond  a 
roughly- chipped  flint  nodule,  and  (possibly)  three 
splinters  of  deer  horn. 

80  far  as  can  be  certainly  made  out  the  Cattedown 
cave  has  yielded  remains  of  fifteen  or  sixteen  persons 


112  Discovery  of  Human  Remains.   [Nov.  6, 1887. 

of  both  sexes,  and  ranging  from  old  age  to  childhood. 
The  most  interesting  examples  are  two  facially  perfect 
skulls,  of  which  an  illustration  from  a  photograph  is 
subjoined.  But  the  whole  series,  which  has  been 
presented  by  Messrs.  Burnard,  Lack,  and  Alger 
to  the  Museum  of  the  Plymouth  Institution,  is 
worthy  of  careful  study.  The  race  was  a  short  one, 
various  calculations  from  the  length  of  arm  and 
leg  bones  averaging  under  five  feet.  The  jaws  were 
powerful  and  the  teetli  good ;  but  while  some  of  the 
bones  indicate  considerable  strength,  others  are  just 
the  reverse,  and  probably  the  sexual  diflFerences  were 
exaggerated.  One  of  the  humeri  is  perforated,  and 
the  tibiae  are  distinctly  platycnemic.  Every  bone  of  the 
human  frame  seems  to  be  represented ;  and  I  indulge 
the  hope  that  in  the  hands  of  one  "who  can  claim — 
what  I  cannot — to  be  an  expert  in  the  osteology  of 
priscan  races,  they  will  yield  very  important  results. 
No  such  opportunity  of  becoming  acquainted  with  the 
physical  characteristics  of  the  men  who  were  contem- 
porary in  this  country  with  the  mammoth,  rhinoceros, 
lion,  and  hyaena,  has  ever  before  been  afforded. 

The  cavern  has  yielded  over  thirty  species  of 
animals — man,  rhinoceros,  lion,  hyaena,  wolf,  fox,  dog, 
badger,  polecat,  weasel,  bison,  urus,  long-fronted  ox,' 
red  deer,  roe  deer,  hog,  goat,  hedgehog,  common  bat, 
horse-shoe  bat,  mole,  shrew,  water  vole,  field  vole, 
bank  vole,  rat,  hare,  rabbit,  and  various  birds.  Of 
these,  the  long-fronted  ox,  dog,  hare,  and  rabbit  were 
not  found  in  tlie  breccia  or  the  distinctive  cave  earth ; 
but  they  are  included  to  make  the  list  complete. 


; 


1 


Ilogal  itoloj^ical  Sotui]^  of  Cornwall. 


THE  SEVENTY-FIFTH 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


ETC,    ETC. 


PENZANCE: 

1889. 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL 


llatronrss : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

Fitr-llatron : 
HIS  BOTAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  K.O.,  rto. 

€xu%lit% : 

COLONEL  TREMAYNK  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

SIR  WARINGTON  W.  SMYTH. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1888-9. 

llrrsflirnt : 
Sir  Wabikgton  W.  Smtth,  ila.,  f.r.8. 

FCcr-llrrsflirnni : 
The  Earl  of  Moitnt  Eoooitmbb.      Thos.  Bedford  Bolitho,  Esq.,  m.p. 
RxT.  Pbxb.  Hkdgsland,  M.A.  T.  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq. 

€xtuuxtt : 
William  Bolitho,  Jun.,  Esq. 

ibrrrrUis : 
Gborox  Bown  Millett,  Esq.,  m.r.c.8. 

%(bt9xUn: 
Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Esq. 

Curatom : 
Thomas  Cornish,  Esq.  A.  E.  Pinohinq,  Esq. 

flMtoUnt  Curator  anH  librarian: 
Mr.  W.  Ambrose  Taylor. 

Countil: 
The  Officers  of  the  Socibtt. 


FoBTBacus  WnxiAM  Millbtt,  Esq. 
MAxmr  Magor,  Esq. 
Wm.  Cole  Pendaryes,  Esq. 
Fexdbrick  Holman,  Esq. 
LaoMAiB  H.  Courtney,  Esq.,  m.p. 
BOKEBT  FoZy  Esq. 


W.  Shepherd  Bennett,  Esq.,  m.r.o.s. 
Thomas  Cornish,  Esq. 
Major  Ross. 
George  J.  Smith,  Esq. 
Walter  H.  Borlase,  Esq. 
Wm.  Edward  Baily,  Esq. 
K  2 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


Honorary  Members. 

Geor^  James  Allnian,  M.D.,  ll.d.,  F.R.S.,  F.ii.8.,  M.R.I.A.,  Ardmoor, 

Parkstone,  Dorset. 
Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a..  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  College,  etc., 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Angnste  Daubr^,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Heinrich  von  Dechen,  Oberberghauptmann,  etc.,  Bonn,  Germany. 
Robert  Etheridge,  f.rs.,  f.q.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  19,  Halsey 

Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
William  Henry  Flower,  c.b.,  f.r.8.,  f.l.8.,  f.g.s..  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

S.W. 
Hans  Bruno  Oeinitz,  ph.  n..  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Ho&ath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  F.o.a 
Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  Washington,  U.S. 
Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Nevil  Story-Maskelyne,  M.A.,  m.p.,  F.R.B.,  F.c.s.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Bassett  Down  House,  Swindon. 
L^on  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Richard  Owen,  K.O.B.,  M.D.,  d.c.l.,  f.r.8.,  f.l.8.,  f.o.8.,  Sheen  Lodge, 

Bichmond  Park,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  f.r.8.,  f.g.8.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  c.b.,  m.p.,  pii.  d..  f.b.8.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow 

Gardens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.a.8.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  £.C. 


118      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Joseph  Prestwich,  m.a.,  F.R.a,  f.g.s.,  etc.,  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Shorehaiu,  Sevenoaks,  Kent 
Major-General  6.  B.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  f.g.s., 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  r.b  ,  c.b.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 
Nicholas  Whitley,  Tniro. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  K.  Bamett,  f.g.s.,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Francis  Doherty,  B.A.,  piud.,  f.r.g.s.i.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Yicaragey 
Romsey,  Hants. 

Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  B.A.,  d.so..  f.g.s.,  Llandudno. 

Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s. 

George  Bown  Millett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 

Sir  Warington  W.  Smyth,  m.a.,  F.R.S.,  f.g.s.,  and  Foreign  Secretary, 
Chief  Inspector  of  Crown  Mines,  etc.,  Museum,  Jermyn  Street,  S.W.y 
and  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 

William  Teague,  Pool. 

Ordinart  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

Captain  Bedford,  R.N.,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.R.G.S.,  Penzance. 

Edward  Bolitho,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  m.p.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penalveme,  Penzance. 

John  Borlase,  Castle  Horneck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

William  Copeland  Borlase,  m.a.,  f.s.a.,  Laregan,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 

John  Richards  Branwell,  Penlee,  Penzance. 

The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  Lambeth  Palace. 

Theophilus  Code,  The  Rookery,  Marazion. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Cornish,  Penzance. 

Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  m.a.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Guildford. 

Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 


List  of  Members.  119 

J.  A.  Daniell,  Polstrong,  Camborne. 

Joshua  Sydney  Davey,  Bochym,  Helston. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smitfa,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Yiscount  Falmonth,  Tregothnan,  Falmoutb. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Pox,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick. 

Robert  James  Frecbeville,  F.a.a,  Queen  Street  Place,  London,  E.C. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Trelisaick,  Truro. 

Francia  Harvey,  Glanm6r,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Henry  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rey.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  M.A.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Thomas  King,  if.A.,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance, 

Andrew  Harpur  Mitchell,  Penzance. 

Fortescae  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport. 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  Ferryhill. 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Archibald  R  Pinching,  H.M.  Inspector  of  Mines,  Devonport. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  M.A.,  f.g.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

Rev.  Canon  Rogers,  if.A.,  Qwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  M.D.,  f.g.s.,  Penzance. 

R«T.  St  Aubyn  Molesworth  St  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

Lord  St  Levan,  St.  MichaePs  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant 

William  Bickford  Smith,  ilp.,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Trelisk,  Truro. 

R.  H.  Solly,  P.G.8.,  Gordon  Villa,  Cambridge. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere,  c.b.,  m.a.,  f.g.s.,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  f.g.s.,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Gate, 
London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 


120     R(yyal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

The  Rev.  Sir  Vyell  Vyvyan,  Bart,  Trelowarren,  HelstoiL 

Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 

John  Westlake,  Q.C.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S. W. 

George  Williams,  Scorrier. 


Associates. 


Arundel  Anthony,  Lelant. 

James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 
Mine,  St.  Just 

J.  T.  Blight,  F.8.A.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  Collins,  F.O.8.,  4,  Clark 
Terrace,  Dulwich  Rise,  Lon- 
don, S.E. 

William  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St 
Just 

John  Giles,  East  Looe. 

William  Gr^or,  Swansea. 

William  Hollow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 


R.  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 

Benedict  Eitto,  f.g.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Michell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  F.a.a,  St  Just 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,  a.  iMt  c.  e,  Finsbury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  KC. 

John  Rowe,  The  Terrace,  St 
Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Honorary  Members,  Life  MemherSj  and  AssocuUes  vshose 

Addresses  are  unknoion, 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.       |         Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s. 
Hall,  R.  T.  I  PhiUips,  John. 

Thomas,  Stephen. 


7^  Secretary  requests  the  favour  of  his  being  informed  of  any  inaecwracies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 

AMIVERSARY  ADDRESS  OP  THE  PRESIDENT, 

SIR  WARINGTON  SMYTH,  F.R.S., 
To  the  General  Meeting,  26th  October,  1888, 


The  Eeport  of  your  Council  will  render  it  evident  that  the  Royal 
Geological  Society  maintains  its  efficiency  in  a  well-kept  museum 
of  specimens  of  minerals  and  fossils,  and  a  valuable  collection  of 
books,  which  together  form  an  admirable  material  for  study.  An 
average  number  of  additions  have  been  made  during  the  past  year, 
and  the  number  of  Members  may  be  considered  as  about  up  to  the 
aTenge,  although  the  losses  incurred  since  we  last  met  in  these 
rooms  are  such  as  to  make  us  very  desirous  of  enlisting  fresh 
recmits. 

The  Society  has,  in  fact,  to  deplore  the  loss  of  several  of  its 
Members,  who  although  not  pursuing  themselves  the  practical 
branches  of  science,  were  nevertheless  capable  of  contributing  to 
the  general  good  from  their  social  position  or  from  their  acquisition 
(tf  other  divisions  of  knowledge.  It  is  indeed  to  such  men,  in 
great  part,  that  we  must  look  for  the  encouragement  and  for  the 
increase  of  facilities  to  be  given  to  tyros  entering  upon  the  more 
ot  less  thorny  paths  of  study. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  year  we  lost  one  of  the  most  useful  and 

respected  inhabitants  of  the  town,  who  appears  for  a  period  of 

tiiirty-five  years  to  have  devoted  himself  to  the  service  of  the 

community.     In  the  words  addressed  by  your  Mayor  to  the  Town 

Council,  Mr.  Boase  was  for  long  years  a  member  of  that  body 

"as  councillor,  alderman,  mayor,  and  magistrate,  and  he  brought 

io  bear  npon  his  work,  in  all  departments,  a  very  ripe  experience. 


122      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comtvall. 

a  sound  judgment,  and  a  rapidity  of  decision  which  made  his 
labours  in  the  Council  exceedingly  valuable." 

Mr.  Boase,  although  not  contributing,  like  his  namesake,  to  the 
study  of  primary  geology,  took  a  very  active  part  for  your  Society 
at  a  critical  time,  and  was  instrumental  in  carrying  into  effect  the 
somewhat  difficult  project  of  transferring  the  seat  of  the  Society 
from  a  petty  unattractive  apartment  to  the  present  building,  which 
might  be  a  credit  to  any  town  in  the  world. 

The  death  of  Mr.  Gustavus  Lambert  Basset,  which  took  place 
at  Tehidy  on  the  25th  July  last,  has  robbed  the  county  of  a 
leading  figure,  not  more  remarkable  for  his  extensive  land  and 
mineral  possessions  than  for  his  kind  attention  and  generous 
responses  to  all  reasonable  appeals.  As  "  lord  "  of  the  important 
mines  of  Dolcoath,  East  Pool,  Cook's  Kitchen,  Cam  Brea,  West 
Basset,  Wheal  Basset,  and  others,  he  never,  except  on  one 
occasion — the  renewal  of  Dolcoath  lease — was  regarded  otherwise 
than  as  one  of  the  most  amicable  and  liberal  of  landlords.  In 
that  particular  instance  also  there  were  many  arguments  to  be 
put  forward  in  support  of  the  views  of  his  advisers,  however 
much  they  might  run  counter  to  popular  opinion.  But  as  to 
Mr.  Basset's  warm  feeling  of  charity,  and  his  devotion  to  the 
cause  of  moral  and  intellectual  improvement,  these  were  attested 
over  and  over  again  by  the  noble  sums  which  he  presented  to 
hospitals,  chapels,  and  to  the  educational  buildings  of  the  Mining 
Institute,  of  which  he  was  the  President 

Serving  in  early  life  in  the  army,  and  much  affected  by  the 
inclemency  of  the  weather  in  the  Crimean  campaign,  Mr.  Basset 
became  an  invalid  in  middle  life.  He  was  thus  debarred  from 
taking  an  active  part  in  the  general  business  of  the  county,  and 
succumbed  to  a  complication  of  disorders  at  the  immature  age  of 
fifty-five. 

Both  the  Society  at  large  and  your  Council  will  feel  seriously 
the  unexpected  loss  of  Mr.  S.  T.  G.  Downing,  of  Kenegie.  It  is 
well  knoAvn  how  active  and  clear-sighted  as  an  adviser  in  public 
business  he  had  been  recognized  to  be,  and  how  ready  and 
laborious  in  the  examination  and  drafting  of  bills  in  Parliament 
and  other  lengthy  documents.     Most  attentive  to  the  meetings 


President's  Address.  123 

of  the  Council  since  he  transferred  his  residence  from  Redruth, 
his  ability  had  rendered  his  aid  very  valuable,  and  we  were 
constrained  as  the  Council  of  the  Society  to  record  in  the  minute- 
book  our  deep  sense  of  the  loss  sustained. 

Mr.  William  TrythaU  and  Mr.  William  Dennis  have  been  lost 

to  the  town  and  to  this  Society  so  recently  as  to  bring  their 

decease  within  the  fresh  memory  of  all  residents  in  Penzance. 

As  far  as  your  President  is  aware,  neither  of  these  gentlemen  took 

particular  interest  in  geological  matters,  although  they  had  been 

supporters  of  the  Society  for  a  series  of  years  past     Mr.  Trythall 

was  not  unknown  in  the  walks  of  literature,  and  Mr.  Dennis  was 

one  of  those  quiet  benefactors  whose  open-handed  charity  will 

long  be  sadly  missed 

The  extension  during  late  years  of  the  railway  system  and  the 

multiplication  of  ocean  steamers,  have  introduced  facilities  of  travel 

which  have  given  to  geology  a  fillip  in  a  somewhat  unexpected 

direction.     In    the    same   way   that    we   hear    of   international 

meetings  and  convocations  assembled  for  the  discussion  of  various 

bnnches  of  social  ideas  or  special  knowledge,  so  the  geologists, 

now  scattered  over  the  whole  globe,  have,  for  several  years  past, 

been  holding  congresses  for  the  interchange  of  opinions  on  matters 

in  which  so  many  scientific  men  are  interested.     Such  meetings, 

it  was  held,  would  not  only  by  personal  intercourse  warm  the 

friendly  feeling  which  is  already  notable  among  the  workers  in 

kindred  branches  of  the  scieAce,  but  might  hasten  the  solution  of 

nanj  abstruse  questions,  and  in  some  cases  attain  objects  which 

could  not  be  compassed  by  individual  effort 

The  Greological  Congress  of  Paris,  in  1878,  was  thus  succeeded 
bj  that  of  Bologna  in  1881,  and  by  that  of  Berlin  in  1884;  and 
tile  Intemational  Congress  held  last  month  in  London  will  be 
followed  by  a  meeting,  on  the  urgent  request  of  the  Americans 
]Q«sent^  at  Philadelphia  three  years  hence. 

At  the  late  Congress  in  London  no  less  than  817  persons  were 

enrolled  in  tho  list  as  members,  including  339  foreigners.     Of 

these  a  great  many  had  entered  their  names  only  from  being 

generally   interested  in   the   matter,  whilst   the    meetings   were 

attended  by  260  English  people  and  139  foreigners. 


124      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comioall. 

Of  the  latter,  numbering  many  of  the  most  distinguished  in- 
vestigators and  writers,  the  most  numerous  were  the  representatives 
of  Germany,  the  United  States,  France,  and  Italy;  but  among 
the  twenty-five  different  countries  represented,  even  Mexico,  New 
Zealand,  Portugal,  Koumania,  and  Bulgaria,  had  their  members 
either  enrolled  or  present. 

The  meetings  were  most  conveniently  held  in  the  ample  Bur- 
lington locale  of  the  University  of  London,  one  large  room  in 
which  was  made  a  temporary  museum  for  the  reception  of  objects 
intended  to  illustrate  the  proposed  discussions ;  and  wir^ea  were 
arranged  for  successive  days  in  those  apartments,  at  the  Geological 
Society,  and  at  the  Jermyn  Street  Museum.  The  opening  of  the 
Congress  was  heralded  by  an  address  in  French  from  the  veteran 
and  thoroughly  practical  honorary  Member  of  this  Society — 
Dr.  Prestwich,  F.R.S.,  late  Professor  at  Oxford — and  at  the  same 
time  by  a  bevy  of  treatises  and  reports  on  certain  of  the  subjects 
likely  to  be  brought  before  the  meeting. 

It  appears  to  me,  that  whether  viewed  from  the  standpoint  of 
what  has  been  achieved,  or  as  an  indication  of  the  direction  in 
which  geologists  are  looking  for  the  solution  of  various  problems, 
the  proceedings  of  these  meetings  ought  to  be  brought  before  you, 
and  with  your  permission  I  will  call  your  attention  to  sundiy 
topics  of  particular  interest  to  those  Members  who  study  the 
features  of  our  Western  counties. 

First  of  all,  it  must  be  premised  that  there  are  certain  matters 
which  may  fitly  be  discussed  and  arranged  by  international 
committees  to  the  advantage  of  the  general  weal,  whilst  in  others^ 
particularly  in  dealing  with  distant  coimtries,  we  must  try  to 
avoid,  as  Professor  Prestwich  says,  "that  error  of  congresses 
of  arrogating  to  themselves  an  infallibility  which  is  not  at  all 
in  accordance  with  the  progress  of  science."  Who  amongst  us 
that  has  had  occasion  to  learn  something  from  geologically-coloured 
maps  of  various  countries  but  has  been  more  or  less  confused  and 
delayed  by  the  same  colour  being  given  to  totally  different  kinds 
of  rock,  or  conversely  by  the  same  rocks  being  differently  tinted 
in  maps  of  separate  localities?  And  who  again  has  not  been 
vexed  and  puzzled  by  finding  in  descriptive  papers  the  terms  with 


President's  Address,  125 

which  he  may  be  familiar  replaced  by  others,  perhaps  of  more  or 
less  barbarous  aspect  ?  It  is  towards  agreement  and  unification 
that  the  efforts  of  the  Congress  have  been  mainly  directed — 
towards  miification  of  the  significant  colours,  and  of  the  nomen- 
datnre  and  classification  of  the  various  geological  divisions. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  remind  you  that  these  questions  are 
like  those  referring  to  a  unified  alphabet  in  literature,  and  that 
the  boon  conferred  on  the  lovers  of  natural  history  will  be  great 
when  80  serious  a  difficulty  shall  have  been  swept  away,  from  the 
appreciation  of  the  maps  and  descriptions  published  by  all  the 
various  civilized  peoples. 

To  bring  these  points  to  a  test  it  was  decided,  in  1661,  to 
prepare  a  geological  map  of  Europe  on  a  scale  of  1  to  1,500,000, 
in  which  both  the  colouring  and  the  grouping  of  the  various  rocks 
diould  be  settled  by  committees  of  the  Congress.  At  the  same 
time,  national  committees  have  been  reporting  their  opinions  on 
the  unification  of  geological  terms.  The  map,  in  the  hands  of 
Ftofessor  Beyrich  and  the  Berlin  Committee,  is  making  sati&- 
&ctory  progress,  and  a  first  portion  of  it  was  presented  in  London 
in  order  to  invite  criticism  and  discussion. 

Ai  far  back  as  the  Congress  of  Paris,  the  proposition  most 
kvourably  received,  was  to  adopt  the  idea  of  the  solar  spectrum, 
and  take  the  three  primary  colours — red,  blue,  and  yellow — to 
represent  the  three  principal  divisions  of  the  stratified  rocks,  the 
primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary;  the  subdivisions  were  to  be 
distinguished  by  different  shades  of  the  same  colours,  and  the 
itiU  smaller  subdivisions  of  the  third  order  by  markings  or 
hatchings.  This  arrangement  might  be  clear  and  satisfactory 
for  maps  on  a  small  scale,  or  intended  to  give  only  a  general 
view  of  leading  features;  but  for  the  large  and  complete  map 
contemplated  it  was  found  needful  to  adopt  a  wider  scheme, 
admitting  of  a  greater  number  of  divisions,  and  thus  the  comple- 
mentary colours  and  various  modifications  have  been  introduced. 

Those  who  occupy  themselves  with  the  perusal  of  works  of 
descriptive  geology — and  you  have  now  in  your  Library  a  hand- 
•ome  collection — will  recollect  that  in  many  cases  the  scale  may 
be  lazger,  and  the  subdivisions  of  some  particular  district  more 


126      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

numerous,  than  that  of  the  general  map  now  working  out,  and 
hence  that  deviations  from  its  scheme  of  colour  may  be  advisable 
or  necessary. 

It  appears  to  be  almost  forgotten  now,  but  the  geologists  of 
half  a  century  ago,  and  pre-eminently  among  them  Baron  von 
Buch  and  our  honorary  Member,  Berghauptmann  von  Dechen 
(still  living,  though  unable  to  join  in  these  discussions),  did 
much  to  accomplish  these  same  ends  of  unification,  and  some 
of  their  ideas  squared  very  closely  with  those  of  the  modem  type. 

The  colours  now  approved  for  the  sedimentary  rocks  are  as 
follows : 

1.  Recent  deposits  (Alluvium,  &c.)      .    Cream  colour,  very  pale. 

2.  Quaternary  (Diluvium)    .        .        .     Naples  yellow. 

8.  Tertiary Yellow,  different  shades. 

4.  Cretaceous Green  tints  and  hatchings. 

5.  Jurassic  (Oolites,  &c.)      .        .        .  Blue  tints. 

6.  Trias Violet  tints  and  dots. 

7.  Carboniferous  and  Permian  Orey  tints  and  hatchings. 

8.  Devonian Tints  of  brown. 

9.  Silurian Tints  of  greenish-grey. 

10.  Archsean         .....  Rose  tints. 

For  ten  classes  of  eruptive  rocks  various  tints  and  dots  of  red 
are  adopted;  whilst  for  the  further  accentuation  of  the  colours 
monograms  will  be  employed,  Latin  initials  for  the  sedimentary 
groups,  and  Greek  for  the  eruptive  rocks. 

As  might  naturally  be  expected  in  geology,  certainly  not  leas 
than  in  other  departments  of  enquiry,  stumbling-blocks  and  stones 
of  offence  were  found  to  bestrew  the  path  of  progress,  as  different 
nations  proposed  to  adopt  one  and  the  same  scheme  for  defining 
the  divisions  of  rock  strata,  differing  more  or  less  in  all  their 
different  countries,  and  for  unifying,  as  far  as  consistent  with 
their  various  languages,  the  terms  by  which  those  divisions  are 
to  be  known.  After  some  changes  of  opinion  it  is  now  agreed 
that  the  principal  divisions  shall  be  called  Series,  those  of  the 
second  degree  System^  and  the  subordinate  ones  Qroup.  We 
shall  thus  have  the  Primary,  Secondary,  and  Tertiary  Series, 
equivalent  to  the  PalsBozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Cssnozoic;  then  the 
Systems,  as,  e.g,  the  Silurian,  or  the  Carboniferous;  and  as  the 


PresidenVs  Address.  127 

•mailer  diyisioiiy  the  Group,  as  the  Jurassic.  Further  sub- 
divifflons  give  us  the  "  stage "  (French,  Hage\  then  the  "  zone," 
and  ultimately  the  "  bed,"  or  stratum,  with  its  various  synonyms 
in  the  different  European  languages. 

Coinddently  with  these  divisions  of  the  rocks  it  is  proposed 
tha^  in  speaking  of  the  portions  of  time  during  which  the  world 
has  been  tenanted  by  living  beings,  the  word  Era  should  be  used 
for  the  first  rank  of  division.  Period  for  the  systems.  Epoch  for 
the  groups,  and  Age  for  the  smaller  aggregates  of  beds. 

The  term  "  formation,"  which  has  been  a  good  deal  and  loosely 
uaed  in  this  country,  is  much  objected  to;  the  French  term 
of  terrain^  employed  in  a  somewhat  similar  sense,  has  been 
Americanized  into  "  terrane,"  and  meets  us  at  every  turn  in  the 
writings  of  certain  recent  authors,  but  it  does  not  appear  to  be 
very  popular.  It  is  recommended  that  the  word  "  formation  "  be 
strack  out  from  the  divisions  or  groupings  of  the  sedimentary 
deposits,  and  employed  only  in  the  sense  of  referring  to  the  mode 
of  origin  or  the  constitution  of  certain  substances. 

Some  of  the  English-speaking  members  object  to  a  number  of 
words  being  restricted  to  certain  technical  limitations,  and  fear 
the  abridgment  of  liberty  in  the  use  of  language ;  but  the  pro- 
posals made  so  far  appear  to  be  accepted  by  the  majority. 

More  difficulty  arises  when  we  come  to  the  nomenclature.     We 

may  torn  our  English  names  into  French  for  the  purposes  of  a 

meeting  with  our  Continental  friends,  but  for  our  ordinary  use 

we  want  words  which  have  an  English  look  and  soimd ;  so  will 

most  of  the  other  nationalities,  each  writer  or  speaker  requiring  a 

fonn  of  termination  which  suits  the  genius  of  his  own  tongue. 

It  is  true  we  have  for  some  years  given  way  to  certain  changes, 

made  perhaps  with  a  view  to  homophony,  but  often  leading,  as  I 

am  inclined  to  think,  to  cacophony.    For  our  old  term  of  Oolitic  we 

have  adopted,  as  more  generally  applicable,  the  French  Jurasstque^ 

converting  it  into  the  English  Jurassic.     The  broad  old  dialect 

of  the  quarrymen,  expressing  to  William  Smith  that  they  got 

their  limestone  in  layers  (pronounced  liearSy  and  written  lias),  has 

led  to  the  smooth  French   lia»igue,  and  thence  to  our  ugly 

acy^ctiTe  liasaic     Similarly  the  German  triad  or  tnaa^  if  turned 


128      Royal  Geologiccd  Society  of  Comvxill. 

from  a  sturdy  substantive  into  a  French  adjective,  becomes 
triasique,  and  we  have  followed  it  up  as  triaeaic  But  wo  seem 
to  have  yielded  to  this  craze  for  homophony  about  far  enough; 
and  although  some  few  Americcui  authors  discard  our  CretaceouSi 
Carboniferous,  Devonian,  Silurian,  and  Cambrian  for  the  termi- 
nations in  ic,  we  may  fairly  ask,  with  Professor  Hughes,  whether 
we  shall  "accept  Cretacic  or  Cretic,  whether  chemists  will 
approve  of  our  adopting  Carbonic,  and  whether  anybody  will 
use  Cambric]"* 

Among  the  national  committees  charged  with  reporting  on 
these  subjects  none  have  done  more  good  work  among  the  older  r. 
rocks,  which  much  concern  us  on  the  western  side  of  England  Ji 
and  Scotland,  than  the  Americans,  including  those  of  the  United  J 
States  and  Canada,  whose  countries  consist  so  largely  of  rocks  ofS 
a  crystalline  character,  such  as  command  a  deep  interest  in  thia^ 
county.  This  series — proposed  by  the  French  to  be  calledJE 
primitive,  by  the  Belgians  and  others  crystallophyllian,  because^ 
of  the  tendency  to  consist  chiefly  of  crystalline  rocks  disposed  m.M 
schistose  or  platey  forms — has  been  termed  very  often  the 
Cambrian  series,  under  which  name  it  will  be  recognized  as  the 
subject  of  many  differences  of  opinion,  by  no  means  yet  reduced, 
to  a  state  of  unanimity.  The  great  m^ority  of  the  members  of 
the  Congress  favour  the  term  of  Archsean — to  include  all  that 
has  formerly  been  called  crystalline  and  metamorphic  schists,  from 
the  base  of  the  Cambrian  downwards. 

From  the  replies  given  to  questions  propounded  by  the  American 
Committee,  and  in  many  cases  stating  very  emphatically  the  views 
of  "those  American  geologists  who  think  for  themselves,"  it  would 
appear  that  there  is  a  pretty  full  coincidence  about  a  lower  division 
of  the  Archaean,  which  may  be  termed,  as  proposed  by  Sir  Wnt 
Logan,  the  Laurentian.  But  about  the  upper  portion  there  reigns^ 
both  in  the  Old  and  in  the  New  World,  such  a  diversity  of  opinion^ 

*  In  America  Professor  Roland  Irving  and  Messrs.  Emmons,  Walcott,  and 
Gilbert  pointedly  object  to  the  proposition  regarding  homophony;  and  for 
Belgium  M.  Dewalque  feelingly  pleads  for  the  Latin-tongued  nations,  if  such 
words  as  the  German  malm  and  dogger  are  to  come  into  use,  and  have  to  be 
toned  down  into  malmique  and  doggeriqae. 


President's  Address.  129 

as  precludes  any  general  way  of  dealing  with  it,  except  leaving 
tiie  atmost  freedom  to  further  exploration  and  research,  adopting 
temporarily  in  each  country  the  subdivisions  and  nomenclature 
vhich  appear  to  follow  most  suitably  from  the  investigations  made 
Qp  to  the  time  being.    In  the  meanwhile  sundry  recommendations 
are  made  which  seem  to  be  not  a  little  inconsistent.     How,  if  the 
'Aichaan  is  to  include  all  that  is  older  than  the  Palffiozoic  rocks, 
is  the  so-called  Huronian  to  be  admitted,  in  which  organic  remains 
are  stated  to  be  distinctly  present  1     Must  not  the  Huronian  be 
removed  from  this  division?  and  how  about  the  claims  of  the 
laconic!     Few  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic  would  approve  of 
taming  a  series  "  Agnotozoic,"  or  of  the  name  "Eobiotic"  or 
**£ozoic "  to  be  applied  to  those  portions  in  which  the  first  faint 
tiaoes  of  life  are  said  to  be  found.     But  the  last  word  reminds  us 
«f  the  excitement  that  vibrated  through   the  geological  mind 
"vhen,  years  ago,  it  was  announced  that  the  Eozoon  Canadense 
litd  lengthened  out  the  history  of  life  on  the  globe  by  an  incal- 
culable period.     Is  it  possible  that  the  old  Laurentian,  enclosing 
tbe  subject  of  so  many  volumes  and  papers  and  discussions,  is  to 
be  lanked  with  the  "Azoics,"  and  to  form  the  lower  division  of 
^Archsan?    The  unnumbered  ages  which,  on  the  assimiption 
<tf  tbe  \suih  of  this  discovery,  opened  their  long  vista  before  the 
Cambrian  fauna  appeared,  invest  the  question  with  a  commanding 
inportance.     It  was  hence  a  matter  of  no  common  interest  to  see 
fta  direct  question  put  by  the  Committee  to  the  leading  American 
S^bgists — ''In  your  opinion  is  Eozoon  Canadense  of  organic 
<>ngint    Replies : 
IWesBor  Dana :  ''  I  think  not" 
Sir  J.  W.  Dawson :  "  Yes." 
Dr.  Sterry  Hunt :  "Yes." 

Pressor  Le  Conte :  "  Doubt  it.    Have  no  independent  opinion 
(m  the  subject" 
Professor  Irving :  "  No ;  inorganic." 
Dr. Emmons:  "No." 
Mr.  Waloott :  "  Yes,  probably." 
Profe«Mf  G.  H.  Williams :  "  No." 
Ptofe«or Hitchcock :  "No." 
YOU  XL  L 


130      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Professor  N.  H.  WincheU :  «  No." 

Professor  Wadsworth :  "  No ;  it  has  been  proved  to  be  geologi- 
cally impossible  that  it  is  organic." 

Professor  Emerson :  "  No." 

Professor  Pompelly :  "No.  Seems  to  me  of  metasomatic  origin 
in  every  section  I  have  studied." 

Professor  A.  Winchell:  "Not  being  an  original  authority,  I 
have  felt  disposed  to  rest  on  the  opinions  of  experts  in  the  lower 
forms  of  animal  life  rather  than  on  those  of  mineralo^ta  and 
petrographic  geologists.  I  have,  therefore,  regarded  Eozoon  as 
animal  in  nature." 

Here  indeed  is  a  problem,  one  of  the  first  magnitude,  trenchantly 
dealt  with  in  a  way  affecting  not  only  questions  of  grouping  and 
nomenclature,  but  the  history  of  the  eras  during  which  our  world 
has  been  tenanted  by  life.  With  great  probability  it  may  be 
assumed  that  life  is  only  an  episode  in  the  history  of  the  globe ; 
and  if  this  is  to  be  greatly  abbreviated,  in  accordance  with  the 
remarkable  majority  of  those  experts  whose  opinion  has  been 
sought  as  above,  the  reasoning  of  certain  authors  may  have  to 
be  much  modified.  The  great  scale  on  which  this  question  is 
presented  to  scientific  enquiry  may  be  seen  by  a  quotation  from 
Professor  A.  Winchell,  who  says  that  "the  Archffian  is  an 
assemblage  of  clastic  rocks  taking  rank  with  PalsBozoic,  Meaozoic, 
&C.  I  even  suspect  that  more  complete  knowledge  will  show  it 
to  possess  magnitude  and  diversification  of  history  equal  to  all 
the  succeeding  formations.  It  is  certainly  not  permissible  to  set 
it  down  in  the  rank  of  a  *  system.' " 

Those  of  our  Society  who  have  seen  only  the  limited  scale  of 
the  crystalline  schists  in  this  county  (and  yet  we  are  very  un- 
certain about  them  here)  will  be  hardly  prepared  for  so  magnified 
an  estimate  of  their  importance ;  but  some  of  our  dashing  workers 
among  the  "  Pre-Cambrians,"  in  Wales  and  Scotland,  have  been 
grouping  systems  of  thousands  of  feet  thick,  and  inventing  names 
for  them  which,  though  conveniently  applicable  for  temporary  or 
local  descriptions,  some  of  the  American  reporters  assert  should 
be  "  carefully  excluded  from  American  geology." 

No  one  who  visited  the  temporary  museum  could  fail  to  be 


President's  Address.  131 

stnick  by  the  well-selected  and  most  curious  specimens  of  crystal- 
line schists   collected   by    Dr.    Albert    Keim,    of   Zurich,    and 
exhibited  in  connection  with  a  paper  on  their  classification.     The 
Teiy  able  author,  setting  out  with  his  impression  that  this  class 
of  rocks  forms  the  most  important  {gewaltigste)  series  in  the  crust 
of  the  earth,  proceeds  to  a  consideration  of  one  of  the  great 
difficolties  in  understanding  them ;  viz.,  the  mechanical  deforma- 
tioQ  to  which  they  have  been  subjected  during  the  shaping  of 
the  mountains.     The  folding,  the  cleavage,  and  compression  in 
one  direction,  with  stretching  in  the  other,  together  with  sundry 
pecaliarities  of  structure  which  can  only  be  ascribed  to  mechanical 
nolence,  have  of  late  been  often  descanted  upon,  but  have  never 
More  been  so  well  illustrated.     The  extension  in  one  direction 
of  the  Ammonites  and  Belemnites  from  different  beds  of  the 
Swiss  Jura,   in   the  Canton  of  Uri  and  elsewhere,   are   most 
notable,  and  will  remind  those  who  know  our  North  coast  of 
the  beautifully  distinct  species  of  Spirifer  occurring  in  the  slates 
of  TmtageL     In  these  the  deformity  is  often  very  great,  and  has 
to  be  attributed  to  a  like  cause.     It  may  be  easily  inferred  that 
difficcdties  in  the  identification  of  fossils  spring  from  this  so-called 
djnamometamorphosis,   and    that  even  an    acute   observer  like 
Agassiz  should  have  mistaken  one  kind  of  fish  in  the  Eocene 
■hales  of  Canton  Glarus  for  two,  if  not  three,  different  species. 

Bat  time  and  space  forbid  me  to  occupy  you  longer  with  the 
nnlts  of  the  many  interesting  publications  which  have  emanated 
from  this  Congress,  and  of  which  I  am  glad  to  present  some 
copies  to  your  Library.  We  can  only  glance  at  the  fact,  in 
mmtng  our  eye  up  the  geological  ladder,  that  the  upper  and 
loirer  limits  of  the  Cambrian  and  Silurian  systems  are  still,  after 
Muly  half  a  century,  by  no  means  definitely  fixed.  There  seems 
to  be  a  prevailing  opinion  in  favour  of  imiting  the  two  as  one 
ijiftem,  in  which  case  the  term  Cambro-Silurian  would  appear 
tmobjectionable,  whilst  the  proposal,  not  very  strongly  brought 
forward,  to  employ  the  term  Bohemian — liable  to  ludicrous  mis- 
conceptions— ^met  with  very  few  backers.  It  was  satisfactory 
to  observe  that  one  suggestion,  to  introduce  a  personal  name,  viz., 
''fiaiiBiidiaziy''  fell  to  the  ground  ignored. 

L  2 


132     Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComvHxU. 

The  upper  boundary  of  the  Palaeozoic  rocks  is  again  a  subject 
upon  which  much  has  been  said  and  written,  but  about  which 
and  the  relation  of  the  Permian  to  the  Carboniferous  strata  there 
yet  remains  much  to  enquire  into,  and  the  whole  was  evidently 
treated  as  a  matter  which  could  not  be  decided  by  a  vote. 

I  will  only,  in  conclusion,  refer  to  the  newer  groups  which 
form  the  upper  end  of  the  scale,  and  to  which  in  this  county  a 
new  interest  has  been  added  by  the  discoveries  at  St  Erth.  The 
old  classification  of  the  Tertiary  strata  by  Sir  Charles  Lyell  and 
Deshayes  remains  much  as  it  was,  though  modified  by  the  needs 
of  those  who  had  subdivisions  to  propose.  But  so  generally  are 
those  terms  employed  that  one  opposes  instinctively  the  proposals 
made  by  some  few  authors  for  changes  of  very  doubtful  advantage. 
Take,  for  instance,  the  division  of  the  Tertiaries  put  forward  by 
the  Portuguese  Committee,  the  words  in  their  French  dress : 

Systems.  Groups.  Stages. 

Holocenien. 


Pliocenien. 
Miocenien. 

Palffiogfene      .    .     .(   Oligooenien. 

\   Eocemen. 


Niogin {   P»»««>«°- 

2.  Hessoc^niques    .    .  ^ 


On  the  subject  of  the  West  Cornwall  Tertiary  beds,  Professor 
Prestwich,  in  the  second  volume  of  his  Geology^  lately  presented 
by  him  to  the  Society,  states  the  facts  so  far  as  known,  and  his 
opinion  as  derived  from  the  fossils. 

"Species  of  Nassa,  Turritella,  Cerithium,  and  Natica  are  the 
predominant  shells,  and  they  seem  to  present  a  singular  admixture 
of  Miocene  and  Pliocene  forms,  possessing  on  the  whole,  according 
to  Mr.  S.  V.  Wood  and  Dr.  Gwyn  Jeffreys,  an  essentially  Southern 
character.  Out  of  forty-five  species  Dr.  Jeffreys  could  only 
recognize  ten  or  twelve  as  living  forms,  while  twenty-two  were 
unknown  to  him  either  as  Tertiary  or  recent. 

"Mr.  P.  P.  Kendall's  and  Mr.  Robert  Bell's  further  researches 
have  increased  the  number  of  known  species  to  seventy-seven, 
of  which  they  consider  that  twenty-four  agree  with  species  in 
the  Miocene  beds  of  the  Continent^  forty-four  with  those  of  the 


Presidents  Address.  133 

Crags  of  Norfolk  and  Suffolk,  while  fifty-six  are  recent  forms. 
But  they  still  leave  about  twenty  not  known  either  in  a  fossil  or 
I  recent  state.  They  are,  however,  of  opinion  that  the  St.  £rth 
depoflit  was  probably  formed  early  in  the  Ked-Crag  period,  and 
accoant  for  the  absence  of  the  common  boreal  shells  of  the 
Soffolk  Crag  by  supposing  that  the  two  areas  were  then  divided 
bjT  a  tract  of  land,  while  the  number  of  Mediterranean  sheik 
leads  them  to  conclude  that  a  communication  existed  with  that 
lea  through  the  South  of  France."  The  largo  proportion  of 
extinct  to  recent  species  will  approach  nearer  to  that  of  some  of 
the  Faluns  of  Miocene  age.  "  The  large  size  which  some  of  the 
theUs  attain  is  worthy  of  notice." 

A  strong  feeling  exists  among  many  Continental  geologists  in 
&T(mr  of  recognizing  a  group,  to  be  termed  Quaternary,  above 
the  trae  Tertiaries,  and  including  in  it  the  so-called  Diluvium. 
The  sections  which  from  time  to  time  have  been  exposed  on  the 
Comish  coasts  and  in  the  stream  works,  embracing  probably 
Quatemaiy  as  well  as  recent  time,  are  of  so  much  interest  to 
geologists  of  the  Western  counties  that  I  need  hardly  apologise 
for  adding  a  few  words  on  this  head. 

At  the  foot  of  our  stairs  every  one  will  notice  the  bones 
obtained  from  the  "  Happy  Union  "  Stream  Work  at  Pentuan — 
bones  which  were  recognized  and  described  by  my  brother-in-law. 
Professor  Flower,  p.r.8.,  as  belonging  to  an  extinct  kind  of  whale, 
Eitkriehtius  Eohustua,  A  few  days  ago  Professor  Prestwich,  unable 
just  now  to  visit  Penzance,  forwarded  me  some  letters  of  the  late 
Dean  Buckland's,  which  he  rightly  thought  would  be  valued 
here.  One  of  these  is  from  Mr.  Punnett,  dated  from  St.  Columb, 
January  19th,  1828,  and  refers  to  this  find  as  follows  : 

**0n  Friday  last  I  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  some 
bones — antediluvian  I  conclude — which  have  been  dug  up  in 
tome  stream  work  in  this  neighbourhood.  The  circumference 
of  the  largest  was  two  feet  and  a  half,  its  length  under  two  feet. 
Uany  other  smaller  bones  have  been  also  excavated,  the  longest 
of  which  has  been  sent  to  Dr.  Fitton,  of  the  Geological  Society  in 
London.  I  suspect  that  but  a  bungling  account  has  gone  up  of 
it.   The  locality  in  which  it  was  found  and  the  nature  of  the 


134      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

soil,  &C.,  have  not,  I  believe,  been  particularized.  One  fact 
staggered  me  a  great  deal  Nearly  four  feet  below  the  level 
from  which  these  bones  were  taken,  and  in  a  substratum  of  tali, 
was  found  a  human  skulL  How  can  one  account  for  the  supei^ 
position  of  the  remains,  unquestionably  antediluvian,  unless  the 
skull  were  also  of  the  same  date,  or  prior  thereto?  The  works 
are  still  going  on,  and  the  person  who  has  the  sett  is  an  intelligent 
man  and  a  keen  observer.  Other  remains  have  been  since  ex- 
cavated, and  if  you  feel  at  all  interested  about  it  I  will  give  you 
a  minute  detail,  accompanied  with  such  drawings  as  I  can  make 
of  the  site  of  the  stream  works,  and  any  other  particulars  which 
may  assist  you  or  you  may  desire.  There  is,  I  know,  some 
jealousy  in  these  matters;  but  Colenso,  the  proprietor,  isi  I 
believe,  at  present  not  indisposed  to  communicate  with  me  and 
to  give  me  every  facility." 

It  will  be  remembered  that  careful  measurements  of  the 
various  constituents  of  this  stream  work  were  afterwards  pie- 
pared  by  Mr.  Colenso,  father  of  the  late  Bishop  of  NataL 

The  measured  section  of  the  "  Happy  Union,"  the  appearances 
visible,  about  1862,  at  the  "London  Apprentice"  Stream  Work, 
and  those  of  the  Carnon  Works,  given  in  the  T^anmtctionM  of 
i/his  Society,  vol  iv.,  p.  57,  offer  some  of  the  most  startling  data 
with  respect  to  the  changes  in  the  level  of  the  land  since  man 
made  his  appearance  on  the  scene. 

It  may  give  a  fair  idea  of  the  difficulties  that  beset  what  to 
some  would  appear  a  simple  question,  and  will  illustrate  the 
different  views  of  some  of  the  most  competent  judges,  if  I  giTe 
you,  in  a  few  words,  the  pith  of  what  was  said  about  the 
proposed  "  Quaternary  "  at  the  late  meeting. 

M.  Renevior  protested  against  a  terminology  which  would  < 
appear  to  give  to  the  Quaternary  a  value  comparable  to  the 
chronological  divisions  of  the  first  order — Primary,  Secondaiy, 
and  Tertiary.  As  respects  the  evolution  of  living  creatures,  the 
Quaternary  can  only  be  looked  on  as  a  subdivision  of  the 
Tertiary,  or  even  of  the  Pleiocene.  No  organic  type  of  im- 
portance has  appeared  in  the  Quaternary  time,  except  only  man. 
And  even  that  fact  is  not  fully  established.     And,  again,  the 


President's  Address.  135 

glacial  phenomenon  cannot  be  considered  characteristic  of  that 
period.  For  these  reasons  he  would  consider  the  Quaternary 
only  a  subdivision  of  the  Tertiary,  and  would  designate  it 
Pleistocene. 

M.  De  Lapparent  thought  the  essential  point  was  not  to 
measure  whether  the  epoch  of  the  Quaternary  was  an  equivalent 
of  the  Tertiary  era,  but  to  decide  whether  such  important  events 
have  occurred  between  the  two  periods  as  to  warrant  the  opening 
of  a  new  phase.  In  a  biological  point  of  view,  it  is  at  this  time 
that  man  appeared;  and  whatever  may  be  the  difficulty  of 
drawing  the  line,  as  against  the  Tertiary,  we  ought  certainly 
to  preserve  the  systematic  importance  of  this  great  first  ap- 
pearance of  our  species. 

M.   Gaudry  thought  that  the  Quatemaiy  epoch  should   be 
separated  horn  the  Tertiary.     The  Quaternary  is,  as  regards  its 
laana,  the  existing  epoch.     If  the  ages  of  the  world  are  to 
be   classed  by  biological   phenomena,   we   must   distinguish   a 
Quaternary  period.     Thus  the  Primary  era  saw  the  reign  of 
the  invertebrates  first,  and  then  that  of  fishes;  the  Secondary. 
era  was  marked  by  the  development  of  the  cold-blooded  verte- 
brates; the  Tertiary  was  characterized  by  the  extension  of  the 
waim-blooded,  vertebrates  (mammifers  and  birds).     The  Quater- 
nary IB  the  epoch  of  the  reign  of  man. 

Signer  Sacco,  of  Turin,  gave  his  adhesion  to  this  view  from 
nimiic  arguments,  there  being  reason  to  infer  that  between  the 
PUooene  and  the  Quaternary  there  were  great  earth  movements, 
ittended  by  a  profound  change  of  climate. 

Dl  Blanford  agreed  with  M.  Renevier  in  rejecting  the  term 
Qoatemary,  and  in  attaching  that  formation  to  the  Tertiary.  It 
vas  bringing  the  matter  to  a  false  issue  to  introduce  a  personal 
question  such  as  that  of  the  appearance  of  man.  He  regretted 
that  the  term  Quaternary  had  been  adopted  for  the  geological 
ttpof  Europe. 

The  study  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  Asia  gives  evidence  in 
fiTOor  of  the  views  of  M.  Renevier.  Those  accumulations  are 
naturally  divisible  into  two  great  series — the  lower  one  marine, 
with  a  thickness  of  2,500  feet^  from  the  lowest  Eocene  to  the 


136      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comrvall. 

Miocene  inclusive ;  the  upper  one,  terrestrial  or  fluviatile,  10,000  ^ 
feet  thick,  from  the  Pleiocene  to  the  present  time. 

M.  Gosselet  (Lille)  saw  a  new  argument  in  favour  of  the^ 
Quaternary  in  the  great  development  of  the  fluvial  phenomena^ 
which  characterize  this  epoch.  Most  of  the  great  valleys 
anterior,  it  is  true,  to  Quaternary  time,  but  they  have  bee: 
further  excavated  during  that  epoch — a  process  going  on  to  thi:^ 
day. 

M.  Renevier  protested  against  the  importance  attributed  to  th^ 
single  fact  of  the  appearance  of  man.  No  organic  type  chara^i*, 
terizes  the  Quaternary  epoch.  The  other  arguments  brougb:^ 
into  play  he  considered  disputable. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  p. as.,  noted  that  there  was  no  question  m^ 

fact  before  them;  it  was  only  a  question  of  terminology.     At 

he  thought  that  the  most  practical  solution  was,  without  assigning 

an  absolute  value  to  the  term  Quaternary,  to  employ  a  speci 

term  to  designate  the  epoch  in  which  man  has  existed. 

M.  De  Lapparent  brought  forward  more  arguments  to  she 
that  there  were  other  reasons  besides  the  appearance  of  man 
called  for  a  special  division ;  whilst  M.  Pilar,  of  Croatia,  confess^^ 
himself  a  partisan  of  that  classification  which  would  assign 
special  place  to  the  reign  of  the  human  race.     He  would  gi^'^ 
to   the  Anthropozoic  group  a  value   equivalent  to  that  of  tlB^e 
Cainozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Palaeozoic  groups  all  together. 

Professor  Prestwich,  in  winding  up  the  discussion,  was  inclined 
to  recognize  the  importance  of  the  advent  of  man ;  in  addition  to 
which,  cosmical  phenomena  and  important  changes  of  dimale 
induced  him  to  employ  for  this  epoch  the  term  Pleistocene,  and 
he  would  make  it  commence,  in  England,  with  the  base  of  the 
Forest'bedj  the  epoch  of  the  appearance  of  the  existing  climate. 

It  may  be  averred  that  the  International  Congress  has  settled 
but  very  little,  and  yet  the  resultant  good  to  science  and  civili- 
zation has  been  conspicuous  in  the  cementing  of  friendships,  the 
appreciation  of  the  ability  of  our  foreign  visitors^  and  the  re- 
awakening of  interest  in  so  many  of  the  questions  which  claim 
our  study. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


In  presenting  this,  the  Seventy-fifth  Annual  Report,  the  Council 
have  little  to  record  other  than  the  ordinary  routine  of  the 
Society's  work. 

Displayed  upon  the  table  are  a  number  of  specimens  which 
have  been  received  as  additions  to  your  Museum  from  various 
donors  at  home  and  abroad  during  the  past  year.  They  will 
be  foand  particularized  in  the  Report  of  your  Curators. 

Periodicals  and  volumes  continue  to  be  added  to  the  Library 
by  purchase  in  the  usual  course,  and  several  books  and  pamphlets 
have  been  presented,  as  your  Librarian's  Report  will  show. 

The  Science  Classes  are  still  carried  on  successfully  by  Messrs. 
Bamett  and  Corin.  Although  the  attendance  during  last  winter 
was  not  so  large  as  in  some  previous  years,  the  results  of  the 
Hay  examinations  were  satisfactory. 

It  is  with  regret  that  the  Council  find  themselves  deprived  of 
the  services  of  both  your  Curators.  Mr.  Frecheville,  having 
ceased  to  reside  in  the  county,  has  resigned  his  office.  Dr.  Came 
Boss  also  has  removed  to  the  North  of  England. 

It  has  been  suggested  to  the  Council  that  a  more  general 
interest  than  at  present  exists  in  the  study  of  Geology  in  this 
vicinity  might  probably  be  stimulated  by  lectures  bearing  upon 
tile  subject,  given  from  time  to  time  in  this  Museum;  and  that 
the  Society  might  benefit  itself  by  endeavouring  to  arrange  for 
such  a  course,  either  through  the  scheme  of  University  Extension 
Lectures  now  in  operation,  or  in  some  other  way. 

During  the  past  twelve  months  we  have  to  lament  the  fact 
that  five  members  have  been  removed  from  our  roll  by  death. 
The  first  who  died  was  Mr.  Francis  Boase,  on  7th  February  last. 


138      Boyal  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

He  had  long  been  a  firm  supporter  of  the  Society,  and  took  an 
especial  interest  in  its  affairs  at  the  time  of  its  establishment  in 
the  home  it  now  occupies.  Next  we  lost  a  very  energetic  bene- 
factor of  this  and  kindred  societies  in  Mr.  G.  L  Basset^  who 
died  25th  July.  Another  most  valuable  Member  and  Vice- 
President  was  Mr.  S.  T.  G.  Downing,  whose  comparatively 
sudden  decease  happened  on  8th  August.  He  was  a  very 
regular  attendant  at  our  Council  meetings,  and  his  loss  will 
be  much  felt.  More  recently  Mr.  William  Trythall  and  Mr. 
William  Dennis  have  passed  away.  Both  these  gentlemen  had 
been  Members  of  this  Society  for  very  many  years^  and  in- 
terested themselves  in  its  welfare. 

In  conclusion,  your  Council  desire  to  recommend  for  election 
as  Honoraiy  Members  of  this  Society,  Dr.  Beyrich,  of  Berlin, 
late  President  of  the  International  Geological  •  Congressi  and 
M.  Charles  Barrois,  of  Lille. 

Gboboe  Bown  MiLLBTTy  HofL  Sec 


PxMZANCS,  26(A  October,  1888. 


LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 


Thi  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  during  the 
year: 

L  TRANSACTIOKS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

^ntmted  hy  the  respective  Societiea,  EdUore,  and  other  Dcnore^ 

or  jmrehaaed, 

^<^iL   American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Roceedings :  VoL  xiv.,  part  2,  December,  1886,  to  May,  1887. 
8to.    Boston,  1887. 

BristoL   Bristol  Naturalists*  Society. 

I^roceedings:   New  series,  voL  v.,  part  3.     8vo.      Bristol, 
1887-88.      List  of  Officers,  Ck)uncil,   &c.      8vo.     Bristol, 

1888. 

Battels.    Soci^t^  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Ppocis-verbaL  pp.  81-142,  1887.     8vo.     Bruxelles.     n.d. 

California.    California  State  Mining  Bureau. 

Seyenth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Mineralogist  [William 
Irelan,  jun.]  for  the  year  ended  October  1st,  1887. 

8vo.     Sacramento,  1888. 
Bulletin:  Na  1. — A  Description  of  the  Desiccated  Human 
Remains  in  the  Califomian  State  Mining  Bureau.     By 
Winslow  Anderson,  m.d.     8vo.     Sacramento,  1888. 

Gambome.     Mining  Association  and  Institute  of  ComwalL 

Account  of  the  Eighth  Exhibition.     [Reprint  from  Mining 
JowmaL  of  August  4th,  1888.]    8yo.    Camborne — London, 
1888. 
Transactions :  Vol.  ii.,  part  1. 


140      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Cambridge.     Cambridge  University  Library. 

Thirty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Library  Syndicate,  May 
9th,  1888.     4to.     Cambridge,  1888. 

Canada.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Canada. 

Annual  Report,  with  accompanying   Maps.     By  A.   R.  C. 

Selwyn.     VoL  ii.  (New  Series),  1886. 

[Contains  Reports  by  A.  R  C.  Selwyn,  G.  M.  Dawson, 

R.  G.  McConnell,  J.  B.  TyrreU,  A.  P.  Low,  R.  Bell,  R.  W. 

Ells,  R.    Chalmers,    L.    W.    Bailey  and   W.  Mclnnes,   BL 

Fletcher,  E.  R  Faribault,  E.  Cost^,  and  G.  C.  Hofifman.] 

8vo.     Montreal,  1887. 
.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Proceedings :  fasc.  1,  2,  of  voL  v.,  series  iiL 

Annual  Report  for  1886-87,  being  part  of  Appendix  to  the 

Report  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  Ontario,  1887. 

8vo.     Toronto,  1887-88. 
.     Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  for  the  year  1887,  voL  v.     4to. 

Montreal,  1888. 

Colorado.     Colorado  Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings:  VoL  ii.,  part  3,  1887.     8vo.     Denver  [1888} 
Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. 

Sitzungsberichte  :  Band  viii.,  heft  2.     8vo.     Dorpat,  1888. 
Schriften :   II. — Einige  Spielarten  der  Fichte.      Von  Graf 

Fr.  Berg. 
„         III. — Zur  Anatomic    resp.    physiologischen    und 
Vergleichenden   Anatomic  der  Torfmoose. 
Von  Dr.  E.  Russow. 
„         IV. — Neue  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Bessel'sche 
Formel    und    deren    Verwendung    in    der 
Meteorologie.      Von  Dr.  Karl  Weihrauch. 
8vo.     Dorpat,  1887-88. 
Dublin.     Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings ;  New  series,  vol  v.,  parts  7,  8,  1887 ; 

vol.  vi.,  parts  1,  2,  1888.     8vo.     Dublin,  1887-88. 
Scientific  Transactions:  Series  ii.,  voL  iii.,  part  14  and  title- 
page;  vol.  iv.,  part  1.     4to.     Dublin,  1887-88. 


Librarian's  Report.  141 

EdinbuigL    Edinburgh  Boyal  Society. 

Prooeedings :  Koa  115-118,  Session  1883-84. 

8vo.     Edinburgh,  1884. 
„  VoL  xiii,  November  1884  to  July  1886. 

8vo.     Edinburgh,  1886. 
„  VoL  xiv.,  November  1886  to  July  1887. 

8vo.     Edinburgh,  1888. 
list  of  Members,  November,  1887.     4to. 

Filmouth.    Boyal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-fifth  Annual  Report,  1887.     8vo.     Falmouth,     n.d. 
Halifax.    Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Riding 
of  Yorkshire. 
Proceedings:  VoL  ix.,  part  3.     8vo«     Halifax,  1888. 
India.   Geological  Survey  of  India. 
Pateontologia  Indica : 

Lydekker:    Eocene  Chelonia  from  the  Salt-Range. 

[Series  x.    VoL  iv.,  part  3.] 
Waagen :  Salt-Range  Fossils.     Productus -Limestone 
Fossils : — Coelenterata,    Amorphozoa,    Protozoa. 
[Series  xiii.     VoL  i,  part  7.] 

4to.     Calcutta — London,  1887. 
Publication : 

A  Manual  of  the  Geology  of  India. 

Part  iv. — Mineralogy  (mainly   Non-Economic). 

By  F.  R  Mallet.     8vo.     Calcutta,  1887. 
Memoirs: 

Jones:    The  Southern  Coal -Fields  of   the   Sitpara 

Grondwana  Basin.     [VoL  xxiv.,  part  1.] 

8vo.     Calcutta,  1887. 
Becoida :  VoL  xx.,  parts  3,  4. 

„  „    xxi  parts  1-3.  8vo.     Calcutta,  1887-88. 

Jz^eJL    Seismological  Society  of  Japan. 

Transactions :  VoL  xii     8vo.     Yokohama  [1888], 

Leicester.    Leicester  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions :  New  Quarterly  Series,  part  5,  October,  1887 ; 
parts  6,  7,  8,  January  to  July,  1888. 

8vo.    Leicester,  1887-88. 


142     Roycd  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

Lille.     Soci^t^  G^logique  du  Nord. 

Annales :  Tome  xiv.,  1886-87.     8ya     Lille,  1887. 

Liverpool     Liverpool  Engineering  Society. 
Transactions:  YoL  vii,  Session  1886. 
Report,  Rules,  &c.,  and  List,  1887.     8va    Liverpool,  1887. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Report  of  the  Fifty-seventh  Meeting,  held  at  Manchester  in 
August  and  September,  1887.  8va     London,  1888. 

— .     Congrds  Cx^lpgique  International,  4*  Session.     Londrea^ 

1888. 
Discours  de  M.  le  Professeur  J.  Prestwich,  President  da 

Congr^  le  Lundi,  17  th  September,  1888. 
Explications  des  Excursions.     R^dig^  par  W.  Topley,  avee 

la  Collaboration  de  E.  Van  den  Broeck  et  J.  Purves. 
Catalogue  de  T  Exposition  G^ologique. 
Etudes  sur  les  Schistes  Cristallins. 
Resum^  des  Rapports  des  Sous-Comit^  Amdricaina    R^digi 

par  M.  le  Professeur  Persifor  Frazer.    Traduit  de  TAnglais 

par  M.  le  Professeur  G.  Dewalque.    8va    Londrea,  1888. 
[Presented  by  Sir  W.  Smyth.] 

.     Geological  Record  for  1879,  with  Supplements  for  1874-78. 

Edited  by  W.  Whitaker  and  W.  H.  Dalton. 

8vo.     London,  1887.     Purchased. 

Geological  Record  for  1880-84  (inclusive).      Edited  by 

W.  Topley  and  C.  D.  Sherbom.     VoL  i. — Stratigraphical 
and  Descriptive  Geology. 

8vo.     London,  1888.    Purchased, 

,     Geological  Society  of  London. 


Abstracts  of  Proceedings. 

List .  .  .  November  1st,  1887. 

Quarterly  Journal,  No.  172  of  voL  xliiL 

„  „  „    173-175  of  voL  xliv. 

8vo.     London,  1887-88. 
-.     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings:    Nos.  3-7  of  voL  x.     8vo.     London,  1888. 


Librarian's  Report.  143 

London.    PalAonfcogiaphical  Society.     YoL  xlL  for  1887. 

4ta     London,  1887.    FurchaaecL 

— »   London,  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 
Series  V.  Na  151  of  voL  xxiv. 
„  „     152-157  of  voL  XXV. 

„  „     158-161  of  voL  xxvi. 

8vo.     London,  1887-88.     Purchased. 

— %   Boyal  Society. 

Proceedings :  Kos.  259-264  of  voL  xliil 
„  „     265-270      „      xliv. 

8va    London,  1887-88. 

• — -.   Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

JoomaL    Nos.  10-12  of  voL  vi,  and  index. 

„  „       1-9        „      vii. 

Bye-Laws  .  •  .  as  amended  July  14th,  1886. 

8vo.     London,  1887-88. 

Manchester.    Manchester  Geological  Society. 
Innaactions:  Parts  11-20  of  voL  xix. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1887-88. 

•  Manchester  Scientific  Students'  Association. 

Beport  and  Proceedings  for  the  year  1887. 

8ya     Manchester,  1888. 

Kewcaatle-upon-Tyne.      North  of  England  Institute  of  Mining 
^  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Itanaactions :  YoL  xxxviL,  parts  1-4. 

8vo.     Newcastlo-on-Tyne,  1887-88. 

Jiew  Haven.    Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Tianaactions :  VoL  vii,  part  2.     8vo.     New  Haven,  1888. 

Xew  York.    American  Geographical  Society. 

Bulletin:  No.  4  and  Supplement,  voL  xix.,  1887. 
„         Nos.  1,  2,  3,  YoL  XX.,  1888. 

8vo.     New  York,  1888. 


144      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

New  York.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of 
Natural  History). 
Annals  :  Vols,  ix.,  x.,  xL  (Lyceum  of  Natural  History). 

New  York,  1868-76. 
„         Vols.  L,  iL,  iii.  (New  York  Academy  of  Science). 

8vo.     New  York,  1877-85. 
„         Vol.  iv.,  Nos.  3,  4.     8vo.     New  York,  1888. 

— .     Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art 
Twenty-ninth  Annual  Report  of   the  Trustees,  May  26th, 
1888.     8vo.     New  York,  1888. 

New  South  Wales.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Department  for  the  year  1886. 

Folio.    Sydney,  1887. 
Geology  of   the  Vegetable  Creek  Tin-Mining  Field,  New 
England  District .  .  .  with  Maps  and  Sections.    By  T.  W. 
Edgeworth  David,     8vo.     Sydney,  1887. 

Mineral  Products  of  New  South  Wales,     By  Harris  Wood, 
Under  Secretary  for  Mine& 

Notes  on  the  Geology  of   New  South  Wales.    By  C.   8. 
Wilkinson,  Greological  Surveyor  in  Charge. 

Description  of  Seams  of  Coal  worked  in  New  South  Wales. 
By  John  Mackenzie,  Examiner  of  Coal  Fields. 

4to.     Sydney,  1887. 

— .     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings  for  1886,  vol.  xx. 
„  „  for  1887,  voL  xxL 

8vo.    Sydney,  1887-«8. 
New  Zealand.     Department  of  Mines. 

Reports  on  the  Mining  Industry  of  New  Zealand.     Papers 
laid  before   Parliament  during  Sessions   1,  2,  1887;  and 
Session  1888.     Folio.     Wellington,  1887-88. 

Paris.     Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales :  Sirie  viii,  t.  xi,  liv.  3.     8vo.     Paris,  1887. 
II  II      II     t.  xii.,  liv.  4-6.     8vo.    Paris,  1887. 

II  I,      I,     t.  xiiL,  liv.  1,  2.     8vo.     Paris,  1888. 


Librarian's  Report  145 

Pennsylvania.    Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania. 
Annual  Report  for  1886  : 

Part  I — Report  on  the  Pittsburgh  Coal  Region.  By  K 
V.  D'Invilliers.  Supplemented  by  a  Report  on  the  General 
Mining  Methods  of  the  Pittsburgh  Region,  by  Selwyn 
Taylor;  and  a  Report  on  the  Mining  Methods  of  the 
Westmoreland  CJoal  Company,  by  A.  N.  Humphreys,  with 
Plates,  Maps,  and  Sections ;  and  a  Report  on  the  Character 
and  Distribution  of  Paleozoic  Plants,  by  Leo  Lesquereux. 

Part  II. — Report  on  the  Oil  and  Gas  Regions.  By  John 
F.  CarlL  Report  on  the  Fuel-value  of  Natural  Gas.  By 
Fiancia  C.  Phillips,  List  of  Publications  relating  to  Petro- 
lemo.    Maps,  Plates,  &a 

Part  IIL— The  Anthracite  Coal  Region.     With  Atlas. 

8vo.     Harrisburgh,  1887. 

Atlas  of  Western  Middle  Anthracite  Field,  part  2. 

Atlas  to  Report  on  Bucks  and  Montgomery  Counties. 

Penzance.    Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Eeport  and  Transactions,  1887-88. 

8vo.     Plymouth  [1888]. 

Pliiladelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings:  Parts  2  and  3,  April  to  December,  1887. 
„  Part  1,  January  and  February,  1888. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1887-88. 

American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings:  No.  127,  vol.  xxv. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1888. 

Societa  Toscana  di  Scienze  NaturalL 
Processi  Verbali :  pp.  1-72,  of  voL  vL 

8vo.     Pisa,  1887-88. 

PlymoutL     Plymouth    Institution    and    Devon    and    Cornwall 

Natural  History  Society. 

Report  and  Transactions :  Vol.  x.,  part  1,  1887-88. 

Title-page,  index,  &c.,  to  vol.  ix. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1888. 

VOL.   XL  M 


146      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Truro.     Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall. 

Journal:  VoL  ix.,  part  2,  December,  1887. 

8vo.     Truro,  1887. 

United  States.     Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Statea 

Statistical  Papers :  Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States^ 

1886.     By  David  T.  Day. 

8vo.     Washington,  1887. 

Victoria.  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Mines  and  Water 
Supply,  to  the  Hon.  Duncan  Gillies,  M.P.,  Minister  of  Mines 
for  Victoria  ...  for  the  year  1886. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1887. 

.  Gold  Fields  of  Victoria.  Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  Quarters  ended  30th  September  and  31st 
December,  1887,  and  3l8t  March,  1888. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1887-88. 

— -.     Mineral  Statistics  of  Victoria  for  the  year  1886. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1887. 

.     Natural  History  of  Victoria.     Prodromus  of  the  Zoology 

of  Victoria;  or.  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  the  Living 
Species  of  all  classes  of  the  Victorian  Indigenous  Animals. 
By  Fredk.  McCoy.     Decades  1-15. 

8vo.     Melbourne,  1878-87. 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt : 
Verhandlungen  :  Nos.  U-18.     1887. 
„  „       1-12.     1888. 

8vo.     Wien,  1887-88. 

.     K.  K.  Naturhistorischen  Hof museums: 


Annalen :  Band  I.,  Nos.  3,  4. 
„      II.,  Nos.  1-4. 
„      IIL,  No.  1.     8vo.     Wien,  1886-88. 


Washington.     Smithsonian  Institution : 
Report  ...  to  July  1885,  part  2. 

8vo.     Washington,  1886. 


Librarian's  Report.  ,  147 


IL  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 
lieaenUd  by  the  Authors  or  other  Donors^  or  Purchased, 

CoUinjBj  J.  H.  On  the  Nature  and  Origin  of  Clays :  the  Com- 
position of  Kaolinite.  [From  Mineralogical  Magazine.  Bead 
October  25th,  1887.]    8vo. 

*   On  Cornish  Tin-Stones  and  Tin-Capels.     [/6w£.,  vols,  iv., 

▼.,  1880-82.]     8vo.     Truro,  1888. 

Emmona,  S.  F.     Structural  Relations  of  Ore  Deposits. 

8vo.     [Boston]  1888. 

Fox,  Howard.  Eecent  Geological  Work  at  the  Lizard.  Abstract 
of  Lecture.     Read  29th  March,  1888.     8vo. 

"""-•  On  the  Gneissic  Rocks  off  the  Lizard.  With  Notes  on 
tke  Specimens  by  J.  J.  H.  TealL  [From  Quar.  Joum.  of 
GeoL  See,  May,  1888.]    8vo. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

2*^  George  F.     Granites  and  Our  Granite  Industries. 

8vo.     London,  1888. 

'^^^ch,  Joseph.  Geology:  Chemical,  Physical,  and  Strati- 
graphicaL     VoL  ii — Stratigraphical  and  Physical 

8vo.     Oxford,  1888. 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Sherbom,  Charles  Daviea  A  Bibliography  of  the  Foraminifera, 
fiecent  and  Fossil,  from  1565-1888 ;  with  Notes  explanatory 
ol  some  of  the 'rare  *and  little-known  publications. 

8vo.     London,  1888. 
[Presented  by  Mr.  F.  W.  MHlett.] 

Whitley,  Nicholas.  Submarine  Forest-bed  at  Portmellin,  near 
Heragissey.  [Reprint  from  Joum.  of  Roy.  Inst,  of  Cornwall, 
vol  ix..  No.  34,  1888.]    8vo. 

M  2 


CURATOES'  REPORT 


Thb  following  specimens  have  been  received : 

NAME  AND  LOCAUTT. 

Qo\d  in  Blue  Quartz.     Balaghat  Mysore  Mine,  ^ 

S.  India. 
Hauyne,  with  Augite,  &c.    Niedermendig,  near 

Andemachy  Rhine        •  ... 

Witherite.    Near  Hexham,  Northumberland 


DONOB. 


Sir  W.  W.  Smyth. 


>f 


Tinstone.     Very  fine  specimen  of  Stream  Tin  ^ 
from  a  surface-work  about  a  quarter   of  a 
mile  west  of  the  Church,  Zennor;  late  in 
the  possession  of  the  Bev.  W.  Borlase,  Vicar 
of  Zennor      .  •  •  •       • 


-  Admiral  Borlaae. 


Gold  in  Ferruginous  Quartz.    Beehive  Gold  Min-  )  «  q. 
ing  Company,  Transvaal  •  ,        .  j     ' 

Calcite  on  Quartz.  Bottom  level,  Levant,  St  Just     Thos.  Cornish. 

Specimens  of  Copper  Ores.   Moonta  Mines,  South  I  ^  r>  g^^     i. 
Australia  .  .  •        •  i 


Witherite.    Pennant  Mine,  St.  Asaph 

Zinc  Blende.  Cementing  a  brecciated  lode,Talacre 
Mine,  Holywell,  Flintshire  •  , 


C.  Le  Neve  Foetec. 


:! 


M 


GO 

oo 

I 

^^ 

oc 
oo 


I 


.^  o  o  o 

o  o  o 

«  o 

o 

o 

•;  00  o  o 

Ol  1-4  C4 

d  o 

eo 

1-* 

o 

^  O  «  W> 
CI 

««g 

C4  lO 

i-<  F-1 

i-< 

<X> 

o 

W 

H 


O 


<& 


,;  W>    •«    f-l 

F-1      i-< 

^8  S  '^ 


o 

1-* 

^  o  o 

o 

o 

J  eo  o 

eo 

00 

^"S 

F-1 

00 
00 
00 


O 

8 


9 

•a 


8t? 


o      •* 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

geth  October,  1888. 


1.  Some  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with  the  Plymouth  Limestone. 
Ry  R.  N.  Worth,  F.a.s. 

2.  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.    By  F.  K  Harman,  F.a.a,  F.as. 


SOME  DETRITAL  DEPOSITS  ASSOCIATED 
WITH  THE  PLYMOUTH  LIMESTONE. 

By  R.  N.  Worth,  f.o.s. 

*  (Bead  October  26,  1888.) 


Thb  existence  of  detrital  deposits  in  association  with 
the  Plymouth  limestone  has  long  been  known,  and 
they  have  been  the  subject  of  sundry  papers.* 

The  deposits  thus  described  are  beds  of  sand,  clay, 
and  pebbles,  Ipng  in  hollows,  or  filling  pockets,  in 
the  limestone  plateaux  of  the  Hoe  and  Cattedown ; 
and  have  no  connection  with  the  raised  beach  of  the 
former  locality.  Mr.  Whitley  regarded  this  detritus 
as  glacial  drift;  Mr.  Collins  identified  the  rocks  as 
mainly  of  Dartmoor  origin.  The  latter  is  the  view  I 
have  myself  maintained,  and  a  careful  and  prolonged 
examination  of  the  latest  exposures  established  this 
position  conclusively.  The  fine  sands  are  quartzose  ; 
the  larger  pebbles  almost  wholly  either  of  quartz  or 
schorl-rock,  with  an  occasional  example  of  grey  grit ; 

♦  Vide  papeis  by  Mr.  N.  Whitley  and  myself  in  the  Transactions 
of  thid  Society ;  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Collins  in  the  Report  of  the  British 
Astoeiation,  Plymouth  Meeting,  1877 ;  by  myself  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Geological  Society^  and  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Plymouth  Institution 
and  Deoomhire  Ai90ciatvm. 


152  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with     [Oct.  26, 

the  smaller  pebbles  include  also  quartz  and  felspar 
gravel,  hornblende -schist,  iron -ore  vein -stuff,  and 
brown  pumiceous  rock ;  the  coarser  sand  is  sub- 
stantially a  schorlaceous- granitic  dSbris.  All  the 
recognizable  rocks  have  their  prototypes  on  the 
western  flank  of  Dartmoor,  between  Meavy  and 
Brent  Tor ;  that  is,  they  are  those  of  the  watershed 
of  the  Tavy  rather  than  of  the  Plym. 

No  trace  of  organic  matter  has  been  hitherto  re- 
corded from  these-  deposits,  but  I  have  recently  had 
the  good  fortune  to  obtain  a  fragment  of  wood.  It 
is  remarkably  light,  and  is  probably  birch. 

The    detritus    which    forms    the    subject    of    the 
present  note  is  quite  distinct  from  that  just  cited. 
Its  existence  was  discovered  by  Mr.  R.  Bumard,  and 
he  and  I  are  now  engaged  in  its  investigation.     The 
facts  already  ascertained  are,  however,  so   curious, 
and  seem  likely  to  have  such  an  important  bearing    ; 
on  the  Tertiary  and  more  recent  geology  of  Devon,   , 
that  I  have  ventured  to  offer  these  few  observations  « 
to  the  Society  at  once,  rather  than  delay  them  another*^ 
year. 

The  deposit  consists  of  well-rounded  pebbles  andX 
subangular  stones  scattered  through  undisturbedE 
clayey  subsoil,  immediately  overlying  the  limestone^  ^ 
on  the  northern  slope  of  Cattedown,  60  to  70  feetf"- 
above  datum,  and  at  a  depth  ranging  from  3  to  SB 
feet.  The  pebbles  run  from  3^  lbs.  in  weight  downni 
to  a  quarter-ounce  or  less ;  and  that  some,  if  not  aU^  J 
of  them  have  been  redeposited  from  fissures  exposec^ 


1888. J  the  Plymouth  Limestone.  153 

to  the  action  of  water  charged  with  carbonate  of 
lime,  is  evident  from  their  stalagmitic  incrustation. 
But  the  constancy  of  the  leading  characters  of 
their  association,  as  found  from  time  to  time, 
renders  it  also  manifest  that  the  whole  belong  to 
one  series. 

The  main  peculiarity  is  this :  that  while,  with  few 
exceptions — though  these  are  very  important — the 
locks  are  those  still  found  in  Devon,  the  great 
majority  do  not  occur  at  present  in  situ  in  the 
watersheds,  not  merely  of  the  Plym  or  Tavy,  but 
of  either  of  the  rivers  of  South  -West  Devon.  Hence 
we  have  indicated  an  enormous  change  in  the 
physical  conditions  of  the  county. 


'o 


Flint  pebbles,  for  the  most  part  well  rolled,  and 
fiom  two  pounds  in  weight  downwards,  form  40  per 
^nt  of  the  whole — black,  white,  brown,  and  mottled 
"^rieties.  Chalk  forms  predominating.  Haldon  is 
practically  the  nearest  point  where  any  of  these 
o»ur  in  place. 

Next  in  numerical  importance — 13  per  cent. — are 
^^^ents  of  Schorl 'Rock,  compact  to  crystalline, 
^"^ostly  subangular,  though  the  edges  are  commonly 
^©U  rounded.  Kocks  of  precisely  these  types  occur 
^thin  the  present  watershed,  on  the  nearer  southern 
''id  western  edge  of  Dartmoor. 

l^lint  and  Schorl-Rock  pebbles  thus  make  up  more 
^^n  half  of  the  total;  and  over  half  of  the  remainder 
^   Composed  of  Limestones,  Grits,  and  Quartz  vein- 


154  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with     [Oct.  26, 

The  Limestone  pebbles  number  10  per  cent  Most 
are  of  local  origin,  but  some  of  these  enter  very 
doubtfully  into  the  calculation,  taking  form  probably 
from  corrosion  rather  than  erosion.  One  appears  to 
be  Carboniferous.  Three  are  important.  These  are — 
(a)  a  large  pebble  of  Lias  limestone ;  (6)  a  pebble  of 
drab,  cherty,  possibly  Carboniferous,  limestone;  and 
(c)  a  pebble  of  Cretaceous  freestone,  closely  allied  to 
that  of  Beer.  No  such  rocks  as  a  and  c  are  now 
found  in  situ  nearer  than  the  extreme  East  of  Devon, 
the  nearest  locality  at  present  also  for  some  of  the 
flints.  The  nearest  point  for  h  is  now  the  northern 
border  of  Dartmoor. 

Grits  and  Quartzites  together  occur  in  the  same 
proportion  as  the  Limestones,  the  Grits  being  to  the 
Quartzites  as  two  to  one.  The  Grits  include  red, 
brown,  grey,  greenish,  mottled,  schistose,  micaceous, 
and  quartzo-felspathic  varieties,  mostly  moderate  or 
fine-grained,  and  appear  to  represent  both  Devonian 
and  Carboniferous  forms.  The  Quartzites  are  grey; 
but  the  largest  and  the  smallest  pebble  contain 
concentric  pink  cores,  change  set  up  after  shaping 
having  stopped  short. 

Quartz  pebbles,  apparently  from  veins  in  Devonian 
or  Carboniferous  slates  or  grits,  rank  next — 9  per 
cent. 

The  six  classes  of  rock  so  far  enumerated  thus 
make  up  82  per  cent,  of  the  entire  total  The  re- 
maining 18  per  cent,  is  drawn  from  much  more 
varied  sources,  and  represents  at  least  seventeen 
different  rock  species,  the   majority  by   individual 


1888.]  the  Plymouth  Limestone.  155 

examples,  while  only  one  contributes  over  2  per 
cent,  of  the  gross  total.  Both  sedimentary  and 
igneous  rocks  occur,  the  former  including  altered 
varieties.  Hard  Slate  of  various  kinds  supplies 
2  per  cent. ;  Chert,  resembling  that  of  the  Car- 
boniferous series  on  the  North  of  Dartmoor,  2  per 
cent ;  while  Lydian  -  Stone,  Quartz  -  Schist,  and 
Hornblende 'Schist  each  give  one  example. 

The  Quartz -Schist  might  almost  be  described  as 
a  Schistose- Quartzite,  but  for  an  impersistent  linear 
arrangement  of  delicate  needles,  apparently  of  schorl. 
The  Hornblende  -  Schist  precisely  resembles  that  of 
Wapsworthy,  on  the  Tavy,  four  miles  N.K  of 
Tavistock. 

This  brings  us  to  the  rocks  of  direct  igneous  origin 
or  association,  which  make  a  total  muster  of  1 3  per 
cent 

Although  the  drift  of  the  material  is  so  plainly 
fiom  the  direction  of  Dartmoor,  only  six  examples 
of  this  section  represent  existing  Dartmoor  rocks, 
and  not  one  of  them  is  a  typical  granite.     These 
are — (a)  cream-coloured  granular  Elvan;   (6)  red- 
brown  porphyritic  JSlvan,  the  felspathic  matrix  en- 
dosing  blebs  of  quartz  and  imperfect  felspar  crystals  ; 
(c)  SehorUiceouS'Pegmatite;  {d)  fine-grained  Granitoid 
rock,  with  black  mica  and  porphyritic  quartz;  (e) 
coarser-grained  rock  of  similar  type,  but  nearer  to 
granite  ;   (/)   coarse-grained   Schorlaceous  -  Granite. 
All  these  pebbles  are  small.    C,  d,  e,  and  /  represent 
varieties  (like  the  schorl -rocks)  associated  with  the 


156  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with     [Oct.  26, 

granitic  apophyses  of  the  Moor.  In  contrast  td  this 
paucity  it  may  be  observed  that  granite  pebbles  are 
prominent  in  the  beds  of  the  present  rivers  of  South- 
West  Devon  for  miles,  together  with  various  altered 
slates  of  the  granitic  margin  of  which  there  has  been 
no  certain  occurrence  in  this  deposit. 

Other  distinctly  identifiable  rocks  of  the  series, 
ranging  from  one  example  up  to  1  per  cent,  are : 

Devonian  compact  Lavas  of  the  ordinary  tjrpe, 
such  as  occur  between  Plymouth  and  Dartmoor. 

Diabase,  resembling  that  of  Rock  and  Estover, 
in  the  same  direction. 

Gabbro  or  Epidiorite,  of  a  type  which  does  not 
occur  at  present  nearer  than  Cocks  Tor,  beyond 
Tavistock ;  with  one  example  practically  indistin- 
guishable from  a  form  occurring  at  Houndall,  near 
Comwood. 

A  pebble  of  Triassic-Trap  (mica-porphyrite  or 
andesite),  resembling  that  on  the  west  of  Plymouth 
Sound,  which  has  been  previously  shown  to  have 
had  a  greater  extension  than  at  present. 

We  now  come  to  a  series  of  rocks,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware  wholly  new  to  the  district,  and  the  most 
important  of  which  have  a  thoroughly  distinctive 
character.  They  are  all,  directly  or  indirectly,  of 
igneous  and  volcanic  origin. 

First  in  prominence  are  examples  of  AndesUe^ 
which  Professor  Bonney,  F.R.S.,  has  very  kindly 
examined  for  me,  and  of  which  he  remarks,  that 
"  they  show  no  devitrification  or  marked  sign  of  age. 


1M8.]  the  Plymouth  Limestone.  157 

They  might  have  come  from  the  Andes ;  indeed,  are 
very  like  some  of  my  slides  therefrom."  There  are 
two  varieties — a  grey,  represented  by  two  pebbles, 
and  a  blackish-brown,  represented  by  one.  Professor 
Bonney's  notes  are  as  follows : 

Grey  variety, — "Belonging  to  the  first  stage  of 
consolidation  are :  (1)  Numerous  crystals  of  pla- 
giodase,  labradorite  or  perhaps  partly  andesite 
[Professor  Bonney  had  not  time  in  these  examina- 
tions to  make  minute  measurements] ;  sometimes 
corroded,  but  often  with  well-defined  crystal  out- 
lines, exhibiting  not  seldom  fine  zoning ;  the  inner 
part  with  enclosures  of  glass,  &c.  In  one  or  two  cases 
it  seems  clear  that  an  original  corroded  grain  has 
been  subsequently  augmented.  (2)  A  pyroxene ; 
some  may  be  augite,  but  much  of  it  gives  the 
straight  extinction  and  the  dichroism  of  a  variety 
of  hypersthene.  (3)  Grains  of  iron  oxide ;  in  some 
cases,  I  think,  hematite.  Ground  mass  a  clear  glass, 
containing  numerous  microliths  of  felspar  (plagio- 
clase),  a  pyroxene,  and  some  opacite.  The  rock  is 
a  Hypersthene- Andesite." 

Dark  variety. — "Belonging  to  the  first  stage  of 

oonsoUdation  are:  (1)  Numerous  crystals  of  plagio- 

dase,  labradorite   probably,  sometimes   corroded   at 

the  edges,  commonly  with  glass  enclosures,  &c.     (2) 

A  few  grains,  generally  without  well-defined  crystal 

angles,  of  augite ;   possibly  a  rhombic  pyroxene  is 

present.     (3)  Some  grains  of  iron  oxide,  probably 

magnetite.    (4)  Some  roundish  grains,  almost  opaque, 

scHoetimes  dark  brown,  showing  aggregate  structure, 


158  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with     [Oct.  26, 

probably  a  hydrous  -  ferruginous  mineral  replacing 
some  other,  possibly  a  ferruginous -pyroxene  or  an 
olivine.  Ground  mass  apparently  a  glass,  crowded 
with  opacite,  tiny  lath-shaped  crystals  of  plagioclase, 
and  perhaps  augite  granules.  I  cannot  identify  any 
olivine.  Structure  and  general  aspect  would  lead 
me  to  regard  the  rock  rather  as  an  Augite- Andesite 
than  a  Basalt;  but  I  suspect  it  is  near  the  border 
line.*'  Dr.  Bonney  adds,  that  after  looking  over 
some  of  his  slides  from  the  Andes  he  feels  almost 
certain  that  this  rock,  too,  is  a  true  Andesite. 

These  examples  have  more  than  local  interest,  from 
their  typical  character. 

Belonging  to  the  same  group  as  the  foregoing  is 
a  very  remarkable  rock,  represented  by  one  pebble — 
a  red -brown  Volcanic  Conglomerate,  the  largest 
particles  in  which  are  '1  inch  in  diameter.  It 
contains  so  many  varieties  of  volcanic  rock  that, 
as  Professor  Bonney  says,  "to  describe  it  minutely 
and  exhaustively  would  be  a  very  long  business ; " 
and  I  am  extremely  indebted  to  him  for  the 
following  analysis : 

"The  rock  is  composed  of  more  or  less  rounded 
fragments,  cemented  by  a  little  'paste,'  which  is 
probably  quartz,  sometimes  clear  and  chalcedonic, 
sometimes  crowded  with  dust-like  particles.  Some 
of  the  fragments  are  felspar,  fairly  irregular  in 
outline,  in  part  at  least  plagioclase.  One  or  two 
may  be  quartz ;  one  or  two  are  a  kind  of  viridite, 
probably  replacing  a  pyroxenic  mineral ;  and  one 
small  grain  resembles  epidote.     The  rock  fragments 


1888.]  the  Plymouth  Limestone.  159 

are  all,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  of  igneous  origin.     Some 
are  fairly  clear,   some   a  rich -brown  colour,   some 
almost  black  with  opacite ;  some  are  homogeneous, 
except  for  a  little   opacite   and   some   belonites   or 
trichites   of  a  dark   grey  colour,  which   often    are 
grouped  in  more  or  less  dendritic  forms  or  bundles 
like  rootlets.    A  few  of  these  grains  are  still  isotropic, 
but  most  of  those  which  are  transparent  exhibit  de- 
vitrification  structure.     Small   spherulites,   showing 
the  black   cross   with    the   two   nicols,    are   rather 
common ;    one    fragment    seems    part    of    a    large 
spheruUte.     Other  fragments  show  flow  -  structure  ; 
one  is  perlitic.      Clearly  several  varieties   of  rock 
we  present,  but  I  think  the  majority  may  be  re- 
ferred to  Andesites,  some  of  which  may  not  be  far 
removed  from  basalt;  others  may  have  a  tolerably 
%h  percentage   of  silica.      I   think   the   materials 
iave  undergone  attrition,  and  have  been  deposited 
ty  water,  but  believe  they  have  been  obtained  by 
tke  deDudation  of  volcanic  cones."* 

Several  moderate -sized  siliceous  green  pebbles, 
Exceedingly  hard,  beautifully  worn  and  polished, 
8ome  semi  -  translucent  and  breaking  with  a  sub- 
^nchoidal  fracture,  muster  3*5  per  cent.  One  is 
landed  as  if  originally  schistose,  now  highly  altered ; 
others  have  at  first  sight  a  porphyritic  look.     IMicro- 

*  Since  this  paper  was  written  I  have  found  rock  fragments  of 

Jomc  of  these  types  in  a  volcanic  breccia  from  Lee  Moor,  showing 

ftyir-etmctare  in  a  felsitic  matrix.    The  other  inclusions  are  mostly 

qoaitzote,  but  there  are  also  broken  felspars,  besides   the  vitreous 

eztmplea.     This  is  the  first  rock  of  distinctly  volcanic  origin  found 

CB  Dartmoor  itself,  but  it  does  not  stand  alone. 


160  Detrital  Deposits  Associated  with     [Oct.  26, 

scopic  examination  shows  that  these  are  mainly,  if 
not  wholly,  fragmental  in  origin;  and  it  seemed  a 
probable  hypothesis  that  they  represented  highly- 
altered  Volcanic- Breccias  or  Tuffs ^  probably  the 
latter,  as  there  appears  some  evidence  of  the  sorting 
of  the  coarser  and  finer  materials  in  layers.  They 
are  perfectly  new  to  me,  and  I  know  of  no  place 
where  precisely  similar  rocks  occur  in  the  county, 
though  acquainted  with  like  alteration. 

Microscopic  examination  does  not  give  so  clear  an> 
answer  in  this  case  as  in  the  others,  because  th^ 
original  features  of  the  rock  are  much  changed ;  but^ 
Professor  Bonney  kindly  notes  : 

"  It  appears  to  be  composed  of  small  fragments  of 
volcanic  rock,  more  uniform  in  character  than  in"  the 
last-mientioned,  **  mostly  bearing  indications  of  a  flow- 
structure,  together  with  some  fragments  of  felspar, 
grains  of  viridite,  and  one  or  two  of  quartz.  The 
effects  of  micro-mineralogic  change  obscure  charac- 
teristic structures,  and  it  is  possible  (in  dealing  with 
a  single  slide)  to  be  deceived  by  an  exceptional 
case  of  flow-brecciation.  I  think,  however,  that  the 
rock  is  of  clastic  origin,  and  composed  of  volcanic 
materials ;  but  as  to  whether  these  have  been  trans- 
ported by  water  it  is  less  easy  to  suggest  than  in 
the  former  case." 

A  dark-grey  rock  fragment,  unrolled,  resembling 
basalt,  proved  when  sliced  to  be  a  fine  Volcanic- 
Breccia  or  Ash,  rather  than  a  tuff,  composed  of  small 
angular  fragments,  mostly  felspathic,  with  some 
quartz  and  a  little  scoriaceous  matter.     There  was 


I888.J  the  Plymouth  Limestone.  161 

notting  to  connect  this  with  the  three  preceding, 
and  it  might  belong  to  the  Devonian  volcanic  series, 
which  contains  rocks  closely  resembling  it.  At  the 
same  time  the  variation  was  sufficient  to  justify  its 
being  placed  apart. 

About  300  yards  to  the  east  and  higher  up  on 
the  hill,  other  pebbles  have  been  found  under  similar 
conditions ;  but,  as  a  rule,  much  smaller,  few  running 
more  than  three  ounces  in  weight,  and  the  majority 
hemg  one  ounce  and  under.  Here  flints  of  the  same 
general  character  largely  predominate — 67  per  cent. 
Quartz-vein  pebbles  come  next,  15  per  cent. ;  then 
8chorl-rock,  9  per  cent. ;  limestone  (one  possibly 
Carboniferous),  4  per  cent.  ;  and  quartzite,  2  per 
eent  There  are  3  per  cent,  miscellaneous,  including 
fingle  examples  of  grit,  a  cream-coloured  fine-grained 
elvan,  and  hard  slate,  with  Devonian  lava,  diabase, 
and  doubtfiils. 

The  main  object  of  the  present  note  is  to  record 
the  fects  so  far  ascertained;  but  I  may  add  that 
the  conclusion  from  these  facts,  borne  in  upon  my 
niind  (the  drift  of  all  the  identified  rocks  known  to 
exist  in  situ  in  the  county  is  from  the  north  and 
east),  is  that  we  have  here  the  relics  of  a  very  early 
stage  of  Dartmoor  denudation,  when  there  still  re- 
mained  a  large   quantity  of  covering  rocks   to  be 
removed    from    the    granite    of    the    southern    and 
irestem  flanks  of  the  Moor.     Whether  that  denu- 
dation was  glacial    or   not  I   express   no    opinion ; 

VOL.  XL  N 


162  Detrital  Deposits^  etc.        [Oct.  26, 1888. 

but  that  it  was  post -Cretaceous  is  proved  by  the 
presence  of  the  flints.  And  they  prove,  moreover, 
that  during  the  formation  of  the  Chalk  a  consider- 
able portion  of  Dartmoor  must  have  been  beneath 
the  waters  of  the  Cretaceous  sea.  The  discovery 
of  new  local  volcanic  acidic  rocks  is  to  me  also 
full  of  interest,  in  its  bearing  on  the  existence  of 
volcanic  activities  in  the  Dartmoor  area. 


THE  CERROS  OF  FAMATINA. 

By  F.  R  Harman,  F.G.a,  F.c.a,  etc. 

(Read  October  26,  1888.) 


It  is  with  considerable  diffidence  that  I  respond  to 

the  invitation  of  your  President,  and  proceed  to  draw 

your  attention  to  a  hitherto  little  known  region,  that  I 

have  lately  hastily  explored,  in  the  Argentine  Eepublic. 

The  Cerros  of  Famatina — a  group  parallel  with  and  to 

the  east  of  the  Cordilleras,  which  form  the  boundary 

line  between  the  Kepublic  of  Chili  and  the  Argentine 

Republic — ^are  situated  in  the  province  of  Kioja,  in 

about  latitude  27°  South,  and  have  long  had  a  local 

reputation  for  the  number  and   exceeding  richness 

of  their  mineral  veins.     Although  little  known  in 

Europe,  these  veins  were  worked,  before  the  Spanish 

Conquest,  by  the  Incas,  both  for  copper  and  gold ; 

and  since  the  founding  of  the  city  of  Kioja,  in  1591, 

comparatively  large  amounts  of  silver,  copper,  and 

gold    have   been    extracted,    as    much    as    £30,000 

having  been  exported  in  six  months  from  Chilecito, 

the  mining  town  at  the  foot  of  the  hills. 

The  hills  cover  an  area  of  some  700  square  miles, 
rising  from  plains  3700  feet  above  sea-level  to  an 
altitude  of  18,000  feet.     They  are  composed  mainly 

N  2 


164  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  [Ocr.  26, 

of  clay-slate,  especially  at  their  higher  altitudes,  and 
this  is  metamorphosed  in  all  degrees.     Since  their 
elevation  extensive  changes  in  their  formation  do  not 
appear  to  have  taken  place.     The  most  remarkable 
is   that   produced    through   the   violent  changes   of 
temperature   to  which  they  are   subject,   by  which 
the  surface  rock  has  become  broken  into  fragments. 
These  lie  in  uniform  slopes  over  several  of  the  higher 
mountains,  assuming  an  angle  of  36''  from  the  hori- 
zontal.    As  there  is  no  vegetation,  and  these  slopes 
occur  uninterruptedly  over   whole   mountain  sides, 
their  surfaces  being  only  indented  by  the  footsteps  of 
the  guanaco,  or  the  narrow  trail  of  the  few  mule 
troops  that  convey  the  rich  metal  from  the  mines  to 
the  plains  below,  the  eflfect  on  viewing  the  scene  from 
an  advantageous  spot  is  most  striking,  the  mountains 
having  the  appearance  of  being  carefully-sorted  and 
brightly-coloured  rubbish-heaps.     Each  slope  has  its 
distinctive   colour,   either   bright  light   red,   bright 
yellow,  French  grey,  or  buflf;  and  as  the  slopes  are 
in  some  cases  five  or  six  thousand  feet  from  summit 
to  bottom,  and  of  greater  extent  in  breadth,  the 
vastness  of  the  hills  is  well  portrayed.     The  climate 
is,  as  a  rule,  very  dry,  but  little  rain  and  less  snow 
falling  at  the  higher  points ;  and  the  latter  seldom 
remains  long  on  the  ground,  the  rays  of  the  sun 
quickly  melting   it   on   all   but   the  unexposed  de- 
clivities.    The  air  is,  as  might  be  anticipated,  rare ; 
but    notwithstanding    this,    mines    are    successfully 
worked  up  almost  to  the  summit. 

At  one  of  these,  at  which  I  stayed,  the  "  Upulungus," 


The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  165 

some  exceedingly  rich  ore  is  being  extracted.  The 
lode,  of  which  no  trace  exists  on  the  surface,  through 
the  constant  obliteration  of  the  loose  rubble  gradually 
moviDg  downwards  from  higher  levels,  was  first 
wrought  as  a  gold  lode  by  a  "  pilquinero "  or  miner 
working  alone  on  his  own  account  without  capital. 
Such  men  exist  in  some  numbers  in  these  Cerros, 
leading  a  life  of  constant  excitement  and  hardship. 
Leavmg  their  little  ranche  on  the  plains  (where  the 
family  remain  to  look  after  the  few  goats  or  sheep, 
and  perhaps  a  mule  or  two,  that  form  their  agricul- 
tural wealth),  they  start  oflF  for  the  mountains  either 
alone  or  with  a  companion,,  riding  a  mule  or  donkey, 
and  driving  another  laden  with  tools  and  a  week's 
provisions.  In  a  long  day,  or  day  and  a  half,  they 
wach  their  destination — a  virgin  lode  known  only  to 
themselves.  At  this  they  toil  as  long  as  their  supply 
of  provisions  holds  out,  and  then  return  to  the  plains 
with  a  hundredweight  or  so  of  picked  ore,  which 
they  generally  smelt  by  some  rude  process  of  their 
own.  On  their  next  trip  they  may  return  to  the 
8wne  spot,  but  more  probably  they  abandon  the  little 
inclined  shaft  they  have  commenced,  and  search  for 
«  new  lode,  stimulated  by  the  roving  spirit  of  the 
adventurer.  The  work  so  commenced  soon  becomes 
choked  with  rubbish,  or  filled  with  ice  by  infiltration 
from  the  surface,  and  nothing  will  remain  but  a 
tradition  of  fabulous  wealth  having  once  been  found 
somewhere  on  such  and  such  a  mountain  by  the  old 
men!  • 

Such  was  the  history  of  the  "  Upulungus  "  mine ; 


166 


The  Cerros  of  Famatina. 


[Oct.  26, 


but  the  early  workers  found  the  lode  so  rich  that 
they  penetrated  to  a  considerable  depth,  and  only 
ceased  working  when  they  found  the  gold-carrying 
lode  change  into  something  they  knew  not  what, 
only  that  it  defied  their  eflForts  at  extraction.  Some 
of  this  was  cast  aside  on  a  rubbish-heap  as  worthless, 
and  the  mine  abandoned ;  and  it  was  only  after  it 
had  lain  idle  for  years  that  a  Chilian  miner,  ex- 
ploring the  district,  was  struck  with  the  similarity 
of  the  ore  to  some  he  had  known  in  Chili,  and 
testing  it,  found  it  contained  no  less  than  14  per 
cent,  copper,  with  50  ozs.  silver  and  l-J-  ozs.  gold  per 
ton,  which  is  now  the  average  yield  of  the  mine. 

The  composition  of  the  main  ore,  named  "  Fama- 
tinita,"  which  when  pure  is  massive,  and  of  a  red- 
grey  colour,  with  purplish  flush,  lost  on  exposure  to 
Ught,  is,  as  given  me  by  a  German  metallurgist : 


Silica 

•53 

Copper 

.     45-39 

Iron 

•28 

Zinc 

•60 

Arsenic 

.      4-03 

Antimony 

.     19-44 

Sulphur     , 

.     30-22 

This  change  of  what  are  superficially  purely  gold- 
carrying  lodes  into  silver-bearing,  and  lower  into  iron 
pyrites,  and  then  copper-bearing  lodes  still  carrying 
gold  and  silver,  is  a  general  feature  of  the  district  of 
the  "Mejicana,"  which  is  the  most  elevated  at  which 
mines  are  worked  in  the  Kepublic.  The  "Upulungus" 
mine  is  14,300  feet  above  sea-level,  but  mines  are  in 
work  a  thousand  feet  higher. 


1888.]  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  167 

Perhaps  the  best  way  to  realize  what  such  an 
elevation  means  may  be  gauged  by  the  fiact  that  my 
host — a  Cornish   miner — took  twenty-six  hours  to 
cook  a  meat  pie,  or  that  I  could  plunge  my  fingers 
into  boiling   water   without    being    scalded.      Cats 
cannot  be  kept  alive  at  the  higher  mines,  nor  did 
I  see  vegetable  or  animal  life  of  any  kind  existing 
naturally.     Yet  after  a  few  days*  residence,  at  most, 
no  injurious  effects  result  from  the  rarity  of  the  air, 
and  the  miners  pursue  their  laborious  work  under- 
ground without  inconvenience,  as  well  as  the  heavy 
strain  of  bringing  the  ore  in  leathern  bags  on  their 
backs  up  inclined  shafts.     At  the  time  of  my  visit, 
mid-winter,  I  constantly  slept  out  in  the  open  air 
in  small  caves,  or  any  shelter  I  could  find,  with  the 
thermometer  down  to  4''  Fahrenheit,  and,  thanks  to 
the  dryness  of  the  climate,  suffered  no  inconvenience. 
I  may  mention,  incidentally,  that  in  one  of  these 
caves  I  found  the  nest  of  a  humming-bird,  at  an 
elevation  of  ten  thousand  feet;   and  at   the   same 
altitude  parrots — of  a  small,   hill-loving  variety — 
were  not  uncommon. 

It  is  somewhat  surprising,  at  such  an  elevation,  to 
come  across  extensive  beds  of  conglomerate,  ranging 
from  a  few  inches  to  thirty  feet  or  so  in  thickness ; 
yet  on  one  hill  several  beds  exist  one  above  the 
other,  and  both  the  beds  and  the  superficial  detritus 
on  the  hillside  contain  gold.  These  beds  would 
appear  to  be  the  result  of  a  double  action.  During 
fiair  weather  a  stream,  heavily  charged  with  ferru- 
ginous  matter,  flows  down  a  valley  until  it  reaches 


168  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  [Oct.  m, 

the  plains  of  Famatina,  the  village  at  the  base.  In 
a  normal  condition  its  volume  is  not  considerable 
enough  to  move  stones  of  any  magnitude.  When, 
however,  a  storm  bursts  in  the  mountains,  of  that 
sharp  and  severe  character  peculiar  to  such  districts, 
each  hillside  along  the  route  sends  its  quota  into  the 
stream ;  but  the  storm  quickly  subsiding,  the  stones 
do  not  get  carried  sufficiently  far  to  be  worn  down, 
and  with  the  cessation  of  the  storm  and  the  shrinking 
of  its  volume  to  a  normal  capacity  the  cementing 
action  of  the  water  again  comes  into  play.  The 
result  is  that  beds  of  conglomerate  are  formed  with- 
out the  stones  being  waterwom.  Whether  the  gold 
is  carried  mechanically  into  the  constantly-forming 
conglomerate,  or  whether  it  is  in  suspension  in  the 
ferruginous  water.  I  have  no  evidence  to  adduce.  It 
is,  however,  interesting  to  note  that  it  exists  in 
considerable  amount  not  only  in  these  exposed 
conglomerate  beds,  but  also  in  some  which  are 
almost  perpendicular,  enclosed  in  whitish  clay-slate 
walls ;  and  in  the  latter  instance  at  least  neither  the 
size  of  the  stones,  nor  the  consistence  nor  abundance 
of  the  agglutinizing  material,  forms  the  least  indi- 
cation of  its  quantity.  The  occurrence  of  auriferous 
conglomerate  as  reef  matter  can  only  be  the  result 
of  infiltration,  and  the  unworn  particles  of  rock  in 
the  conglomerate  so  formed,  which  are  precisely 
similar  to  the  surrounding  rocks,  point  to  their  de- 
position being  identically  the  same  as  that  of  similar 
rocks  in  the  neighbouring  stream.  The  richness  of 
these    perpendicular   auriferous    formations    is    con- 


1M8.]  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  169 

fiiderable,  a  mine  owner  having  recently  shipped 
off  several  tons  of  ore,  averaging  seven  and  a  half 
ounces  of  gold  per  ton ;  and  as  there  are  no  proofs 
that  the  formation  increases  or  diminishes  in  rich- 
ness at  a  greater  or  less  distance  &om  the  surface, 
one  is  led  to  suppose  that  the  action  of  the  cementing 
material  must  be  rapid  and  continuous.  Oold  also 
oocors  in  the  same  mine  in  quartz,  where  through 
atmospheric  action  it  has  lost  all  the  sulphur  of  its 
mundic  near  the  surface,  and  now  lies  in  a  nearly 
horizontal  bed  in  powder.  At  greater  depth  it  is 
contained  in  pure  iron  p3nites  in  the  same  reef, 
and  this  on  becoming  charged  with  copper  becomes 
poorer  in  gold,  which  in  this  respect  diflfers  from  the 
reefe  in  the  district  generally. 

The  district  of  the  "  Mejicana "  is  one  full  of 
interest  to  the  geologist  and  mineralogist ;  but  as 
its  elevation  is  such  that  rapid  travelling,  either  on 
miileback  or  as  a  pedestrian,  is  impossible,   more 
time  is  necessary  for  investigating  its  interesting 
phenomena  than  I  was  able  to  spare.     The  other 
districts  of    the    ''Famatina"    range    are   also   in- 
teresting.    That  of  the  "Cerro  Negro"  abounds  in 
silver  veins,  often  of  almost  virgin  purity,  together 
with  sulphides,  antimonides,  and  arsenides  of  silver ; 
and  occasionally  fine  crystals  of  ruby  silver  ore  are 
met  with,  though  crystals  generally  are  rare.    So  rich, 
as  a  rule,  are  these  silver  lodes,  that  they  are  worked 
by  drifts  alongside  the  lode,  which  are  driven  until 
a  considerable  area  of  the  lode  is  exposed^  when  it 
is  broken  on  to  sacks  in  the  presence  of  the  manager. 


1 70  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  [Oct.  26, 

and  carried  into  a  place  of  safety  under  his  own  eye. 
As  a  rule,  the  ore  is  then  carefully  hand-picked,  and 
any  judged  to  contain  less  than  fifty  ounces  of  silver 
per  ton  rejected.  The  lodes  that  have  been  most 
worked  upon  can  be  traced  for  a  considerable  distance 
on  the  surface  by  pits  or  by  the  removal  of  the  whole 
lode,  which  is  sometimes  as  much  as  three  yards  in 
thickness,  the  walls  usually  remaining  intact  without 
any  timbering.  The  gangue  superficially  consists 
largely  of  oxide  of  iron,  but  in  depth  carbonate  of 
iron,  a  little  blende,  and  quartz  occur;  galena,  so 
frequently  associated  with  silver  lodes,  being  con- 
spicuous by  its  absence.  It  is  somewhat  singular 
that  the  more  rugged  the  surface  of  the  mountain 
the  richer  the  lode ;  and  if  on  a  hillside  a  rock  juts 
out  from  its  debris-coveied  slope,  the  lodes  under 
that  spot  are  usually  found  to  be  richer  than  where 
the  surface  is  an  unbroken  incline. 

That  these  lodes  are  at  times  exceedingly  rich 
may  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  in  breaking  down 
100  feet  of  lode  in  a  drift  six  and  a  half  feet  high, 
in  the  "Peregrina"  mine,  240,000  ounces  of  silver 
were  extracted;  and  I  have  myself  seen  masses  of 
ore,  two  feet  long  by  one  wide,  and  from  four  to 
six  inches  thick,  broken  in  another  mine,  of  which 
75  per  cent,  of  the  weight  was  silver.  This  was  in 
an  adjoining  district,  known  as  the  "  Caldera,"  where 
the  silver  lodes,  running  more  or  less  east  and  west, 
change  their  metal  from  silver  into  gold ;  and  from 
the  mine  in  question  I  have  obtained  lode  stuff 
coDtainiDg  both  pure  gold  and  pure  silver^  as  well 


1888.]  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  171 

as  alloys  of  the  two,  in  the  same  stone.  In  one  of 
the  precipitous  valleys  singular  quartz  crystals  of  a 
small  size  are  met  with,  composed  entirely  of  double 
pyramids,  so  that  each  crystal  is  perfectly  sym- 
metrical and  complete.  They  are  found  in  the  bed 
of  a  stream,  and  show  signs  of  having  been  rubbed 
by  a  harder  stone  than  themselves,  though  I  am 
unaware  of  gems  occurring  in  the  district.  It  may, 
however,  safely  be  said  to  be  practically  unexplored, 
except  for  lodes  which  show  with  the  utmost  dis- 
tinctness over  large  hillsides,  where  their  outcrops 
are  visible  to  all. 

The  "  Caldera "  district  has  long  been  known  as 
exceedingly  rich,  two  natives  of  Aragon  having  dis- 
covered some  of  the  veins  about  the  beginning  of 
the  present  century.  They  kept  the  discovery  secret 
for  some  years,  until  one  went  hoihe  with  a  large 
fortune;  but  the  other  was  seized  by  the  natives 
and  shot,  in  the  hope  of  securing  his  treasure,  which 
IB  supposed  still  to  lie  buried  in  the  hiUs. 

The  extent  and  similarity  of  the  metamorphosed 
clay-slates  over  large  areas  of  these  hills  is  singular, 
and  in  the  cursory  inspection  it  was  in  my  power  to 
make,  I  did  not  notice  any  change  in  the  country 
rock  that  could  account  for  the  presence  or  absence 
of  gold  or  sUver  as  the  prevailing  metal  in  a  given 
lode.  Granitic  rocks  occur  in  places  chiefly  below 
the  higher  peaks,  and  in  one  district  these  appear 
to  be  associated  with  a  series  of  beds  of  brightly- 
coloured  sandstone  of  Carboniferous  age,  lying  on 
the  flanks  of  the  main  line  of  upheaval.     Alt\\OM^ 


172  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  [Oct.  s 

at  considerably  lower  elevation  than  the  Cerros 
have  mentioned,  these  beds  of  sandstone,  which  ai 
upheaved  almost  vertically,  share  with  the  hiUs  th 
remarkable  brightness  of  colour  which  is  so  chanu 
teristic  on  the  rubble-covered  sides,  no  doubt  owin 
to  the  dryness  of  the  air  and  the  lightness  of  th 
rainfall,  which  is  inimical  to  vegetable  growth.  Th 
eflfect  of  sudden  storms,  however,  is  apparent  in  th 
fantastic  denudation  which  has  cut  into  the  soj 
stone,  so  that  columns,  pyramids,  and  mushroom 
like  forms,  coloured  by  bands  of  white,  red,  chocolate 
and  yellow,  make  a  remarkably  vividly- tinted  ensembl 
over  a  considerable  area.  The  line  of  elevation  c 
this  series  of  beds  runs  north  and  south  for  seven 
miles,  though  the  area  of  development  superficial] 
varies,  from  being  only  represented  by  a  few  yardi 
or  even  locally  entirely  absent,  to  an  extension  i 
several  hundred  yards  in  width.  In  the  midst  ■ 
one  of  the  widest  spots  there  are  several  seams,  - 
distinctly  carbonaceous  matter,  that  may  prove  to  1 
a  coal  in  depth.  Considering  its  proximity  to  sue 
a  rich  copper  and  silver-bearing  mountain,  this  d£ 
covery  would  do  much  to  enhance  the  commercu 
value  of  the  district. 

The  absence  of  humidity  in  the  air,  coupled  witl 
the  lightness  of  the  rainfall,  other  than  in  suddei 
storms,  rather  than  the  hardness  of  the  materia] 
forming  these  hills,  has  prevented  the  productio 
of  an  earthy  covering,  except  in  local  patches,  th 
hills  generally  being  but  little  altered,  except  b 
the   formation  of  the  coating  of  rubbly  stones   o 


1888.]  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.  173 

8ome  of  the  higher  slopes.  As  a  consequence,  the 
surrounding  valleys  are  to  a  great  extent  arid  deserts, 
filled  with  stones  brought  down  by  the  occasional 
storm-water,  and  only  producing  slow-growing  hard- 
wood trees  or  prickly  brushwood 

It  is  striking  to  notice,  when  travelling  slowly  over 

them  on  muleback — the  usual  mode  of  progression — 

bow  extensively  and  how  uniformly  the  mountain 

(Ubris  issuing  from  the   gorges  spreads  over  their 

surfaces,  extending  for  leagues  away  from  the  foot 

of  the  hills ;  and  to  note  how  powerful  is  the  eflfect 

of  the  occasional  torrents,  as  no  gradual  gradation  of 

the  stones  forming  the  detritus  lying  at  the  points 

most  distant  from  the  hills  is  perceptible.     At  the 

same  time  the  roundness  of  the  pebbles  and  boulders, 

as  well  as  their  amount  and  the  extent  of  ground 

over  which  they  are  spread,  point  to  the  long  ages 

that  have   passed  since   they   formed   part   of   the 

cwiginal  mountain  mass.     It  is   only  once  a  year, 

<*  often  only  once  in   four  or  five   years,  that  a 

•ufficiently  heavy  storm  alters  their  position  as  it 

iweeps  over  the  low  ground  with  irresistible,  though 

dtort-lived  force.     During  the  rest  of  the  year  the 

sky  is  cloudless,  the   light   granular  snows   falling 

during  the  winter  months  on  the  higher  peaks  melt 

gndually,  and  the  valleys  are  exempt  from  violent 

iDimdations.     Where  an  oasis  occurs,  as  around  the 

Tillage  of  Famatina,  or  the  town  of  Chilecito,  and 

the  mountain  streams  are  distributed  carefully  over 

the  small  patches  of  soil,  its  fertility  is  great,  and 

the  vineyards  produce  wine  that  bears  a  high  repu- 


174  The  Cerros  of  Famatina.     [Oct.  26, 1888. 

tation.  European  cereals,  flowers,  and  vegetables 
may  also  be  grown  in  perfection,  and  the  climate  is 
unsurpassed  for  health. 

A  railway  connecting  Chilecito  with  Buenos  Ayres 
and  the  chief  ports  of  the  Republic  is  now  in  course 
of  construction,  so  that  this  district,  which  for  its 
area  will  probably  be  found  to  be  one  of  the  richest 
in  mineral  treasures  in  the  world,  wiU  soon  share  in 
that  wave  of  material  prosperity  which  is  spreading 
with  an  ever-increasing  force  throughout  this  portion 
of  the  South  American  continent. 


^ 


|lopI  (i(ol0gu2tl  Society  of  CornlDall. 


THE   SEVENTY-SIXTH 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


ETC.   BTC. 


PENZANCE: 
1890. 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL 


yatrontf  f : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

Ficr-I^atron : 
HIS   ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  k.o.,  etc. 

COLONEL  TREMAYNK  LORD  ST.   LEYAN. 

SIR  WARINGTON  W.  SMYTH. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1889-^, 
Sib  Warinoton  W.  Smtth,  m.a.,  f.r.8. 

Tho&  Bkdtokd  Bolitho,  Eaq.,  m.p.    T.  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq. 
BsT.  Prxb.  Hedosland,  M.A.  Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p. 

SrMSttrrr : 
William  Bolitho,  Jan.,  Esq. 

Jbrnrrtats : 
George  Bown  Millett,  Esq.,  m.r.c.s. 

lArarisn : 
Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Esq. 

Cttratori : 
Thomas  Cornish,  Esq.  A.  K  Pinching,  Esq. 

Assistant  Curator  anH  lArarfan : 
Mr.  W.  Ambrose  Taylor. 

Cottiufl: 
The  Officers  of  the  Society. 


Frkderiok  Holman,  Esq. 
EoBSBT  Fox,  Esq. 

W.  SBXPHMBD  BKKNETr,E8q.,M.R.C.S. 

Thomas  Corhibh,  Esq. 
MajokBoss. 
Gbobob  J.  Smith,  Esq. 


Walter  H.  Borlasb,  Esq. 

Wm.  Edward  Baily,  Esq. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe. 

Walter  Pike,  Esq. 

T.  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  Esq.,  f.o.s. 

James  Dennis,  Esq. 


o  2 


LIST   OP  MEMBERS. 


HoNORABT  Members. 

George  James  Allman,  H.D.,  LL.D,,  F.B.8.,  F.L.B.,  M.B.I.A.,  Ardmoor, 

Parkstone,  Dorset. 
Beyricb,  Professor  E.,  Berlin. 
Charles  Barrois,  Dr.,  Lille,  France. 
Joeiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chenustry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cimningham,  F.a.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a..  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  College,  etc.. 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Augnste  Danbr^  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Bobert  Etheridge,  F.B.8.,  F.o.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  19,  Halsey 

Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
William  Henry  Flower,  c.B.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  F.o.s.,  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

aw. 

Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  pb.  d..  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Hofraib  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Katoral  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  F.a.s. 

Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Kevil  Story- Maskelyne,  M.A.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  F.c.s.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy 

Oxford,  Bassett  Down  House,  Swindon. 
Uon  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Bicbard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  M.D.,  d.c.l.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  F.a.s.,  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Park,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  F.&s.,  f.g.s.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  c.B.,  M.P.,  Ph.  d..  F.B.S.,  etc,  68,  Onslow 

Gmrdens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.a.s.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japoiiy  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  E.C. 


180      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Joseph  Prestwich,  m.a.,  f.r.8.,  f.q.s.,  etc.,  Professor  of  GJeology,  Oxford, 

Shoreham,  Sevenoaks,  Kent. 
J.  J.  Harris  Teal],  m.a.,  f.o.s..  Geological  Survey  Office,  Jermyn  Street, 

London. 
Major-Qeneral  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  R.B.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  F.O.8., 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  g.b.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 
Nicholas  Whitley,  Truro. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  K.  Bamett,  f.g.8.,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Francis  Doherty,  b.a.,  Ph.D..  F.R.Q.8.I.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Vicarage, 
Romsey,  Hants. 

Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  B.A.,  d.  sc,  f.q.s.,  Llandudno. 

Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s.,  Blinman,  South  Australia. 

George  Bown  Millett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 

Sir  Warington  W.  Smyth,  m.a.,  p.r.s.,  f.g.s.,  and  Foreign  Secretary, 
Chief  Inspector  of  Crown  Mines,  etc.,  Museum,  Jermyn  Street,  S.  W., 
and  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 

William  Teague,  Pool. 

Ordinary  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 
Captain  Bedford,  R.N.,  Penzance. 
William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 
Edward  Bolitho,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 
William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 
William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 
Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 
Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  m.p.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 
Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penal veme,  Penzance. 
John  Borlase,  Castle  Homeck,  Penzance. 
Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 
Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 
John  Richards  Bran  well,  Penlee,  Penzance. 
The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  Lambeth  Palace. 
Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 
Thomas  Cornish,  Penzance. 
Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thoniaa  Borlase  Coulson,  m.a.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Guildford. 
The  Rij^ht  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelteay 
S.W. 


List  of  Members.  181 

J.  A.  Daniell,  Polstioiig,  Cambome. 

Joehua  Sydney  Davey,  Bochym,  Helston. 

James  DeQius,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Darrien-Smith,  Treaco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Mra.  Downing,  Ken^e. 

Francis  Gilb^t  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick,  Falmouth. 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  P.G.8.,  33,  Broad  Street  Avenue,  London. 

Garew  Dayies  Gilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Glanmdr,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Ilenrv  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  M.A.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Thomas  King,  M.A.,  Penzance. 

Chas.  Day  Nicholls  Le  Grice,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Andrew  Harpur  Mitchell,  Penzance. 

Fortescue  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport, 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  Ferryhill. 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  CaAbome. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Archibald  K  Pinching,  H.M.  Inspector  of  Mines,  Devonport. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  m.a.,  p.g.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

The  Lord  Robartes,  Lanhydrock. 

Ber.  Canon  Rogers,  m.a.,  Gwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Carne,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  m.d.,  f.g.s.,  Withington,  Manchester. 

ReT.  St.  Anbyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

The  Lord  St  Levan,  St  Michael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant 

William  Bickford  Smith,  m.p.,  Trevarno,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Trelisk,  Truro. 

B.  H.  Solly,  F.G.8.,  Penwith,  Hills  Road,  Cambridge. 

A-  J.  Stuart,  Penzance. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Ber.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 


182      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere,  c.B.,  M.A.,  f.g.s.,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  F.G.a,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Qate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
The  Rev.  Sir  Vyell  Vyvyan,  Bart,  Trelowarren,  Helston. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 

John  Westlake,  Q.C.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.W. 
George  Williams,  Scorrier. 


Associates. 


Arundel  Anthony,  Lelant 

James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 
Mine,  St.  Just. 

J.  T.  Blight,  P.8.A.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  Collins,  r.G.s.,  4,  Clark 
Terrace,  Dulwich  Rise,  Lon- 
don, S.£. 

Waiiam  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St. 
Just. 

William  Gregor,  Swansea. 

William  HoUow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Ley  ton,  Essex. 


R.  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 

Benedict  Kitto,  f.g.b.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Mitchell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.g.b.,  St  Just 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,  a.  inst  a  e..  Finsbury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  E.C. 

John  Rowe,The  Terrace,  St  Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Honorary  Members,  Life  Members,  and  Associates  toha$e 

Addresses  are  unknovm, 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.        |  Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.b. 

Hall,  R.  T.      I      Phillips,  John.      |      Thomas,  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  ihs  favour  of  his  being  inform^  of  any  %naecuraci«$ 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 

AMIYERSARY  ADDRESS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT, 

SIR  WARINGTON  SMYTH,  F.R.S., 
To  the  General  Meeting,  Id  November,  1889, 


Iv  pasting  under  review  at  the  end  of  another  year  the  condition 

of  joor  Society,  we  may  feel  thankful  that  the  number  of  our 

oniinaij  Members  has  about  kept  to  the  average.     We  find  also 

tlttt  jonr  collection  of    minerals  has  received   some  accessions 

without  resorting  to  purchase,  and  that  it  is  now  in  a  decidedly 

botter  position  as  regards  orderly  arrangement  and  labelling  than 

ft  was  a  twelvemonth  ago.     Your  officers  have  reason  to  believe 

tbat  it  has  been  more  generally  useful  and  interesting  to  the  public 

than  might  appear  from  the  record  of  names  in  the  visitors'  book, 

as  it  seems  that  many  of  the  strangers  who  look  through  the 

rooms  omit  to  inscribe  their  names  and  addresses. 

The  Library  is  yearly  increasing  in  value,  and  now  offers  so 
large  a  store  of  literature  on  geology  and  kindred  subjects,  that 
it  nay  be  held  fairly  to  compete  with  the  similar  institutions 
of  hi  more  populous  places. 

And  again  I  may  refer  to  the  large  collections  of  rock  specimens, 

ouefhlly  selected  and  presented  by  several  of  the  most  eminent 

of  the  founders  and  fathers  of  your  Society,  for  the  special  illus- 

tntion  of  the  stony  structure  of  Cornwall.     These  specimens  are, 

in  hundreds,  placed  on  yojir  shelves,  where  they  have  remained 

foft  jean  in  what  I  fear  may  be  called  a  somewhat  inanimate 

aeries.     Individually  they  may  not  be   much   to   look  at,  and 

would  be  of  small  interest,  unless  examined  in  relation  to  their 

BOighboiirBj  and  to  the  views  held  by  enquirers  as  to  the  different 


184      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

formations — stratified  or  massive ;  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  they 
supply  to  the  real  investigating  student  of  geology  an  important 
fund  of  information  not  as  yet  adequately  utilized. 

It  is  our  usual  practice  to  refer  to  the  losses  which  the  Society 
has  sustained  in  the  past  year  by  the  death  of  some  of  its  Mem- 
bers.    Among  the  contributing  Fellows  I  have  with  much  regret 
to  mention  the  decease  of   a  valued  neighbour,  Mr.  Theophilus 
Code,  of  the  Eookery,  Marazion,  who,  although  living  for  some 
years  past  in  comparative  seclusion,  was  a  generous  donor  to  any- 
thing likely  to  advance  the  cause  of  knowledge,  and  who  has  . 
erected  a  monument  to  himself  in  the  handsome  building,  com — 
pleted  at  his  own  sole  charge,  for  the  purposes  of   a  Literar])^ 
Institute  at  Marazion.     It  is  satisfactory  to  be  able  to  add  tha^^ 
this  Library  and  Heading  Eoom  were  last  month  opened  unde^ 
the  auspices  of  Lord  St.  Levan  and  Mr.  Bolitho,  m.p.,  and  bi»J 
fair  to  offer  a  great  resource  to  a  parish  which  has  boasted,  ljk 
years  gone  by,  of  Malachy  Hitchins,  with  two  assistants  WilliaK^ 
Dunkin  and  Mr.  Nicholas  James,  all  computers  under  the  Astror«: 
omer  Eoyal,  Dr.  Maskelyne,  for  that  invaluable  work  the  Kauti( 
Almanac,  and  in  more  recent  times  Mr.  Edwin  Dunkin,  f.r.8., 
chief  assistant  at  the  Royal  Observatory,  Greenwich. 

From  the  list  of  Honorary  Members  we  have  the  misfortune   ^ 
lose  two  of  the  brightest  names  that  have  in  either  hemisph^^ 
adorned  the  annals  of  modern  geology.     One  of  these,  Dr.  F. 
Hay  den,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  ought  to  lu 


been  included  in  last  year's  obituary,  having  died  in  DecembT^^BJ 
1887.     A  most  accomplished  naturalist,  and  a  doctor  of  medicls?^ 
he  wa^,  after  several  years  of  exploration  in  the  West,  appoint^dL 
in  1867  to  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories,  in  which 
service,  during  the  following  twelve  years,  some  fifty  volumes  and 
numerous  maps  were  published  under  his  authority.     In   1879 
that  department  was  disbanded,  but  Dr.  Hayden  was  appointed  to 
a  new  Geological  Survey  of  the  United  States,  from  which,  hoW" 
ever,  he  was  obliged  by  ill  health  to  retire  in  1886.     It  will  not 
be  forgotten  that  he  was  mainly  instrumental  in  obtaining  the 
reservation  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  as  a  public  pleasure 
ground. 


President's  Address.  185 

Heinrich  von  Dechen,  the  late  Oberberghauptmann  or  chief 

niniog  officer  of   Prussia,  was  for  many  years  past  perhaps  the 

most  prominent  geological  figure  in  the  literary  and   scientific 

world.    Bom  at  Berlin  in  the  year  1800,  of  a  family  long  devoted 

to  the  service  of   the  State,  he  elected   in   his  early  youth  to 

enter  the  mining  department,  and  although  for  a  time  resident  in 

Berlin,  and  visiting  every   part  of  the  monarchy,  occupied  the 

S^Bater  part  of  his  life  in  the  lihine  provinces,  making  Bonn  his 

cluef  abode.     Tour  President  will   be  justified  in   dwelling  at 

^ter  length  than  usual  on  the  career  of  this  remarkable  man, 

^m  his  having  had  the  advantage  of  making  the  acquaintance 

^f  Von  Dechen  as  long  ago  as  1840,  when  that  experienced 

9^1(^L8t  and   able  mining  official  formed   one  of   the  brilliant 

S^ilazy  of    scientific  men  resident  in   the   Prussian    metropolis, 

*>Uong  whom  Von  Humboldt  and  Von  Buch — those  princes  of 

S^logists,  Mitscherlich  and  the  brothers  Kose,  the  eminent  chemists, 

^th  a  group  of  others  distinguished  ia  various  branches  of  science, 

Haed  to  meet  on  the  most  friendly  terms.     It  was  a  curious  con- 

ti^aet  to  meet  him  nearly  thirty  years  afterwards,  when  already  in 

the  sere  and  yellow  leaf,  at  the  exhibition  at  Paris,  attended,  as  it 

Weie,  by  a  staff  of  German  and  French  admirers,  bedecked  with 

numerous  orders,  and  acknowledged  to  be  the  chief  of  those  special 

bormnches  of  knowledge  in  which  he  had  proved  himself  to  be  so 

practical  and  successful  a  worker. 

There  is  another  reason  too  why  the  memory  of  our  deceased 

*>Bociate  should  be  recalled   to  the  Society.     It  is,  that  a  few 

T^iii  after  his  venturing,  in  1822,  on  his  first  descriptive  paper, 

iBodeitly  put  forward  without  his  name,  Von  Dechen,  inspired  by 

^  early  volumes  of  our  Transactions^  cast  his  eyes  on  this  south- 

Vtttem  extremity  of  Great  Britain  as  the  locality  likely  to  afford 

^  a  aatis&ctory  field  for  the  investigation  of  certain  geological 

JlDUems;    and  coming  over  to   England  with   his   friend   and 

eoDeague    Von    CEynhausen   (an  engineer  well    known    for  his 

ibprovements  in  deep  boring),  he  passed  a  considerable  time  in 

exploring  the  county.     A  summary   of    their  observations  was 

given  in  the  English  language  by  Von  Dechen,  in  the  Philosophical 

Magaadne  for  1829,  where  he  writes:    ''Being  in  Cornwall,  we 


186      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

have  paid  great  attention  to  inform  oarselves  about  the  position 
of  the  granite  and  the  killas  (argillaceous  slate,  hornblende  slate, 
greenstone),  never  before  this  time  having  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  so  much  of  the  junction  between  these  rocks  as  the 
romantic  cliffs  of  this  county  show."  Elaborate  descriptions 
were  given  of  many  of  the  most  notable  points  of  interest^  such 
as  Cligga  Head,  St  Agnes  Beacon,  Tolpedn,  St.  Michael's  Mounts 
and  the  Lizard,  illustrated  with  numerous  sketches;  and  they 
have  since  been  frequently  referred  to  by  subsequent  writeis^ 
especially  Sir  K  De  la  Beche,  and  Mr.  W.  J.  Henwood. 

One  prime  object  of   Yon  Dechen's  ambition  was,  in 
very  early  days  of  geological  mapping,  to  construct  a  duly  aoc 
and  large-scale  map  of  Westphalia  and  the  Rhine  provinces ;  am 
the  execution  of  this  work,  much  interfered  with  for  yean 
official  duties,  commanded  the  admiration  of  all  scientific  Europe. 

But  in  the  meanwhile  his  energy  and  perseverance  were 
played  in  other  directions;   besides  acting  as  responsible 
of  certain  German  scientific  periodicals,  he  found  time  amid 
official  duties  to  contribute  a  vast  number  of  communications 
subjects  more  or  less  akin  to  geology,  to  edit  the  excellent 
of  Frederic  Hofmann  in  Italy  and  Sicily,  and  to  put  together  m( 
valuable  statistical  accounts  of  the  mineral  wealth  of 
Some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  literary  activity  of  our 
Honorary  Member  when  we  look  down  the  recently  published 
of  his  various  books  and  descriptive  papers,  amounting  to  upw 
of  three  hundred. 

Of  the  various  topics  coming  within  the  purview  of  the  Boyal 
Geolop;ical  Society  of  Cornwall,  none  has  more  deservedly  claimed 
the   interest   of  the    members  than   those  connected    with    the 
formation  and  general  character  of  the  lodes  or  mineral  veins; 
and  it  is  only  through  a  long  succession  of  observers  that  we  have 
obtained  on  some  points  of  fact  clear  ideas,  whilst  other  branches 
of  the  subject  still  remain  in  a  very  nebulous  state.     Especially  is 
this  the  case  with  regard  to  the  infilling  and  the  wealth  of  certain 
veins  or  parts  of  them,  and  to  the  theories  by  which  it  has  been 
sought  to  explain  the  phenomena.  It  is  idle  to  reject  the  examination 
of  such  theories,  inasmuch  as  every  rational  miner  must  neoeasaiily 


President's  Address.  187 

88  a  iine  qua  non,  meditate  on  the  comparative  poverty  or  riches  of 
his  lode  under  varying  conditions ;  and  when  he  has  once  learned 
to  see  that  the  phenomena  exhibit  certain  steps  of  causation,  he 
cannot  but  form  some  sort  of  hypothesis  as  to  how  those  steps 
came  about 

It  is  claimed  for  the  philosophic  induction  of  Descartes  that  he 
probably  first  announced  that  the  JUons  or  lodes  were  accumula- 
tions of  metallic  ores  collected  in  fissures  or  cracks ;  and  there  is 
no  doubt  that  our  Cornish  authors.  Dr.  Borlase  and  Dr.  Pryce, 
soon  after  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  held  the  same  view,  and 
wrote  boldly  of  the  lodes  as  fissures.  This  part  of  the  subject 
need  not  therefore  be  touched ;  but  the  other  and  more  debateable 
part  of  the  question,  so  far  as  its  chemistry  goes,  has  within  the 
last  few  years  been  discussed  in  so  determined  and  vigorous  a 
fashion  that  it  is  fitting  some  outline  of  the  controversy  should  be 
brought  to  your  notice. 

Every  reader  on  these  matters  is  aware  of  the  numerous 
hypotheses  that  have  been  framed  to  explain  the  infilling  of 
mineral  lodes  with  their  ever-varying  contents.  There  is,  by  the 
way,  strong  practical  inducement  to  search  out  the  truth,  for  the 
discoYerei  of  the  real  secret  would  make  the  fortune  of  himself  and 
his  fiiend&  The  following  are  the  chief  explanations  that  have 
been  offered : 

(a)  Mechanical  action,  as  the  breaking  up  of  already  con- 

solidated material,  and  such  as  is  abundantly  shown  in 
breccias  and  clays,  or  flucans. 

(b)  Infiltration,   by  passage  of  mineral   waters,   perhaps  at 

high  temperatures  and  under  great  pressure — 1st,  from 
above ;  2nd,  from  below, 
(e)  Sublimation,  akin  to  what  we  see  in  volcanic  craters. 

(d)  Iigection,  in  a  heated  or  more  or  less  liquid  state ;  dykes. 

(e)  Lateral  segregation.  (Secretion.) 

(/)  Metamorphism,  usually  applying  to  the  walls  or  sides  of 
lodes. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  in  many  cases  two  or  three,  or 
even  moKi,  of  these  proceaaes  have  aided,  and  sometimoa  aX  \oii% 


188      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

intervals  of  time,  in  the  filling  of  the  same  lode,  and  that  not 
unfrequentlj  similar  action  has  been  repeated. 

And  again,  it  has  to  he  remembered  that  the  minerals  oonstitat- 
ing  the  lodes,  in  whatever  manner  they  were  first  depositedi  have 
in  the  majority  of  instances  been  profoundly  affected  by  changes 
proceeding  downwards  from  the  surface.  Hence  a  very  much 
greater  complexity  may  exist  than  would  be  inferred  from  a  bald 
enumeration  of  the  methods  suggested. 

Although  the  observant  miners  of  the  last  century  had  their 
notions  of  ''water  chaiged  with  mineral  salts,  or  particles  con* 
tinually  passing  through  a  vein,"  *  adding  to  its  valuable  contents, 
it  may  be  said  that  this  view  rested  on  no  sufficiently  proved 
grounds  until  the  joint  labours  of  a  succession  of  mineral  chemists, 
including  especially  Dr.  Gustav  Bischof,  of  Bonn ;  Forchhammer,  of 
Copenhagen ;  and  MM.  Daubr^,  Senarmont,  and  Ebelmen ;  aided 
by  the  lucid  comparisons  of  Elie  de  Beaumont,  on  the  contents  of 
thermal  springs  and  mineral  veins,  had  shown  how  all,  or  very 
nearly  all,  the  minerals  found  in  the  crystalline  state  in  the  latter 
are  capable  of  being  dissolved  in  those  waters,  and  of  thus  being 
conveyed  into  the  lodes  by  the  processes  h — Ist  and  2nd, — e,  and 
perhaps  c. 

That  Sj  or  Lateral  Secretion,  may  act  to  some  distance,  and  at 
times  on  large  quantities  of  material,  can  be  shown  more  pariic1^ 
larly  from  the  '*  spars  "  or  non-metallic  matrix  or  vein  stuff  seen  to 
vary  with  the  country  rock.  But,  carried  to  an  extreme,  the 
theory,  although  backed  by  some  good  names,  has  met  with 
sturdy  opponents.  This  view,  indeed,  extending  to  the  derivation 
of  the  metallic  minerals  from  the  adjoining  country,  has,  years 
ago,  been  treated  with  great  force,  if  not  with  perfect  snoceas, 
by  Mr.  Wallace,  for  the  lead  ore  and  associated  minerals  in  the 
mines  of  Cumberland  and  Northumberland,!  where  the  different 
enrichment  of  the  veins,  as  they  cut  through  successive  strata  of 
limestone,  grit,  and  shale,  has  been  noticed  for  generations.     But 

•  Dr.  Pryce,  "Mineralogia  Com ubiensis,"  1778. 

t  Wallace,  "Tho  Laws  which  Regulate  the  Deposition  of  Lead  Ore  in 
Veins,  1861." 


President's  Address.  189 

after  Tarions  enquiries  in  the  same  direction  by  Breitbaupt  and 
Gnstay  Biscbof,  Professor  Fridolin  von  Sandberger,  in  1877,  took 
a  fiffther  step  by  propounding  his  tbeory,  that  not  only  the  sparry 
matrix,  but  also  the  ores,  or  various  combinations  of  metals  with 
solphor,  arsenic,  and  antimony,  are  derived  from  the  original 
silicates  which  formed  a  chief  part  of  the  crystalline  and  schistose 
locbof  the  granite  and  gneiss  group,  as  well  as  of  the  eruptive 
lodu  of  all  geological  periods.  There  appears  to  have  been 
lomethiDg  captivating  in  the  directness  and  simplicity  of  the 
anertion;  for  some  of  the  supporters  of  these  views  have  not 
flinched  from  regarding  them  as  of  high  national  importance, 
ncommending  the  chemical  analysis  of  such  silicates  to  be  the 
fint  step  in  exploring  a  country  for  mines,  and  even  suggesting 
that  the  stowing  away  the  deads  or  '*attle"  underground  is  a 
Buatake,  inasmuch  as  free  space  ought  to  be  left  in  the  workings 
to  admit  of  the  waters  bringing  in  more  of  their  precious  freight. 

It  was  principally  in  South  Western  Germany,  and  then  in 
Saxony  and  Bohemia,  that  the  examples  were  taken  of  the  lodes 
in  which  metallic  minerals  are  worked,  of  which  some  at  least  of 
the  elementary  metals  contained  were  proved  by  the  analyst  to 
exist  (we  need  scarcely  say  in  very  minute  proportion)  in  the 
micaa^  the  augites,  and  the  hornblendes  present  in  the  crystalline 
loeka.  In  all  these  districts  there  are  either  granites  and  gneiss 
pnaent,  or  intrusions  of  basic  igneous  rocks.  The  silicated 
niinerals  are  supposed  to  have  been  decomposed  in  place,  and 
then  to  have  been  conveyed  by  the  circulating  waters  through 
nnall  channels,  or  even  through  the  pores  of  the  rock-masses,  to 
^  deposited  in  the  receptacles  kept  open  during  long  ages  for 
ti^ii  gradual  accretion. 

A  spirited  controversy  has  arisen,  which  is  apparently  far  from 
completed.  There  is  a  chemical  side,  and  there  is  a  geological  and 
mining  aide,  of  the  question ;  and  in  some  few  instances  it  has 
^n  sought  to  get  evidence  from  both. 

Ton  are  probably  aware  that  the  deepest  group  of  mines  in  the 
vorid  is  that  of  Przibram,  in  Central  Bohemia.  It  is  also  one  of 
^  niost  scientifically  managed ;  and  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture, 
uider  which  the  mining  department  of  Austria  is  placed,  appointed 


190      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

a  committee  to  experiment  on  the  subject,  not  omitting  to  include 
with  them  Professor  von  Sandberger. 

In  1887  a  report  was  published,  giving  the  result  of  several 
years'  chemical  work  ;*  bat  with  the  various  ways  in  which  these 
results  may  be  read,  it  would  seem  that 

"  A  man  convinced  against  his  will 
Is  of  the  same  opinion  stilL  " 

And  Professor  von  Sandberger,  since  it  was  confirmed  that  a 
minute  portion  of  silver  exists  both  in  the  sedimentary  locks  and 
in  the  greenstones  or  diabase  dykes  which  intersect  them,  adheres 
to  his  view,  though  most  decidedly  opposed  by  my  old  fellow- 
student,  the  well  known  metallurgist  Adolf  Patera,  and  othere 
who  were  engaged  in  the  enquiry. 

When,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  a  vein  you  find  strings  and 
specks  of  some  of  the  ores  which  it  contains  in  bulk,  some  miners 
will  not  hesitate  to  look  upon  them  as  "  feeders,"  or  contributors  to 
the  vein  which  come  in  from  the  "  country/'  Others  will  iath«r 
look  upon  them  as  impregnations  from  the  lode;  and  in  many 
cases  we  have  effects  of  this  latter  kind  so  clearly  exhibited,  that 
the  term  "  vein  influence "  is  common  among  the  lead  miners  of 
the  North,  to  signify  the  silicification  and  partial  metallic  impregnar 
tion  often  extended  some  little  way  outside  the  walls.  But  in 
testing  the  truth  of  Sandberger's  view  it  was  necessary  to  eliminate 
from  the  specimens  analyzed  any  sulphides,  like  galena,  blends^ 
and  pyrites,  which  might  be  either  of  original  deposition  as  such, 
or  which  are  so  often  found  in  mineral  districts  to  be  deposited  as 
impregnation  produced  during  or  even  since  the  formation  of  the 
actual  lode. 

Upon  this  point  a  sharp  conflict  has  taken  place  between  the 
chief  supporter  of  the  theory  and  his  critics,  as  to  the  sufficiency 
of  the  methods  adopted  for  excluding  these  compounds  of  sulphur  ; 
seeing  that,  according  to  his  view,  the  metal-bearing  molecoles 
were  to  be  leached  out  and  conveyed  from  the  place  of  decom- 
position of  the  silicates  to  their  home  in  the  lodes,  where  they 

*  Ritter  von  Friese,  Untersuchungen,  &c.  Oest.  Zeitschrift  t  Beig-oiid 
Hutten-w.  xxxy.  No.  20. 


President's  Address.  191 

were  to  meet  with  salphur,  arsenic,  and  antimony,  and  were  then 
to  be  fixed  as  new  compounds.  Where  the  sulphur  was  to  come 
from,  if  we  exclude  the  action  of  deep-seated  thermal  waters, 
remains  a  mystery. 

To  illustrate  a  very  remarkable  piece  of  mining  topography,  I 
plaoe  before  you  an  enlarged  drawing  of  plan  and  section  of  part 
of  the  Przibram  mines,  in  which  you  will  see  how  the  occur- 
rence of  the  diabase  dykes,  repeated  with  some  modifications  at 
Joechimsthal,  in  North  Bohemia,  and  in  the  Shelve  lead-mine 
district  in  Shropshire,  very  probably  contributed  in  one  way 
or  other  to  the  formation  and  enriching  of  lodes,  but  not,  as  I 
Tenture  to  think,  in  the  manner  indicated  by  Yon  Sandberger. 

The  mines  themselves  are  fully  explored  (but  not  exploited)  to 
tlie  depth  of  550  fathoms,  and  are  noted  no  less  for  the  large  pro- 
duction of  silver  and  of  lead  ores  than  for  the  great  variety  and 
perfect  crystallization  of  the  minerals  occurring  there.     The  lodes 
themselves  are  generally  large,  often  one  to  two  fathoms  wide,  and 
beantifiilly  banded,  and  are  accompanied  both  on  strike  and  dip 
by  the  greenstone  dykea     Twenty-five  samples  of    the  various 
eoimtry  rocks  at  some  distance  from  the  lodes  were  assayed,  and 
twenty-four  of   them  found  to  contain  a  minute  proportion  of 
■Wer.*    But  all  these  rocks  appear  to  have  held  disseminated 
pjritei^  and  may  be  presumed  to  have  contained  particles  of  other 
nlphidesL     Further  examinations  were  made  in  which  the  prin- 
ce adopted  was  to  exclude  all  these,  so  as  ultimately  to  get 
ibs  nlicates  pure,  and  so  bring  to  the  test  the  theory  put  forth 
jwa  ago  by  Forchhammer,  but  now  brought  out  in  a  specious 
fann  and  zealously  advanced  by  Yon  Sandberger.     It  would  be 
out  of  place  to  occupy  you  with  details  of  the  results.     The  main 
^ontum  came  to  be,  Where  did  that  silver  come  from  ?    Was  it 
mlly  from  the  silicates,  or  was  it  an  impregnation  from,  or  con- 
Mctsd  with,  the  lodes  themselves  ?    Yon  Sandberger  was  satisfied 
flet  ly  means  of  acids  and  microscopic  examination  he  had  purged 
Ui  lilieates  of  all  the  other  sources  of  the  heavy  metals,  and  thus 


*  Heir  Mtmi's  tssayi  gave  an  average  of  0 '00048  per  cent  for  the  stratified 
ndEi^  tad  of  0*00046  for  the  igneous  or  ma8ai7e. 
VOL.  XL  P 


I 


192      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

that  his  assertions  were  justified.  HIb  opponents  urge  most  dis- 
tinctly that  the  chemical  processes  were  insufficient  to  satisfy  the 
requirements,  and  hence  that  his  conclusion  'remains  not  proven. 
It  is  interesting  to  learn  from  Professor  Stelzner,  of  Freiheig  (whose 
elahorate  papers  treat  the  whole  matter  in  detail),*  that  the  ques- 
tion is  not  to  be  allowed  to  slumber,  but  is  to  be  further  examined 
by  a  Commission,  composed  of  some  of  the  most  experienced 
officials  of  the  Saxon  seat  of  mining  science. 

In  the  meanwhile,  conscious  of  the  difficulties  attending  the 
delicate  processes  of  dealing  chemically  with  the  almost  infinit- 
esimal quantities  which  are  brought  into  these  discussions,  we 
are  tempted  to  extend  our  gaze  beyond  the  laboratory  experiments, 
and  look  upon  some  of  the  larger  and  anyway  more  recognizable 
features  of  the  case,  as  applicable  to  our  own  neighbourhood. 
First  of  all  I  believe  it  may  be  safely  held  that  the  theoretical 
views  on  the  origin  of  the  tin  deposits  presented  by  M.  Daubrie 
are  far  more  worthy  of  acceptation  than  any  other  hypothesis  that 
has  been  brought  forward,  and  therefore  that  reference  to  this 
important  mineral  might  almost  be  omitted,  except  to  remind  you 
that  its  occurrence  is  inextricably  mixed  up  with  compounds  of 
other  metals  with  sulphur  and  arsenic.  You  can  refer  to  a  brief 
exposition  of  these  views  given  by  our  sometime  curator.  Dr.  Le 
Neve  Foster,  in  his  account  in  your  TranaacHonSy  of  that  extra- 
ordinary little  mine  of  East  LovelL  t 

In  this  county  the  adherents  of  Yon  Sandberger  could  hardly 
make  capital  out  of  the  greenstones  (diabase  or  diorite),  as  they 
are  scarcely  ever  to  be  seen  in  the  form  of  dykes,  and  are  perhaps 
most  abundant  in  some  parts  of  the  county  where  there  is  little 
or  no  mining.  If  we  were  in  the  Isle  of  Man  we  might  be 
incited  by  the  strange  intrusions  of  dolerite  which  have  of  late 
years  been  seen  to  pierce  their  way  into  the  Central  Foxdale, 
Eushen,  and  Bradda  mines,  but  which  the  miners  are  at  present 
hardly  inclined  to  look  upon  as  benefactors. 

The  first  objection  that  strikes  one  is  the  overpowering  contrast 

*  See  A.   W.   Stelzner,   Die  lateral  Secretions-Theorie,   kc,   Berg-und 
Hiittenmannisches  Jahrbuch  der  k.  k.  Bergakademien.    Wien,  1889. 
t  Trans,  Boyal  Otol,  Soc,  Comtoall,  ^oU  \x.  ^.  VI  At. 


President's  Address.  193 

ktween  the  vast  masses  of  mineral  stored  in  the  lodes  and  the 
pnnj  sources  of  the  theoretical  supply.  See  a  lode  like  that  of 
Ae  diffoid  Amalgamated,  sixteen  or  eighteen  feet  wide,  of  cindery 
co|)per  pyrites  from  wall  to  wall,  or  the  thirty  or  forty  feet  wide 
of  diedgy  copper  ore  in  the  best  parts  of  the  Devon  Consols, 
Of  the  massiye  dimensions  of  the  lode  at  Dolcoath,  now  at  four 
iondied  fathoms  deep  larger  than  ever,  or  again  the  courses  of 
Aolid  crystalline  galena  which  have  occurred  in  several  of  our  more 
'^c^Uble  lead  mines,  yielding  from  five  to  ten  tons  to  the  running 
^thom;  and  such  occurrences  seem  to  be  inexplicable  by  the 
ptocess  alleged. 

.Again  look  at  a  rich  part  of  our  mining  field,  at  a  belt  of  killas 
'^c^ck  extending  over  eight  miles  from  Cligga  Head  to  the  south  of 
Qwennap  parish.  In  that  space  there  are  about  a  hundred  parallel 
lories,  at  one  time  a  hundred  more  or  less  gaping  fissures ;  and  if 
tti«3Be  are  to  be  filled  up  by  lateral  segr^^tion  from  the  silicate 
lUiiierBla  in  the  country  rock,  it  will  go  very  hard  with  the  long, 
iMxrow  slices  of  rock  between  the  successive  East  and  West  veins 
to  make  up  a  sufficient  quantity. 

f  uzthennore,  let  us  analyze  some  of  these  lodes  according  to 
Qieir  strike  and  underlay.  Take  the  St.  Agnes  district,  aU  the 
'Wuss  running  on  parallel  courses,  east  and  west ;  but  those  which 
dip  noith,  and  at  a  low  angle,  being  productive  of  tin,  whilst  those 
'^hieh  dip  south  (so-called  gossans)  carry  iron  or  copper  pyrites. 
^V'^  know  very  well  that  other  circumstances  show  that  the  second 
were  produced  subsequently  to  the  first ;  but  as  both  kinds 
the  same  mass  of  clay-slate  strata,  we  should  expect  that, 
^  the  sources  were  the  same  in  both  cases,  the  minerals  would  be 
^  the  same  character,  and  could  never  exhibit  so  decided  a 


Again,  at  East  Budnick  we  have  an  east  and  west  tin  lode ;  and 

*^K>Qt  a  dozen  fathoms  from  it  a  similarly-coursing  lode  producing 

and  zinc  ores.     They  may  probably  be  set  down  to  difierent 

;  but  there  will  stiU  be  a  difficulty  about  extracting  the 

^^^tasting  minerals  from  the  same  parent  rock.     A  little  to  the 

^'^^  of  thiSy  Mr.  Henwood  described,  about  fifty  years  ago,  the 

'^Biitiaduible  occurrence  of  a  rich  "bunch"  at  Wheal  Budnick, 

p  2 


194      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

which  illustrates  the  effects  of  relative  age  on  the  two  gronpe  ( 
minerals.  At  the  forty-four  fathom  level  "  an  enormous  mass  ( 
very  rich  oxide  of  tin  accompanied  the  lead  lode  for  seven 
fathoms  in  length,  hreadth,  and  height  It  was  of  very  irr^golt 
form,  and  stood  on  hoth  sides  of  the  lead  lode."  * 

In  the  same  category  comes  the  contrast,  which  no  distri( 
illustrates  more  distinctly  than  Cornwall  and  Devon,  of  the  grou 
of  minerals  afforded  hy  the  veins  which  run  more  or  less  east  an 
west,  and  those  which  helong  to  the  transverse  direction.  TTnlei 
we  have  recourse  to  some  processes  of  a  deep-seated  kind,  an 
more  varied  than  the  *'  leaching "  out  of  substances  derived  ftor 
decomposed  silicates,  we  shall  find  it  difficult  to  account  for  tl 
prevalence  of  the  tin  and  copper  ores  of  the  first,  and  the  presenj 
of  silver-lead,  iron  ores,  and  occasionally  cobalt  and  other  rs 
substances  in  cross-veins. 

Another  feature   which  is  very  marked  in  several    at  Ism 
of    our   most    remarkable    lodes  is   the   succession    of 
zones    of    minerals    differing    from    one    another  as    we 
greater    depths.      Everyone  is   aware   of   the   pertinacity    n^ 
which  the  unchanging  tinstone  or  cassiterite  has  maintained 
position  in  the  shallower  portions  of  lodes  whence  the  ores 
copper  or  lead  have  been  changed  and  removed  by  natural  actK 
Then,  after  the  long-continued  working  of  the  tin  in  shaLS 
levels,  the  copper  (speaking  especially  of  our  western  counties)   i 
become  the  principal  if  not  the  exclusive  ore ;  and  again,  at  1 
to  250  fathoms  depth  the  tin  ore  has  come  in  again  in  ri 
abundance,  and  has  continued  to  the  greatest  depth  attained,  f 
is  difficult  without  actual  inspection  to  feel  confident  that  tb^^ 
changes  have  been  so  trenchant,  and  that  the  richest  copper  lod 
(Dolcoath)  in  the  county  in  1840  should  at  greater  depth  in  Ids'- 


•  Trans,  Royal  Oeol.  Soc.  Cornwall^  vol.  v.  table  Ixxxiii. 

t  We  cannot,  with  our  present  experience,  go  far  with  the  dicta  of  Dr 
Pryce:  "Though  the  depth  of  Fissure  is  unlimited  beyond  the  power  o 
man  to  follow  after,  yet  it  appears  in  general  that  their  fruitfulneas  fo 
metal  is  distinct  and  limited.  The  richest  state  for  copper  is  between  fort 
and  eighty  fathoms  deep,  and  for  tin  between  twenty  and  sixty." — W.  Pava 
1778,  p.  79. 


President's  Address.  195 

^  the  richest  tin  lode,  with  a  prodaction  of  no  less  than  2239 

'^XiB  of  black  tin  in  the  year.     It  seems  to  me  that  no  leaching 

^'^t  of  metallic  mineral  from  the  country  waUs  will  elucidate  the 

Pi^^hlem,  but  that  we  are  nearer  its  solution  by  invoking  the  aid  of 

^l^^tmal  waters,  and  of  the  elements  fluorine  and  boron,  which 

'*-^^abrte  has  long  since  shown  us  to  be  so  intimately  connected 

Lth  the  intrusions  of  granite. 

finally,  how  are  we  to  cope  with  those  districts  in  which  we 

little  or  no  mica,  no  augites,  or  hornblendes — the  large  areas, 

instance,  of  clay-slate  in  central  Wales,  where  we  have  no 

S^uiitic  contacts,  and  no  intrusions  of  igneous  dykes,  and  yet 

•cores  of  well-deyeloped  lodes,  many  of  them  exceedingly  pro- 

ductiYe  of  lead  ores,  often  rich  in  silver  1 

Allow  me,  in  conclusion,  very  briefly  to  advert  to  another 

Bubject  of  much  interest  in  this  county.     It  is  the  investigation  of 

the  involved  and   beautiful   rocks  of   Meneage   or   the  Lizard 

piomontory.    We  have  to-day  two  communications  on  the  subject ; 

Bud  to  those  who  have  not  yet  seen  the  August  number  of  the 

Quaaierly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society,  1  would  recommend 

the  perusal  of  a  paper  read  in  May  last  by  Major-General  McMahon, 

V.G.8.  *    This  officer,  of  long  geological  experience  in  India,  has 

paid  repeated  visits  to  the  district,  and  in  his  description  gives  a 

and  readable  summary  of  papers  by  previous  authors.     £Qs 

observations  on  the  microscopic  characters  of  the  hornblende 

Khist  and  the  granulite  group  are  extremely  elaborate,  and  deserve 

to  be  carefully  pondered  by  every  Cornish  investigator  of  the  rocks 

cA  that  charming  region. 

*  Quart,  Joum,  Geok  Soe,  L<mdon,  vol.  xly.  p.  519. 


'•■•J 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


Ths  specimens  presented  to  your  Museum  during  the  past  twelve 
months  are  less  numerous  than  usuaL  They  are  arranged  upon 
the  tahle  hefore  you,  together  with  a  few  which  have  been 
purchased.  Some  of  these  are  of  particular  interest^  and  the 
Report  of  your  Curators  will  inform  you  with  regard  to  them  in 
detail 

The  usual  additions  have  been  made  to  the  Library ;  and  some 
Taloable  donations  from  authors  of  eminence  will  call  for  special 
attention  in  the  Report  of  your  Librarian.  The  accumulated 
scientific  periodicals  of  the  last  two  or  three  years  are  now 
in  the  binder's  hands;  and  steadily  increasing  as  is  your  store 
of  books,  it  will  soon  be  desirable  to  provide  additional  shelf 
accommodation. 

Your  Council  duly  considered  the  subject  of  a  course  of 
lectores  on  Geology  being  delivered  in  the  Museum,  as  suggested 
at  the  last  Annual  Meeting;  but  so  many  difficulties  presented 
tiiemselves,  that  the  scheme  was  not  thought  at  present  practicable. 
The  desirability,  however,  of  carrying  such  a  design  into  execution 
IB  very  apparent^  and  it  will  be  the  wish  and  endeavour  of  your 
Council  to  give  effect  to  the  recommendation  at  the  earliest 
po6»ble  opportunity. 

The  Science  Classes  carried  on  by  Messrs.  Bamett  and  Corin 
in  the  basement  of  this  building  for  very  many  years  still 
eontiniie  to  flourish;  in  fact  they  have  now  outgrown  their 
acoommodation,  and  probably  before  another  Annual  Meeting  of 
this  Society  the  Classes  will  be  located  in  a  specially  designed 


198      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

building  now  being  erected  for  them  adjoining  the  Art  Museum 
and  School  of  Art  in  the  Morrab  Koad.  * 

The  following  particulars  as  to  the  working  of  the  Classes 
during  the  past  year  are  supplied  by  Mr.  Bamett 


Penzance, 

Novmher  Itt,  18S9, 

To  the  President  and  Council  of  the  Royal  Cornwall  Geological 
Society. 

I  have  to  report  that  the  average  attendance  of  students  at 
the  Science  Classes  held  in  the  classrooms  and  laboratory  of  your 
Museum  during  the  past  winter  was  less  than  during  pieviooB 
years.  This  was  no  doubt  mainly  owing  to  the  fact  that  I  was 
absent  from  the  town  for  lengthened  periods  of  the  Session,  which 
necessitated  the  class  in  Theoretical  Chemistry  being  discontinued 
for  the  winter.  My  assistant,  Mr.  E.  C.  Corin,  continued  the 
classes  in  Practical  Chemistry ;  and  it  affords  me  pleasure  to  state 
that  the  results  of  the  examinations  of  the  students  by  the  Science 
and  Art  Department  are  very  satisfactory,  as  will  be  seen  by  the 
following  list : 


THEORETICAL  CHEMISTRY. 


George  Robinson  . 

.     2nd  Advanced. 

John  H.  D.  James 

.     2nd  Elementary, 

PRACTICAT*    CHEMISTRY. 

James  Downing     . 

.     1st  Advanced. 

George  Robinson    . 

.     2nd 

Joseph  H.  Rowe    . 

.     2nd 

Percy  Bennetts 

.     1st  Elementary. 

Fred.  S.  Bosustow 

.     1st 

John  H.  D.  James 

.     1st 

W.  H.  Wilcock      . 

.     2nd 

W.  J.  Bennett 

.     2nd 

As  you  are  aware,  a  special  effort  has  been  made  this  year  to 
provide  new  buildings  in  which  the  sciences  can  be  more  efficientlj 


Bqport  of  the  Council.  199 

eonducted  than  it  is  possible  to  do  in  the  rooms  which,  from  the 
commencement  of  the  classes,  your  Society  generously  placed  at 
the  service  of  the  Science  Committee,  until  more  suitable  accom- 
modation could  be  provided. 

The  appeal  of  the  Committee  met  with  very  encouraging 
support ;  and  the  Mining  and  Science  School  which  is  now  being 
erected  in  the  town  is  the  result  of  their  appeaL 

This  winter  will  probably  be  the  last  that  the  classes  will  meet 

in  your  buildings;   and  though  the  Science  Committee  will  no 

doubt  at  the  proper  time  acknowledge  the  assistance  which  the 

Boyal  Cornwall  Geological  Society  have  given  them,  by  granting 

tiie  use  of  their  rooins  for  so  long  a  period  free  of  cost^  I  cannot 

let  this  opportunity  pass  without  expressing  my  obligation  (as  the 

founder  of  the  classes)  to  the  Greological  Society  for  the  interest 

they  have  always  evinced  in  the  scientific  education  of  the  young 

of  the  district,  and  the  pecuniary  assistance   which   they  have 

rendered  on  more  than  one  occasion  towards  the  expenses  of  the 

laboratory.  I  am,  gentlemen. 

Yours  obediently, 

A.  K.  Barnett. 


Since  the  Council  had  the  honour  of  presenting  their  Report 

for  1887-8  two   Ordinary  Members  have  been  added  to  the 

Society;  viz.,  Mrs.  Downing,  of  Kenegie,  and  Mr.  A.  J.  Stuart, 
of  Villa  St.  Just,  Penzance. 

It  is  rarely  that  the  Council  escape  the  sad  duty  of  recording 

losses  by  death ;  and  in  presenting  this  the  Seventy-sixth  Annual 

fieport  they  have  again,  unhappily,  to  note  the  decease  of  some 

who  have  long  been  connected  with  the  Society.     Amongst  our 

HonoRizy  Members,  and  both  of  particular  distinction,  we  regret 

the  loss  of  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  of  "Washington,  U.S.A,  and  of 

Heinrich  von  Dechen,  Oberberghauptmann,  etc.,  of  Bonn,   who 

died  early  in  the  present  year.     Mr.   Theophilus  Code  too,   of 

Harazion,  who  for  a  lengthened  period  was  one  of  our  Ordinary 

Members,  has  passed  away,  as  well  as  one  of  our  Associates,  Mr. 

Joshn  Gilefl^  of  East  Looe. 


200      Royal  Gedogiccd  Society  of  ComwaU. 

In  conclusion,  the  Council  desire  to  recommend  the  election  of 
Mr.  J.  J.  H.  Teall  as  an  Honorary  Member,  and  the  Lord 
Bobartes  and  Mr.  Charles  D.  N.  Le  Grice  as  Ordinary  Members 
of  this  Society. 

George  Bown  Millbtt,  Hon.  Sec 


Penzance,  Ist  November,  1889. 


LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 


Thb  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  during  the 


L  TRANSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

FrtMenUd  by  the  respective  Societies^  Editors,  and  other  Ikmars, 

or  purehaaed, 

Aiifitralasia.     Geological  Society  of  Australasia. 

List  of  Members,  etc.     8vo.     Melbourne,  1888. 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  Vol  xv.,  part  1,  May,  1887,  to  May,  1888. 

8vo.     Boston,  1888. 
BrifltoL     Bristol  Naturalists'  Society. 

Proceedings :  Vol  vi.,  No.  1. 

List  .  .  .  1889.     8vo.     Bristol,  1889. 

BmsBeLs.     Soci^t^  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 
Proc^verbal :  VoL  xvii     8vo.     Bruxelles,  1888. 

Califoniia.     California  State  Mining  Bureau. 

Eighth  Annual  Report  of   the  State  Mineralogist  [William 

J.  Irelan,  jun.]  for  the  year  ending  October  1st,  1888. 

8vo.     Sacramento,  1888. 
Cambridge.     Cambridge  University  Library. 

Thirty-Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Library  Syndicate,  May 

29th,  1889.     4to.     Cambridge,  1889. 

Canada.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 

Catalogue  of  Canadian  Plants.     By  John  Macoun.     Part  3 

— apetake ;  part  4 — endogens. 

8vo.     Montreal,  1886,  1888. 

Liat  of  Publications  ...  of  the  Survey  of  Canada. 

8vo.     Ottawa,  1884. 


202      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Canada.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Proceedings :  fasc.  1,  2,  of  voL  vL,  series  iii 
Annual  Report .  .  .  session  1887-88;  being  part  of  Appendix 
L.  to  l^e  Report  of   the  Minister  of   Education,  Ontario, 
1888.     8vo.     Toronto,  1888-89. 

,     Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  for  1888,  voL  vL 

4to.     Montreal,  1889. 

Carlisle.     Cumberland  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Liter- 
ature and  Science.     Transactions : 
No.  VIIL,  1882-83.     8vo.     Carlisle,  1883. 


» 


EL,  1883-84, 

9f 

1885. 

XL,  1886-86. 

»f 

1886. 

XIL,  1886-87. 

f> 

1887. 

XIII.,  1887-88. 

>l 

1888. 

[Presented  by  Mr.  W.  Whitaker.] 

Cincinnati     Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History. 
Journal :  Vol  xi..  No.  4. 

VoL  xii.,  No.  1.     8vo.     Cincinnati,  1889. 

Colorado.     Colorado  Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  iiL,  part  1, 1888.     8vo.     Denver,  1888. 

Connecticut.     Meriden  Scientific  Association. 

Transactions :  VoL  iii,  1887-88. 

8vo.     Meriden,  Conn.,  1889. 
Costa  Rica  and  Nicaragua. 

Argument  on  the  Question  of  the  Validity  of  the  Treaty  of 
Limits  between  Costa  Rica  and  Nicaragua,  and  other  supple- 
mentary points  connected  with  it,  submitted  to  the  arbitration 
of  the  President  of  the  United  States  of  America.  Filed 
on  behalf  of  .  .  .  Costa  Rica  by  Pedro  P^rez  Zeleddn,  its 
Envoy  Extraordinary  ...  in  the  United  States.  Trans- 
lated into  English  by  J.  I.  Rodriguez. 

8vo.     Washington,  1887. 

Reply  to  the  Argument  df  Nicaragua  on  the  Question  of 
the  Validity  or  Nullity  of  the  Treaty  of  Limits  of  April  15th, 
1858.  .  .  .  Filed  on  behalf  of  .  .  .  Costa  Rica,  by  P.  P. 
Zeleddn,     8vo.     Wasbington,  \^%1 . 


Librarian's  Report.  203 

The  Case  of  the  Republic  of  Nicaragua  submitted  to  His 
Excellency  the  Hon.  Grover  Cleveland,  President  of  the 
United  States,  Arbitrator,  under  the  Treaty  of  Guatemala  of 
December  24th,  1886.     Svo.     Washington,  1888. 

Borpat   Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschaft.     Archly  fur  die 

Naturhunde  Liv.-Esth.-und  Kurlands. 

L  Serie,  band  ix.,  Uel  5. 

SitEongsberichte :  Band  viii.,  heft  3. 

8vo.     Dorpat.     1889. 
Dublin.   Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings :  New  series,  voL  vL,  parts  3-6. 

8vo.     Dublin,  1888-89. 

Scientific  Transactions :  Series  iL,  voL  iv.,  parts  2-5. 

4to.     Dublin,  1889. 

IdinbuigL    Edinburgh  Geological  Society. 

Transactions :  VoL  v.,  part  4.     8vo.     Edinburgh,  1888. 

Jalmouth.    Soyal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-sixth  Annual  Report,  1888.     8vo.     Falmouth,  1889. 

Halifax.   Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Biding 

of  Yorkshire. 

Proceedings:  N.S.  voL  xL,  part  1,  1888. 

8vo.     Halifax,  1889. 
India.    Geological  Survey  of  India. 

A  Bibliography  of  Indian  Geology ;  being  a  list  of  Books 

^  Papers  relating  to  the  Geology  of   British  India  and 

adjoining  countries,  published  previous  to  the  end  of  1887. 

Pwliminary  issue.     Compiled  by  R.  D.  Oldham. 

8vo.     Calcutta,  1888. 
Bficords:  VoL  xxi,  part  4. 

)i  „     xxiL,  parts  1-3.     8vo.     Calcutta,  1888-89. 

Kinai   Kansas  Academy  of  Science. 

^^Wactions  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Annual  Meet- 
ings, etc  (1885-86),  voL  x.     8vo.     Topeka,  Kansas,  1887. 

*^^*^'.    Leicester  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions :  New  Quarterly  Series,  part  9,  October,  1888 ; 

parts  10-12,  1889. 
Report  of  the  Council,  etc.     8vo.  Leicester,  1888-89. 


204      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Li^e.     Soci^t^  G^logique  de  Belgique. 

Annales :  Tome  xilL,  in  2  parts.     8yo.  Li^e,  1887-88. 

,9  „     xiy.,  part  1.  „  1888. 

„  „     XY.,  in  3  parts.  „  1888. 

Lille.     Soci^ti  Gfologique  du  Nord. 

Annales :  Tome  xv.,  1887-88.     8vo.     Lille,  1888. 

Liverpool     Liverpool  Engineering  Society. 

Transactions :  Vol  viii.,  Session  1887.   8vo.   Liverpool,  1888. 

,     Liverpool  Geological  Association. 

Journal :  Vol  viii,  Session  1887-88.    8vo.    Liverpool,  1889. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Report  of  the  Fifty-eighth  Meeting,  held  at  Bath  in  September, 
1888.     8vo.     London,  1889. 

.     Geological  Record  for  1880-84  (inclusive),  voL  iL 

8vo.     London,  1889.     Purchtued, 

.     Geological  Society  of  London. 

List  .  .  .  November  Ist,  1888. 

Quarterly  Journal,  No.  176  of  vol  xliv. 

„  „        „     177-179  of  vol  xlv.  # 

8vo.     London,  1888-89. 
.     Geologists*  Association. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  8,  9,  and  title-page,  eta  of  voL  x. 

„     1-4  of  vol  xi.     8vo.     London,  1888-89. 

PalfiBontographical  Society. 
Vol.  xlii.  for  1888.     4to.     London,  1888.     Purchased. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 
Series  V.     Nos.  162-164  of  vol.  xxvL 
„  „     165-169  of  voL  xxviL 

„  „     170-173  of  vol  xxviii 

8vo.     London,  1888-89.     Purehaaed. 
Royal  Society. 
Proceedings:  Nos.  271,  272  of  vol  xliv. 
„  „     273-279  of  vol  xlv. 

„  „     280-283  of  vol  xlvi 

8vo.     London,  1888-89. 


i 


Librarian's  Report.  205 

London.    Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

Journal    Noe.  10-12  of  vol  viL,  and  Index. 

„  „        1-9  of  voL  viii. 

8vo.     London,  1888-89. 

Manchester.     Manchester  (jeological  Society. 
Transactions :  Parts  1-10  of  vol  xx. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1888-89. 

— ,    Manchester  Scientific  Students'  Association. 

Proceedings  for  the  year  1888.     8vo.     Manchester,  1889. 

Ifinnesota.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 
Sixth  Annual  Report  for  the  year  1877. 

8vo.     Minneapolis,  1878. 
[Presented  hy  Mr.  W.  Whitaker.] 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     North  of   England  Institute  of   Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions :  YoL  xxxvii,  parts  5,  6. 
„  „    xxxviiL,  parts  1-3. 

8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     1888-89. 

New  South  Wales.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Department  for  1887. 

Folio.     Sydney,  1888. 
,    Geological  Survey. 

Memoirs:  Paleontology,  No.   1. — The  Invertebrate  Fauna 

of  the  Hawkeshury — Wianamatta  Series  (beds  above  the 

productive  Coal-measures).     By  Robert  Etheridge,  jun. 

4to.     Sydney,  1888. 

•.    Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings :  YoL  xxii.,  parts  1,  2. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1888-89. 

New  York.     American  Geographical  Society. 

Bulletin:  No.  4  and  Supplement,  voL  xx.,  1888. 
„  „    1-3,  voL  xxl,  1889. 

8vo.     New  York.     1888-89. 

North  Carolina.     Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 
Journal :  YoL  v.,  part  2,  July  to  December,  1888. 

8vo,  Raleigh,  N.C.,  1888. 


206      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Paris.     Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales :  S^rie  VIIL,  t.  xiii.,  liv.  3.  8vo.  Paris,  1888. 

„  „  t.  xiv.,  liv.  4-6.  8vo.  Paris,  1888. 

„  „  t.  XV.,  liv.  1-3.  8vo.  Paris,  1889. 

Paris.  Paris  Exhibition,  1889 :  The  Republic  of  Uruguay,  as 
represented  at  the  Paris  Exhibition  of  1889.  Greneral 
description  and  Data.     8vo.     London — Liverpool,  1889. 

Pennsylvania.     Greological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania. 
Annual  Report  for  1886,  part  4 : 

1. — ^The  Lehigh  River  Section.     With  Map  and  Section. 

By  Arthur  Winslow. 
2.— The  Lehigh  Paint  Ore  Mines.    With  Map.    By  Frank 

A.  Hill. 

3. — Report  on  the  Iron  Ore  Mines  and  Limestone  Quarries 
of  the  Cumberland-Lebanon  Valley.  With  Maps. 
By  E.  V.  D'Invilliera. 

4. — Report  on  the  Serpentine  Ranges  of  Radnor  Township, 
Delaware  County ;  and  Lower  Merion,  Montgomery 
County.     With  Map.     By  Theo.  D.  Rand. 

8vo.     Harrisburg,  1887. 
Atlas  of  Eastern  Middle  Anthracite  Field.    Part  2,  A.  A 
Atlas,  Northern  Anthracite.     Parts  3,  4. 
Atlas  to  Reports.     H.  R  and  H.  H.  H. 
Catalogue  of  State  Museum.     Part  3. 

8vo.     Harrisburg,  1889. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 
Report  and  Transactions,  1888-89. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1889. 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciencea 

Proceedings :  Parts  2,  3,  March  to  December,  1888. 
„  Part  1,  January  to  April,  1889. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1888-89. 

American  Philosophical  Society. 
Proceedings :  Vol.  xxvL,  No.  129. 

^     8vo.     Philadelphia,  1889. 


Librarian's  Report  207 

Philadelphia.     American  Philosophical  Society. 
Transactions:  Vol.  xvi,  N.  S.,  part  2. 

4to.     PhHadelphia,  1888. 
Subject  Register  of   Papers  published  in  the  Transactions 

and  Proceedings.  .  .  .  Compiled  by  Henry  Phillips,  jun. 
Supplemental  Register  of  Written  Communications  published 

in  the  Transactions  and  Proceedings  .  .  .  1881-89. 
Beport  of  the  Committee  appointed  ...  to  assist  the  Com 
mission  on  Amended  Orthografy,  created  by  virtue  of  a 
Resolution  of  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania. 
List  of  Deficiencies  in  the  Library  of  the  .  .  .  Society. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1889. 

Pisa.    Society  Toscana  di  Scienze  NaturalL 
Memorie  :  VoL  ix.     8vo.     Pisa,  1888. 
Processi  Verbali :  Pages  1 05-254  of  vol.  vi.    8vo.    1 888-89. 
Commemorazione  di   Giuseppe   Meneghini  fatta  nell'  aula 
Magna  dell'  Universita  Pisana  ai  24  Marz,  1889. 

*8vo.     Pisa,  1889. 

Plymouth.     Plymouth    Institution    and    Devon    and    Cornwall 
Natural  History  Society. 
Report  and  Transactions:  Vol.  x.,  part  2,  1888-89. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1889. 

Santiago.     Verhandlungen    des    Deutschen    Wissenschaftlichen 
Vereins  zu  Santiago.     Heft  6.     8vo.     Bemburg,  1888. 

Truro.     Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall. 

Journal :  VoL  ix.,  part  3,  Oct.,  1888.     8vo.     Truro,  1888. 

United  States.     Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  States. 
Bulletin :  No.  40. — Changes  in  River  Courses  in  Washington 
Territory  due  to  Glaciation.     By  Bailey  Willis. 

„  No.  41. — On  the   Fossil    Faunas   of    the    Upper 

Devonian — the  Genesee  Section,  New  York. 
By  Henry  S.  Williams. 

„  No.  42. — Report  of  Work  done  in  the  Division  of 

Chemistry  and  Physics,  mainly  during  fiscal  year 

1885-86. 
VOL.  XL  Q 


208      Royal  Geologiccd  Society  of  Cornwall. 

United  Statea    Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  States. 

Bulletin :  No.  43. — On  the  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  Strata  of 

the  Tuscaloosa,  Tombigbee,  and  Alabama  Rivers. 

By  E.  A.  Smith  and  L.  C.  Johnson. 

,y         No.  44. — ^Bibliography  of  North  American  Greology 

for  1886.     By  N.  H.  Darton. 
„         No.  45. — ^The  Present  Condition  of  Knowledge  of 

the  Geology  of  Texas.     By  Robert  T.  HilL 
„         No.  46. — Nature    and    Origin    of    Deposits    of 
Phosphate  of  Lime.     By  R  A.  F.  Penrose,  jun. 
Introduction  by  N.  S.  Shaler. 
„         No.  47. — ^Analyses  of  Waters  of  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park,  with  an  Account  of  the  Methods 
of  Analysis  employed.     By  F.  A.  Gooch  and 
J.  E.  Whitfield.    8vo.    Washington,  1887-8a 
Monographs:  VoL  xiL — Geology  and  Mining  Industry  of 
Leadville,  Colorado.     With  Atlas.     By  S.  F.  Emmons. 

4to.     Washington,  1886. 
Atlas,  Washington,  1883. 
Statistical  Papers :  Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States^ 
1887.     By  David  T.  Day.         8vo.     Washington,  1888. 

Victoria.  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Mines  and  Water  ^ 
Supply  [C.  W.  Langtree]  to  the  Hon.  Duncan  Gillies,  M.P,  « 
Minister  of  Mines  for  Victoria,  for  the  year  1887. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1888. 

,     Gold  Fields  of  Victoria.    Reports  of  the  Mining  Regisliajfg' 

for  the  Quarters  ended  30th  June,  30th  September,  andEa 
3l8t,  December,  1888;  and  31st  March,  1889. 

Folio.    Melbourne,  1888-89. 

.     Mineral  Statistics  of  Victoria  for  the  year  1887. 

Folio.     Melbourne^  1888. 

.     Natural  History  of  Victoria.     Prodromus  of  the  ZoologjK 

of  Victoria;  or,  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  the  Liviii|g| 
Species  of  all  classes  of  the  Victorian  Indigenous  ^^imalfti* 
By  Frederick  McCoy.    Decades  16-18. 

8vo.    Melbourne,  1888-89. 


Librariaris  Report.  209 

Vienna.    E.  EL  Greologischen  Reichsanstalt 
Yerhandliingen :  Nob.  13,  14.     1888. 
„  „       1-12.     1889. 

8vo.    Wien,  1888-89. 

'  K  K  Natarhistorischen  Hofmuseuma 

Annalen:  Band  IV.,  Noa.  1-3.    8vo.    Wien,  1889. 

Washington.    Smithsonian  Instdtution. 

Beport ...  to  30th  June,  1886.     Part  1. 

8vo.     Washington,  1889. 

a   GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 

frtmUi  by  the  Authon  or  other  Donors^  or  Purchased, 

CoDina,  Joseph  Henry.  On  the  Sudbury  Copper  Deposits.  [From 
Qoar.  Joum.  of  GeoL  Soo.,  Nov.,  1888.]    8va 

Oeinitz,  E  B.  Ueber  die  Rothen  und  bunten  Meigel  der  Oberen 
Byas  bei  Manchester.     8yo.     Dresden,  1889. 

Payne,  F.  F.  Eskimo  of  Hudson's  Strait  [From  Proc.  Canadian 
Ingtitate,  1889.]    8vo.    Toronto,  1889. 

Pengelly,  William.  Recent  Researches  in  Bench  Cavern,  Brixham, 
Devon.  [From  Trans.  Edinb.  GeoL  Soa  Read  19th  Jan., 
1888.]    8vo. 

Prestwich,  Joseph.  Geology :  Chemical,  Physical,  and  Strati- 
gwphicaL     VoL  L — Chemical  and  PhysicaL 

8vo.     Oxford,  1886. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

"°"*y>  Andrew  C.  Passages  in  the  History  of  Geology ;  being 
^  Introductory  Lecture  at  University  College,  London,  in 
continuation  of  the  Liaugural  Lecture  of  1848. 

8vo.     London,  1849. 
[Presented  by  Mr.  W.  Whitaker.] 

Whitaker,  Tf.,  and  Watts,  W.  W.    List  of  Works  on  the  Geology, 

Mineralogy,  and  Palaeontology  of  Shropshire.     1712-1873, 

^  W.  Whitaker ;  1873-87,  by  W.  W.  Watts. 

8vo.     Oswestry,  1889. 

[Presented  by  Mr.  Whitaker.] 
q2 


CURATORS'  REPORT. 


DOKOB. 


y  Sir  W.  W.  Sm 


The  following  specimens  have  been  received : 

■  NAJfX  AND  LOCALITT. 

Fluor-spar,  showing  certain  faces  coated  with  '^ 
Chalybite.    Allenheads  Mines,  Northumber- 
land .  .  ... 

"Brown-spar"  on  iridescent  Chalybite.  "Clay 
Balls"  Ironstone,  Russell's  Hall  pits,  Dudley. 
(Exhibits  succession  of  three  different  ferri- 
ferous Carbonates  in  Coal-measure  ironstone.) 

Tin-stone  in  "  Sparable  "  Crystals.  95  fin.  level, 
Tregurtha  Mine,  St  Hilary 

Specimens  of  Porphyritic  Diorite  and  Limestone, 
from  Ogo  Dour  and  George's  Cove,  Lizard,  in  |-  Howard  Fox. 
illustration  of  paper      .  ... 

Pebbles,  to  illustrate  Geological  Note 

Quartz  Conglomerate  containing  Tin.    From  a  ^ 
level  between  the  80  and  130  fin.  levels.  North 
Levant,  St  Just    (The  Conglomerate  is  stated 
to  have  been  proved  to  extend  about  2  fins, 
wide,  4  fms.  long,  and  50  fms.  deep) 

Calcite,  Isopyre,  and  Opal,  Rough  Jasper,  etc., 
from  St  Just  district ;  and  a  few  examples  of 
foreign  minerals  .  ... 

Quartz  aggregations.    From  Sidney  Cove  in  Pra  |  p^    hiu»t^ 
Sands,  part  of  Sidney  Godolphin  Mine    .        .  ) 


N.  Whitley. 


^  Mr.  White. 


•^OOOAOOOfH 


u 

^ 


00    o 


O    C4 
04 


o  o 


o  *a 


2 


00 

I 

00 
00 
00 


pi] 
'Eh 

H 

OQ 


o  ^  n  'aj  M  pLi  n 

^  >. 


o 

w 

H 
O 


if  o  o  o         o 

^  00  O  4^  ^ 

*  r-t 

«B  <^  O  O  iH 

^  W  Ci|  »^ 


o 
oo 

rH 
rH 


OO 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

Id  November  f  18S9, 


1.  On  the  Jimction  of  Hornblende  Scliist  and  Serpentine  in  the  Ogo 
Dour  District,  and  on  the  Occurrence  of  some  Bands  of  Potetone  North 
of  Pol  Comick,  with  Mr.  Teall's  Notes  thereon.   By  Howard  Fox,  p.o.& 

2.  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  and  West  of  England.  B7  J.  J.  H. 
Teall,  M.A.,  F.G.s. 

3.  On  a  Specimen  of  Banded  Serpentine  from  the  Lizard,  GomwalL 
By  Frank  Rutley,  f.g.s. 

4.  A  Geological  Note.    By  Nicholas  Whitley. 


i 


ONTHB 

JUNCTION  OF  HORNBLENDE  SCfflST  AND  SER- 
PENTINE m  THE  OGO  DOUR  DISTRICT, 

▲WD 

OK  THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  80KE  BANDS  OF  FOTSTONE  NORTH  OF  POL  CORNICE, 

with  mb,  tealvs  notes  thereon. 

Bt  Howabd  Fox,  f.o.s. 

(Rflftd  Ist  Norember,  1889.) 


Tb»  junction  of  the  hornblende  -  schist  with  the 
serpentine  in  the  Ogo  Dour  district  is  not  a  definite 
one,  as  indicated  on  the  Ordnance  Map,  but  resembles 
some  of  those  to  the  east  of  the  Lizard.  The  two 
locks  alternate  for  a  considerable  distance  in  the 
difiis  and  foreshore,  and  are  traversed  by  porphyritic 
and  non-porphyritic  diorites,  trap  dykes,  gabbro,  &c. 

South  of  Ogo  Dour  Cove  homblendic  gneiss  may 
be  seen  in  situ  on  the  foreshore,  much  crumpled; 
and  the  hornblende-schist  varies  from  the  coarse 
greyish  granitoid  type  to  that  of  a  diorite,  being 
associated  in  George's  Cove  with  a  banded  crystalline 
rock  resembling  Professor  Bonney's  "Granulitic 
Series  ^  of  the  east  coast,  and  on  a  headland  between 
(Jeorge's  Cove  and  Ogo  Dour,  immediately  north  of 
Pol  Comick,  with  bands  of  a  rock  which  Mr.  Teall 
determines  to  be  a  variety  of  potstone. 


214    On  the  Junction  of  Hoimhlende  Schist  INov. 

In  walking  southward  over  the  extensive  ranj 
of  hornblende-schist  composing  Predannack,  we  fin 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  south-west  of  Predanna 
WoUas*  (Lower  Predannack  farm),  exposures 
serpentine  extending  at  intervals  for  some  150  yar 
along  the  clifis,  and  traceable  for  300  yards  inlai 
in  a  direction  N.N.W.  of  Pare  Bean  Cove,  t  On  t 
foreshore  the  hornblende-schist  and  serpentine  weath 
so  much  alike  that  the  hammer  is  in  constant  reqi 
sition,  and  it  is  not  even  then  easy  to  determine  t 
precise  character  of  some  of  the  rock.  At  low-wat 
spring  tide  we  can  walk  for  300  yards  over  sand  ai 
boulders  from  Pare  Bean  Cove,  past  several  chines 
Ogo  Dour  Cove,  in  some  of  which  a  serpentine 
rock  is  found,  to  a  cave  at  the  south  end  of  tl 
Cove  which  Professor  Bonney  appears  to  have  exai 
ined,  and  described  as  the  junction.  J  From  t] 
junction  cave  to  the  south  end  of  George's  Cove 
viz. ,  for  a  distance  of  nearly  half  a  mile — hornblenc 
schist,  banded  crystalline  rocks,  and  serpentine  alt< 
nate,  the  serpentine  being  the  prevailing  rock  on  t 
top  of  the  cliffs,  as  it  is  on  the  east  coast  betwe 
Kildown  and  Caerleon  Coves.  About  eighty  yai 
south-west  of  this  cave  junction  is  a  high  isolat 
rock  or  island,  numbered  1010a  on  the  parish  mi 
and  on  the  edge  of  the  cliff  of  the  mainland,  exaci 
opposite  this  island,  and  only  a  few  yards  from 


♦  These  proper  names  are  taken  from  the  recently  published  Ordna 
Map.  The  twenty-five  inch  Ordnance  Parish  Map,  Co.  Com.  W.  I 
Sheet  Ixxxiv.  6  contains  the  entire  coastline  from  Predannack  Heai 
Vellan  Head. 

t  This  exposure  of  serpentine  was  firet  recorded  by  Professor  Bom 
Q.  J.  G.  S.,  February,  1883,  p.  22. 

J  Q.  J,  G.  5.,  November,  1877,  p.  890. 


1889.]  and  Serpentine  in  the  Ogo  Dour  District   215 

are  bands  of  potstone  associated  with  porphyritic 
diorite,  banded  saussurite  and  hornblende-schist,  and 
serpentine. 

The   annexed   diagram   indicates   the   position   of 
these  bands  of  potstone.     We  climb  down  the  ser- 
pentine cliff  A  towards  the  island  until  we  reach  a 
small  fissure  or  trench  caused  by  the  disintegration 
of  a  banded  hornblendic  rock  "a,"  about  six  feet 
^ide  at  its  north,  and  widening  to  about  ten  feet 
at    its   south   end.     This   rock   appears   to   cut  the 
serpentine  in  a  direction  west   of   north,  and  east 
of    south,  with   a  disordered   dip.     About   eighteen 
feet  further  west  is  a  similar  banded  rock  "  b,"  from 
1^    to  two  feet  wide,  dipping  south  of  west,  and 
traversing  the  serpentine  in  an  almost  parallel  direc- 
tion.    Both  these  bands  are  cut  to  the  south  by  two 
porphyritic  trap  dykes  "  c  "  and  "  d,"  and  a  portion 
of  one  of   them  is  faulted  at  "ab'*  in  a  striking 
inanner  by  these  dykes. 

The  trap  dyke  "c"  is  six  inches  wide,  thickly  studded 
with  small  crystals  of  felspar  where  it  enters  "a." 
It  cuts  the  serpentine  in  a  N.  W.  and  S.E.  direction. 

The  trap  dyke  "d"  is  from  two  to  three  feet  wide; 
It  18  porphyritic  in  parts,  and  it  runs  about  N.W.  by 
v.,  and  S.R  by  E.,  through  the  serpentine.  Just 
Wore  cutting  "b"  it  branches,  and  the  branch  re- 
joins  the  main  stem  enclosing  a  block  of  serpentine 
^  its  sweep.  These  two  trap  dykes  are  seen  following 
their  course  eastward  through  the  cliff  B. 

Immediately  west  of  this  dyke  "d'*  we  find  serpen- 
tine followed  by  a  dark  grey  hornblendic  rock,  very 
thickly  mottled  with  whitish  eyes  or  crystals  from 
tV  to  I  an  inch  long,  which  appears  to  be  a  porphyritic 


216    On  the  Junction  of  Hornblende  Schist  [Nov.  i, 

diorite.*  It  appears  at  the  north  end  of  this  little 
peninsula  as  two  veins,  which  unite  and  widen  to 
over  fifteen  feet.  It  is  intercalated  on  its  west  side 
with  banded  saussurite  and  hornblende-schist,  both 
these  bands  being  studded  with  white  crystals,  which, 
in  the  case  of  the  schist,  Mr.  Teall  describes  as 
*'  pseudomorphs  after  porphyritic  felspars." 

On  the  western  edge  of  this  porphVritic  diorite  we 
find  potstone  and  hornblende-schist  intercalated  on 
the  edge  of  the  clifi*,  whence  hornblende-schist  pre- 
dominates to  the  water's  edge. 

The  island  (lOlOa)  opposite  appears  to  be  composed 
mostly  of  hornblende-schist. 

The  potstone  is  much  weathered.  One  large  block 
stands  out  conspicuously  as  a  whitish  grey  mass  about 
nine  feet  long ;  the  centre  of  this  block  is,  however, 
hornblende-schist,  under  which,  in  a  cavity,  the 
potstone  weathers  in  ridges.  The  unaltered  potstone 
appears  lead-coloured.  It  can  be  traced  at  intervals 
for  several  yards  S.E.  of  the  block,  but  is  in  very 
limited  quantity.  Portions  of  both  the  potstone  and 
the  saussuritic  bands  effervesce  freely. 

Sections  of  the  banded  saussurite  and  hornblende- 
schist,  of  a  finely-banded  light-coloured  rock  associ- 
ated therewith,  and  of  the  potstone,  have  been  kindly 
examined  by  Mr.  J.  J.  H.  Teall,  who  sends  me  the 
following  notes  thereon. 

*  A  similar  rock  is  seen  at  Gkorge's  Cove. 


1889.]  and  Serpentine  in  the  Ogo  Dour  District.   217 


NOTES  ON  SOME  ROCKS  FROM  NORTH  POL 

CORNICK. 

Mr.  Player  has  very  kindly  analysed  two  of  the 
specimens,  and  I  will  describe  these  first.  The 
analjrses  are  especially  valuable,  as  without  them 
it  would  have  been  impossible  to  speak  confidently 
as  to  the  nature  of  the  rocks. 

Specimen  No.  4. 

This  consists  of  a  dark  band  with  white  spots 
intercalated  between  two  light  coloured  bands  also 
containing  white  spots.  A  portion  of  one  of  the 
^liite  bands  gave  the  following  results  : 


Carbonic  acid 

Further  loss  by  calcination 

Silica 

Titanic  acid 

Alumina  . 

Ferric  oxide 

Ferrous  oxide 

lime 

Magnesia  . 

Soda 

Potash      . 


^^««5fln4er  m,  1889. 


(Signed) 


•9 

2-6 

471 

•2 

19-2 

•5 

31 

161 

8-2 

20 


100-3 
J.  H.  Platbr. 


The  only  constituents  I  have  been  able  to  identify 
^  the  white  band  are  a  colourless  pyroxene  (mala- 


218    On  the  Junction  of  Hornblende  Schist  [Nov.  i. 


colite),  similar  to  that  of  which  I  have  given  an 
analysis  in  the  Min.  Mag.  vol.  viii  (1888)  p.  119, 
the  unknown  substance  brown  by  transmitted  and 
white  by  reflected  light  which  is  common  in  the 
gabbros  of  the  Lizard,  and  a  few  small  grains  of 
sphene.  This  portion  of  the  specimen  is  evidently 
a  variety  of  the  so-called  saussurite  of  the  Lizard. 

The  dark  band  is  a  hornblende-schist  composed  of 
pale  green  hornblende,  water-clear  grains  of  felspar, 
mostly  unstriated,  and  sphene.  The  sphene  occurs 
in  small  grains,  which  form  streaks  parallel  with  the 
schistosity.  The  white  spots  are  pseudomorphs  after 
porphyritic  felspars.  They  form  small  "eyes"  in 
the  schist 

Specimen  No.  2. 

This  is  also  a  banded  rock.  The  central  band  is 
compact  and  lead-coloured.  It  is  very  soft  and  has 
a  soapy  feeL  The  marginal  portion  of  this  band  on 
one  side  is  somewhat  lighter  in  colour  and  effervesces 
freely. 

The  analysis  yielded  the  following  result : 

Carbonic  acid  .  .  .        .       2*2 


Further  loss  by  calcination 

• 

.      61 

Silica 

. 

.    54-1 

Alumina  . 

)              . 

.      2-4 

Chromic  oxide 

considerable  traces 

Ferric  oxide 

. 

•7 

Ferrous  oxide 

. 

.      4-8 

Lime 

• 

.      3-5 

Magnesia  . 

»            . 

.    26-3 

Potash 

. 

•2 

99-3 

(Signed) 

J.  H.  PlATBB. 

December  dth,  1889. 

w 

1839.]  and  Serpentine  in  the  Ogo  Dour  District.   219 

A  microscopic  section  shows  a  few  black  and 
brown  specks  lying  in  a  confusedly  crystalline 
matrix.  Under  a  high  power  this  matrix  is  seen 
to  consist  largely  of  a  scaly  mineral,  having  high 
double  refraction  of  a  negative  character.  The 
scales  are  confusedly  mixed,  so  as  to  give  to  the 
mass  a  crypto-crystalline  appearance  under  a  low 
power.  Small  nests  of  chlorite  are  also  recognisable 
here  and  there.  The  above  description  applies  to 
the  central  portion  of  the  band.  Towards  one 
margin  small  grains  of  a  carbonate  make  their 
appearance,  and  towards  the  other  pale  brown  and 
colourless  hornblende,  chlorite,  and  strings  of  car- 
bonates. 

Taking  the  analysis  in  connection  with  the  micros- 
copic  characters,  we  may  fairly  conclude  that  the 
central  band  is  largely  composed  of  talc.  The  low 
percentage  of  water,  the  high  percentage  of  silica, 
and  the  strong  negative  double  refraction,  all  point 
to  this  conclusion. 

The  rock  is  a  variety  of  potstone  (Ger.  Topfstein, 
Fr.  Pierre  OUaire),  and  doubtless  possesses  excellent 
fire -resisting  qualities.  It  might  be  suitable  for 
hearthstones  or  for  the  manufacture  of  crucibles,  if 
^terial  similar  to  that  forming  the  central  portion 
^f  the  band  could  be  obtained  in  a  sufficient  quantity. 

Specimen  No.  1. 

An  intimate  mixture  of  saussurite  and  hornblende- 
^hist.  The  two  varieties  of  rocks  appear  as  if  they 
had  been  kneaded  together.  Patches  of  carbonates 
^ur,  and  where  these  have  weathered  out  the  rock 
has  a  scoriaceous  appearence. 


220  On  the  Junction  of  Hornblende  Schist,  t^ov.  i,  1889. 

Specimen  No.  5. 

Similar  to  No.  2,  but  richer  in  carbonates  and 
opaque  grains. 

Specimen  No.  6. 

Finely  banded  rock,  bands  crumpled.  The  dark 
bands  are  rich  in  chlorite,  the  light  bands  in  car- 
bonates. 


METAMORPfflSM  m  THE  HARTZ  AND 
WEST  OP  ENGLAND. 

Bt  J.  J.  H.  TeALL,  H.A.,  F.O.fik 
(Bmd  lot  NoTember,  1880.) 


The  counties  of   Devon  and  Cornwall  are  mainly- 
composed  of  sedimentary  and  volcanic  rocks  belonging 
to  the  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  periods. 
The  precise  boundary  Unes  between  the   diflferent 
formations  have  not  as  yet  been  definitely  settled  in 
aU  cases,  but  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  improbable 
that  any  large  areas  will  be  found  to  consist  of  rocks 
t^longing  to   periods  other  than  those  mentioned 
^V>ove.*    Associated  with  the  ancient  sediments  we 
fi^d    intrusive    igneous  rocks    of    various    kinds — 
^olerite  (diabase),  granite,  quartz-porphyry  (elvan  of 
^-^mwall),  mica-trap — and  of  different  ages. 

The  texture,  mineralogical  composition,  and  even 

^l^e  original  relations  of  the  sedimentary  and  pre- 

Si^tic     eruptive    rocks     have     been     profoundly 

Modified    by   the    post -Carboniferous   disturbances. 

Moreover,   both   the    sedimentary   and    pre-granitic 

^^ptive  rocks  have  been  modified  by  the  intrusion 

^f  the  granite ;  and  the  pre-granitic  intrusive  rocks 

*  In  this  communication  the  rocks  of  the  Lizard  and  Bolt  Head 
districts  will  be  left  out  of  account 


222  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

(dolerites)  have  themselves  produced  alteration  in 
the  sedimentary  rocks.  We  have,  therefore,  contact 
metamorphism  of  different  periods  and  djuamic 
metamorphism,  probably  for  the  most  part  of  post- 
Carboniferous  age,  admirably  represented  in  the 
West  of  England. 

If  we  follow  the  palaeozoic  formations  towards  the 
east,  we  find  them  plunging  beneath  mesozoic 
sediments ;  the  junction  line  representing  one  of  the 
most  striking  unconformabilities  in  the  British  series 
of  stratified  deposits.  That  they  underlie  the 
southern  and  south-eastern  portion  of  England,  and 
constitute  the  floor  on  which  the  later  rocks  have 
been  deposited,  is  now  an  established  fact  in  geological 
science.  They  underlie  the  Channel  and  reappear  in 
the  Boulonnais.  Proceeding  still  eastward,  we  find 
their  outcrop  again  interrupted  at  the  surface  by  the 
Cretaceous  rocks  of  the  North  of  France,  beneath 
which  coal  has  been  worked  at  many  points.  They 
are  next  exposed  in  the  Ardennes,  whence  they  may 
be  followed  in  a  broad  belt  across  the  Khine  into 
Westphalia.  Here  they  again  plunge  beneath  later 
deposits,  reappearing  once  more  in  the  Hartz. 

The  palaeozoic  rocks  which  occur  along  the  zone  of 
territory  above  indicated  are  undoubtedly  portions  of 
an  early  continent,  the  gradual  submergence  of  which 
took  place  during  the  mesozoic  period.  The  building 
of  that  continent  marked  the  transition  from  palaeozoic 
to  mesozoic  time;*  and  we  find  the  record  of  the 
process    in    the    foldings,    dislocations,   and    meta- 


*  It  was  commenced  in  later  palaeozoic  times,  for  we  find  productive 
coal-measures  resting  unconformably  on  the  older  rocks  in  G^ermany. 


1889]  and  West  of  England.  223 

morphism  of  the  palaeozoic  sediments,  and  in  the 
intrusions  of  large  masses  of  granitic  rock.  For 
geological  purposes  the  West  of  England  must  be 
studied  in  connection  with  the  allied  districts  in 
France  and  Germany.  The  results  obtained  in  any 
one  portion  of  the  zone  of  territory  above  indicated 
will  be  found  to  have  important  bearings  on  every 
other  portion.  Now  the  main  object  of  the  present 
communication  is  to  call  attention  to  the  important 
results  obtained  by  Professor  K.  A.  Lossen  in  the 
course  of  his  investigations  in  the  Hartz,  so  far  as 
they  bear  on  the  general  questions  of  metamorphism. 

Sequence  of  Sedimentary  Formations  in  the  Haiiz, 

HERCTNIAX. 

1.  Tanner  greywacke. 

2.  Lower  Wiederschiefer. 

DBVONIAN. 
Loiver, 

3.  "  Haupt-quartzit "  zone. 

4.  Upper  Wiederschiefer. 

5.  "Haupt-kiesel-schiefer." 

6.  Zorger  schiefer. 

7.  Elbingeroder  greywacke. 

Middle, 
8*  Calceola-beds  and  Stringonocephalus-beds. 

^.  Gofilarer  schiefer. 

Upper, 

1^  Ibeiger  Kalk,  Goniatite-limestone  (Kramenzel  Kalk),  and 
Cypridina  shales. 

CULM-MEASUBBS. 

"•  Aieselschiefer,  with  beds   of   adinole ;    whetstones,  grey- 

wacke,  and  lenticular  limestones. 
^2.  Posidonomyien-schiefer  and  Culm  limestone. 

13.  Clausthal  greywacke. 

14.  Grand  greywacke. 

VOL  XL  E 


224  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

Sequence  of  Eruptive  Bodes, 

PRE-GBANITIO. 

Granular  diabase  (dolerite). 

Compact  diabase,  with  spherules  of  chlorite  and  calcite,  and 

porphyritic  crystals  of  plagioclase. 
Tuff  or  shalstein  on  Stringonocephalus  horizon. 
Keratophyre. 

^  GRANITIC. 

Biotite-granite,  hornblende-granite,  quartz-diorite,  augite-diorite, 
gabbro,  and  plagioclase-enstatite  rocks. 

POST-GRANinC. 

Quartz-porphyry,     orthoclase -porphyry,     melaphyre     (basalt), 
kersantite. 

The  direction  of  the  main  range  of  the  Hartz*  is  from 
N.W.  to  S.E. ;  but  the  dominant  strike  of  the  beds  is 
from  S.W.  to  N.E.  This  strike  has  been  determined 
by  earth-stresses,  operating  after  the  close  of  the 
Culm-measure  period,  which  have  thrown  the  beds 
into  anticlinal  and  synclinal  folds.  Although  the 
N.E.  and  S.W.  strike  predominates  in  the  Hartz  there 
are  many  local  deviations.  The  more  important  of 
these  appear  to  be  related  to  the  granite  masses. 

Thus  the  anticlinal  axis,  represented  on  Lossen's 
Map  t  by  the  course  of  the  Tanner  grey  wacke,  takes 
the  form  of  a  bow,  with  its  convexity  towards  the 
S.E.  and  its  concavity  towards  the  Rammberg  J  mass 
of  granite.  Lossen  holds  that  the  deviations  from 
the  normal  strike  are  the  result  of  the  interference  of 
two  sets  of  earth-movements  (the  Westphalian  and 
the  Hercynian),  and  that   the  granite-masses  were 

*  An  admirable  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Hartz,  by  Mr.  Caddell, 
will  be  found  in  the  Proc.  Royal  Physical  Soc»  of  Edinburgh^  yiL  1883- 
1885.    This  account  is  illustrated  by  a  map  and  sectionB. 
t  Geognostische  Ubersichtskarte  des  Harzgebirges,    Scale  x<ji(Rro* 
X  There  are  two  principal  masses  of  granite  in  the  Hartz — ^the 
Brocken  and  the  Rammberg. 


1889.]  and  West  of  England.  225 

squeezed  into  their  present  positions  by  the  forces 
which  produced  the  deviations.  Of  these  two  sets  of 
earth-stresses  the  Westphalian  was  the  earlier,  and 
would  by  itself  have  produced  a  N.E.  and  S.W. 
strike ;  the  Hercynian  was  the  later,  and  would  by 
itself  have  produced  a  N.W.  and  S.E.  strike.  Where 
the  two  sets  have  interfered,  as  in  the  Hartz,  torsion 
lias  taken  place,  producing  what  Lossen  has  described 
as  corkscrew  folds.*  By  the  application  of  these 
principles  he  has  endeavoured  to  connect  together 
the  folding,  faulting,  and  metamorphism  of  the  sedi-. 
mentary  and  pre-granitic  eruptive  rocks ;  the  intru- 
sion of  granitic  rocks  (granite  and  gabbro),  as  well  as 
niany  of  the  post-granitic  dykes ;  and  the  distribution 
of  the  cracks  in  which  the  mineral  deposits  occur,  t 
We  are  not,  however,  at  present  concerned  with  the 
general  theory,  but  rather  with  the  special  phenomena 
connected  with  metamorphism.  The  portion  of  the 
Hartz  to  which  we  shall  refer  more  especially  is  that 
in  which  the  Kammberg  mass  of  granite  occurs  (S.E. 
Hartz).  This  district  has  been  mapped  and  described 
by  Lossen  and  his  colleagues  on  the  Prussian  Geo- 
logical Survey;  and  the  details  given  below  are 
inainly  taken  from  the  explanatory  memoirs  accom- 
panying these  maps.  I 

*  **Uber  das  Auftreten  metamorpliisclier  Gesteine  in  den  alien 
P^laozoischen  Qebirgskemen  von  den  Ardennen  bis  znm  Altvaterge- 
^1^  and  iiber  den  Zusammenliang  dieses  Anftretens  mit  den  Falten- 
verbiegung."  (Torsion.)  Sitz,  her,  d,  GeselL  naturforsch,  Freunde  zu 
^Kn.    1885.     Page  29. 

t  "Ueber  den  Zusammenbang  zwiscben  Falten,  Spalten,  und  Eruptiv- 
8*8teinen  im  Hartz."  Jahr,  d,  konig.  Preuss.  geol,  Landesanstalt  fur 
1881.    Pagel. 

t  "Erlauterungen  zur  geologischen  Specialkarte  von  Prenssen  nnd 
den  Tbiiringiacben  Staaten."  Sheets — Harzgerode,  Pansfelde,  Leimbacb, 
Schwenda,  Wippra,  and  Mansfeld. 

R  2 


226  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

We  need  not  here  follow  Lossen's  detailed  -  de- 
scription of  the  comparatively  unaltered  rocks;  the 
sedimentary  formations  consist  of  clay -slates,  grey- 
wackes,  siliceous  schists,  quartzites,  and  limestones. 

The  only  eruptive  rocks  involved  in  the  meta- 
morphic  processes  which  we  are  about  to  consider 
are  the  diabases  (dolerites)  and  the  granite.  These 
two  rocks  have  played  a  very  different  part  in 
connection  with  the  processes  which  have  folded 
and  cleaved  the  sedimentary  rocks  of  the  Hartz. 
The  diabases  have  been  passive — they  have  been 
folded  with  the  sediments.  The  granites,  on  the 
other  hand,  have  been  brought  into  their  present 
position  by  the  forces  which  have  acted  upon  the 
beds;  not  indeed  by  those  which  have  produced 
the  N.E.  and  S.W.  strike,  but  by  those  which 
have  deflected  the  folds  from  their  normal  direction. 
The  two  rocks  have  similar  relations  in  the  West  of 
England. 

Granular  Diabase. — ^The  essential  constituents  of 
this  rock  are  plagioclase-felspar  (labradorite),  augite, 
and  titaniferous  iron  ore.  Chlorite  occurs  commonly 
as  an  alteration  product,  and  gives  the  rock  the 
green  colour  which  led  to  the  adoption  of  the  old 
term  greenstone.  Calcspar,  quartz,  and  leucoxene 
also  occur  as  secondary  products.  The  felspar  is 
usually  present  in  forms  giving  lath-shaped  sections, 
and  the  other  constituents  fill  up  the  spaces  between 
the  crystals  of  felspar ;  in  a  word,  the  structure  of 
the  rock  is  ophitic.  This  diabase  is  distributed  in 
numberless  patches,  usually  of  small  size,  over  the 
area  occupied  by  the  Lower  Wiederschiefer,  and 
does  not  occur  as  continuous  sheets,  like  the  diabases 


1889.]  and  West  of  England.  227 

of  North  Wales  or  like  the  Whin  Sill  in  the  north 
of  England,  Corresponding  rocks  occur  in  the  West 
of  England ;  and  Mr.  Ussher,  who  has  been  engaged 
in  re-mapping  portions  of  Devonshire,  has  shown 
that  they  do  not  form  such  continuous  bands  as  is 
represented  on  the  old  geological  map,  but  that  they 
occur  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  in  the  Hartz. 

The  granular  diabase  of  the  Hartz,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  it  is  an  intrusive  rock,  is  for  the  most 
part  limited  to  a  special  geological  horizon — that  of 
the  Lower  Wiederschiefer.  One  very  remarkable 
feature  is  its  entire  absence  from  the  Tanner  grey- 
wacke,  a  rock  through  which  it  must  have  passed 
if  the  relative  ages  of  the  Tanner  greywacke  and 
the  Wiederschiefer  have  been  correctly  determined. 

Compact  Diabase. — ^The  constituents  of  this  rock 
we  the  same  as  those  of  the  granular  diabase.  Augite 
18  less  conspicuous  and  iron  ores  less  abundant.  The 
texture  is  compact.  Vesicles  filled  with  the  alteration 
products  of  the  rock — calcspar,  chlorite,  and  quartz 
"-occur  in  certain  localities  and  give  rise  to  what 
18  known  as  diabas-mandelstein.  Another  special 
Variety  is  characterised  by  porph3n'itic  crystals  of 
plagioclase — diabase-porphyrite.  The  compact  variety 
fonns  a  zone  in  the  Upper  Wiederschiefer,  and, 
iinlike  the  granular  variety,  occurs  as  true  sheets. 

Granite. — ^The  main  mass  of  the  Brocken  is  a 
inedium- grained  rock  of  a  grey  or  reddish  colour, 
composed  of  reddish  orthoclase,  greenish  plagioclase, 
quartz,  and  dark  mica.  Near  the  borders  the  mass 
becomes  finer  in  grain  and  assumes  more  or  less  the 
character  of  a  quartz-porphyry.  Along  the  south- 
eastern  border   the    mass   becomes   more   basic   in 


228  Metamxytyhism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

character,  augite  and  hornblende  make  their  appear- 
ance, and  such  varieties  of  rocks  as  the  following 
occur :  homblende-biotite-granite,  augite-homblende- 
granite,  quartz -diorite,  augite- quartz -diorite,  augite - 
diorite,  diorite,  and  quartz -biotite- augite -gabbro. 
These  rocks  are  intermediate  in  character  between 
the  granite  of  the  Brocken  and  the  gabbro  of  Harz- 
burg,  which  occurs  on  the  N.W.  of  the  granite.  It 
will  be  observed  that  the  granite  of  the  Brocken 
diflFers  from  the  principal  masses  in  the  West  of 
England  in  the  absence  of  white  mica.  It  resembles 
them,  however,  in  the  occurrence  of  tourmaline  and 
occasionally  fluorspar,  in  the  border  rocks. 

The  granite  of  the  Kammberg  is  a  medium-grained 
rock,  composed  of  white  felspar,  mostly  orthoclase, 
grey  quartz,  and  brownish-black  mica,  with  which 
scales  of  white  mica  are  often  associated.  The  white 
mica  is  not  conspicuous,  but  it  was  sujBScient  to  lead 
G.  Rose  to  class  the  rock  with  his  true  granites, 
not  with  his  granitites.  The  usual  transition  to 
granite-porphyry  may  be  observ^ed  at  the  borders, 
and  also  the  coming  in  of  tourmaline  and  fluor- 
spar. 

We  are  now  in  a  position  •to  consider  the  various 
types  of  metamorphism  observed  in  the  district. 


CONTACT  METAMORPHISM. 

DUE  TO  DIABA5E. 

The  intrusion  of  the  granular  diabase  has  been 
accompanied  by  a  change  in  the  character  of  sur- 
rounding  rocks.      The   first   change  is  seen  in   an 


18S9.]  and  West  of  England.  229 

induration  of  the  rock,  and  a  decrease  in  its  fissility. 
Sometimes  the  change  stops  here ;  more  frequently 
a  compact,  splintery  rock,  fusible  at  the  edges  of  thin 
chips,  and  of  a  light,  grey  or  greenish-grey  colour,  is 
produced.     Sometimes  the  colour  is  dark -grey,  or 
even  a  bluish-black     Under  the  microscope  this  rock 
may  be  resolved  into  a  micro-crystalline  mosaic  of 
quartz  and  albite,  in  which  a  few  crystals  of  pyrites 
we  usually  embedded.     One  special  feature  of  the 
rock  is  its  mode  of  weathering ;  a  thin  white  crust, 
sharply  defined  jfrom  the  rest  of  the  rock,  is  pro- 
duced.    This  rock  is  termed  adinole.    Other  varieties 
of  contact-rock  have  been  termed  spilosite  and  des- 
nioisite.    These  are  softer  than  adinole  ;  they  contain 
less  quartz.    Chlorite,  sericite,  and  iron  ores,  partially 
^tered  to  leucoxene,  as  well  as  albite,  may  be  re- 
cognized  imder  the   microscope.      Typical   spilosite 
^  characterised   by  the   occurrence  of  roundish  or 
elliptical  spots  jfrom  1  to  3  mm.  in  diameter.     These 
^ts  are  rich  in  chlorite.     When  the  spots  coalesce 
to  form    bands  we    have    the    variety  known    as 
desmoisite. 

De  la  Beche,  in  his  Report  on  the  Geology  of  Devon 
^^d  Cornwall  (page  267),  refers  to  the  alteration 
effected  by  the  "greenstone;"  but  so  far  as  I  am 
^•ware  no  detailed  observations  have  as  yet  been  made 
^th  reference  to  this  subject.  Adinole,  spilosite, 
^d  desmoisite  do  not  appear  to  have  been  recognised 
^^  the  West  of  England. 

DUE  TO   GRANITE. 

The  area  affected  by  the  granite -mass  of  the 
Kftimnberg  may,  as  a  rule,  be  divided   into  three 


230  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

zones,  representing  a  gradual  increase  in  the  amount 
of  metamorphism  as  the  granite  is  approached  : — 

(a)  Knoten-schiefer  zone. 

(h)  Hornfels  zone. 

(c)  Mica-schist-like  Homfels.* 

The  breadth  of  the  entire  area,  as  well  as  that  of 
each  zone,  is  not  constant  round  the  granite.  It 
depends  on  the  slope  of  the  upper  surface  of  the 
granite  beneath  the  actual  surface  of  the  ground. 
Thus  in  the  case  of  the  Rammberg  mass  it  is  much 
greater  on  the  S.W.  than  on  the  N.E.  Owing  to  the 
fact  that  the  granite  in  many  places  cuts  across  the 
strike,  the  number  of  rocks  brought  within  its 
influence  is  much  greater  than  in  the  case  of  the 
diabase.  The  diflFerent  kinds  of  rock  show  differ- 
ences as  regards  facility  of  alteration.  Calcareous 
rocks  are  most  easily  affected ;  next  in  order  come 
the  clay-slates ;  next  to  these  the  greywackes ;  and 
last  of  all  the  quartzites  and  other  siliceous  rocks.t 
The  dominant  rock  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
Rammberg  mass  is  clay-slate ;  hence  the  contact- 
zones  mentioned  above  are  defined  with  special  refer- 
ence to  this  rock. 

If  now  we  compare  the  granites  and  their  effects 
in  Cornwall  and  in  the  Hartz,  we  are  struck  with 
many  points  of  resemblance  and  difference.  The 
granites  of  Cornwall  are  essentially  muscovite-biotite- 

♦  The  term  Homfels  is  used  generally  for  rocks  from  the  inner  zones 
of  granite-contact  areas  irrespective  of  composition  and  to  a  certain 
extent  even  of  structure. 

t  E.  Kayser,  "  Uber  das  Spal ten-system  am  S.W. — Abfall  des 
Brocken-inassivs/*  Jahr,  d.  k.  Preiiss,  gcol,  Landesanstalt  fur  1881. 
Page  422. 


im.y  and  West  of  England.  231 

granites,  whereas  in  those  of  the  Hartz  muscovite 
plays  a  secondary  part ;  it  is  absent  from  the  main 
mass  of  the  Brocken,  and  occurs  sparingly  in  that 
of  the  Rammberg. 

The  general  effect  of  the  granites  of  the  West  of 
England  appears  to  have  been  much  less  than  that 
of  the  corresponding  rocks  of  the  Hartz.  Knoten- 
schiefer,  andalusite-homfels,  tourmaline-homfels,  and 
mica-schist'like  rocks,  are,  however,  known  to  occur 
in  both  localities,  and  to  bear  similar  relations  to 
each  other  and  to  the  granite.  The  diabase-homfels 
of  both  localities  are  substantially  identical.  As 
r^ards  the  breadth  of  the  contact  zone  round  the 
granite-masses  of  Devon  and  Cornwall,  we  have  no 
satisfactory  information.  This  is  unfortunate,  because 
the  breadth  of  the  contact  zone,  other  things  being 
equal,  is  dependent  on  the  slope  of  the  upper  surface 
of  the  granite  beneath  the  actual  surface.  It  is  an 
indication  of  the  direction  in  which  the  granite 
extends,  and  possibly  of  that  from  which  it  came. 


REGIONAL  METAM0RPHI8M. 

The  sedimentary  and  pre-granitic  eruptive  rocks 
of  the  Hartz  and  of  the  West  of  England  have  not 
only  been  affected  by  contact  metamorphism,  but 
aUo  by  dynamic  (regional)  metamorphism.  According 
to  Lessen,  the  ktter  kind  of  metamorphism  is 
especially  characteristic  of  those  zones  where  the 
pressure  which  produced  the  Hercynian  folds  (N.W. 
^^  8.K)  has  operated  on  the  beds  already  stiffened 
by  the  Westphalian  folding  (N.K  and  S.W.).  One 
of  the  most  important  of  these  zones  is  in  the  S.E. 

B  8 


232  Metamorphmn  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

Hartz,  and  from  that  area  our  description  of  the 
effects  produced  on  the  sedimentary  and  eruptive 
rocks  will  mainly  be  taken.  The  rocks  affected  belong 
for  the  most  part  to  the  group  known  as  the  Wieder- 
schiefer.  They  are  therefore  of  the  same  age  and 
character  as  those  which  have  furnished  illustrations 
of  contact  metamorphism. 

The  area  of  regional  metamorphism  in  the  S.E. 
Hartz  is  especially  characterized  by  two  well-marked 
features — (1)  the  clay-slates  are  much  more  distinctly 
crystalline,  and  consequently  possess  the  character  of 
phyllites ;  (2)  the  rocks  are  traversed  by  segregations 
of  white  granular  quartz,  with  which  albite  is  often 
associated. 

The  quartz-albite  segregations  may  occur  in  thick 
lenticles  or  flat  strings  between  the  planes  of 
schistosity  or  bedding,  or  in  the  form  of  veins 
cutting  across  the  bedding.  The  area  of  meta- 
morphism is  indicated  on  Lossen's  map  of  the  Hartz 
by  two  lines — the  one  representing  the  northern 
limit  of  the  quartz -veins,  the  other  that  of  the 
district  in  which  the  clay-slates  take  on  the  character 
of  phyllites.  These  two  lines  very  nearly  coincide. 
It  is  especially  worthy  of  note  that  they  do  not 
correspond  with  any  definite  geological  horizoiL 
They  indicate  the  distribution  of  certain  structural 
and  mineralogical  features,  which  owe  their  origin 
to  physical  causes.  The  dynamic  metamorphism 
becomes  more  and  more  pronounced  as  we  proceed 
from  the  above  lines  towards  the  S.E.  border  of  the 
Hartz,  and  extends  right  up  to  the  boundary  line 
which  separates  the  older  rocks  of  the  Kemgebirge 
from  the  newer  rocks  of  the  Flotzgebirge.     The 


1889.]  and  West  of  England.  233 

average  dip  of  the  beds  increases  •  from  25*"  to  30*, 
until  it  becomes  perpendicular  and  even  reversed ; 
and  the  zone  of  steepest  dip,  like  that  of  regional 
metamorphism  as  defined  by  the  distribution  of 
quartz  -  albite  veins,  does  not  keep  to  any  one 
geological  horizon,  but  crosses  the  general  strike, 
so  as  to  pass  from  older  to  newer  rocks  in  its  course 
from  W.  to  E.  In  other  words,  the  general  course  of 
the  line  of  steepest  dip  is  about  W.S.W.  and  KN.K, 
whereas  the  strike  of  the  beds  is  about  S.  W.  and  N.E. 
We  will  now  consider  the  petrographical  characters 
of  the  rocks  within  the  area  of  regional  metamor- 
phism. The  change  is  in  all  cases  gradual,  so  that 
the  lines  above  referred  to  have  only  an  approximate 
value.  The  clay -slates  become  lighter  in  colour. 
Silver-grey,  greenish-yellow,  yellowish-grey,  green  or 
red  tints  become  common.  The  lustre  on  the  cleavage 
planes  is  greatly  increased.  Under  the  microscope 
seridte  is  seen  to  be  more  distinctly  developed  than 
in  the  normal  clay-slates;  chlorite,  hematite,  and 
more  rarely  gothite  may  be  recognised,  the  last  two 
occurring  in  |he  reddish  and  brownish  varieties. 
Between  the  phyllitic  minerals  (sericite,  chlorite^  &c.) 
a  granular  micro-crystalline  mosaic  of  quartz,  and 
probably  also  felspar  (albite),  may  be  recognised. 
This  is  especially  the  case  in  those  rocks  which  are 
intermediate  in  character  between  clay -slate  and 
greywacke.  Well -formed  rhombs  of  carbonates 
occur  in  this  mosaic.  In  the  coarser  grained  rocks 
original  clastic  fragments  of  quartz  and  felspar  may 
still  be  recognised.  Where  rocks  of  the  above 
character  have  been  formed  we  find  folding  and 
puckering  on  a  minute  scale.     The  microscopic  folds 


234  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

often  pass  over  into  faults,  and  we  then  have  trans- 
verse -  cleavage  produced  (Sorby  's  joint  -  cleavage, 
Helm's  ausweichungs-cleavage,  Bonne3r's  strain-slip 
cleavage). 

The  quartzites  of  the  "  Haupt-quartzit"  zone 
become  schistose  and  are  traversed  by  quartz-veins. 
They  often  show  puckering  and  transverse -cleavage. 
In  the  zone  of  the  Upper  Wiederschiefer  there  occurs 
a  band  of  wine -red  or  violet -red  slates  containing 
manganese.  In  the  metamorphic  area  this  band  is 
traversed  by  quartz- veins  containing  carpholite  (sili- 
cate of  alumina  and  manganese).  The  carpholite  occurs 
in  parallel  fibres  or  rods.  The  longer  axes  of  the  fibres 
lie  across  the  quartz- veins.  The  colour  of  the  mineral 
is  clear  green  or  greenish-yellow.  By  alteration  an 
aluminous  silicate  may  be  left  as  a  pseudomorph 
after  the  carpholite,  while  the  manganese-oxide  may 
crystallize  in  hollow  spaces  as  braunite.  The  carpholite- 
zone,  as  it  is  called,  runs  parallel  with  the  south-east 
border  of  the  Hartz. 

The  zone  of  the  compact  diabases  (Upper  Wieder- 
schiefer) is  represented  in  the  metamorphic  area  by 
the  so-called  green  schists.  These  are  not  so  much 
true  schists  as  thick  platy  rocks  which  sometimes- 
have  a  Jlaser  or  a  banded  structure.  They  are  fine- 
grained or  cx)mpact,  and  have  dark  green,  greyish- 
green,  or  yellowish-green  colours.  Chlorite,  actinolitic 
or  amianthus-like  hornblende,  epidote,  albite,  calcspar, 
quartz,  titaniferous  iron  ore,  leucoxene,  hematite, 
magnetite,  white  mica,  iron  and  copper  pyrites,  and 
malachite,  occur  in  them.  The  last  three  are, 
however,  only  found  in  certain  varietiea  The  others 
play  a  more  or  less  important  part  in  the  composition 


i«89.]  and  West  of  England.  235 

of  the  rocks,  but  they  do  not  all  occur  together. 
Thus  hornblende   and   chlorite   replace   each   other, 
^d  it  is  often  impossible  without  the  microscope 
to  decide  which  of  the  two  minerals  is  present  in 
any  given  rock.     In  this  respect,  as  in  many  others, 
these  rocks  are  substantially  identical  with  many  of 
the   Cornish    greenstones    described    by    Mr.    John 
Arthur  Phillips  and  others.     The  determination  of 
the  precise  mode  of  origin  of  these  rocks,  both  in 
CJornwall  and  the  Hartz,  is  attended  with  considerable 
diflficulty.      That    they    represent   original    eruptive 
material  of  basic  composition  is  beyond  all  doubt,  but 
whether  a  given  rock  is  an  altered  basalt  or  basaltic 
tuff  is  in  many  cases  incapable  of  precise  determination. 
The  Zorger  schiefer,  consisting  of  clay-slate,  with 
intercalations  of  kieselschiefer  and  greywacke,  come 
within    the   zone   of   regional   metamorphism.     The 
clay-slates   have   been   changed   to   phyllites*  which 
possess   a  very   high    degree    of    lustre,   and    even 
resemble  mica-schists.     They  consist  of  fairly  well- 
developed  mica,  with  which  is  associated  some  scaly- 
fibrous   sericite    and    quartz.      A    green    or    brown 
pleochroic  mica  is  also  present.      Rutile,  hematite, 
chlorite,  and  tourmaline  also  occur,  but  not  abun- 
dantly. 

The  kieselschiefer,  as  might  naturally  be  expected, 
does  not  suffer  any  important  alteration  ;  but  the 
greywacke  is  exceptionally  interesting.  It  forms  a 
band  running  close  to  and  parallel  with  the  S.E. 
border  of  the  Hartz.  In  its  modified  form  Lossen 
describes  it  as  a  gneissose  greywacke-schist.  The 
principal  macroscopic  feature  of  this  rock,  and  the 
one  which  distinguishes  it  from  normal  greywackes, 


236  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz  [Nov.  i, 

is  the  possession  of  the  flaser  structure  so  character- 
istic of  regional  metamorphic  areas.  This  shows 
itself  on  a  surface  in  wavy  streaks  (flaser),  which 
inosculate  and  enclose  elliptical  patches  with  tail-like 
endings  (phacoids  of  Professor  Lapworth).  In  the 
gneissose  grejrwacke  the  flaser  are  formed  of  sericite, 
white  mica  of  a  more  definitely  crystalline  character, 
chlorite,  and  opaque  particles.  The  phacoids  are 
formed  of  the  original  clastic  fragments  of  quartz 
and  felspar  and  a  mosaic  of  secondary  quartz  and 
felspar.  The  secondary  felspar  is  distinguished  by 
its  freshness,  and  by  the  fact  that  the  individual 
grains  are  interlocked  with  the  grains  of  quartz  just 
as  these  are  with  each  other.  Very  jfrequently  the 
phacoids  are  entirely  occupied  by  the  secondary 
mosaic.  Sometimes  the  new  felspar  forms  a  zone 
round  the  old,  with  which  it  is  then  seen  to  be  in 
optical  continuity.  The  other  constituents  of  the 
rock  are  epidote  in  small  grains  and  crystals,  titanite, 
iron  ores  with  titanite  borders,  zircon,  and  carbo- 
naceous particles. 

Quartz  veins  containing  albite  and  chlorite  occur 
both  in  the  metamorphosed  greywackes  and  in  the 
phyllites  of  the  Zorger  Schiefer. 

We  have  now  to  refer  very  briefly  to  the  characters 
assumed  by  the  granular  diabases  within  the  area  of 
regional  metamorphism.  Taking  the  district  aa  a 
whole,  every  stage  in  the  transition,  from  a  massive 
rock  to  a  schist,  may  be  found.  The  intermediate 
stages  are  represented  by  rocks  possessing  flaser 
structure.  These  are  common  in  the  area  under 
consideration.  The  change  in  texture  is  accompanied 
by  important  changes  in  mineralogical  composition 


1889.]  and  West  of  England.  237 

and  microscopic  structure.  The  felspars  giving  lath- 
shaped  sections  become  broken  up,  and  more  or  less 
replaced  by  a  water-clear  granular  aggregate  (mosaic) 
of  secondary  felspar.  Epidote  sometimes  makes  its 
appearance  in  connection  with  this  change.  The 
augite  becomes  replaced  by  hornblende  or  chlorite. 
Thus  a  diabase  (dolerite)  may  become  converted  into 
a  chlorite,  or  hornblende-schist.  One  of  the  most 
extreme  results  of  the  metamorphism  may  be  seen  in 
an  old  quarry  at  Neue  Gehege.  Here  a  light  greenish, 
greenish-grey,  or  silvery-grey  schist  has  been  formed 
hy  the  modification  of  a  diabase  which  has  produced 
contact  alteration  in  the  surrounding  slates.  Trans- 
itional forms  may  be  collected  in  the  quarry.  Under 
the  microscope  the  schist  at  first  sight  appears  to 
consist  almost  entirely  of  minute  spear-like  needles 
of  hornblende.  Sometimes  these  needles  are  arranged 
irregularly,  and  sometimes  in  parallel  sets,  the  angles 
J>etween  which  are  those  of  the  prisms  and  pinacoids 
of  augite.  Fragments  of  original  augite  occur. 
Primary  and  secondary  felspar  are  rare. 

It  is  instructive  to  compare  the  general  effects  of 
contact  and  dynamic  metamorphism.  Both  tend  to 
obliterate  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  igneous 
and  sedimentary  rocks.  Contact  metamorphism  will 
invert  a  clay-slate  into  a  massive  crystalline  rock ; 
dynamic  metamorphism  will  convert  a  massive  dolerite 
^to  a  slaty  rock.  The  development  of  a  brown 
ferriferous  mica  both  in  sedimentary  and  basic  igneous 
^ks  is  a  special  feature  of  contact  action.  In  areas 
of  regional  metamorphism,  such  as  the  S.E.  Hartz, 
sericite  is  largely  developed  in  the  sedimentary  rocks 
at  the  expense  of  felspar ;  brown  mica  is  scarce. 


238  Metamorphism  in  the  Hartz.  [Nor.  i, 

Axinite,  tourmaline,  and  fluorspar  are  special 
minerals  characteristic  of  contact  alteration.  The 
formation  of  quartz  veins  containing  albite,  carpholite, 
calcspar,  chlorite,  is  equally  characteristic  of  areas 
affected  by  dynamic  metamorphism.  The  mineral 
associated  with  the  quartz  in  these  veins  is  related 
in  composition  to  the  surrounding  rocks;  c.gr.,  car- 
pholite in  slates  containing  manganese,  calcspar  in 
limestones,  and  chlorite  in  diabases. 

No  systematic  observation  of  the  areas  affected 
by  d3mamic  metamorphism  has  as  yet  been  made 
in  the  West  of  England,  and  we  are  therefore  unable 
to  say  whether  they  occupy  the  same  positions  in 
relation  to  granite  masses  and  to  deviations  in  the 
normal  strike  as  they  do  in  the  Hartz,  according  to 
Lossen.  It  is,  however,  instructive  to  note  that  one 
district  of  excessive  alteration  exists  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Tintagel,  and  that  in  this  locality  the  E.  and 
W.  strike  is  replaced  by  one  extending  nearly  N.  and 
S.  Here  we  find  the  ottrelite-phyllites  and  the  highly 
schistose  igneous  rocks  described  by  Mr.  Hutchings. 
Tintagel  is  also  a  recognised  locality  for  albite. 


ON  A  SPECIMEN  OF  BANDED   SERPENTINE 
FROM  THE  LIZARD,   CORNWALL. 

Bt  Frank  Rutlet,  f.o.b. 

(Read  Ist  November,  1889.) 


Thb  specimen  of  serpentine  here  described  was 
collected  by  Sir  Warington  Smyth,  F.R.S.,  and 
ifi  remarkable  on  account  of  the  evenness  and 
parallelism  of  the  banding  which  it  exhibits.  In 
colour  it  is  dark  green,  in  places  greenish -black, 
^th  a  considerable  admixture  of  deep  red,  the  latter 
colour  appearing  in  bands  about  J  inch  in  breadth. 
Through  this  darker  material  of  the  specimen  there 
^  bands  of  a  paler  green  or  greenish-grey  tint, 
^Mch  under  a  pocket-lens  are  seen  to  consist  of 
green  matter  with  minute  white  or  grejdsh  -  white 
specks. 

Under  the  microscope  the  general  structure  of 
^^  rock  is  seen  to  be  distinctly  fragmental  (cata- 
^tic).  The  fragments  are  exceedingly  small,  and 
consist  of  olivine,  anorthite,  and  hornblende,  with 
^me  magnetite,  and  apparently  a  very  little  chromite. 
The  remainder  of  the  rock  which  envelopes  these 
^^  fragments — one  might  almost  say,  these  par- 
ticles of  dust — consists  of  serpentine,  and  the  same 
substance  traverses  the  rock  in  very  minute  veins, 
which  are  for  the  most  part  at  right  angles  to  the 


240    On  a  Specimen  of  Banded  Serpentine   [Nov.  i, 

banding,  and  must  be  regarded  as  the  infilling  of 
diminutive  cracks  which  originated  from  stresses 
which  occurred  after  the  production  of  the  banding. 

The  fragments  of  anorthite  crystals  frequently 
give  an  extinction  angle  approximating  to  40°  in 
sections  parallel  to  010. 

The  hornblende  is  of  a  pale  brown  colour.  Its 
pleochroism  is:  a = pale  brownish -yellow,  6= pale 
reddish  -brown,  c  =  slightly  deeper  reddish  -  brown. 
The  absorption  being :   cvbva. 

No  distinct  crystals  of  hornblende  are  present 
in  the  section  examined,  but  only  fragments,  some 
of  which  show  the  usual  prismatic  cleavages  inter- 
secting at  124°  30'.  The  olivine  is  in  great  part 
altered  into  serpentine.  The  magnetite  occurs  in 
very  small  irregularly-shaped  grains,  and  some  small 
grains  which  appear  of  a  deep  brownish -red  by 
transmitted  light  are  probably  chromite.  There  are 
also  rusty  stains  in  various  parts  of  the  section 
suggestive  of  the  presence  of  ferric  oxide. 

Apart  from  the  serpentine,  the  fragments  com- 
posing the  rock  are,  as  already  stated,  of  exceedingly 
small  dimensions,  mechanical  stresses  having  brought 
about  a  complete  trituration  of  the  original  rock ; 
and  although  here  and  there  adjacent  fragments 
are  seen  to  be  parts  of  the  same  crystal  since 
they  undergo  extinction  simultaneously,  yet  in  most 
instances  these  are  only  fragments  of  crystals — 
chiefly  of  olivine — which  have  apparently  escaped 
fracture,  or  at  all  events  displacement  of  the  parts 
of  the  crystal,  but  which  now,  owing  to  the  subse- 
quent formation  of  serpentine  along  the  walls  of  the 
irregular  fissures  by  which  such  crystals  are  usually 


1889.]  from  ike  Lizard ^  Cornwall.  241 

traversed,  have  assumed  a  fragmental  aspect.  The 
serpentine  in  places  exhibits  the  well-known  mesh 
structure  characteristic  of  the  alteration  of  olivine, 
but  in  other  parts  of  the  section  a  tendency  towards 
the  grid  structure  may  be  noted,  suggestive  of  the 
alteration  of  amphibole. 

Taking  one  character  with  another,  there  seems 
no  doubt  that  in  this  particular  case  we  have  an 
extreme  example  of  the  mechanical  deformation  of 
an  anorthite-gabbro,  or  of  some  eruptive  rock  occupy- 
ing in  mineral  constitution  a  position  between  corsite* 
and  troctolite. 

*  Sjnonymous  with  Napoleonite  or  orbicular  syenite. 


A   GEOLOGICAL   NOTE. 

By  Nicholas  Whitley. 

(Read  let  November,  1889.) 


During  the  past  few  years  I  have  had  many  oppor- 
tunities of  observing  the  sections  of  the  ground 
exposed  by  excavating  for  the  foundations  of  the 
houses  on  a  line  from  the  School  of  Art  at  Penzance 
southward  to  the  sea.  Sections  of  from  four  to  six 
feet  in  depth  exposed  under  the  surface  soil  a  bed  of 
pebbles  and  small  boulders  of  quartz,  trap,  granite, 
and  various  elvans  confusedly  mixed  in  a  matrix  of 
sandy  loam. 

If  the  sea  had  worn  back  the  land  at  this  place, 
so  as  to  have  exposed  this  stratum  in  a  cliflF,  it  would 
probably  have  been  described  as  a  "  raised  beach." 

Further,  from  geological  evidence  it  is  certain  that 
the  coast-line  on  this  part  of  the  bay  (as  well  as  at 
other  places)  has  to  a  very  considerable  extent  been 
eroded  by  the  action  of  the  sea,  as  is  conclusively 
illustrated  by  the  naked  patches  of  the  top  of  an 
elvan  course  exposed  at  low-water,  extending  from 
the  town  quay  to  the  Wherry  Eocks ;  and  also  by 
the  beautiful  variety  of  pebbles  of  trap  and  elvan 
found  on  the  present  beach,  which  are  probably  sea- 
worn  specimens  of  the  pebble-bed  before  described. 
Of  these  beach  pebbles  1  forward  specimens. 


$o$aI  (^tfk^id  Somts  of  CemfDall. 


THE  SEVENTY-SEVENTH 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


KTO.   ETC. 


PENZANCE: 
1891. 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL 


ystronf  ss : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

Ftcr-ystron : 
HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  K.G.,  etc. 

COLONEL  TREMAYNE.  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

THOS.  BEDFORD  BOLITHO.  Esq.,  m.p. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1890-91. 

yrrsflimt: 
Lord  St.  Levan. 

FUf'^rrBOirnts : 
Ret.  Prbb.  Hedgelakd,  ila.  Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  x.p. 

T.  AxoKRNON  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq.    The  Earl  of  Mount  Edocumbb. 

ZxtMUttx : 
William  Bolitho,  Jun.,  Esq. 

George  Bown  Millett,  Esq.,  m.r.c.8. 

l^ibrarUn : 
Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Esq. 

^uratoro : 

A.  E.  Pincuino,  Esq. 

Herbert  Warinoton  Smyth,  Esq.,  b.a.,  ll.b.,  f.g.s. 

fBL%%i%Unt  Curator  and  l^ArarUn: 
Mr.  W.  Ambrose  Taylor. 

The  Officers  of  the  Society. 


Frederick  Holman,  Esq. 
Major  Ross. 
George  J.  Smith,  Esq. 
Walter  H.  Borlase,  Esq. 
Wm.  Edward  Baily,  Esq. 
Walter  Pike,  Esq. 


T.  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  Esq.,  f.g.s. 
James  Dennis,  Esq. 
Thos.  Robins  Bolitho,  Esq. 
Francis  Harvey,  Esq. 
Howard  Fox,  Esq.,  f.g.s. 
Martin  Magor,  Esq. 
s  2 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


HoNOBART  Members. 

George  James  Allman,  M.D.,  ll.d.,  F.R.a,  F.L.S.,  m.r«Ii.a.,  Ardmoori 

Parkstone,  Dorset 
Beyrich,  Professor  K,  Berlin. 
Charles  Barrois,  Dr.,  Lille,  France. 
Josiah  P.  Gooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridgei 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cunningham,  F.o.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a..  Professor  of  Qeolc^,  Tale  Coll^;e,  etc.. 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Auguste  Daubr^e,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Bobert  Etheridge,  F.R.&,  F.o.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  19,  Halsey 

Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
William  Henry  Flower,  c.B.,  F.R.&,  F.L.B.,  F.0.&,  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

S.W. 
Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Qeology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Ho&ath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  F.o.s. 

Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  St^uare,  Londc  n,  W. 
Nevil  Story-Maskelyne,  M.A.,  li.?.,  F.R.S.,  f.o.s.,  Professor  of  Mineralc^, 

Oxford,  Basset  Down  House,  Swindon. 
Jj&on  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Richard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  M.D.,  D.O.L.,  F.R.S.,  f.l.8.,  f.o.s.,  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Pcurk,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  F.R.8.,  F.o.s.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  c.B.,  M.P.,  Ph.  D.,  F.R.S.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow 

Gardens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.o.s.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  B.C. 
Joseph  Prestwich,  m.a.,  f.r.8.,  f.o.s.,  etc..  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Shoreham,  Sevenoaks,  Kent. 
Lady  Smyth,  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  Loudon,  W.,  and  Marazion. 


248      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

J.  J.  Hams  Teall,  M.A.,  f.r.8.,  f.g.s.,  Geological  Survey  Ofl&ce,  Jermyn 

Street,  London. 
Major-General  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  r.e.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Anny,  P.G.8., 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London, 
Major-General  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  c.B.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 
Nicholas  Whitley,  Truro. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  K.  Bamett,  f.g.s.,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Francis  Doherty,  b.a.,  Ph.  D.,  p.r.g.8.1.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Vicarage, 

Romsey,  Hants. 
Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  b.a.,  d.  Sc,  f.g.s.,  Llandudno. 
Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s.,  Blinman,  South  Australia. 
George  Bown  Millett,  m.r,c.s.,  Penzance. 
Herbert  Warington  Smyth,  B.A.,  ll.b.,  f.g.s.,  5,  Inyemeas  Terrace, 

London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
William  Teague,  Pool. 

Ordinary  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  M.P.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penalveme,  Penzance. 

Miss  Borlase,  Castle  Horueck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 

John  Richards  Branwell,  Penlee,  Penzance. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance, 

Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  M.A.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Guildford. 

The  Rt  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S. W. 

J.  A.  Daniell,  Polstrong,  Camborne. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Mrs.  Downing,  Kenegie,  Penzance. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothuan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick,  Falmouth. 


lAst  of  Members.  249 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  f.o.s.,  33,  Broad  Street  Avenue,  London. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Glanmdr,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Heniy  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  m.a,,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Mrs.  Husband,  Parkhurst,  West  Bournemouth,  Hants. 

Thomas  King,  m.a.,  Penzance. 

Chas.  Day  Nicholls  Le  Grice,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Andrew  Harpur  Mitchell,  Penzance. 

Fortescue  WiUiam  MiUett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcunibe,  Devonport. 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  FerryhiU. 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Archibald  E.  Pinching,  H.M.  Inspector  of  Mines,  Devonport. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  M.A.,  F.O.&,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

The  Lord  Robartes,  Lanhydrock. 

Rev.  Canon  Rogers,  m.a.,  Gwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  m.d.,  f.g.s.,  Withington,  Manchester. 

James  Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Marazion. 

^v.  St  Aubyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

The  Lord  St.  Levan,  St  Michael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant 

William  Bickford  Smith,  m.p.,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  TreHsk,  Truro. 

A  J.  Stuart,  Penzance. 

John  Symons,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Josiah  Thomas,  Camborne. 

Re?.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere,  c.b.,  m.a.,  f.g.s.,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  F.G.a,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Qate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 

John  Westlake,  Q,c.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.W. 
George  Williams,  Scorrier. 


250     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comwail. 


Associates. 


Arundel  Anthony,  Lelant. 

James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 
Mine,  St.  Just. 

J.  T.  Blight,  p.  8. A.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  CoUins,^  P.G.8.,  4,  Clark 
Terrace,  Dulwich  Rise,  Lon- 
don, S.E. 

William  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St. 
Just. 

William  Qregor,  Swansea. 

William  Hollow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 


R.  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 

Benedict  Kitto,  F.o.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsboiy  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Mitchell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  F.o.s.,  St  Just 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.B.  Pro  vis,  A.  in»t  c.B.,Fin8bury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  E.C. 

John  Rowe,The  Terrace,  St  Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Honorary  Members,  Life  Mernhers,  and  AstociaUs  tohom 

Addresses  are  unknown. 


John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.         | 
Hall,  R.  T.       I       Phillips,  John. 


Thomas  Hawkins,  F.o.s. 
I       Thomas^  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  the  favour  of  his  being  informed  of  any  inaccwuciei 

in  die  foregoing  lists. 


THE  ANNUAL  MEETING. 

Thi  Kiv.  Prebendary  HEDGELAND,  Senior  Vice-President, 

in  the  Chair, 


^^  Chainnan  remarked  that  it  was  with  feelings  of  very  profound 

'^8'ot  that  he  found  himself  in  the  position  of  Chairman.     Of 

^^^'^^  the  great  cause  of  that  regret  was  the  fact  which  necessitated 

'^^  ^Ji  arrangement.     They  met  that  day — he  did  not  know  that 

^^^  ^  thing  had  happened  before  in  the  history  of  the  Society — 

withoxit  a  President.     He  need  hardly  say  that  the  loss  of  their 

^^^^ent  was  an  exceedingly  great  loss;  in  fact,  it  was  almost 

^P^^able.     He  did  not  think  that  they  would  be  able  to  find 

•^otli^P  jjy^jj  gQ  yf^  qualified  in  all  respects — by  position,  know- 

*^^    experience,  and  manners — to  fill  the  chair  now  vacant 

^^^y  liad  had  the  assistance  of  Sir  Warington  Smyth  for  a  great 

^^Oer  of  years — nearly  twenty — as  President  of  the  Society. 

^*    liedgeland  had  not  the  qualifications  and  the  knowledge 

^flicl^  were  necessary  to  compare  him  with  the  eminent  men  who 

P'ficecied  him ;  but  he  apprehended  that  the  chair  had  never  been 

^^    by  one  more  completely  fitted  to  occupy  it,  by  virtue  of 

*^®^tific  knowledge  and  other  acquirements.     They,  at  all  events, 

*^^W   how  he  presided  over  their  meetings.      They  knew  how 

^^'y  remark  that  was  made,  and  every  paper  that  was  read,  in  the 

^^iTBe  of  their  business,   at  once  found  its  proper  place  and 

^f^xved  its  proper  appreciation  from  him.     There  was  no  part  of 

iue  knowledge  which  fell  within  the  province  of  the  Society  in 

"•fnicb  he  was  found  wanting,  while  his  genial  manners  always 

iQ&de  it  pleasant  to  be  in  his  company.    They  had  indeed  sustained 

^  ^088  which  was  perhaps  irreparable ;   but,  at  any  rate,  they 

letained  grateful  recollections  of  his  services,  and  hoped  that  the 


252     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

work  which  he  had  done,  there  and  elsewhere,  would  n 
thrown  away,  but  would  leave  its  mark  in  the  world.  Mr.  I 
land  then  read  an  "In  Memoriam"  notice  of  Sir  Warii 
written  by  an  old  pupil ;  and  remarked  that  they,  from  thei 
experiences,  could  endorse  much  that  was  contained  in  it 

The  Chairman,  after  regretting  his  own  want  of  knowlec 
the  sciences,  added  that  their  Society  had  a  great  reputation 
very  good  record,  and  possessed  something  like  an  income,  a 
as  a  home  of  its  own.  It  was,  in  his  opinion,  a  pity  that  a  S 
with  such  advantages,  which  included  the  possession  of  a  va 
library  and  museum,  should  not  do  a  little  more  than  meet 
a  year  and  listen  to  some  papers,  which  were  doubtless  val 
but  which  probably  would  not  be  lost  to  the  world  even  i 
Society  did  not  print  them.  He  thought  it  would  be  very  dec 
for  the  Society  to  engage  in  some  actual  teaching  work  i 
county,  either  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  Penzance, 
that  place  as  their  headquarters  for  the  work,  or  by  lectu 
other  parts  of  the  county.  This  he  said,  notwithstandin 
recent  opening  of  the  new  Science  Schools,  which  they  all 
would  be  productive  of  good  results.  But  those  Schools  cc 
the  whole  ground  of  science ;  and  as  this  Society  was  confii 
Geology  and  Mineralogy,  he  thought  that  some  active  work 
still  be  found  for  it. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


^  pieeenting  their  Seventy-seventh  Annual  Report,  the  Council 
^  more  than  ordinarily  moved  by  the  consideration  of  the  severe 
losses  which  the  Society  has  sustained  during  the  past  twelve 
months.  It  has  not  happened  for  very  many  years,  if  at  all,  that 
they  have  had  the  misfortune  to  lay  before  the  members  so 
^portant  a  death-rolL 

^e  greatest  loss,  and  one  which  is  a  heavy  blow  to  the  Society, 

18  that  of  its  able  and  honoured   President,  who  from  the  year 

^^^7,  when  he  first  became  a  member,  has  taken  a  keen  interest 

^  its  affairs.      Ko  less  than  eight  times  was  he  elected,  or  re- 

^^octed,  its  chief  officer,   occupying  the   Presidential  chair  first 

^«>m  the  Annual  Meeting  in  1871  to  that  of   1879,  and  again 

^^    that  of   1883   to  the  present  year.      He  was  particularly 

*^lied  to  the  county  of  Cornwall ;  and  whenever  he  could  find 

^®  opportunity  would,  with  his  family,  take  up  his  abode,  for  a 

^o<J  of  comparative  holiday,  at  Marazion.     "  Few  men,*'  says  a 

'^^"k  writer,  "were  more  intimate  with  the  mineralogy  of  the 

^orl^    than    Sir    Warington    Smyth.      His    knowledge    of    the 

^'^^^^ogy  and  geology  of  Cornwall  was  perhaps  more  profound 

*^  tihat  of  any  of  his  contemporaries ;  and  the  master  of  a  lucid 

*vl^,    he  was  able  to  speak  interestingly  on  his  subject."     Our 

''***«ac/«ww  have  been   enriched  by  his    valuable  papers   and 

*^^*^^«ses;  and  those  who  have  listened  to  his  learned  discourses, 

^i  a^ia  ready  replies  in  discussion,  will  not  easily  forget  his  flow  of 

langxxage  and  happy  manner.     He  was  bom  at  Naples  on  August 

^^fti,  1817,  and  was  the  eldest  son  of  Admiral  W.   H.  Smyth, 

D.ci,.,  F.B.8.,  the  eminent  writer  on  Physical  Geography.     He  was 

educated  at  Westminster,  Bedford,  and  Trinity  College,  Cambridge, 


254      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 

where  he  took  his  B.A.  degree  in  1839,  and  M.A.  in  1844. 
He  travelled  much,  studying  the  mineral  products  and  mining 
industries  of  Germany,  Austria,  Hungary,  Turkey,  and  Asia 
Minor,  acquiring  a  practical  knowledge,  which  throughout  his 
life  rendered  him  one  of  the  greatest  authorities  upon  these 
subjects.  He  served  in  the  Geological  Survey  from  1845  to  1857, 
about  which  time  he  was  made  inspector  of  Crown  minerals,  having 
become  mineral  surveyor  to  the  Duchy  of  Cornwall  in  1852.  On 
the  formation,  in  1851,  of  the  Koyal  School  of  Mines  in  Jermyn 
Street,  he  became  lecturer  on  mineralogy  and  mining.  He  was 
one  of  the  honorary  secretaries  of  the  Geological  Society  from 
1856  to  1866,  in  which  latter  year  and  the  year  following  he  was 
President.  He  was  also  Foreign  Secretary  for  sixteen  years.  In 
1879  he  was  appointed  Chairman  of  the  Royal  Commission  on 
Accidents  in  Mines,  which  held  a  most  exhaustive  enquiry  until 
1886,  when  a  voluminous  and  valuable  report  was  presented.  It 
was  in  recognition  of  conspicuous  services  rendered  to  the  country 
that  the  Queen,  in  1887,  conferred  the  honour  of  knighthood 
upon  him.  Of  late  Sir  Warington  had  been  in  failing  health; 
but  up  to  the  fatal  hour  he  was  able  to  work  at  his  favourite 
subjects,  though  in  a  modified  degree.  The  end  came  suddenly. 
He  died  in  his  study  on  June  19th  last,  at  his  London  residence, 
5,  Inverness  Terrace.  In  accordance  with  his  own  wish,  he  was 
buried  in  Cornwall,  on  25th  of  the  same  month,  at  St  Erth, 
where  his  remains  were  followed  to  the  grave  by  a  very  large  and 
sorrowful  concourse  of  persons  of  all  classes  from  far  and  near. 

The  following  resolution  was  shortly  afterwards  entered  in  the 
Minute  Book  of  the  Society : 

*'  Kesolved  that  the  Council,  specially  convened  for  the  purpose, 
desire  to  express  their  deep  sorrow  at  the  death  of  the  President. 
For  nearly  twenty  years  Sir  Warington  Smyth  occupied  the 
Presidential  chair,  bringing  to  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  the 
office  an  experience,  a  wealth  of  knowledge,  and  a  variety  of 
attainments  which  conferred  distinction  on  the  Society;  whilst  his 
unvarying  kindness  and  urbanity  rendered  it  always  a  pleasure 
to  be  associated  with  him.     The  loss  to  the  Society  is  well-nigh 


Report  of  the  Council.  255 

unpaiable;  and  throughout  the  county,  which  he  loved  so  well, 
lie  will  be  mourned  by  hosts  of  friends — won  no  less  by  his  large 
bowledge  than  by  the  courtesy  and  readiness  with  which  he 
habitually  imparted  it" 

It  was  further  resolved : 

"That  a  copy  of  the  foregoing  resolution  be  forwarded  to  Lady 
Smyth,  and  that,  subject  to  her  approval,  the  Council  desire  to 
propose  her  for  election  as  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  Society, 
^  grateful  recognition  of  the  invaluable  services  rendered  by  her 
late  husband." 

^e  have  to  lament  the  loss  also  of  the  oldest  member  of  the 
Society,  and  one  who,  so  long  as  he  was  able,  took  part  in  its 
Proceedings — Mr.  Bolitho,  of  Trewidden.  His  name  first  appears 
^^  the  roll  in  1846,  from  which  time  he  was  a  firm  supporter  of 
*o  Society.     He  died  on  April  24th  last. 

Another  old  and  valued  member  who  has  passed  away  is  Captain 

^®^ord,  R.N.     He  first  joined  the  Society  in  1836,  but  was  not 

^Dtinuously  a  member  from  that  time,  having  retired  for  a  few 

^^^'s,  and  then  again  resumed  his  connection  with  it,  a  connection 

^y  broken  by  his  death,  which  happened  on  June  5th  of  this 
^«ar. 

Shortly  after  the  last  Annual  Meeting  one  of  an  honoured 
^*^o,  Mr.  Borlase,  of  Castle  Homeck,  was  gathered  to  his  fathers, 
^  I^ecember  4th. 

*et  another  death  must  be  recorded — the  most  recent — that  of 
'^*^-  Thomas  Cornish,  who  from  the  time  of  his  first  taking  up  his 
^^^^dence  in  Penzance  interested  himself  in  most  of  the  local 
^^^^tutions,  and  especially  in  this  Society.  He  was  a  very 
attendant  at  its  meetings,  and  his  varied  knowledge  on 
y  subjects,  added  to  a  genial  manner  and  a  fluency  of  speech, 
^^ich  always  enabled  him  to  present  his  ideas  in  an  attractive  form, 
^dered  him  a  valuable  member.  At  the  time  of  his  decease, 
^ch  happened  on  August  12th,  he  held  the  office  of  Curator. 
The  Eeports  of  your  Librarian  and  Curator  will  inform  you 
to  the  donations  and  usual  additions  by  purchase  to  your 
library  and  Museum, 


256      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

The  Science  Classes,  so  long  carried  on  in  the  basement  of  this 
building,  are  now  held  in  their  new  and  conveniently-arranged 
apartments,  specially  erected  for  them  in  the  Morrab  Road.  The 
home  of  the  Penzance  Mining  and  Science  Schools,  as  they  are 
now  called,  was  formally  opened  by  the  High  Sheriff  (T.  R 
Bolitho,  Esq.),  accompanied  by  the  Mayor  and  Ck)rporation,  on 
October  7th  last 

Mr.  Bamett's  Report  upon  the  working  of  the  classes  during 
the  past  year  is  as  follows : 

Penzance,  October  29/A,  1890. 

To  the  Council  of  the  Royal  ComvocUl  Geological  Society. 

Gentlemen, — I  have  little  to  report  this  year  on  the  work  of  the  Science 
Classes  which  I  have,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  K  C.  Conn,  conducted  in 
your  Museum.  Owing  to  the  building  of  the  new  Science  Schools,  which 
were  opened  on  the  7th  instant,  and  where  instruction  in  the  Sciences  will  in 
future  be  given,  the  teaching  was  somewhat  slackened,  and  the  number  oC 
students  attending  the  classes  was  small. 

The  successes  at  the  last  May  examination  of  the  Science  and  Art  Depart — 

ment  were  about  the  average,  and  one  student — Mr.  George  Robinson,  jun. ■ 

after  an  eight  hours'  practical  examination  in  "Practical  Chemistry,'*  wiu^ 
awarded  an  Honours  Certificate. 

In  sending  in  this  my  last  report  of  the  Science  instruction  given  in  yot^ic: 
building,  I  must  personally  thank  the  members  of  your  Society  for  grantii 
the  basement  of  their  Museum  for  so  many  years  free  of  cost,  and  for  the 
assistance  towards  the  funds  required  to  maintain  the  classes ;  and  it 
mainly  owing  to  the  work  carried  on  in  the  Royal  Cornwall  Geologic 
Museum  Science  Classes  that  the  present  handsome  and  commodious  Scien..^ 
Schools  have  been  erected  in  Penzance. 

I  am,  Gentlemen, 

Yours  faithfully, 

A.  K.  BARNETT.     — 

The  Council,  in  conclusion,  desire  to  recommend  the  electl.E'- 
of  Lady  Smyth  as  an  Honorary  Member  of  this  Society;  a:, 
as   Ordinary    Members   Miss    Borlase,   of  Castle    Homeck, 
James   Piers  St.   Aubyn,   Mr.    Herbert  Warington   Smyth, 
Mr.  John  Symons,  M.ao.s. 


LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 


The  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  daring  the 
year: 

L   TRANSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

PreaenUd  by  the  respective  Societies,  Editors,  and  other  Donors, 

or  purchased. 

Australasia.     Geological  Society  of  Australasia. 

Transactions :  VoL  L,  part  4.     8vo.     Melbourne,  1890. 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  Vol.  xv.,  part  2,  1888.      8vo.     Boston,  1888. 

Bristol     Bristol  Naturalists'  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  vi,  part  2  (1889-90). 
List  .  .  .  1890.  8vo.     Bristol,  1890. 

BmsseLs.     Soci6t6  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Procfes-verbal:  Tome  xviii,  1889.      8vo.     Bruxelles,  1889. 

California.     California  State  Mining  Bureau. 

Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the   State  Mineralogist   [William 
Lrelan,  jun.]  for  the  year  ending  December  1st,  1889. 

8vo.     Sacramento,  1890. 

Camborne.     Mining  Association  and  Listitute  of  Cornwall. 

Transactions:  VoL  ii,  part  2.  8vo.     Camborne,  1889. 

Canada.     Canadian  Listitute,  Toronto. 

Proceedings :  £eisc.  1,  2,  of  voL  vii,  series  iii. 
Annnftl  Report  .  .  .  session  1888-89,  being  part  of  Appendix 
to  the  Report  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  Ontario,  1889. 

8vo.     Toronto,  1889-90. 


258      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Canada.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 

Annual  Report  for  the  year  1887-88,  new  series,  voL  ilL, 
parts  1,  2,  with  accompanying  maps.  By  A.  R  C. 
Selwyn. 

Ck)ntributions  to  the  Micro-Palaeontology  of  the  Cambro- 
Silurian  Rocks  of  Canada,  part  2.     By  R  O.  Ulrich. 

Contributions  to  Canadian  Palaeontology,  vol.  1.,  part  2.  By 
J.  F.  Whiteaves.  8vo.     Montreal,  1889. 

Maps:  sheet  No.  17,  N.E.  New  Brunswick;  and  Plan  of 
Asbestos  Areas.  To  accompany  parts  M  and  K  of  Annual 
Report,  1887. 

.     Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Natural  Science. 

Proceedings :  VoL  vii.,  part  3.     8vo.     Halifax,  N.S.,  1889. 

.     Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  for  1889,  vol.  viL 

4to.     Montreal,  1890. 

Cincinnati.     Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History. 

Journal :  VoL  x.-xiL 

„  „   xiiL,  part  1.        8vo.     Cincinnati,  1887-90. 

Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. 
Sitzungsberichte :  Band  ix.,  heft  1,  1889. 
Schriften :  V. — BesseFsche  Formel  und  deren  Verwendung  in 
der  Meteorologie.     Von  Dr.  Karl  Weihrauch. 

8vo.     Dorpat,  1890. 
Dublin.     Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings :  New  Series,  voL  vi.,  parts  7-9. 

8vo.     Dublin,  1889-90. 

Edinburgh.     Edinburgh  Geological  Society. 

Transactions:  VoL  vi,  part  1.     8vo.     Edinburgh,  1890. 

.     Edinburgh  Royal  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  xv..  Session  1887-88. 
„  „  xvi,      „      1888-89. 

8vo.     Edinburgh,  1889-90. 

Falmouth.     Royal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-seventh  Annual  Report,  1889.     8vo.     Fahnouth,  1889. 


Lihi^arians  Report  259 

Halifax.     Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Hiding 
of  Yorkshire. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  xi.,  part  2.  870.     Halifax,  1890. 

India.     Geological  Survey  of  India. 
Palseontologia  Indica : 

Waagen :    Salt-Range    Fossils    (Geological    Eesults). 
[Series  xiii.,  vol.  iv.,  part  1.] 

4to.     Calcutta — London,  1889. 

Records :  Vol.  xxii.,  part  4. 

„  „     xxiii.,  parts  1-3.     8vo.     Calcutta,  1889-90. 

Japan.     Seismological  Society  of  Japan. 
Transactions :  Vol.  xiii.,  parts  1,  2. 

„  „    xiv.  8vo.     Yokohama,  1889-90. 

Java,     l^atural  History  Society,  Batavia. 

Natuurkundig  Tijdschriffc  voor  Nederlandsch-Indie,  iutgegeven 

door  de  Kon.  Nat.  Vereen  in  Ned.-Ind. 
Deel  xlvii.  and  xlviii.     (Achtste  Serie,  deel  viiL,  ix.) 

8vo.     Batavia's  Gravenhage,  1888-89. 

Kansas.     Kansas  Academy  of  Science. 

Transactions  of  20th  and  21st  Annual  Meetings  (1887-88), 
voL  xi.  8vo.     Topeka,  Kansas,  1889. 

Lieicester.     Leicester  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions :  New  Quarterly  Series,  parts  1-3  of  vol.  ii 

8vo.     Leicester,  1889-90. 

Li^e.     Soci^t6  G^ologique  de  Belgique. 
Annales :  Tome  xiv.,  part  2. 

„  „      xvL     „     1.  8vo.     Li^ge,  1889. 

Liverpool     Liverpool  Engineering  Society. 
Transactions :  vols.  ix.-xL 
Report,  List,  &c.     1889-90.        8vo,     Liverpool,  1889-90. 


— .     Liverpool  Geological  Association. 
Journal:   Vol.  ix..  Session  1888-89. 

8vo.     Liverpool,  1890. 
VOL.  XI.  T 


260      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwoU. 

Liverpool     Liverpool  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 
Proceedings:  Vol.  xli,  1886-87. 
„  „    xlii,  1887-88. 

„  „  xliii.,  1888-89.     8vo.     Liverpool,  1887-89. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Beport  of  the  Fifty-ninth  Meeting,  held  at  Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne  in  September,  1889.  8vo.     London,  1889. 

.     Geological  Society  of  London. 

List .  .  .  November  Ist,  1889. 

Quarterly  Journal:  No.  180  of  vol.  xlv. 

„  „  „    181-183  of  voL  xlvi. 

8vo.     London,  1889-90. 
.     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  5-7  of  vol  xi.     8vo.     London,  1889-90. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 
Series  V.  Nos.  174,  175  of  vol.  xxviii. 
„  „     176-181         „     xxix. 

„  „     182-185         „     XXX. 

8vo.     London,  1889-90.     Purchased. 

-.     Palscontographical  Society. 

VoL  xliii  for  1889.     4 to.     London,  1889.     PurcJuued. 

-.     List  of  Mines  worked  in  the  year  1888 including 

some  of  the  Open-works.     Prepared  by  H-M  'Inspectors 
of  Mines.  Folio.     London,  1889. 

List  of  the  Plans  of  Abandoned  Mines,  deposited  in  the 
Home  Ofiice  under  the  Coal  and  Metalliferous  Mines 
Eegulation  Act     Corrected  to  30th  June,  1889. 

Folio.     London,  1889. 
[Presented  by  Dr.  Foster.] 

-.     Royal  Society. 

Proceedings :  Nos.  284,  285  of  vol.  xlvL 

„     286-291       „     xlvii. 


„     292-294       „     xlviiL. 


8vo.     London,  1889-90. 


Librarian's  Report.  261 

Ltondon.     Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

Journal :  Xos.  10-12  of  vol  viil,  and  index. 

„  „       1-9        „      ix.        8vo.     London,  1889-90. 

Manchester.     Manchester  Geological  Society. 
Transactions:  Parts  11-21  of  vol.  xx. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1889-90. 

.     Manchester  Scientific  Students'  Association. 

Eeport  and  Proceedings  for  the  year  1889. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1890. 

Minnesota.     Minnesota  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Bulletin:  VoL  iii.,  No.  1.     8vo.     Minneapolis,  1889. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.      North  of  England  Institute  of  Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions :  vol.  xxxviii.,  parts  4,  5. 

Eeport  of  the  French  Commission  on  the  Use  of  Explosives 
in  the  presence  of  Fire-Damp  in  Mines.  Part  1.  Trans- 
lated by  W.  J.  Bird  and  M.  Walton  Brown. 

8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1890. 

New  South  Wales.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Department ....  for  the  year  1888. 

Folio.     Sydney,  1889. 

.     Eoyal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Catalogue  of  the  Scientific  Books  in  the  Library :  Part  1 — 

General  Catalogue. 
Journal  and  Proceedings :  vol.  xxiiL,  part  1,  1889. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1889. 

New  York.     American  Geographical  Society. 

Bolleiin :  No.  4  and  Supplement,  vol  xxL,  1889. 
„  „     1,  2,  vol  xxii.,  1890. 

8vo.     New  York,  1 889-90. 

.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of  Natural 

History). 
Annals :  VoL  iv.,  No.  12. 

,  „    v.,  Nos.  1-3.     8vo.     New  York,  1889. 

T  2 


262      Rmjcd  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

!N'ew  Zealand.     Department  of  Mines. 

Report  on  the  Mining  Industries  of  New  Zealand,  1889. 

Folio.     WelHngton,  1889. 
Reports  on  Mining  Machinery   and  Treatment  of    Ores   in 

Australian  Colonies  and  America. 

Folio.     Wellington,  1889. 

North  Carolina.     Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 
Journal :  Vol.  vi.,  parts  1,  2. 

„  „     vil     „     1.     8vo.     Raleigh,  N.C.,  1889-90. 

North  Wales.     Report  of  C.  Le  Neve  Foster,  H.M.  Inspector  of 
Mines  for  the  North  Wales  and  Isle  of  Man  District,  for 
the  year  1888.     Folio.     London,  1889. 
[Presented  by  Dr.  Foster.] 

Paris.    Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales :  S^rie  viil,  t.  xvi.,  liv.  4-6.      8vo.      Paris,  1889. 
„  „  t  xvii.,  liv.  1-3.     8vo.      Paris,  1890. 

.     Paris  Universal  Exhibition  of  1878. 

Report  of  Her  Majesty's  Commissioners.     2  vols. 

8vo.      London,  1880. 
[Presented  by  Dr.  Foster.] 

Pennsylvania.     Geological  Society  of  Pennsylvania. 

Annual  Report  for  1887.     8vo.     Harrisburg,  1889. 
Atlas  of  South. Mountain  :  Sheets  C.  1-4,  and  D.  2-5. 
Atlas,  Southern  Anthracite  Field  :  part  2,  AA. 
Atlas,  Eastern  Middle  Anthracite  Field  :  part  3,  AA. 
Atlas,  Northern  Anthracite  Field  :  part  5,  A  A.         1889. 
A  Dictionary  of  the  Fossils  of  Pennsylvania  and  neighbour- 
ing States  named  in  the  Reports  and  Catalogues  of  the 
Survey.     By  J.  P.  Lesley.     Vol.  1.     A-M. 

8vo.     Harrisburg,  1889. 
Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Report  and  Transactions,  1889-90.      8vo.      Plymouth,  1890. 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Proceedings:  Parts  2,  3,  May-Dec,  1889. 
„  Part  1,  Jan.-Mar.,  1890. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1889-90. 


Librarian's  Report.  263 

Philadelphia.     American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  xxvi.,  No.  130.    (July-Dec,  1889.) 

n  „    xxvii.y   No.    131.        (Commemoration   of 

Centennial  Anniversary  of  Society.) 

Proceedmgs:  Vol.  xxvii,  Nos.  132,  133.  (No.  133,  Com- 
memoration of  Centennial  Anniversary  of  decease  of 
Benjamin  Franklin.     8vo.     Philadelphia,  1889-90. 

Transactions :  VoL  xvL,  N.S.,  part  3. 

4to.     Philadelphia,  1890. 

.     Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 

Transactions  :  Vols,  ii  and  iil     8vo.     Philadelphia,  1889-90. 

Pisa.  Societa  Toscana  di  Scienze  Naturali. 
Memorie:  VoL  x.  8vo.  Pisa,  1889. 
Processi  Verhali :  VoL  vL,  pp.  255  to  end. 

„  „    vii.,  pp.  1-80.     8vo.     Pisa,  1889-90. 

Plymouth.    Plymouth  Institution  and  Devon  and  Cornwall  Natural 
History  Society. 
Report  and  Transactions  for  1889-90,  voL  x.,  part  3. 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1890. 
Truro.     Eoyal  Institution  of  Cornwall. 
Journal :  VoL  ix.,  part  4. 

„  „     X.,     „  1.     8vo.     Truro,  1889-90. 

United  States.     Thirteenth  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Director  of  the 
Mint,  1885.     8vo.     Washington,  1885. 

[Presented  hy  Dr.  Foster.] 

.     Department  of  the  Interior :  Geological  Survey. 

Bulletin  :  No.  48. — On  the  Form  and  Position  of  the  Sea  Level. 

By  R  S.  Woodward. 

„  „    49. — Latitudes  and  Longitudesof  Certain  Points 

in  Missouri,  Kansas,  and  New  Mexico. 
By  R  S.  Woodward. 

„  „    50. — Formulas  and  Tahles  to   Facilitate  the 

Construction  and  Use  of  Maps.     By 
R.  S.  Woodward. 


»  if 


9> 


» 


if 


264      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior :  Geological  Survey. 
Bulletin :  No.  51. — On   the  Invertebrate   Fossils    from    the 

Pacific  Coast.      By  Charles  A.  Whita 
„  „    62. — Subaerial  Decay  of  Eocks  and  Origin  of 

the  Bed  Color  of  Certain  Formations. 
By  Israel  C.  EusselL 

„  „    53. — The    Geology    of   Nantucket       By  N. 

S.  Shaler. 

54. — On  the  Thermo-Electric  Measurement  of 

High  Temperatures.     By  Carl  Bams. 

„    55. — Report  of  Work  Done  in  the  Division  of 

Chemistry  and  Physics  .  .  .  fiscal  year 

1886-87.     By  F.  W.  Clarke. 

„    56. — Fossil  Wood  and  Lignite  of  the  Potomac 

Formation.     By  F.  H.  Knowlton. 
„    57. — A   Geological   Heconnaissance  in  South- 
western Kansas.     By  R.  Hay. 

8vo.     Washington,  1888-90. 
Monographs :  VoL  xiil — Geology  of  the  Quicksilver  Deposits 

of  the  Pacific  Slope,  with  Atlas. 
By  George  F.  Becker. 
„  „      xiv. — Fossil  Fishes  and  Fossil  Plants  of 

the  Triassic  Rocks  of  New  Jersey 
and  the  Connecticut  Valley.     By 
John  S.  Newberry. 
,1  „      XV. — The  Potomac  or  Younger  Mesozoic 

Flora.      By    W.    M.    Fontaine. 

Part  1.— Text.     Part  2.-— Plates. 

„  „     xvi. — The    Palaeozoic    Fishes    of    North 

America.  By  J.  S.  Newberry. 
8vo.  Washington,  1888-89. 
Reports.  Seventh  Annual  Report,  1885-86.  By  J.  W.  Powell, 
Director.  [Contains  Reports  by  J.  W.  Powell, 
T.  C.  Chamberlin,  J.  P.  Iddings,  N.  S.  Shaler, 
R  D.  Irving,  W.  M.  Davis,  T.  M.  Chatard,  and 
W.  J.  M'Gee.]  8vo.     Washington,  1888. 


Librarian's  Report.  265 

TTnited  States.  Department  of  the  Interior :  Geological  Survey. 
Eeporta  Eighth  Annual  Report,  1886-87.  Parts  1,  2.  By 
J.  W.  Powell,  Director.  [Contains  Reports  by 
J.  W.  Powell,  Israel  C.  Russell,  J.  S.  Diller, 
S.  H.  Scudder,  K  Orton,  L.  F.  Ward,  G.  F. 
Becker,  and  N.  S.  Shaler.] 

4to.     Washington,  1889. 

Victoria.  Department  of  Mines.  Annual  Reports  of  the  Secretary 
for  Mines,  to  the  Hon.  Duncan  Gillies,  M.P.,  Minister  of 
Mines  for  Victoria,  for  the  years  1888,  1889. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1889-90. 

Gold  Fields  of  Victoria.  Reports  of  the  Mining  Registrars 
for  the  Quarters  ended  30th  June  and  30th  September, 
1889.  Folio.     Melbourne,  1889. 

Reports  and  Statistics  of  the  Mining  Department  for  the 
Quarters  ended  31st  March  and  30th  June,  1890.  Com- 
piled and  arranged  by  the  Secretary  for  Mines. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1890. 

Mineral  Statistics  of  Victoria  for  the  year  1888. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1889. 

l^atural  History  of  Victoria.  Prodromus  of  the  Zoology  of 
Victoria;  or.  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  the  Living 
Species  of  all  classes  of  the  Victorian  Indigenous 
Animals.     By  Frederick  McCoy.     Decade  19. 

8vo.     Melbourne,  1889. 

.     Rules  for  Hectrical  Installations.     Compiled  and  adopted 

by  the  Victorian   Institute   of   Engineers  and   the   Fire 
Underwriters'  Association  of  Victoria. 

8vo.     Melbourne,  1889. 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt. 
Verhandlungen :  Nos.  13-18.     1889. 

„  „     1-9.     1890.     8vo.     Wien,  1889-90. 

,     K.  K.  Katurhistorischen  Hofmuseums. 

Annalen :  Band  4,  No.  4. 

„  „      5,  Nos.  2,  3.  8vo.     Wien,  1890. 


266      Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwalL 

Washington.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

Report .  .  .  part  2,  for  the  year  ending  June  30th,  1886  (being 
a  Eeport  of  the  United  States  National  Museum,  showing 
its  Progress  and  Condition). 

Report .  .  .  part  1,  for  the  year  1887  (General) ;  and  part  2 
(U.S.  National  Museum).     8vo.     Washington,  1889. 

Wisconsin.     Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sciences  Arts  and  Letters. 
Transactions :  Vol.  viL,  1883-87.    8vo.     Cincinnati,  1890. 


II.  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 
Presented  by  the  AtUhors  or  other  Donors^  or  Purchased, 

Collins,  J.  H.  On  the  Origin  and  Development  of  Ore  Deposits 
in  the  West  of  Eogland.  [From  Journ.  Roy.  Inst  of 
Cornwall,  voL  x,  1890.]     8vo. 

Emmons,  S.  F.  Notes  on  the  Gold  Deposits  of  Mon  tgomery  County, 
Maryland.     8vo.     Washington,  1890. 

Frazer,  Persifor.     Theses.     Ist  Th^e  :  Memoire  sur  la  G^ologie  de 
la  partie  Sud-Est  de  la  Pennsylvanie.     2nd  Th6se:   Pro- 
positions donnees  par  la  Faculto  [des  Sciences  de   Lille, 
University  de  France].     8vo.     Lille,  1882. 
[Presented  hy  Dr.  Foster.] 

Pengelly,  William.  An  Old  Man  and  Woman ;  or,  Human  Bones 
in  a  Scrobicularia  Bed  at  Newton  Abbot,  Devonshire.  [Read 
before  Edinburgh  Geol.  Soc,  18th  April,  1889.]     8vo. 

Prestwich,  Joseph.  On  the  Relation  of  the  Westleton  Beds,  or 
Pebbly  Sands  of  Suffolk,  to  those  of  Norfolk,  and  on  their 
Extension  Inland ;  etc.  Parts  1-3.  [From  Quar.  Jour. 
of  Geol.  Soc,  xlvi.,  1890.]     8vo.     London,  1890. 

Taylor,  William.  On  the  Probability  of  Finding  Coal  in  the  South- 
East  of  England.     Compiled  by  W.  Taylor. 

8vo.     Reigate,  1886. 
[Presented  by  Mr.  Whitaker.] 


Librarian's  Report.  267 

Whitaker,  William.  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts,  No.  1953, 
vol.  xxxviiL  (Contains  **Coal  in  the  South -East  of 
England,"  bj  W.  Whitaker.)     8vo.     London,  1890. 

Worth,  Richard  Nicholls.  Geological  Notes  on  the  South-Westem 
Line  between  Lydford  and  Devonport.  [From  Trans. 
Devon.  Assoc.,  xxi.,  pp.  261-288.  Read  at  Tavistock, 
July,  1889.]     8vo. 

The  Dartmoor  Volcano.     [From  Trans.  Plymouth  Institution. 
Read  October,  1888.]     8vo. 

On  the  Elvans  and  Volcanic  Rocks  of  Dartmoor.      [From 
Quar.  Jour,  of  Geol.  Soc.,  August,  1889.]     8vo. 


T  3 


CURATOR'S  REPORT. 


The    following    specimens    have    beeu    added   to   the    Society's 
Collections  : 


NAME  AND  LOCALITY. 

Specimens  of  Mica  Schist,  from  Penolver  and  \ 
East  Trecrobin;  Picotite  in  Serpentine, 
from  Lankidden  and  Butter  Coves;  and 
Porphyritic  Diorite  from  Cavouga  Cove; 
in  illustration  of  Mr.  Howard  Fox's  papers 
on  the  Lizard  District. 


DONOR. 


V    Howard  Fox. 


{2; 

Eh 

P5 


pi] 

Eh 


1:^ 


m> 


.Q*oooAoor«ooo  <« 
^•ooiQo<Nt-ioiQOOO«0  eo 
'MooOkAC^t-tteeoooooio 


c 


• 

0 

O) 

n* 

00 

H 

«. 

T3 

a 

0 

1 

> 

0 

5z; 

(3 

PC 


^>  ^    o    o    o 
.  o    «0    r«    o 


^00)00 


^ 

tj  ® 

00 

«•  «> 

to 

00 

%)  00 

«^ 


o 

Ok 

00 


S 

o 

8 

e 

« 

•a 

PC 


-  I 

o 

a 

H 

o 
p; 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

Novemhcr  4th,  1890, 


1.  The  Devonian  Rocks  as  described  by  De  la  Beche  Interpreted  in 
accordance  with  Recent  Researches.  By  Permission  of  the  Director- 
General  of  the  Geological  Survey.    By  W.  A.  E.  Ussher,  f.g.s. 

2.  On  the  Micaceous  Schists  of  the  Penolver  District  (the  Lizard). 
By  Howard  Fox,  f.g.s. 

3.  The  Cavouga  Boulder.    By  Howard  Fox,  f.g.s. 

4.  Picotite  in  Serpentine.    By  Howard  Fox,  f.g.s. 

5.  Additional  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.    By  R.  N.  Worth,  f.g.s. 


QEOLOQICAL 

MAP  OF  CORNWALL. 

SUOQESTED   BY 

De  la  Bcche-s 

Repoht, 

CHAPTER  lit. 

<=«»»«<«  .r  «.  >.  C  U. 

■^'*- 

•" 

ftl 

kH 

M»^ 

PM 

1 

EvK 

1 

/ 

Pot 

;-?^&r 

^ 

porrt. 

L.I..O    »1.0 

b' 

b" 

C,„,t, 

THE   DEVONIAN  ROCKS  AS  DESCRIBED  BY 

DE  LA  BECHE 

INTERPRETED    IN    ACCORDANCE  WITH    RECENT 

RESEARCHES. 

By  Permission  of  the  Diredor-OenercU  of  the  Geological  Survey, 

By  W.  A.  E.  UssHER,  p.o.s. 

(Bead  4th  November,  1890.) 


Introductory. 

If  it  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as  a  privilege  to 
have  the  opportunity  of  extending  geological  know- 
ledge in  respect  of  any  special  formation  in  England 
at  the  present  time,  there  is  certainly  a  considerable 
amount  of  responsibility  attached  to  it,  apart  from 
the  chances  or  possibilities  of  error  from  which 
geological  investigations  are  seldom  wholly  free. 
This  responsibility  attaches,  I  conceive,  to  the  proper 
recognition  of  the  work  of  those  who  have  laboured 
in  the  same  field  before  us,  in  the  highest  degree. 

As  little  by  little  early  notions  give  place  to  more 
modem  ideas,  the  tendency  to  accept  the  statiLS  quo 
as  the  starting-point  for  investigations  is  apt  to 
lead  us  to  a  bare  recognition  or  brief  summary  of 
previous  writings  on  the  subject,  especially  where 
hypothetical  solutions  are  propounded  instead  of 
definite  opinions. 


274  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

There  are  perhaps  in  geological  literature  few  drier 
or  more  difficult  works  to  peruse  than  Sir  Henry  De 
la  Beche's  Report  On  the  Geology  of  Cornwall  and 
Devon,  a  book  bristling  with  facts,  full  of  instructive 
correlations  made  in  the  scientific  spirit  which  puts 
"may  be"  for  "is,"  and  "might"  for  "must." 
Admittedly  a  classic  work,  it  always  should  occupy  a 
prominent  place  on  the  book -shelf  of  a  Cornish, 
.  Devon,  or  Somerset  geologist ;  but  it  is,  unlike  the 
books  of  the  present  day,  no  mere  work  of  reference, 
therefore  (as  I  have  reason  to  know)  a  superficial 
study  of  it  is  both  profitless  and  misleading. 

In  this  paper  I  purpose  simply  dealing  with  those 
parts  of  Somerset,  Devon,  and  Cornwall  described 
in  chapter  iii.  under  the  heading  "  Grauwacke 
Group." 

I  shall  subdivide  the  chapter  into  three  headings, 
denoting  the  three  typical  Devonian  regions  of  the 
south-west  of  England;  viz.,  (1)  the  North  Devon 
and  West  Somerset  area ;  (2)  the  South  Pevon  area ; 
(3)  the  Cornish  area,  or,  to  be  more  exact,  the  area 
west  of  Dartmoor. 

I  do  not  conceive  the  necessity  of  an  apology  for 
introducing   this  reconsideration   of    a  well-known, 
work,   because   it   is   only   the    progress    of    recent; 
researches  in  the  Devonian  geology  of  South  Devon 
that  could  render  it  profitable  or  indeed  possible; 
so  full  of  local  detail  and  probable  suggestions  as  to 
correlation  are  the  descriptions,  that  it  is  only  by 
laying  down  these  observations  in  a  concrete  form 
upon   a  map  that  we  can  arrive   at  any  adequate 


18W]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  275 

conception  of  their  drift  and  importance.     This  is  too 
tedious  a  process  for  ordinary  readers. 

The  Report  is  in  many  respects  far  in  advance  of 
the  geological  works  of  its  time.     A  complicated  and 
variable  series  of  rocks  is  described  as  the  result  of  a 
careful  but  extremely  rapid  survey,  wherein  strati- 
graphical  relations  and  mineralogical  distinctions  were 
the  sole  factors  in  enabling  the  geologist  to  unravel 
tie   structure ;    as    a    consequence  the    insufficient 
evidence  at  his  disposal  led  the  author  to  describe 
tie  strata  where  he  observed  them,  and  to  correlate 
the  various  types  met  with,  always  with  reservation, 
an<J  frequently  with  alternative  suggestions,  and  to 
^ggest  the  grouping  of  the  rocks  into  minor  sub- 
div^isions,  not  shown  on  the  map,  rather  than  to  put 
foi:'ward  any  definite  classification  of  them.     From 
*^^  geological  maps  of  Devon  and  Cornwall  we  gain 
®<^^xcely  any   information   respecting   the   Devonian 
ft>xrination ;  from  a  careful  perusal  of  the  Report,  on 
tti^  contrary,   much   may  be   gained.      I  am  in   a 
P^^ition  to  criticise  the  descriptions  of  the  North  and 
"^^uth  Devon  areas  from  a  personal  acquaintance  and 
^tual  survey  of  the  whole  of  the  former,  and  a  large 
P^irt  of  the  latter ;  but  the  Cornish  area,  which  is  the 
^^m  feature  of  this  communication,  is  still  a  terra 

• 

^'^cognita  to  geologists,  and  although  any  comments 
^^  suggestions  made  in  the  light  of  a  knowledge  of 
^^^tiguous  areas  are  necessarily  purely  tentative, 
^Uch  is  to  be  gained  by  blocking  out  the  main 
Etiological  distinctions  pointed  out  in  the  work  as 
^^  actual  basis  for  future  researches. 


276  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

Part  I.     Description. 

LITERATURE. 

The  literature  of  the  subject  when  the  Keport  wa3 
penned  is  referred  to  in  pp.  42  and  43. 

A  threefold  division  of  the  slate  rocks  of  Devon 
and  Cornwall,  by  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Conybeare  in  1823, 
is  given,  also  the  adoption  of  this  triple  grouping 
under  altered  names  by  Dr.  Boase  in  1830,  1831,  and 
1834.  In  1836  Sedgwick  and  Murchison  at  the 
British  Association,  that  year  held  in  Bristol,  separated 
the  Culm  rocks,  which  they  correlated  with  the  Coal 
Measures,  from  the  older  slate  rocks  of  North  Devon, 
which  they  divided  into  five  subordinate  groups, 
also  pointing  out  the  true  position  of  the  Culm 
Measures  in  a  trough. 

"  In  1837  the  same  authors"*  treated  of  the  rocks 
of  North  and  South  Devon,  and  the  probable  correla- 
tion of  "certain  minor  groups  in  each,"  and  concluded 
"  that  these  minor  groups  of  North  and  South  Devon 
are  newer  than  the  rocks  of  Snowdon  and  Central 
Cumberland  .  .  .  and  older,  with  a  very  limited 
exception  in  North  Devon,  than  the  Silurian  System 
(of  Mr.  Murchison),"  placing  "  them  in  the  upper  and 
middle  parts  of  the  Cambrian  System." 

NORTH   DEVON    AND   WEST   SOMERSET. 

Fig.  1  plate  3  supplies  us  with  an  excellent  general 
section  from  the  Foreland,  Lynton,  to  Bideford.  In 
Fig.  2  plate  3  the  true  positions  of  the  rocks  near 
Wiveliscombe,  from  the  base  of  the  Culm  to  the  Morte 

*  Proc.  Geol,  Soc.  vol.  ii  p.  656. 


"^]  05  described  by  De  la  Beche.  277 

and  Hfracombe  slates  of  Clatworthy  Hill,  are  shown. 
These  sections  do  not,  however,  show  any  lines  of 
demarcation  for  subdivisions.  For  the  grouping  and 
distribution  of  the  rocks  we  must  refer  to  the  text, 
which  leaves  nothing  to  be  desired. 

A  series  of  sandstones,  most  commonly  siliceous,  of 
^>  grey,  and  brown  tints,  form  the  Foreland,  and 
are  said  "  to  rise  from  beneath  the  grey "  beds,  "  to 
^  next  noticed,  near  Watersmeet,  and  the  system  of 
^dish  sandstones  which  occurs  above  the  Lynton 
grey  beds  in  the  ascending  order  does  not  approach 
bearer  to  the  valley  of  the  Lynn,  on  the  southward, 
than  Cherriton,  whence  its  northern  boundary  can  be 
^^^ced  in  the  line  of  its  strike  ...  to  Woodabay." 
(p.  47.) 

Here  we  have  the  Foreland  Grits,  the  Lynton  Beds, 
*^d  the  Hangman  group  defined. 

The  faults  in  the  East  Lynn  Valley  are  alluded  to. 

In  another  place  (p.  48)  the  junction  of  the  Lynton 

*^^  Hangman  beds  is  thus  defined:  "  These  grey  calci- 

^^ous  grits  and  schists  pass  upwards  into  another  minor 

®^^tem  .  .  .  composed  of  red,  claret-coloured,  brown, 

^^d.  grey  sandstones  and  slates.  ...  A  very  excellent 

^'tural  section  is  afforded,  on  the  western  cliff  of  the 

^'ttle  Hangman    Hill,   of  the    upper  part  of  this 

^^tem  of  grits  and  slates,  which  is  succeeded  in  the 

^^^nding  order  by  grey  and  claret-coloured  argilla- 

^^^Us  slates,  resting  upon  highly-inclined  beds  of  red 

^^dstone.  .  .  .  Grey  predominates  in  the  upper  part 

.        ^f  these  slates,  and  among  them  are  seen  sandstone 

k        «^,  the   whole  covered  by   brown  and  red   grit. 


278  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4. 

partly  schistose,  and  not  very  different  in  general 
character  from  those  of  the  Hangman  Hills."  The 
latter  part  of  this  passage  describes  the  natuie  of 
the  junction  beds  between  the  Hangman  group  and 
Ilfracombe  slates. 

In  the  next  paragraph  he  goes  on  to  say :  "  We 
now  arrive  in  the  ascending  order  at  grey  argillaceous 
slates,  &c.  ...  If  we  were  to  split  up  the  mass  of 
rocks  into  arbitrary  divisions,  the  slates  might  be 
regarded  as  the  lower  part  of  a  series  comprising  the 
Combe  Martin  limestones  and  grey  argillaceous  slates 
with  intermingled  grits  .  .  .  which  extends  a  short 
distance  beyond  Ilfracombe."  From  Ilfracombe  to 
Bull  Point  argillaceous  slates  irregularly  mingled  with 
grits,  (p.  49.)  "From  this  point  to  Woolacombe 
fine-grained  argillaceous  slate  is  the  prevailing  and 
almost  sole  rock."  These  last  are  the  Mort^  slates, 
and  the  prevalence  of  quartz  veins  in  them  is  pointed 
out,  also  the  exposure  of  the  end  of  a  dyke  of 
igneous  rock,  "  visible  at  very  low  spring  tides." 

"The  argillaceous  slates  are  succeeded  by  red, 
brown,  and  grey  arenaceous  beds,  mingled  with  some 
argillaceous  slates  of  the  same  colours,  of  which  the 
actual  coast  section  is  concealed  by  blown  sands." 
This  concealment  favoured  Jukes's  fault.  "Near 
Vention,  on  the  south  side  of  Woolacombe  sands,  the 
upper  beds  become  visible  on  the  coast."  In  the 
above  we  have  the  Pickwell  Down  series.  "  Upon 
these  beds  are  other  arenaceous  rocks,  generally  grey 
or  brown,  and  for  the  most  part  schistose  and 
micaceous."   (p.    49.)      The  upper  arenaceous  rocks 


18W.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  279 

constitute  Baggy  Point,  and  are  succeeded  in  the 
ascending  order  by  argillaceous  slates  on  the  north 
of  Croyde  Bay.  The  fossiliferous  powdery  lenticles 
in  these  slates,  and  the  association  of  gritty  beds 
with  them,  are  noticed,  as  also  their  upward  gradation 
into  slates  containing  more  calcareous  matter. 

Here  we  have  the  Baggy  beds  and  overlying  Pilton 
beds  described.  The  occurrence  of  a  shell  resembling 
Cucullsea  in  the  former,  and  also  of  plant  remains, 
is  noticed.  There  is  no  mention  of  the  grey  slates 
containing  Lingula,  here  forming  the  base  of  the 
Baggy  beds.  As,  however,  these  slates  are  so  in- 
timately associated  with  the  sandstones  as  to  change 
places  with  them  when  traced  inland,  the  omission 
is  of  no  importance. 

Further  on  (pp.  52,  53)  the  distribution  of  these 
groups  is  given  with  some  reservation,  and  given 
correctly.  The  Hangman,  Croydon  Hill,  and  Quan- 
tock  grits  are  rightly  correlated ;  the  sandstones  of 
Main  Down,  Wiveliscombe,  with  those  of  Woolacombe 
Sands  (i.e.,  Pickwell  Down  beds) ;  the  Brendon  Hill 
beds  with  those  of  Bull  Point. 

Although  there  is  an  entire  absence  of  detailed 
correlation,  and  to  arrive  at  it  in  the  disturbed  rocks 
of  West  Somerset  mapping  out  the  divisions  on  the 
ground  was  necessary,  yet  it  will  be  seen  from  the 
above  that  the  classification  I  have  adopted  for 
North  Devon,  as  justified  on  stratigraphical  grounds, 
is  nothing  more  than  a  definite  statement  of  De  la 
Beche s  grouping,  which  is  nowhere  tabulated;  and 
the  infilling  of  the  details  has  not  only  justified  that 

VOL.  XI.  u 


18W.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  281 

grouping,  but  proved  the  correctness  of  his  surmises 
as  to  the  correlations  of  certain  minor  groups  of  the 
North  Devon  area  with  those  of  West  Somerset. 

SOUTH    DEVON    AREA. 

When  we  turn  to  the  description  of,  and  references 

to,  the  South  Devon  area  in  the  Keport,  the  result 

could  hardly  be  otherwise  than  unsatisfactory.    Here, 

in  addition  to  the  absence  of  continuous  outcrops 

through  faults  and   flexures,   the    beds    change    in 

character  along  their  strike ;  hence  the  generalizations 

from  anything  but   an   exhaustive    survey  become 

useless  and   misleading.     Moreover,  after   reference 

to  the    district   between   Plymouth   and   the   Dart 

(p.  69),  Mr.  Austen  is  referred  to  as  the  authority 

on  the  district  between  the  Dart  and  the  Triassic 

rocks  on  the  east,  so  that  in  this  part  of  the  area 

the  information  beyond  the  examination  of  isolated 

phenomena  is  evidently  given  by  De  la  Beche  at 

second-hand. 

The  Plymouth  limestones  (p.  64)  are  said  to  rest 
upon  the  slates  to  the  north  of  them,  in  which  schis- 
tose trappean  rocks  locally  occur.  The  southerly  dip 
of  the  latter,  between  Plymouth  and  Tavistock,  is 
pointed  out.  This  is  of  course  an  inverted  junction, 
and  therefore  misleading.  "A  kind  of  alternation 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  Pl}naaouth  limestones  with 
the  superincumbent  slates  .  .  .  near  Mount  Batten  " 
is  mentioned.  In  this  passage  read  Lower  for  Upper, 
and  we  have  the  Calceolen  Kalk,  or  passage  beds  of 
the  Eifelian.      "  Above  these  slates,"  he  says,  "  we 

U  2 


282  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

find  red  sandstones  associated  with  red  slates,  on  both 
sides  of  the  Sound."  The  red  grits  of  Staddon 
Point  are  said  to  be  overlain  by  grey  slates  similar 
to  those  of  Rame  Head,  and  fossiliferous  to  the  south 
of  Bovisand  Bay. 

He  makes  the  Mudstone  Bay  slates  and  limestones 
(p.  73)  subordinate  to  arenaceous  rocks  belonging 
to  the  Modbury  band,  i,e.y  Middle  Devonian  under 
Lower,  and  with  the  latter  he  confounds  the  Ash- 
prington  series.*  It  is  remarkable  that  whilst  the 
occurrence  of  intrusive  and  contemporaneous  (called 
schistose  trappean  rocks)  volcanic  rocks  is  instanced 
in  many  places  in  the  South  Devon  area,  the  great 
theatre  of  volcanic  activity  remained  unknown  till 
discovered  by  the  late  Mr.  Champemowne,  and  called 
by  him  the  Ashprington  series ;  all  the  phenomena 
noticed  in  the  Report,  such  as  the  Saltern  Cove, 
Waddeton,  Yalberton,  and  Black  Head  igneous  rocks, 
are  mere  trifles  in  comparison  to  the  central  develop- 
ment of  the  Ashprington  volcanic  series,  of  which 
indeed  these  appear  to  be  merely  sporadic  offshoots. 

The  arenaceous  beds  are  of  special  interest  owing 
to  the  recent  discovery  of  their  Lower  Devonian  age : 
their  variable  characters  and  indefinite  boundaries 
are  alluded  to,  also  their  distribution. 

From  Erme  Mouth  (p.  78),  rocks,  partly  arenaceous, 
are  noticed  as  striking  toward  the  grits  and  quartz 
rock  of  Black*  Down,  near  Modbury.  Between  these 
arenaceous  rocks  and  those  of  Staddon  he  draws  a 

*  See  last  paragraph  (p.  76  and  p.  72),  also  the  reference  to  Dun- 
cannon  (p.  72). 


18W.J  as  described  hy  De  la  Beche.  283 

distinction,  correlating  the  Staddon  with  the  Cocking- 
ton  grits,  and  (p.  81)  including  the  Modbury  rocks 
with  arenaceous  beds  at  Boconnoc,  Broadoak,  Bury 
Down,  &c,  between  Looe  and  Liskeard  in  Cornwall. 
As  to  the  position  of  the  Cockington  sandstones  he 
finds  a  difficulty  in  determining  whether  they  are 
above  the  Torquay  limestones  or  below  them,  as  is 
the  case  with  the  beds  between  Meadfoot  Sands  and 
Upham ;  but  the  Windmill  Hill  grits  are  unhesita- 
tingly regarded  as  inferior  to  the  limestones  of  Ash 
and  Yalberton,  whilst  he  considered  the  red  slates 
and  grits  of  Beacon  Hill  as  apparently  resting  on  the 
Berry  Pomeroy  and  Marldon  limestones. 

Following  Austen  in  regarding  the  Ashburton  lime- 
stones as  a  lower  band  (p.  69),  he  connects  the  Chud- 
leigh  limestone  with  it,  making  the  Kingsteignton, 
Newton,  Ogwell,  and  Ipplepen  limestones  parts  of  a 
mass  higher  in  the  series,  (pp.  74,  75.)    In  chapter  ix., 
on  "Alteration  in  the  Mineral  Character  of  Kocks" 
(p.  267),  he  says,  alluding  to  the  Black  Head  diabase 
mass  near  Torquay,   "slate  would  appear  to   have 
become  hardened,  and  calcareous  beds  rendered  more 
crystalline,  by  an  overflow  of  greenstone  in  fusion 
upon  them." 

To  return  to  the  Lower  Devonian  districts, 
(p.  77.)  "A  mass  of  argillaceous  slate,  generally  fine- 
grained, and  in  many  places  red  or  claret-coloured, 
rests  on  the  arenaceous  band.  .  .  .  Arenaceous  rocks 
are  scarce,  and  for  the  most  part  are  found  on  its 
northern  side.  The  eastern  part  of  the  mass  is  far 
more  red  than  the  western  .  .  .  and  there  is  little 


284  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

difficulty  in  perceiving  that  many  minor  masses 
which  are  red  in  the  Start  Bay  section  are  grey  in 
that  exposed  at  Bigbury  Bay.  Hitherto  no  organic 
remains  have  been  detected  in  this  slate."  Near 
Modbury  a  quartz  rock  "formed  of  a  granitoid 
mixture  of  quartz  and  felspar"  occurs,  (p.  78.) 
This  is  evidently  an  arkose.  The  slates  in  the 
foregoing  passage  are  regarded  as  a  contorted  series 
between  the  arenaceous  band  and  the  mica  slate  of 
the  Start  and  Prawle  area.  On  the  same  page  it 
would  appear  as  if  these  slates  were  taken  as  the 
equivalents  of  the  Dittisham  and  Brixham  "calciferous 
country." 

There  is  thus,  beyond  simple  matters  of  isolated 
observation,  nothing  in  the  Keport  relative  to  the 
Geology  of  South  Devon  calculated  to  throw  the 
least  light  upon  the  structure  of  the  Devonian, 
but  much  on  the  contrary  to  perplex  and  confuse. 
However,  in  the  simple  allusions  to  the  occurrence 
of  arenaceous  rocks  in  the  district  as  yet  not  re- 
surveyed,  we  have,  as  recent  researches  justify  one 
in  supposing,  a  considerable  extension  and  repetition 
of  the  Lower  Devonian  grits  of  the  Torquay  and 
Paignton  area,  whilst  in  the  Dartmouth  and  Kings- 
bridge  areas  there  are  many  slaty  varieties  of  the 
Lower  Devonian  probably  belonging  to  lower  horizons, 
and  before  these  are  satisfactorily  worked  out,  I  con- 
ceive the  question  of  the  age  and  relations  of  the 
Start  and  Prawle  rocks  to  be  "in  nubibus."  The 
occurrence  of  Spirifer  distans  in  the  Plymouth  lime- 
stone is  worthy  of  note.  (p.  76.) 


WW.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  285 

CORNISH   AREA. 

One  of  the  greatest  impediments  in  studying  the 
Grauwacke  chapter  is  the  abrupt  and  constant  change 
in  description  from  one  part  of  the  area  to  another. 
To  follow  these  changes  is  a  work  of  time  and  topo- 
graphical search  on  a  series  of  one-inch  maps.  In 
this  resumSy  there  being  no  systematized  order  of 
description  in  the  Report,  the  information  derived 
fix)m  it  is  as  far  as  possible  classified. 

The  general  types  of  rock  may  be  embraced  in  three 
classes;  viz.,  red  variegated  slates,  often  associated 
with  volcanic  rocks ;  grey  slates,  with  occasional 
calcareous  bands;  arenaceous  rocks.  Each  of  these 
classes  embraces  beds  of  different  ages,  and  the  titular 
distinctions  must  be  taken  only  in  a  general  sense, 
volcanic  rocks  not  being  confined  to  the  red  variegated 
beds,  but  occasionally  present  in  the  grey  slates,  and 
arenaceous  beds  being  often  sparingly  associated  with 
the  slates,  as  well  as  slates  with  the  arenaceous  rocks. 

Owing  to  the  grey  slates  of  Tintagel  and  Petherwin 
succeeding  the  Culm  Measures,  we  will  commence 
with  these. 

Without  at  present  considering  their  stratigraphical 
relations,  the  rocks  below  the  Culm  Measures,  as  far 
as  we  can  gather  their  lithological  characters  and 
general  distribution  from  the  Report,  occur  as  follows : 

SLATES   SOMETIMES   RED,    OFTEN   ASSOCIATED   WITH 

VOLCANIC   ROCKS. 

The  grey  slates  of  Delabole,  Tintagel,  and  Pether- 
win are  associated  with,  or   pass  downwards  into, 


286  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

slates  containing  schistose  trappean  rocks,  denoting 
contemporaneous  volcanic  origin.  These  beds  extend 
from  Pentire  Point  to  Lanteglos  on  the  cast,  whence 
they  branch  southward  to  Egloshayle,  and  from 
thence  west  to  the  coast,  volcanic  rocks  only  being 
noticed  in  them  at  Park  Head,  and  apparently  absent 
from  thence  to  Egloshayle.  (pp.  56-64,  and  88,  89.) 

From  Lanteglos  these  slates  appear  to  continue 
northward,  round  the  Camelford  granite,  to  David- 
stow,  whence  they  follow  the  granite  boundary 
toward  Stoke  Climsland.*  Whether  the  igneous  rocks 
of  Callington  belong  to  this  series  or  not  there 
is  no  means  of  ascertaining.  The  indian-red  and 
grey  slates,  associated  with  volcanic  beds,  between 
Saltash  and  Devonport,  seem  to  belong  to  this 
group.  They  are  described  in  my  paper  on  the 
geology  of  Tavistock.  The  red  colour  south  of 
Tintagel  seems  confined  (p.  88)  to  a  band  extending 
from  Padstow  to  St.  Kew  and  St.  Minver. 

"The  trappean  rocks  become  gradually  mingled 
with  a  lower  part  of  the  general  series  from  Saltash 
to  St.  Cleer."  "The  compact  kinds  are  generally 
greenstones,  but  .  .  .  serpentine  is  found  at  Clicker 
Tor,  apparently  included  among  the  slates."  (p.  79.) 
"At  Clicker  Tor,  on  the  south  of  Liskeard,  we  find 
serpentine  among  slates  somewhat  older  than  the 
calcareous  rocks  of  Looe."  (p.  96.)  There  is,  how- 
ever, a  strong  probability  of  a  great  fault  in  its 
vicinity.  At  Cawsand  variegated  slates  (p.  65), 
among  which  red  beds  are  very  prevalent,  form  the 

♦  For  trappean  more  especially,  pp.  67  and  61. 


"90.1  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  287 

upper  part  of  the  Staddon  and  Picklecombe  grits, 
and  are  succeeded  by  grey  slates  toward  Penlee 
Point  and  the  Rame  Head. 

VARIEGATED  SLATES  OF  ST.  AUSTELL. 

These  variegated  beds  are  noticed  in  my  paper  on 

the  coast  between  Plymouth  and  Looe  as  occurring 

to  the  south  of  Lower  Trcgantle  Fort.     Near  Down- 

deny  and  Seaton  the   Looe   beds   are   overlain  by 

variegated  slates.      De  la  Beche  (p,  80)  alludes  to 

them :  "  The  variegated  slates  may  easily  be  traced 

from  Talland  and  Polperro,  where  they  extend  for 

^ore  than  a  mile  to  the  northward,  by  Lansalloes, 

^i'egon,  and   the   vicinity  of   Tywardreath,  to  the 

S^anite  near  St.  Blazey." 

In  the  Fowey  Valley,  near  Clift  and  Prinzey,  the 

^^riegated  slates  are  said  to  be  overlain  by  a  mass  of 

^^gillaceous   slate,   generally  grey,   which   separates 

them    from    the    arenaceous    rocks    on    the    north 

l-Boconnoc).     The  calciferous  slates  of  Pencarra  Head 

*^<i  correlated  with  the  Looe  beds  through  a  syncline 

^^     the   overlying  variegated   slates,    (pp.    80,    81.) 

^  J^om  Tywardreath  the  variegated  slates  extend  by 

^^-  Austell  to  St.  Stephens,  where  "  they  seem  rather 

*^    abut  in  some  places"  against  the  granite  as  if 

"y    fault.      Igneous   rocks   occur   in   them   between 

^^porth  and  St.  Mewan.    They  are  bounded  by  grey 

^^gillaceous  slates  on  the  south,  which  contain  cal- 

^^^ous  matter  at  the  Black  Head,  and  are  apparently 

^utinuous  with  the  slates  of  Crantock  and  Newquay 

^^  the  west. 


k 


288  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4. 

Beyond  St.  Stephens  we  are  not  informed  of  the 
extension  of  the  variegated  slates  around  the  western 
end  of  the  St.  Austell  granite,  but  it  is  very  probable, 
as*  beds  " mineralogically  alike"  are  found  "in 
several  places  round  the  granite  of  the  Hensborough 
district."  "  From  the  Tregoss  Moors  red  and  varie- 
gated beds  can  be  traced  to  the  cliffs  on  the  west  at 
Watergate  Bay,  where  a  very  fine  section  of  them  is 
exhibited,"  but  between  St.  Columb  Minor  and  Lanivet 
they  cannot  easily  be  traced.  Owing  to  presence  of 
granitic  rocks,  etc.  These  beds  are  said  to  "  rise  to 
the  arenaceous  rocks  "  of  St.  Breock's  Down,  by  which 
we  may  infer  that  they  directly  overlie  them.  De  la 
Beche  thought  that  the  variegated  slates  of  St 
Stephens  might  be  higher  in  the  series  than  those  of 
the  Falmouth  Estuary,  and  they  are  separated  by  the 
grey  slates  before  referred  to  from  the  arenaceous 
rocks  of  Grampound  on  the  south. 

VARIEGATED   SLATES   OF   FALMOUTH,  ETC. 

"  Bed  and  variegated  slates  are  found  in  the  min^s 
of  Gwennap  and  Kedruth.     In  the  vicinity  of 
there  is  a  contortion  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  elvj 
dykes,  extending  from  Gwennap  toward  it."  (p.  9i 
"  From  the  general  direction  of  the  beds  the  red  ai 
variegated  slates  strike  through  Falmouth  Harbo 
from  the  vicinity  of  St.  Just,  to  the  southern  p 
of  Falmouth.      They  can   be   well   studied  on   t> 


♦  p.  86.    See  also  possibility  of  colour  change  west  of  St.  Stephi 
and  mention  of  contact  of  red  beds,  prolonged  from  Watergate  Baj, 
the  granite,  p.  92. 


i8»o.i  as  described  by  De  la  Beclie.  289 

beach   between   Pendennis   Castle   and   Swan   Pool, 
where  the  irregular  manner  in  which  arenaceous  rocks 
are  mingled  with  the  mass  is  very  instructive.    Indeed 
the  red  rocks  are  in  many  places  seen  to  be  almost 
altogether  arenaceous.     These  beds  are  supported  by 
grey  or  brown  argillaceous  slates  that  range  from  the 
skirts  of   the  granite,  where  they  have  been  much 
altered,   by   Falmouth,   Milor,   and   Kestronguet   to 
J'eock,  beyond  which,  on  the  north,  the  red  or  varie- 
gated beds  curve  from  the  Falmouth  Estuary,  round 
between  Kea  Church  and  Truro,  towards  St.  Day.'' 
The  obscurity  of  the  structure  in  the  country  between 
St.  Agnes  and  Falmouth  Estuary,  through  lodes  and 
^Jvans,  accounts  for  the  absence  of  any  more  definite 
^<^ntion  of  the  position  of  the  variegated  beds ;  but 
^^  the  country  between  Tregony,  St.  Allen,  and  Truro, 
^^th  the  exception  of  allusion  to  "  the  general  south- 
^^st  strike  coming  from  Tregony"  (p.  93),  we  are  left 
^^    complete  ignorance  of  the  relations  of  the  strata 
*^   the  arenaceous  rocks  of  Ladock,  Newlyn  Downs, 
^^d  Penhallow  Downs ;  however,  argillaceous  slates, 
sparingly  mixed  with  sandstone,  are  said  (p.  83)  to 
^^tend  from  the   Mevagissey  coast  toward  Probus, 
*^d  (p.  86)  to  overlie  the  variegated  slates  at  Mesack 
*^oint  in   the   Falmouth   Estuary.      The  variegated 
^ds  are  shown  to  continue  from  Falmouth  to  Gweek, 
^d  thence  to  the  sea  near  Helston,  and  are  intersected 
5^  trap  dykes  near  Mawnan.    (p.  93.)     "A  run  of 
^^ore  common  grey  argillaceous  slates,  mingled  with 
^   few  arenaceous  beds,  rests  upon  them ;  and  (p.  99) 
argillaceous  slates,  intermixed  with  trappean  rocks 


290  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

in  their  general  line  of  strike,  rise  from  beneath" 
them  "near  Gweek."  There  is  no  further  mention 
of  variegated  slates.  Grey  slates,  with  igneous  rocks, 
seem  to  run  to  the  sea  at  Porthleven,  possibly  round 
the  Germoe  granite,  but  there  is  no  information 
as  to  the  district  between  Breage  and  Crowan ; 
they  attain  some  development  about  Marazion  and 
Penzance,  extending  thence  probably  by  St.  Erth 
and  Gwinear  toward  Kedruth,  and  from  St.  Erth  to 
St.  Ives.  If  this  is  so,  the  variegated  beds  are 
either  impersistent,  faulted  out,  or  continuous  round 
the  granite  by  Crowan,  or  are  included  in  this  series 
of  slates  with  volcanic  rocks. 

GREY   ARGILLACEOUS   SLATES   OCCASIONALLY 

CALCIFEROUS. 

The  Petherwin,  Delabole,  and  Tintagel  slates 
belong  to  this  class,  which  is  probably  represented 
the  grey  killas  in  the  railway  cuttings  south  of  Ta'' 
tock,  but  they  are  not  sufficiently  differentiated  i" 
the  Keport  from  the  red  slates  with  volcanic  bar:!.-^ 
of  the  Saltash  and  Davidstow  areas  to  permit  of  o" 
defining  their  relations  and  extent.  "Calcareo  - 
slate  occurs  near  Cothele"  (p.  62),  south  of  Hings^ 
Down,  which  may  belong  to  this  part  of  the  seri^ 
Slates  containing  limestone  bands  at  Permizen  Ba^- 
Padstow,  Dinas  Cove,  Kock,  and  Dinham,  and  als^^ 
calcareous  at  Bodeeve,  where  they  dip  northwarC^ 
seem  to  form  a  synclinal  extending  from  Constantino-^ 
Bay  eastward  along  the  Camel  valley  to  Trewornan  ^ 
ending  in  a  wedge  beyond  St.  Kew.  (p.  89.)     Theses 


i8»o.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche,  291 

beds  were  regarded  by  De  la  Beche  as  a  repetition 

of  the  Petherwin  beds.  (p.  88.)     They  are  associated 

with  igneous  rocks;  the  limestone  bands  of  Permizen 

Bay  and  Dinas  Cove  furnished  fossils.     At  Denham's 

Bridge  (p.  90)  black  carbonaceous  slates  are  noticed, 

whether  belonging  to  Culm  or  Devonian  there  is  no 

evidence  to  show.     The  mention  of  a  conglomerate 

composed  of  slate  fragments  in  the  variegated  slates 

fit  Roscarrock,  and  of  a  similar  rock  in  the  series  under 

consideration,  is  probably  due  to  the  local  occurrence 

^f  volcanic  breccia  or  coarse  tujff  amongst  the  other 

Volcanic  materials   which  occur  in   the   slates,  and 

^eins  to  show  the  very  close  connection  of  the  whole 

^ries  in  this  district.     At  Porth  Island,  Lower  St. 

^lumb  Porth,  fossiliferous  calcareous  rocks  rest  upon 

^i^e  variegated   slates   of  Watergate  Bay.    (p.   86.) 

T'he  calcareous  slates  between  New  Quay  and  Towan 

"^iead  . .  .  are  also  fossiliferous."  The  calciferous  slates 

^^e  intersected  by  dykes  of  igneous  rock  near  Cran- 

*^ck  and  New  Quay.  (p.  87.)     The  blown  sands  of 

'^^^^iran  Bay  conceal  the  relations  of  these  argillaceous 

^-■^d  occasionally  calciferous  beds  on  the  coast  to  the 

^^vith — they  appear  to  pass  under  the  arenaceous  rocks 

Newlyn  Downs  (p.  92) ;  it  is,  therefore,  a  legiti- 

inference  that  the   slate   series  is  continuous 

*^^tween  the  arenaceous  rocks  continued  eastward  by 

^^^ampound  to  Pentuan,  and  the  red  variegated  slates 

^^  Watergate  Bay,  and  those  of  St.  Austell — as  such 

^^^crepancies  as  the  arenaceous  beds  overlying  the 

^^^tea  at  Newlyn  Downs,  and  supporting  them  near 

^l:ampound,  are  what  we  should  expect  to  find  in 


292  The  Devonian  Bocks  [Nov.  4, 

tracing  the  relations  of  overfolded  and  greatly  dis- 
turbed strata,  (p.  82.)  At  the  Black  Head  these 
slates  are  calcareous  and  crinoidaL  "  The  broken 
condition  of  the  partly  fossiliferous  beds  between 
Charlestown  and  Par  sands,  traversed  by  many  lodes, 
prevents  that  clear  view  of  the  connection  between 
the  calcareous  rocks,  near  the  Black  Head,  and  the 
red  and  variegated  slates  of  the  mining  country  of 
Crinnis,  which  could  be  desired."  As  from  general 
considerations  the  Black  Head  slates  seem  to  underlie 
the  variegated  slates  on  the  north,  they  are  correlated 
with  the  calciferous  slates  of  Fowey  Harbour  and 
Pencarrow  Head,  which  occupy  a  similar  position; 
but  as  the  Looe  beds  are  taken  to  correspond  with 
the  Pencarrow  beds,  the  further  prolongation  of  the 
series  would  be  on  the  north  of  a  synclined  area  of 
variegated  slates,  but  De  la  Beche  (p.  83)  also  con- 
sidered the  calcareous  beds  of  Gorran  Haven  as 
corresponding  to  those  at  Looe  and  the  Black  Head 
The  Gorran  beds  have  since  been  referred  to  th 
Silurian,  and  those  of  Looe  to  the  Lower  Devonian. 

LOOE   BEDS. 

In  the  Fowey  valley  section,  between  the  arenace 
rocks  of  Boconnoc  on  the  north  and  the  variegs 
slate  tract  just  alluded  to,  "we  find  a  mass  of  a: 
laceous    slates,    generally  grey,    resting    upon 
variegated  slates"  (p.  80)  and  underlying  the  aj 
ceous  rocks.     The  change  of  strike  around  Pelyi 
parallelism  to  that  of  the  strata  in  the  Looe  v 
which  trends  toward  the  north-east,  is  allude 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  293 

"  In  the  section  up  the  Looe  river,  after  passing  the 
calciferous  rocks  near  the  towns  of  Looe,  arenaceous 
beds  and  argillaceous  slate  are  found  dipping  southerly 
beneath   the   former " ;   on  the  north  of  Sandplace 
quartzose  rocks  cross  the  section,  which,  until  near 
the  line  of  Liskeard,  is  made  up  of  a  series  of  sand- 
stones and  slates.     "  Two  patches  of  limestone  "  near 
Hessenford   and   Millaton   show   the   "  continuation 
of  the  Looe  beds  towards   St.    Germans,"   beyond 
which,  on  the  eastward,  the  calciferous  deposits  seem 
to  be  merged  in  the  slate   and   trappean  series  of 
Saltash ;   and  northward  they  are   bounded  by  an 
admixture  of  slates  with  trappean  rocks  and  arenaceous 
beds  extending  to  Quethiock.    The  probability  of  the 
arenaceous  beds  being  tuflfs  is  suggested.      In  any 
case  it  is  difficult  to  account  for  the  termination  of 
strata  of  Lower  Devonian  (Gedinnien)  age  by  a  series 
which  appears  to  correspond  to  the  Devonport  beds, 
and  perhaps  those  of  David  stow,  without  introducing 
a  dislocation  of  considerable  magnitude,  extending 
from  the  arenaceous  rocks  of  Cawsand  and  Pickle- 
combe  in  a  W.N.W.  direction  by  the  serpentine  of 
Clicker  Tor  to  St.  Neots.     Such  a  dislocation  appears 
probable  from  the  want  of  correspondence  of  the 
section  north  of  Cawsand  with  that  on  the  coast  west 
of  Bame  Head. 

CALCAREOUS   BEDS   OF   WHITSAND   BAY. 

The  calcareous  beds  associated  with  buflf  grits 
mentioned  in  my  paper  on  the  coast  between 
Plymouth   and    Looe   were   considered   as  probable 


294  Tlie  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

representatives  of  the  Plymouth  limestones.  If, 
however,  there  is  a  fault  boundary  to  the  Staddon 
and  Picklecombe  grits,  these  beds  might  belong  to 
the  Meadfoot  series,  which  is  calcareous  in  places,  and 
in  any  case  they  appear  to  be  much  higher  in  the 
Devonian  than  the  rocks  of  Looe. 

SLATES  OF  MEVAGISSEY  AND  ST.  ANTHONY  WITH  CAL- 
CAREOUS BANDS  OF  GORRAN  AND  VERYAN,  AND 
TUFFS  AND  VOLCANIC  BRECCIAS  OF  NARE  HEAD,  &0. 

The  consideration  of  the  remaining  tracts  of  partly 
calciferous  slate  is  complicated  by  the  age  assigned 
to  the  calcareous  bands  of  Gorran,  Veryan,  and 
Porthalla,  and  by  the  so-called  conglomerates  in  the 
slates  associated  with  them.  (See  paper  by  Messrs. 
Somervail  and  Fox,  Trans.  Cambridge  Phil.  Soc. 
vol.  i.  p.  295.)  We  note  that  whereas  the  main 
masses  of  argillaceous  slate  are  very  briefly  and  inade- 
quately mentioned  in  the  Report,  the  jcoast  section 
embracing  those  parts  of  the  series  from  the  Dodman 
to  Porthalla  is  treated  with  unusual  detail,  so  that  it 
must  be  the  record  of  a  careful  examination. 

On  the  south  of  the  arenaceous  rocks  extending 
from  Pentuan  to  Grampound,  &c.,  "  argillaceous 
slates,  intermingled  very  sparingly  with  sandstone, 
are  found  dipping  in  various  directions,  much  con- 
torted, and  very  frequently  vertical,  near  Mevagissey. 
These  argillaceous  slates  can  be  traced  towards 
Probus,  ap2)arently  always  occupying  the  same 
position  relatively  to  the  coarse  sandstones  on  the 
north,  which  can  be  observed  well  characterized  in 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  295 

the  quarries  near  Thorn,  and  on  the  descent  of  the 
new  road  from  Probus  to  Grampound."  (p.  83.) 

As  this  arenaceous  series  appear  to  be  more  or  less 

continuous  to  Newlyn  Downs,  and  from  thence  to 

St.  Ives  Bay,  unless  faulted  or  unconformable,  we 

may  assume  that  the  slates  continue  westward  in  the 

country  between  Truro  and  St.  Allen,  chaining  on  to 

tiiose  associated  with  igneous  rocks  in  the  St.  Erth 

and  Penzance  districts,  hereafter  to  be  referred  to. 

The    general    south-westerly    strike    coming    from 

Tr-egony  (p.  93)  justifies  the  inference  that  the  same 

*«xies  extends  to  St.  Anthony,  at  the  mouth  of  the 

-P"almouth  Estuary;  for  "from  Pendowa  (in  Gerrans 

y)  the  beds  are  curved  round  with  a  southern  strike 

the  Cabe  and  the  Greeb,  so  that  the  argillaceous 

sla-tes,  mixed  occasionally  with  arenaceous  beds,  inferior 

*^^   those  above  noticed  [viz.,  the  Gorran  and  Veryan 

s^otion,  hereafter  to  be  noticed],  become  exposed  at 

tl^e  Zoze  Point."  (p.  86.)     Up  the  Falmouth  Estuary 

*^    Mesack  Point  red  and  variegated  slates  are  noticed 

^i Jjping  under  "  grey  argillaceous  slates."     These  red 

sla-tes  "are,"  he  says  (p.  93),  "supported  by  gray  or 

oX!XDwn  argillaceous  slates  that  range  from  the  skirts 

^^    the  granite,  where  they  have  been  much  altered, 

"5^  Falmouth,  Milor,  and  Kestronguet,  to  Feock."     If 

*^^  beds  are  not  inverted,  which  seems  to  be  incon- 

^^i^able,  the  possibility  of  these  Feock  slates  being  a 

^"^^ppearance   of  those  we  are   considering  through 

^^ticlinal  or  synclinal  inversion  suggests  itself.     In 

**^ing  the  variegated  beds  from  Falmouth  towards 

k      ^^kton  we    are    informed    that  a   "run    of    more 

L  VOL.  XL  X 


296  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

common  grey  argillaceous  slates,  mingled  with  a  few 
arenaceous  beds,  rests  upon  them ;  and  there  is  little 
difficulty  in  seeing  that  the  rocks  of  EosemuUion  and 
Mawnan  are  continuous  portions  of  those  at  St. 
Anthony  and  Borhortha  Point  on  the  north-east." 

Ketuming  to  the  coast  section  we  find  (p.  83)  that 
the  Mevagissey  slates  and  arenaceous  beds  occur  "  in 
the  cliffs  near  Bodragan  and  towards  Chapel  Point," 
hard  quartz  rock,  in  which  Mr.  Peach  detected  organic 
remains,  appearing  in  them  "  on  the  south  of  Turbot 
Point."  "  Limestone  associated  with  slate,  and  some 
very  remarkable  rocks  with  a  semi  -  porphyritic 
character,  occur  on  the  north  of  Gorran  Haven,"  and 
strike  to  the  Guineas  rocks,  a  mile  from  the  coast 
Argillaceous  slate  reposes  on  the  calcareous  beds, 
graduating  into  arenaceous  slate,  which  becomes  mica- 
ceous and  more  hard  in  the  direction  of  the  Dodman 
Point.  The  descending  sections  from  the  Dodman  to 
Portholland  (p.  84),  and  from  Portholland  to  Gerrans 
Bay  (p.  85),  cannot  be  delineated,  as  the  relative 
thicknesses  of  the  twenty-three  horizons  given  are  not 
specified.  De  la  Beche  regarded  the  Veryan  lime- 
stones as  older  than  those  of  Gorran,  and  the  inter- 
vening beds  as  successive ;  but  the  probability  of  the 
repetition  of  the  same  horizons  by  fault  or  inverted 
folds  seems  natural ;  for  an  axis  in  the  finer  conglo- 
merate (No.  15  in  the  sections)  would  give  a  rough 
general  correspondence  of  the  details  on  either  side 
of  it.  Be  that  as  it  may,  trappean  rocks  Nos.  12  and 
17  are  mentioned  in  association  with  conglomerates, 
and  in  the  latter  a  small  patch  of  serpentine  and-j 


18W.J  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  297 

diallage  rock  occurs  at  Nare  Head,  and  the   con- 
glomerates and   arenaceous   rocks  in   their  vicinity 
might  be  to  a  great  extent  of  volcanic  origin,  as 
appears  to  be  the  case  in  the  Meneage  district;  for 
De  la  Beche  says  (p.  95),  "  that  the  conglomerates  of 
Trelowarren,  Manaccan,  and  the  Nare  Point,  near  St. 
Anthony,  form  the  geological  continuation  of  the  con- 
glomerates of  the  Nare  Head,  near  Veryan,  and  Carhays 
Cove,  in  Veryan  Bay,  is  very  probable,"  occurring 
in  "patches,"  and  "fining  oflf  somewhat  suddenly 
towards  Gorran,  and  on  the  west  of  Trelowarren,  the 
causes  which   produced  them  having  acted   at   the 
same  time.   Trappean  rocks  of  a  vesicular  and  contem- 
poraneous character  are  found  near  the  conglomerate 
at  Trelowarren,  reminding  us  of  the  association  of 
trappean  rocks  with  conglomerate  at  the  Nare  Head, 
near  Veryan,  and  at  Carhays."     He  points  out  the 
similarity  of  the  section  from  the  Nare  Point  towards 
Porthalla  to  that  from  Carhays  towards  the  Dodman 
correlating  the  quartz  rock  and  limestones,  the  lime- 
stone of  Betsey's  Cove,  Porthalla,  being  made  to  cor- 
respond to  the  Gorran  Haven  horizon,  (p.  96.)    "  The 
conglomerates  fine  off  on  the  west  of  Trelowarren, 
and  arenaceous  rocks  are  continued  in  their  line  of 
direction  to  the  western  coast,  mixed  with  argillaceous 
slates,  and  dipping  as  a  mass  to  the  S.S.E.,  though 
bent  round  so  as  to  take  an  eastern  dip  near  Trenoweth 
and  Pengwinion  Head.      A  mixture  of  arenaceous 
beds  and  argillaceous  slate   continues  to   Bellurian 
Cove"  with  general  dip  to   south  and  south-east. 
"At  Bellurian  Cove,  near  Mullion,  the  junction  of 

X  2 


298  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4. 

the  hornblendic  rock  with  the  argillaceous  slates 
on  the  north  is  marked  by  the  presence  of  a 
conglomerate  with  a  calcareo-magnesian  cement, 
containing  sprigs  of  copper  and  ii-on  pyrites.  In 
this  conglomerate  are  portions  of  limestone  similar 
to  that  which  occurs  in  Betseys  Cove,  north  of 
Porthalla,  and  also  fragments  which  appear  to  have 
been  derived  from  an  arenaceous  part  of  the  same 
series.  We  were  unable  to  detect  any  fragment  of 
the  adjacent  hornblende  slate  and  rock,  which  indeed 
seems  to  rest  upon  this  conglomerate.  On  the  north 
of  the  conglomerate  we  find  argillaceous  slate  and 
arenaceous  grauwacke,  among  which  there  is  cal- 
careous matter."  (p.  31.)  Keferring  to  the  Nare 
Point  conglomerate,  he  says  (p.  30)  that  the  horn- 
blende slates  were  probably  denuded  prior  to  the 
appearance  of  the  serpentine  and  diallage  of  the 
Lizard  district ;  "for  rounded  pieces  of  the  horn- 
blende slate,  though  rare,  are  found  in  the  con- 
glomerate, while  no  trace  has  yet  been  discovered 
of  either  serpentine  or  diallage  rock."  The  junction 
of  the  hornblende  slates  with  the  "coarse  beds  of 
slate  and  arenaceous  rocks"  (p.  96),  which  succeed 
the  Betsey's  Cove  limestone,  is  said  to  be  obscure. 
In  this  page  the  absence  of  serpentine  or  diallage  in 
the  rocks  between  the  Lizard  district  and  the  granite 
on  the  north  is  alluded  to.  The  prevalent  northerly 
dips  of  the  homblendic  rocks  near  their  northern 
margin  as  opposed  to  the  southerly  inclination  of  the 
bordering  slate  series  is  also  pointed  out  (p.  31). 
In  allusion  to  the  Nare  Head  rocks  (pp.  84,  85),  he 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  299 

sajrs,  "  We  not  only  find  [in  them]  the  more  common 
modifications  of  the  trappean  rocks  of  the  district, 
and  schistose  conglomerates  with  a  trappean  cement, 
but  serpentine  and  diallage  rock,  mixed  in  a  manner 
with  the  others,  which  would  seem  to  mark  local 
igneous  action  during  the  formation  of  this  part  of 
the  general  series,  accompanied  by  a  small  upburst 
of  serpentine  and  diallage  rock,  both  of  which 
resemble  the  same  rocks  in  the  Lizard  district,  and 
are  well  characterized." 

We  have  therefore,  according  to  De  la  Beche, 
patches  of  serpentine  in  two  places  outside  of  the 
Lizard  district,  and  these  many  miles  apart ;  namely, 
near  Nare  Head  and  near  Clicker  Tor ;  and  these  are 
not  very  far  off  from  calcareous  slates  in  each  case. 
It  must  be  confessed  that  the  correlation  of  the  Looe 
beds  with  those  of  Black  Head,  Gorran  Haven,  and 
Porthalla,  as  suggested  by  De  la  Beche,  has  in  many 
respects  the  aspect  of  probability.  "Upon  the 
whole,"  he  says  (p.  99),  "  it  seems  to  us  far  from 
improbable  that  the  serpentine  of  the  Lizard  was 
ejected  at  an  epoch  corresponding  with  the  deposit  of 
some  of  the  sedimentary  rocks  of  South  Devon  and 
Cornwall,  perhaps  at  one  not  far  different  from, 
though  somewhat  posterior  to,  that  when  the  diallage 
rock  and  serpentine  near  Veryan  became  associated 
with  the  trappean  rocks  and  conglomerate  of  the 
Nare  Head.  Whatever  objection  there  may  be  to 
this  view,  there  seems  fair  evidence  whence  to  infer 
that  the  serpentine  was  produced  before  the  diallage 
rock,  and  anterior  to  certain  granitic  veins  .  .  .  which 


300  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Not.  4, 

not   only   cut    through   it,    but  the    diallage    rock 
also." 

The  slate  series  we  have  been  considering,  with  its 
calcareous  and  conglomeratic  beds,  is,  as  we  have 
seen,  separated  by  red  variegated  slates  from  the 
slates  of  Feock;  and  this  variegated  band  has  been 
traced  through  Mawnan  and  Gweek  on  the  north  of 
the  Helford  toward  Looe  Pool. 

FEOCK,    HELSTON,   PENZANCE,   AND   GWINEAR. 

"  Quitting  the  Lizard  district  [p.  99],  argillaceous 
slates,  intermixed  with  trappean  rocks  in  their 
general  line  of  strike,  rise  from  beneath  the  red 
and  variegated  beds  near  Gweek.  Arenaceous  and 
quartzose  beds  are  found  on  Helston  Downs  and  in  the 
line  of  direction  to  the  north-east,  gradually  merging 
into  more  argillaceous  rocks  towards  the  south-west. 
While  some  of  the  trappean  rocks  are  hard,  and 
seem  contemporaneously  intrusive  .  .  .  others  are 
somewhat  schistose,  more  combining  the  appearance 
also  of  sedimentary  deposits  of  trappean  matter,  the 
latter  being  however  rare.  Good  sections  of  hard 
trappean  rocks,  and  of  their  mode  of  occurrence 
amid  the  slates,  will  be  obtained  on  the  coast  near 
Porthleven,  where  some  are  observed  to  be  con- 
cretionary. 

"The  granite  extending  from  Godolphin  Hill  to 
Trewavas  Head  [p.  100]  disturbs  the  schistose  rocks 
in  their  course  to  the  westward,  protruding  through 
them ;  and  little  satisfactory  can  be  observed  among 
the  lodes   and    cross -courses   between    Breage    and 


i8»o-]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  301 

Clowance.      On  the  west  of  the  Trewavas  granite 

we  find  argillaceous  slates  intennixed  with  trap  rock, 

Borae,  particularly  those  at  Cuddan  Point,  possessing 

the    contemporaneous    character    so   often    noticed, 

^hile  others  are  beautiful  greenstones,  less  clearly 

ejected  at  the  same  period  with  the  formation  of 

the  sedimentary  rocks  with  which  they  are  associated. 

Tliese  and  the  slates  have  a  strike  to  the  north-east 

^^^ci  north-north-east.     The  country  is,  however,  so 

^ttt  to  pieces  by  lodes,  cross-courses,  and  elvan  dykes, 

^ti^t  little  is  accomplished  in  tracing  them  in  the 

^ii'ection   to    which    they   point,    though    probably 

tlx^y   are   connected    with    the   line   of  slates   and 

^'-^^ppean    rocks    which    range    from    Camborne    to 

^t-    Erth." 

The  arenaceous  rocks  of  Newlyn  Downs  prolonged 

Hayle  are  said  apparently  to  support  this  last- 

"line  of  slates,  intermingled  with  trappean 

I,  for  the  most  part  hard  greenstones,  which  run 

Redruth  by  Camborne  and   Gwinear  to   St. 

'^^^h.      Continuing  the  line  of  strike,  there  is  an 

ince  of  trappean  rocks  in  the  slates  between  St. 

h  and  Ludgvan,  but  they  reappear  thence  round 

^^   Penzance  and  Newlyn  to  the  sea  near  Mousehole. 

.     ^^  trappean  rocks  near   Penzance  are   extremely 

^^^"t^resting  from  the  contemporaneous    manner    in 

^^4iich  they  are  associated  with   the  accompanying 

^^illaceous  slates 

**The  relative  proportion  of  felspar  and  hornblende 

^^^^uently  varies  in  the   trappean  rocks;   so  that 

^Haetimes  they  become  nearly  felspar  rock,  while  at 


302  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

others  they  are  loaded  with  hornblende.  The  rocks 
which  skirt  the  Land's  End  on  the  north  may  be  a 
portion  of  this  series  turned  up  by  the  protrusion  of 
the  granite.  As  mineral  compounds,  and  in  the 
relative  occurrence  of  their  constitiuent  parts,  they 
closely  agree  with  the  rocks  near  Penzance." 

The  beds  we  have  been  considering,  if  there  is  any 
reliance  to  be  placed  on  the  direction  of  the  igneous 
masses  associated  with  them  as  shown  on  the  map, 
would  appear  to  be  deflected  round  the  Land's 
End  granite ;  but  inasmuch  as  the  Falmouth  red 
variegated  beds  separate  them  from  the  Mevagissey 
slates,  and  the  latter  are  also  bounded  by  the 
arenaceous  beds,  continued  to  Pentuan,  it  follows, 
either  that  both  these  series  are  the  same,  and  the 
red  slates  either  above  or  impersistent  in  them,  or 
that  the  arenaceous  beds  are  unconformable  to  the 
strata  on  the  south ;  that  is  as  far  as  the  Report 
alone  enables  us  to  form  an  opinion.  The  absence 
of  any  definition  of  the  beds  bordering  the  granite 
between  Wendron  and  Gwinear  is  regretable. 

In  the  strata  described  above  arenaceous  beds  are 
said  often  to  be  associated.  Whether  in  a  description 
so  general,  distinctive  arenaceous  horizons  have  been 
lost  is  a  matter  we  cannot  offer  an  opinion  on ;  but 
in  the  third  branch  of  the  subject  we  embrace  those 
beds  which  are  specially  designated  as  arenaceous 
rocks  in  the  Eeport,  and  from  their  value  as  marked 
horizons  are  obliged  to  enter  more  into  stratigraphical 
details  than  in  foregoing  notes.  These  arenaceous 
tracts  may  be  mentioned  in  three  groups ;  viz.,  the 


i8dO-]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  303 

St«4idon  group,  the  St.  Breock's  Down  group,  and  the 
Nevrlyn  Downs  group. 

STADDON   GROUP. 

A  band   of  arenaceous  rocks   is  noticed  (p.  78) 
ranging  from  Erme  Mouth  in  Devon  toward  Modbury, 
^here  grits  and  quartz  rock  occur  on  Black  Down. 
N^ear  Tor  and  Sherlangston  very  quartzose  rock  is 
found,    which,    near   Modbury,    is    described   as    a 
'^^Uxture  of  quartz  and  felspar,  and  although  hesi- 
tatingly classed  by  De  la  Beche  as  an  elvan,  evidently 
^J^pears  to  be  an  arkose.    This  band  is  separated  from 
^tk^   Staddon  group   by  variegated   slates   occurring 
*-^^tween  Yealm  Mouth  and  Erme  Mouth ;    and  De 
^'    Beche  confesses  to  a  "  difficulty  in  making  good 
^*ie   connection  of  the  Staddon  Point  grits  and  the 
^^^dstones    of    Black    Down."       He    regarded    the 
^t^ddon  grits  as  equivalent  to  the  Cockington  grits, 
^    ^Correlation  I  endorse,  but  can  say  nothing  as  yet  as 
the  Modbury  horizon.      The  Staddon  grits   are 
^"^^"^ociated  with  red  slates,  and  are  overlain,  according 
De  la  Beche,  by  grey  slates  (p.  65),  fossiliferous 
Bovisand  Bay,  and  the  same  series  as  those  of 
^''^^  RameHead. 

I    have  elsewhere  produced  my  proofs  as  to  the 

^^'Wer  Devonian  (Coblenzian)  age  of  the  Cockington 

*  and  consequently  of  the  Staddon  group  with 

'^ich    I   connect  them.      The  succession  from   the 

^^ymouth  limestone  southward  being  inverted  it  is 


i 


The  Cockington  beds  may  include  part  of  the  Meadfoot  series, 
^^^ered  indiBtingiiishable  by  peroxidation. 


304  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

probable  that  we  have  a  downward  succession  of 
grits,  grey  slates,  variegated  slates.  This  succession 
accords  very  well  with  the  apparent  grouping  of  the 
Lower  Devonian  in  the  Kingswear  promontory.  But 
if,  as  De  la  Beche  thought  (p.  73),  the  upper  grit 
series  near  Sharkham  Point  is  a  continuation  of  the 
Modbury  and  Morleigh  Down  horizon,  the  latter 
would  be  brought  into  direct  correlation  with  the 
Staddon  and  Cockington  beds.  This  would  entail 
the  intervention  of  a  corresponding  grey  slate  series, 
at  or  near  Erme  Mouth,  to  that  on  the  south  of 
Staddon.  As  however  De  la  Beche  has  omitted  all 
mention  of  such  a  series  (p.  77)  occurring  in  the 
Kingsbridge  district,  although  in  the  Kingswear  area 
I  have  traced  locally  fossiliferous  grey  slates  between 
the  arenaceous  rocks  on  the  north  and  the  variegated 
Dartmouth  slates  on  the  south,  it  is  very  probable 
that  they  are  similarly  included  by  him  in  the  varie- 
gated slate  group,  and,  therefore,  the  omission  in  no 
way  militates  against  a  probable  correlation  of  the 
Staddon  and  Modbury  Kocks.  Moreover,  the  varia- 
bility of  the  Modbury  Kocks  on  their  strike,  and  the 
absence  of  hard  lines  of  demarcation  for  the  group,  is 
pointed  out.  (p.  77.) 

Unfortunately  all  we  are  told  as  to  the  extension  of 
the  Staddon  beds  is,  that  "  they  cut  across  the  land 
on  the  west." 

I  have  shown  the  probability  of  an  extensive  fault 
or  series  of  faults  running  from  Plymouth  Sound, 
near  Cawsand,  toward  Clicker  Tor  and  Liskeard, 
cutting  oflf  Upper  and  Middle  Devonian  beds  on  the 


WW.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beclie.  305 

north-east  from  Lower  Devonian  on  the  south-west. 
Certainly,  from  personal  observation,  I  see  no  evidence 
of  the  continuation  of  the  Staddon  grits  to  the 
coast  between  Rame  Head  and  Looe,  which  I  con- 
sider to  be  formed  of  beds  lower  in  the  Lower 
Devonian  series,  and  the  strike  of  the  grits  near 
Maker  Barracks  does  not  justifjr  such  an  extension, 
nor  do  they  appear  to  be  prolonged  to  the  margin  of 
Millbrook  Creek ;  the  probabilities  are  in  favour  of  a 
&ult  boundary  running  from  Maker  Barracks  in  a 
north-westerly  direction,  and  that  the  beds  of  the 
coast  section  are  cut  off  across  their  strike  successively 
against  the  Staddon  grits,  Middle  Devonian  slates, 
and  Upper  and  perhaps  Middle  Devonian  slates  with 
volcanic  bands. 

The  Looe  River  section  (p.  80)  shows  "  arenaceous 
beds  and  argillaceous  slate"  dipping  south  under 
the  calciferous  rocks  of  Looe,  while  a  narrow  band  of 
quartzose  rocks  traverses  the  line  of  section  near 
High  Tredinick.  "  Hence  to  the  northward  there  is 
an  intermixture  of  sandstones  and  slates  until  near 
the  line  of  Liskeard  we  arrive  at  the  arenaceous  beds 
among  which  quarries  of  building-stone  are  common. 
The  general  dip  of  these  beds  ...  is  to  the  south- 
ward." The  "line  of  Liskeard"  is  topographically  very 
vague,  as  we  find  no  further  mention  of  sandstones 
near  that  town ;  if  we  here  refer  to  Dr.  Holl's  work, 
we  find  mention  of  an  arenaceous  band  apparently 
terminating  eastward  either  in  fault  or  anticline  at 
the  Looe  River.  If  this  is  the  rock  referred  to  by 
De  la  Beche  it  strikes  west  to  the  arenaceous  rocks 


306  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

of  Boconnoc  with  which  it  would  appear  to  be  con- 
nected. But  whilst  the  prevalent  dips  in  the  Looe 
Valley  are  said  to  be  southward,  those  in  the  Fowey 
Valley  are  assigned  a  general  northerly  direction. 
(p.  81.)  "The  northern  dip  continues  beyond  the 
Fowey  river  in  the  direction  of  St.  Neots,  where, 
approaching  the  granite,  it  becomes  reversed,  without, 
however,  the  re-appearance  of  the  marked  beds  on 
the  south." 

The  Fowey  section,  proceeding  northwards  from 
Pencarrow  Point  to  the  granite  at  Warleggon,  is 
thus  given  in  Fig.  2  Plate  2 : 

Pencarrow  Point  calcareous  slates  with  organic 
remains  overlain  by  grey  argillaceous  slates  which, 
at  about  a  mile  from  the  point,  pass  under  red  and 
variegated  slate,  extending  for  about  a  mile  and  a 
half  northward  through  Polgreen,  and  overlain  by 
"argillaceous  slates  commonly  grey,"  extending  for 
about  three  miles  to  the  north,  and  overlain  toward 
Boconnoc  by  "sandstones,  schistose  sandstones, 
shales  and  argillaceous  slates,  grey,  brown,  and  light 
coloured;"  these  would  appear  to  extend  for  three 
miles  northward  over  Pendlake  Downs  to  the  Fowey 
river.  At  about  half  a  mile  further,  near  Lower 
Trevorda,  a  synclinal  axis  is  shown,  apparently  in 
slates  overlying  the  grits,  as  we  find  the  strata  at 
Bofindle,  and  thence  to  the  granite,  intersected  by 
elvans,  and  described  as  slate,  altered  near  Warleggon 
by  the  granite  protrusion. 

A  curve  in  dips  round  Pelynt  is  noticed,  (p.  81.) 
This,  however,  does  not  explain   the  contradictory 


k 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche,  307 

nat-ure  of  the  Looe  and  Fowey  sections;  for  if,  as 
De  la  Beche  supposes,  the  Pencarrow  beds  correspond 
to     those   of    Looe,   we   should   have    a  descending 
seq^uence   in    the   Looe   section,   and    an    ascending 
sequence  in  the  parallel  Fowey  section ;  if,  on  the  con- 
trary, one  of  the  sections  is  inverted,  namely,  that  of 
the  Looe  Valley,  a  correspondence  can  only  be  assumed 
l>y    premising   either  a  considerable  change  in  the 
characters  of  the  beds,  or  a  very  generalized  descrip- 
tion of  those  in  the  Looe  Valley,  which  is  rendered 
^^probable  by  the  precise  definition  of  the  band  of 
9^artzose  rock.     It  must,  however,  be  borne  in  mind 
'hat  every  analogy  furnished  by  the  palaeozoic  rocks  of 
Devonshire  is  against  the  permanence  of  horizons  on 
®tiike  lines.    With  the  partial  exception  of  the  North 
-^^von  area,  as  a  rule  we  find  the  plications  inverted, 
*0.d  whether  anticlinals  or  synclinals  the  continuity 
^-^    divisions  affected  by  them  is  largely  influenced 
^   the  lengths  of  the  axes  of  plication,  hence  we 
^^'^^Uiot  dogmatize  with  the   assistance  of  materials 
entirely  inadequate   as  those  furnished  by  the 
X'ature  of  Cornwall,  in  which  from  a  natural  and 
^*^ilo8ophical  standpoint  the  time-honoured  work  of 
*^    la  Beche  to  this  day  takes  the  premier  place, 
work  is  generalized  to  so  great  an  extent  that 
cannot  follow  the  minutiae  of  structure,  either 
Ha  the  text   or  from   the   very  infrequent  dips 
*^^Wn  on  the  map,  and  are  consequently  obliged  to 
^^Ume  much  that  is  really  unknown.     It  will  thus 
^  Teadily  conceived  that  the  discrepancies  between 
^*^^  Looe  and  Fowey  sections  may  be  due  to  the 


308  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

impersistence  of  the  higher  and  lower  beds  along 
curves. 

The  arenaceous  rocks  of  Boconnoc  (p.  80)  contain 
"  some  very  compact  and  thick  beds ; "  they  extend 
"from  Bury  Down  by  Bucka  Burrows,  Boconnoc, 
Eye  Downs,  Four  and  Five  Barrow  Hills,  to  Broaduak 
Common."  The  sandstones  "  may  be  seen  much  con- 
torted in  a  few  quarries"  (p.  81),  and  great  caution 
is  necessary  in  assuming  structure  from  dips,  "  par- 
ticularly as  there  is  much  obscurity  in  the  relative 
positions  of  these  grits,  and  of  the  country  around 
Bodmin."  "  At  Bodmin  Down  and  Castle  Canyke 
the  want  of  good  sections  was  much  felt,  occurring 
as  their  component  arenaceous  rocks  do  between 
the  sandstone  range  of  St.  Breock's  Downs  and  the 
arenaceous  beds  of  Five  Barrow  Down ;  so  that  it 
becomes  exceedingly  difficult  to  determine,  where 
mineral  character  was  so  similar,  whether  they  formed 
part  of  a  continuous  series  or  not."  (p.  91.)  If  the 
Boconnoc  rocks  and  those  of  St.  Breock's  Downs  are 
continuous,  he  points  out  the  probability  that  the  dips 
in  the  grey  and  red  slates  south  of  the  former — that 
is,  in  the  Fowey  section — are  cleavage  dips,  and  that 
the  true  dip  is  southward. 

The  high  land  of  St.  Breock's  Downs  ranges  from 
the  coast  on  the  north  of  Mawgan  Forth  to  Huslyn 
and  Nantallan  Downs,  near  Bodmin ;  it  is  "  chiefly 
composed  of  arenaceous  rocks,  many  of  the  beds 
approaching  quartz  rock,  and  some  being  micaceous. 
They  seem  to  have  been  subjected  to  great  force, 
which  has  squeezed  them  up  in  the  line  of  direction." 


!««>.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  309 

(p.  90.)  (HoU  also  alludes  to  the  anticlinal  of  St. 
Breock's  Downs.)  A  sketch  of  the  contortions  in 
these  beds  at  High  Cove  is  given  (fig.  10,  p.  90), 
"  where  the  sandstones  would  appear  to  be  less  abun- 
dant than  in  the  direction  of  St.  Breock's  Downs. 
In  that  direction  the  arenaceous  beds  are  traversed 
by  numerous  quartz  veins,  cementing  fragments  of 
the  sandstones  that  appear  to  have  been  much 
shattered.  The  arenaceous  and  quartzose  rocks  of 
St,  Breock's  Downs  are  not  continued  far  with  the 
same  characters  across  the  Camel  eastward.  There 
are  arenaceous  beds  in  the  line  of  strike,  but  [p.  91] 
they  are  not  generally  so  highly  quartzose  as  those 
of  the  Downs."  Northerly  dips  are  shown  on  the 
map,  and  alluded  to  in  the  text,  near  Husl3ni  and 
Nantallan  Downs.  De  la  Beche  conjectures  (p.  81) 
the  correlation  of  the  arenaceous  rocks  of  Boconnoc 
with  those  of  Modbury  upon  grounds  which  are  quite 
inadmissible,  nevertheless  the  correlation  may  hold 
good ;  but  if  so  the  St.  Breock's  beds,  whether  con- 
tinuous or  not  with  those  of  Boconnoc,  would  belong 
to  the  same  series,  as  their  position  entitles  us  to 
regard  them  as  equivalent  to  the  Lincombe,  Warberry, 
Ck)ckington,  and  Staddon  grits. 

NEWLYN  DOWNS   BEDS. 

The  remaining  arenaceous  horizon  is  of  very  great 
importance,  as  it  separates  the  district  in  which  the 
Lower  Silurian  rocks  are  said  to  occur,  from  an  area 
on  the  north  which  can  scarcely  exhibit  older  strata 
than  the  G^dinnien,  or  basement  beds  of  the  Lower 


310  Tlie  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

Devonian.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  both  in 
North  and  South  Devon  the  Lower  Devonian  rocks 
are  extensively  developed,  and  are  variable  in 
character;  that  they  are  in  parts  more  or  less 
calcareous,  as  in  the  Lynton  beds  and  the  Meadfoot 
beds ;  that  in  South  Devon  a  very  recent  discovery 
enables  me  to  state  that  signs  of  contemporaneous 
volcanic  action  occur  in  them;  and,  finally,  that 
when  we  turn  to  the  continent,  we  find  a  vast  thick- 
ness of  strata  divided  into  broad  groups,  and  these 
again  into  minor  sub-divisions. 

"An  arenaceous  rock  [p.  83],  almost  approaching 
a  fine-grained  conglomerate,  is  found  on  the  south  of 
the  river  near  Pentuan,  a  continuation  of  similar  beds 
near  Grampound."  "  The  fine-grained  conglomerates 
[p.  92],  which  are  mingled  with  the  rocks  near 
Grampound,  dip  as  a  whole  northerly,  supporting 
grey  argillaceous  slates,  on  which  the  red  and 
variegated  beds  of  St.  Stephen's  rest." 

The  relations  of  the  Mevagissey  slates  on  the 
south  of  the  band  are  referred  to  (p.  83)  without 
any  definition  of  them,  so  that  the  junction  might 
be  natural,  and  the  slates  over  or  underlying  the 
arenaceous  series,  or  faulted  against  it,  or  unconform- 
able to  it. 

To  resume  (p.  92) :  "  Taking  this  arenaceous  or 
conglomerate  rock,  from  the  general  scarcity  of  such 
deposits  in  the  district,  as  a  guide,  we  can  follow  it 
between  Ladock  and  Probus,  after  which  the  sections 
are  indificrent  in  the  line  of  strike.  Still,  similar 
beds  may  from  time  to  time  be  seen  in  the  direction 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  311 

of  Trevalsa  and  Zealla,  on  the  north-west  of  St. 
Alen.  Near  the  former  place  it  is  well  characterized, 
and  some  of  the  constituent  detritus  of  the  size  of 
shot  and  peas.  Here  it  dips  southerly,  resting  upon 
and  apparently  connected  with  the  arenaceous  beds 
and  argillaceous  slates  of  Newlyn  Downs,  rocks 
^hich  from  their  prevalent  dip  seem  to  rest  upon 
the  slates,  at  the  lower  part  of  which  we  find  the 
^careous  rocks  of  New  Quay,"  etc. 

**The  country  is  so  cut  up  by  lodes  and  elvan 
dykes  between  St.  Agnes  and  the  Falmouth  Estuary, 
that  the  relative  positions  of  the  constituent  beds 
*^^  difficult  to  determine.  Arenaceous  rocks,  mixed 
^ith  argillaceous  slates,  extend  from  the  sea  near 
^ortreath,  by  Prince's  Common,  to  Penhallow  Downs, 
^Utinuing  thence  in  a  direction  towards  the  coarser 
d^taital  deposits  near  Trevalsa,  and  [p.  93]  the  mixed 
*>^naceous  and  slate  beds  on  the  north  of  it,  the  line 
^f  strike  having  made  a  great  bend  in  conformity  to 
^^  general  range  of  the  land." 

The  arenaceous  rocks  are  continued  (p.  100)  from 
"ortreath,  "with  a  south-west  strike,  by  Tehidy, 
"^'ewithan  Down,  Gwythian,  and  Connor  Down,  to 
"^^yle,  extending  to  the  coast  on  the  north,  and 
apparently  supporting  a  line  of  slates  intermingled 
^'^th  trappean  rocks  .  .  .  which  runs  from  Eedruth 
•    •    .  to  St.  Erth." 

DE  LA   BECHE's   CORRELATIONS. 

l)e  la  Beche  (p.   92)  found  the  absence  of  red 
^^egated  slates  on  the  borders  of  this  arenaceous 

Vou  XL  Y 


312  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

group  an  obstacle  to  its  correlation  with  the  strata  of 
St.  Breock's  Down,  though  he  remarks  that  the  red 
colour  may  be  impersistent  westward  from  St. 
Stephens,  and  is  particular  in  alluding  (p.  93)  to  the 
occurrence  of  red  and  variegated  slates  in  the  mines 
of  Gwennap  and  Kedruth. 

If  we  take  the  red  variegated  slates  of  St.  Kew 
and  St.  Minver  as  a  horizon,  corresponding  roughly 
to  that  of  Devonport  and  St.  Germans,  the  larger 
part  of  this  series  being  grey  or  greenish,  as  we 
find  in  the  railway  cuttings  by  the  new  line  from 
Tavistock  to  Plymouth,  it  will  appear  that  De  la 
Beche  regarded  the  Tintagel  and  Petherwin  part  of 
the  series  as  the  uppermost,  and  directly  overlain  by 
the  Culm  Measures  (pp.  56,  57),  and  that  he  corre- 
lates (that  is,  always  with  qualification)  the  calciferous 
beds  of  the  Padstow  area  with  those  of  Tintagel, 
This  is  explained  by  the  position  of  the  Padstow 
beds  in  a  synclinal,  as  shown  in  plate  2,  fig.  3. 
Bound  this  syncline  (p.  91)  he  traces  the  St.  Kew 
and  St.  Minver  beds ;  and  these  he  shows  on  either 
side  (Park  Head  and  Watergate  Bay)  of  the  sand- 
stones of  St.  Breock's  Down  arched  up  from  beneath. 
He  thus  (p.  91)  correlates  generally  the  calciferous 
rocks  of  Newquay  and  neighbourhood  with  those  of 
Eock  and  Padstow,  and  therefore  with  the  Petherwin 
beds.  But  the  weakness  of  this  generalization  ia 
shown  by  the  correlations,  as  lower  bands  of  cal- 
ciferous rocks,  of  the  Looe  beds,  with  those  of 
Pencarrow  Point  and  of  Gorran  Haven.  For  the 
Newquay    beds   are,    as   a   "legitimate    inference," 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  313 

shown  as  continuous  eastward  to  the  Black  Head 
(p.  92) ;  and  there  they  contain  calcareous  beds, 
which  are  "from  general  considerations"  (p.  82)  said 
to  underlie  the  red  variegated  slates  of  St.  Austell, 
and  therefore  to  correspond  to  the  Looe  and  Pen- 
carrow  Point  beds.  That  is  to  say,  the  Newquay 
series  corresponds  to  the  Petherwin  beds  at  Newquay 
and  to  the  Looe  beds  at  the  Black  Head.  But  as 
the  red  variegated  slates  of  Watergate  Bay  are 
shown  to  pass  under  the  Newquay  beds,  and  the 
red  variegated  slates  of  St.  Austell,  which  occupy 
the  same  relative  position,  to  pass  under  the  Black 
Head  beds,  a  connection  between  the  St.  Austell 
and  Watergate  Bay  slates  would  be  out  of  the 
question.  De  la  Beche  regarded  the  variegated 
slates  of  St.  Austell  as  higher  than  those  of  Falmouth, 
and  as  he  places  the  Looe  beds  below  the  former,  the 
correlation  with  Gorran  and  the  assumption  that  the 
Veryan  and  Polgrain  calcareous  bands  are  lower  in 
the  series  than  those  of  Looe,  entails  the  following 
descending  sequence : 

Eed  variegated  slates  of  St.  Austell. 

Looe,  Pencarrow,  Black  Head,  and  Gorran  beds. 

Eed  variegated  slates  of  Falmouth,  Truro,  etc. 

Slates  of  Feock,  and  those  of 

the    Helston,     Penzance,    Hayle,     and     Gwinear 

districts,  with  igneous  rocks. 

To  get  at  anything  like  an  intelligible  view  of  the 
correlations  from  the  St.  Austell  slates  upward,  we 
must  assume  the  representation  of  the  Looe  beds, 

Y   2 


314  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

and  of  a  continuation  or  representation  of  the  St. 
Austell  red  beds,  in  the  slate  district  between  the 
arenaceous  rocks  of  Newlyn  Downs  and  the  calciferous 
slates  of  Newquay,  and  this  entails  another  difficulty 
with  regard  to  the  St.  Breock's  Down  rocks.  I  think 
therefore  it  is  quite  useless  to  speculate  as  to  how 
these  correlations  may  be  sustained. 

There  are  several  noteworthy  points  about  the 
sections  (figs.  2,  3,  and  4,  plate  2).  In  every  case 
the  dips  are  shown  ofi"  the  granite,  and  in  one  place, 
between  Carnmarth  and  Penstruthal  (fig.  4),  a  small 
synclinal  of  slate  is  shown  resting  on  the  granite. 
The  arenaceous  rocks  of  Newlyn  Down  are  said  to 
be  traced  by  Penhallow  Downs  to  Portreath  (pp.  92, 
93) ;  yet  on  the  section  (fig.  4)  which  traverses  this 
district  there  is  no  mention  of  arenaceous  rocks  ; 
whilst  the  beds  of  St.  Agnes  district,  not  specified 
in  the  Keport,  are  described  as  "  argillaceous  slates, 
commonly  grey,"  overlain  south  of  Mongoose  Downs 
by  argillaceous  slates,  occasionaUy  reddish.  This  is 
embarrassing,  as  it  leaves  us  entirely  in  doubt  as  to 
whether  the  finely  conglomeratic  and  arenaceous 
rocks  of  Pentuan  and  Grampound  run  out  seaward 
at  Perran  Bay  on  the  west,  and  so  allow  of  a  pro- 
longation of  the  Mevagissey  slates  to  St.  Agnes,  and 
of  the  Falmouth  red  slates  to  Portreath,  as  arenaceous 
rocks  are  said  to  be  irregularly  mixed  with  the  red 
slates  between  Pendennis  and  Swan  Pool.  Be  this 
as  it  may,  the  general  drift  of  De  la  Beche's  obser- 
vations points  to  the  importance  of  the  arenaceous 
horizon  of  Grampound,  and  seems  to  mark  oflF  the 


1890.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  315 

districts  on  the  south  of  it  from  those  on  the  north. 
On  the  north  there  appears  to  be  a  general  parallelism 
of  strike  to  this  band ;  whilst  on  the  south  such  a 
parallelism  is  not  apparent,  there  being,  as  well  as 
the  inadequate  information  enables  us  to  judge,  either 
a  faulted  or  unconformable  boundary.  Now  assuming 
the  Caradoc  age  of  the  Gorran  beds  as  proven,  there 
being,  as  far  as  I  know,  no  strata  proved  to  be  as  old 
by  fossil  evidence  further  north,  I  can  see  no  shred 
of  evidence  for  inferring  that  anything  older  than 
the  Gedinnien  occurs  amongst  the  stratified  rocks  of 
Cornwall  north  of  Grampound.  K  it  be  granted 
that  the  disturbed  Devonian  area  of  South  Devon  is 
made  up  of  a  thinner  general  representation  of  the 
Devonian  than  is  found  in  the  North  Devon  area,  and 
that  in  this  respect  the  Cornish  Devonian  rocks  are 
also  at  a  disadvantage,  notwithstanding,  a  considerable 
allowance  must  be  made  for  the  granite  masses  of 
Camelford  and  St.  Austell  wedging  the  strikes  out- 
ward, and  for  myriads  of  inverted  repetitions.  In 
the  comparatively  undisturbed  country  of  North 
Devon  inversions  are  sufficiently  prevalent  to  render 
any  estimate  of  the  thickness  of  the  sub-divisions 
utterly  untrustworthy.  In  the  country  between 
Tavistock  and  Plymouth,  which  must  be  taken  as  a 
type  of  the  North  Cornwall  rocks,  of  which  it  is  the 
easterly  prolongation,  I  fail  to  recognize  anything 
lower  than  the  Middle  Devonian  (see  Trans.  Devon. 
Assoc,  pp.  437-451);  and  in  the  Goldstreet  Farm 
cutting  Culm  Measures  occur  faulted  down  on  both 
sides.      The   westerly   prolongation   of   these   faults 


316  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

would  be  along  the  south  margin  of  the  granite  of 
St.  Cleer  and  Warleggon  ;  that  is,  assuming  their 
prolongation  along  the  latitude  of  Goldstreet  Farm. 
This  suggests  the  probability  of  similar  Culm  Measure 
inliers  in  the  Cornish  Devonian  area.  The  mention 
of  the  occurrence  of  dark  flinty  shales  at  Hurrygulter 
on  the  north,  and  at  Helstone  on  the  south  of  Camel- 
ford  (p.  58)  in  the  Keport,  suggests  the  occurrence  of 
Culm  phtanites  or  Coddon  Hill  Beds.  On  p.  107  in 
the  Eeport  a  junction  between  Culm  and  Devonian  is 
figured,  the  Culm  being  in  an  inverted  anticlinal  and 
supported  by  Devonian  over  which  it  has  been  forced 
along  a  thrust  plane,  and  De  la  Beche  suggests  forcing 
over  to  account  for  it. 

Part  II.     Interpretation. 

For  purposes  of  general  and  purely  tentative  corre- 
lation we  may  select  from  the  South  Devon  area 
those  types  which  more  or  less  nearly  approach  to 
the  character  of  the  Cornish  Devonian  rocks  in  the 
descending  order,  attention  being  paid  to  horizons 
more  or  less  marked  by  distinctive  colouring,  to 
those  locally  calcareous,  to  the  horizons  characterized 
by  contemporaneous  vulcanicity,  and  to  the  occur- 
rence of  arenaceous  bands. 

^1.  Grey  and  pale  greenish  Diabase    and    mela- 

slates,  locally  red.  phyre  patches. 

2.  Red  and  pale  green  slates,       Diabase  and  tuffs  of 
locally  dark  grey.  Black  Head,  Tor- 

quay. Felspathic 
tuffs  near  Broad- 
sands. 


UPPER 
DEVONIAN. 


\ 


1890.] 


as  descinhed  hy  De  la  Beche. 


317 


^  3.  Grey  slates  with  occasional 
limestone  bands. 


MIDDLE 
DEVONIAN. 


/ 


O 


O      , 


\ 


a 


t^' 


i 


3 


< 


4.  Grey  and  reddish  slates  or 
shales,  passing  into  5. 

/5.  Arenaceous  rocks;  mostly 
shaly  splitting  south  of 
Brixham;  often  hard  and 
compact  near  Cocking- 
ton ;  largely  associated 
with  shales  and  slates. 
Colour  often  reddish  or 
lilac. 

/6.  Dark  and  pale  grey  slates 
with  calcareous  matter 
here  and  there,  and  indi- 
vidual beds  or  impersis- 
tent  masses  of  hard,  often 
quartzose,  compact  grit. 
7.  Pale  reddish  lilac,  greenish, 
and  grey  slates,  generally 
glossy. 


Ashprington  volcanic 
series,  probably  also 
partly  contempora- 
neous with  2,  and 
upper  part  of  4. 


No  proofs  of  volcanic 
action  obtained. 


In  lower  part  of  6, 
or  upper  part  of 
7,  signs  of  contem- 
poraneous volcanic 
beds  and  diabase 
masses  (Dartmouth 
area). 


The  exact  relations  of  the  Lower  Devonian  are 
not  yet  clearly  proved,  so  that  the  above  classification 
is  merely  provisional,  and  does  not  carry  us  as  low 
down  in  the  series  as  the  Looe  beds. 


The  North  Devon  Section,  for  purposes  of  com- 
parison with  the  Cornish  types,  may  be  summarized 
thus : 

1.  Slates  with  limestone  len tides,  local,  and  many 
associated  grit  beds.     Pilton ;  Baggy  beds. 

2.  Indian  red  slates,  local,  at  top  of  Pickwell  Down 
grits;  purple  slates,  local,  at  their  base.  Pick- 
well  Down  beds. 


UPPER 
DEVONIAN. 


MIDDLE 
DEVONIAN. 


LOWER 
DEVONIAN. 


< 


318  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

^3.  Pale  greenish  unfossiliferous  slates  of   li^rthoe. 

Morte  slates.    Traces  of  igneous  activity  are  very 

feebly  evidenced  near  the  top  of  3  (the  Bittadon 

felsite,  &c.) 
4.  Grey   slates    with    limestone   lenticles   and    local 

patches ;  intercalated  grits  prevalent  toward  base, 

which  passes  into 
/5.  Slates  and  grits,  the  latter  red  and  quartzose  in  the 

upper  part  of  the  series,  of  variable  colours  and 

texture  in  the  lower.     Hangman  group. 

6.  Irregular,  dark  grey,  partly  calcareous  slates  inter- 
calated with  even-bedded  grey  grits,  Lynton  beds. 

7.  Red  and  grey  grits,  and  occasional  slates;  grits 
often  quartzose.     Foreland  grits. 

I  shall  now  give  a  table  of  the  Cornish  rocks  more 
in  extenso  than  the  above,  and  in  the  descending 
order  in  which  they  appear  to  me  to  occur. 

UPPER  DEVONIAN. 

1.  Gray  and  pale  greenish  slates  of  Tintagel  and 
Petherwin,  with  local  calcareous  seams ;  red  and  varie- 
gated, probably  most  usually  in  their  lower  parts,  in 
which  also  contemporaneous  volcanic  activity  is  most 
frequently  evidenced. 

Probable  Extent. — These  beds  by  dips  and  the 
trend  of  the  volcanic  bands  are  traced  from  Pentire 
Point  eastward  toward  St.  Tudy,  and  from  thence  to 
Egloshayle,  probably  trending  from  Egloshayle  in  a 
north-easterly  direction  to  the  granite  margin  between 
Blisland  and  St.  Breward.  From  the  Tintagel  coast 
they  run  round  the  north  boundary  of  the  granite, 
and  appear  to  occupy  the  greater  part  of  the  area 
south  of  Tavistock  between  the  granite  masses,  and 


18M.)  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  319 

to  extend  from  the  north  part  of   Plymouth   by 
Menheniot  to  St.  Cleer. 

Correspondences. — ^The  calciferous  portions  of  this 
series  have  their  analogues  in  the  Pilton  beds  of 
North  Devon,  and  in  the  Druid  and  Livaton  beds  in 
South  Devon ;  the  red  variegated  parts  are  com- 
parable to  the  red  and  purple  slates  associated  with 
the  Pickwell  Down  beds,  and  in  South  Devon  to  the 
red  and  variegated  slates  of  the  Entomis  and  Gonia- 
tite,  or  KnoUen  kalk,  horizons.  The  pale  greenish 
tints  have  a  resemblance  to  the  Morte  slate  colour, 
and  to  many  local  colour  variations  in  South  Devon. 

MIDDLE   DEVONIAN. 

2.  Gray  slates  with  calcareous  bands  at  Permizen, 
Eock,  Padstow,  &c.,  containing  volcanic  rocks  in 
places.  Calcareous  slates  of  Landulph  promontory 
on  the  Tamar,  and  limestone  and  calcareous  slates 
of  Mount  Edgcumbe  and  Cremyll  Passage. 

Possible  Extension. — From  Gunver  Head  round 
Trevose  Head  to  Bedruthan  these  beds  appear  to 
extend,  and  from  the  coast  eastward  to  St.  Tudy. 
They  may  mantle  round  the  granite  from  Blisland 
and  Cardinham  toward  Liskeard.  There  is  good 
reason  for  inferring  the  existence  of  extensive  faults 
in  the  district  bounding  the  granite  at  Warleggon  and 
St  Cleer.  The  persistence  of  the  Middle  Devonian 
slates  toward  Liskeard  depends  upon  the  existence 
and  position  of  dislocations  and  upon  the  structure 
of  St.  Breock's  Downs.  These  beds  occur  at  Lan- 
dulph Point,  where  their  strike  is  northerly,  so  that 


320  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 

a  considerable  extension  of  Middle  Devonian  slates 
between  Landulph,  Pillaton,  and  St.  Mellion  seems 
quite  possible ;  the  calcareous  slates  of  Cothele  may 
also  belong  to  this  series,  which  may  have  a  develop- 
ment in  the  vicinity  of  Kingston  Downs,  and  perhaps 
Caradon  Downs.  The  Mount  Edgcumbe  slates  may 
extend  toward  St.  Johns  ;  but  although  the  limestone 
on  the  coast  near  Tregantle  appears  to  be  in  line  of 
strike  with  the  Plymouth  and  Mount  Edgcumbe 
beds,  the  probability  of  the  existence  of  an  extensive 
fault  between  them  and  the  occurrence  of  some 
conflicting  dips  in  the  intermediate  country,  causes 
me  to  regard  the  Tregantle  beds  as  Lower  Devonian. 
Correlations, — The  natural  correlation  of  this 
group  is  with  the  Ilfracombe  series  of  North  Devon, 
and  with  those  parts  of  the  South  Devon  area  where 
the  limestone  masses  have  died  out,  or  have  been 
replaced  by  slates.  The  indefinite  passage  from  the 
Middle  to  the  Lower  Devonian,  shown  in  West 
Challacombe  Bay,  North  Devon,  by  the  prevalence 
of  grits  intercalated  with  the  slates,  and  in  South 
Devon  by  an  insensible  transition,  sometimes  in  red 
beds,  as  near  Marldon,  sometimes  in  grey,  can 
scarcely  be  expected  to  exhibit  more  marked  charac- 
teristics in  Cornwall. 

RELATIONS  OF  MIDDLE  AND  LOWER  DEVONIAN. 

I  think  we  are  justified  in  regarding  the  first 
arenaceous  horizon  we  encounter,  viz.,  the  grits,  &c. 
of  St.  Breock*s  Down,*  as  in  part  or  altogether 
representative  of  the  Cockington  and  Staddon  grits. 


18^.]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  321 

If  this  be  so,  the  structure  of  these  beds  becomes 
of  the  highest  importance.  If  we  assume  De  la 
Beche  and  HoU  to  have  been  correct  in  describing 
the  structure  of  St.  Breock  s  Downs  as  an  anticlinal, 
this  at  once  causes  the  beds  on  either  side  to  corres- 
pond to  the  passage  series  between  the  Middle  and 
Lower  Devonian  {i.e.,  the  Eifelian).  This  assumption 
entails  the  existence  of  a  fault  of  sufficient  magnitude 
to  prevent  the  outcrop  of  the  grits  to  the  south  of 
the  St.  Breock's  range,  or  else  they  must  re-appear. 
The  arenaceous  rocks  of  Newlyn  Downs,  and  their 
extension  eastward  by  Grampound  to  Pentuan,  being 
the  only  horizon  at  all  comparable  with  them,  we 
must  assume  that  the  intervening  slates  are  in  a 
synclinal,  and  represent  strata  higher  in  the  series 
than  the  main  mass  of  the  Hangman  group,  and 
then  Cockington  and  Staddon  grits.  In  this  case 
we  naturally  ask,  What  becomes  of  the  Meadfoot  beds 
and  of  still  lower  horizons?  Toward  Bodmin  the 
anticlinal  is  not  so  apparent,  and  De  la  Beche  shows 
a  series  of  northerly  dips.  Now  as  we  find  that 
normal  folds  are  quite  exceptional  in  South  Devon, 
and  as  inversions  are  the  rule  between  Tavistock  and 
Plymouth,  it  is  very  unsafe  to  accept  generalizations ; 
and  as  detailed  examination  of  these  disturbed 
Devonian  strata  frequently  falsifies  what  appear  to 
be  safe  inferences  drawn  from  a  rapid  survey,  I 
think  we  may  reject  the  anticline  of  St.  Breock  s 
Downs,  as  its  admission  has  created  the  confusion 
I  have  shown  to  exist  in  some  of  De  la  Beche  s 
correlations. 


322  The  Devonian  Rocks  [Nov.  4, 


LOWER  DEVONIAN. 

Whether  faulted  or  not  along  or  near  their  northern 
boundary,  the  St.  Breock's  beds  seem  to  crop  out  on 
their  true  horizon,  and  the  Newlyn  Downs  beds 
extended  in  a  narrow  band  by  Grampound  to  Pentuan 
would  form  a  lower  arenaceous  group,  and  not  improb- 
ably the  basement  member  of  the  Devonian.  On 
this  view  the  calcareous  horizons  of  New  Quay  and 
St.  Columb  Forth  would  correspond  either  to  the 
Meadfoot  beds  or  to  the  Looe  beds.  First  we  will 
suppose  the  equivalence  of  the  New  Quay  beds 
to  the  Meadfoot  series.  The  following  downward 
succession  with  inverted  dips  is  then  given. 

3.  St.  Breock's  Down  arenaceous  rocks. 

4.  Meadfoot  beds  consisting  of  grey  slates  between 

Watergate  Bay  and  Mawgan  Forth  separated 
from  the  New  Quay  slates  by  an  inverted 
anticlinal  of  the  red  variegated  slates  of 
Watergate  Bay. 

5.  Variegated  slates  of  St.  Austell,  probably  repre- 

sented by  grey  slates  between  St.  Stephens 
and  the  coast  of  Hollywell  Bay  on  the  west, 
and  repeated  by  an  anticlinal  in  Watergate 
Bay,  and  thence  to  Trcgoss  Moor. 

6.  Looe  beds ;    grey  slates,   &c.,   extending  from 

Fenhale  Foint  through  Cubert  and  Newlyn 
by  Mitchell  and  Ladock  to  the  Black  Head. 

7.  Grampound  and  Newlyn  Down  arenaceous  rocks, 

also  possibly  represented  in  the  country 
between  Liskeard  and  Looe. 


i8»o.]  as  descHhed  by  De  la  Beche.  323 

The  interpretation  of  the  Liskeard,  Looe,  and  Fowey 
districts  by  this  classification  depends  on  the  exist- 
ence and  position  of  a  great  fault  or  series  of  faults, 
the  strong  probability  of  which  we  have  already 
pointed  out.  Assuming  the  existence  of  such  dislo- 
cations in  the  manner  most  favourable  to  our  present 
point  of  view,  the  arenaceous  rocks  of  Boconnoc 
and  neighbourhood,  regarded  as  a  prolongation  of 
those  of  St.  Breock's  Down,  would  either  terminate 
westward  in  a  synclinal  or  extend  toward  Liskeard, 
and  in  that  district  be  cut  off  by  fault  The  grey 
slates  on  the  south  of  the  Boconnoc  rocks  would  be 
referred  to  the  Meadfoot  series.  The  variegated 
slates  of  St.  Austell,  rounding  by  Pelynt,  would  be 
represented  in  the  direction  of  Menheniot,  the  Looe 
beds  being  thrown  out  along  an  anticlinal. 

Of  course  there  are  many  other  possibilities,  of 
which  the  most  likely  is  that  strata  representing  the 
Grampound  horizon  may  base  the  Looe  beds,  and 
enclose  a  patch  of  older,  possibly  Lower  Silurian  rocks 
terminated  by  fault  near  the  serpentine  of  Clicker  Tor. 

The  alternative  h)rpothesis  as  to  the  correspondence 
of  the  New  Quay  and  Looe  beds  does  not  affect  the 
sequence  above  suggested,  its  effect  being  merely 
local  In  this  case  the  variegated  beds  of  Watergate 
Bay  would  crop  out  along  their  strike,  and  continue 
round  the  granite  to  the  St.  Austell  band  at  St. 
Stephens,  or  they  might  be  shifted  south  to  St. 
Stephens  by  fault.  The  information  furnished  by 
De  la  Beche  respecting  the  area  south  of  Liskeard 
is  too  meagre  to  warrant  further  speculation. 


324 


The  Devonian  Rocks 


[Nov.  4, 


GENERAL   CORRELATIONS. 

The  correlations  of  the  Lower  Devonian  rocks  of 
North  and  South  Devon  with  those  of  Cornwall  would 
thus  appear  to  be  : 


CORNWALL. 

St.  Breock's  Down  and 
Boconnoc  grits. 

Newquay  &  Mawgan 
slates,  andTregantle 
limestone. 

St.  Austell  and  Water- 
gate Bay  variegated 
slates. 

Looe  beds. 


SOUTH   DEVON. 

Staddon,  Modbury, 
Cockington,  &c., 
beds. 

Meadfoot  beds. 


NORTH   DEVON. 

Hangman  group. 
Lynton  beds. 


Dartmouth  &  Kings-       Foreland  grits, 
wear  slates. 


Gram  pound  and  New- 
lyn  Downs  rocks. 


(Not  yet  identified.) 


1  Present 


Possibly  in  part 
represented  by 
Foreland  grits. 

1  Present 


It  is  not  my  purpose  to  examine  the  evidence 
respecting  the  stratified  rocks  south  of  Grampound 
in  detail.  I  would,  however,  point  out  that  it  is  by 
no  means  certain  that  we  have  a  descending  sequence 
from  the  Gorran  limestone  to  Grampound,  as  apart 
from  the  suggestion  that  the  Gorran  limestones  may 
be  repeated  in  the  Veryan  horizons,  the  likelihood  of 
inverted  junction  dips  renders  it  rather  more  probable 
that  the  succession  is  in  the  upward  scale. 

The  character  of  the  strata,  omitting  the  Gorran, 
Veryan,  Porthalla,  and  Manaccan  districts,  as  De  la 
Beche  describes  it,  tempts  one  to  wish  for  some 
proofs  of  the  extension  of  strata  in  the  Truro,  St. 
Agnes,  Redruth,  and  Penzance  districts  pointing  to 


18W).]  as  described  by  De  la  Beche.  325 

their  correlation  with  the  Lower  Devonian  slates 
north  of  Grampound,  in  some  such  way  as  this  in 
ascending  scale : 

Mevagissey  slates  correlative  with  Looe  beds. 

Falmouth  red  beds  „  „      St.  Austell  beds. 

Feock  slates,  and\ 

Marazion     and 

Gwinear     slates, 

and      trappean 

rocks. 


^  „  „      Newquay  beds. 


/ 


CONCLUSION. 

In  the  foregoing  purely  tentative  classification  of 
the  Devonian  Eocks  of  Cornwall  I  have  been  simply 
guided  by  information  derived  from  De  la  Beche's 
Keport,  interpreted  by  a  knowledge  of  the  Devonian 
rocks  in  contiguous  areas.  Holl*s  work  has  not  been 
lost  sight  of;  but  that  branch  which  would  most 
greatly  assist,  namely,  the  record  of  fossil  discoveries, 
is  of  no  service.  We  find,  for  instance,  a  fauna  in 
Permizen  Bay,  as  recorded  by  Holl,  which  would 
equally  justify  the  classification  of  the  rocks  contain- 
ing it  in  each  of  the  calcareous  horizons  of  the 
Upper,  Middle,  and  Lower  Devonian. 

The  work  of  Mr.  Collins,  and  more  recently  of 
Mr.  Somervail,  is  not  strictly  relevant  to  my  subject, 
as  both  gentlemen  are  unacquainted  with  the  Devonian 
rocks  of  Devon  and  Somerset ;  and  in  the  absence  of 
definite  palseontological  proofs  of  their  surmises,  it  is 
quite  impossible  to  endorse  any  of  their  conclusions 
without  an   equal   personal  acquaintance   with   the 


326  The  Devonian  Rocks.  [Nov.  i. 

districts  described.  I  must  say,  however,  that  the 
proofs  of  vast  thicknesses  of  strata  advanced  by 
Mr.  Collins  are  at  variance  with  my  experience  of 
the  Devonian  rocks  of  Devon.  Mr.  Somervail's 
strictures  on  many  of  Mr.  Collins's  unconformities 
appear  to  be  well  founded. 


ON   THE    MICACEOUS    SCHISTS   OF   THE 
PENOLVER  DISTRICT  (THE  LIZARD). 

By  Howard  Fox,  p.g.s. 

(Read  4th  November,  1890.) 


The  micaceous  schists  of  the  Lizard  district  have 
been  described  as  confined  to  a  triangular  area  ex- 
tending south-west  of  a  line  drawn  from  Polpeor 
to  South  Pentreath.  In  this  area  they  are  inter- 
banded  with  hornblendic  and  actinolitic  schists, 
porphyritic  diorites,  &c. 

There  is  however  another  district  in  which  they 
are  found  interbanded  with  hornblende  schist,  and 
associated  with  much  epidotic  rock  and  some  porphy- 
ritic rock ;  viz.,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Penolver, 
a  headland  three-quarters  of  a  mile  E.N.E.  of 
Polpeor.  These  exposures  can  be  examined  most 
satisfactorily  in  the  small  cove  PoUedan  (locally 
known  as  Belidden),  between  Penolver  and  Bass 
Point. 

On  the  west  side  of  this  cove,  just  above  high- 
water  mark,  a  reddish  band  of  mica  schist  from  12 
to  15  feet  in  thickness  at  its  north  end,  may  be 
traced  for  some  40  yards  running  conformably  with 
the  hornblende  schist  in  a  southerly  direction,  with  a 
westerly  dip.     It  is  cut  off  by  a  fault  at  the  south 

VOL.  XL  z 


328  On  the  Micaceoics  Schists  of         [Nov.  4, 

end  below  an  old  adit  level.  The  rocks  are  much 
contorted  in  this  place,  and  masses  of  epidotic  rock 
are  seen  in  the  hornblende  schist.  The  red  colour  of 
the  band  is  due  to  ferric  oxide. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  cove  three  distinct  bands  of 
mica  schist,  from  five  to  nine  feet  in  thickness,  dipping 
easterly,  are  seen  at  diflferent  heights  in  the  cliff 
interbanded  with  the  banded  hornblende  schist,  and 
traces  of  these  bands  can  be  seen  exposed  at  intervals 
amongst  the  grass  for  some  250  yards  E.S.E.  to  the 
cliff  south  of  the  signal  station.  This  mica  schist 
resembles  that  at  Polpeor  and  its  strike  would  take 
it  into  the  neighbourhood  of  the  mica  schists  at  South 
Pentreath. 

Penolver  Head  has  many  bands  of  mica  schist, 
from  a  few  inches  to  several  feet  in  thickness,  inter- 
banded with  hornblende  schist  at  varying  heights 
in  the  cliffs.  The  largest  bands  are  most  easily 
examined  at  high-water  mark  on  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  Point.  There  is  considerable 
local  disturbance  here,  and  the  dip  is  various,  but 
the  mica  schists  are  in  all  cases  conformable  with 
the  hornblende  schist  with  which  they  are  inter- 
banded. 

The  general  strike  of  the  hornblende  schist  in  this 
district  varies  from  W.N.W.  and  E.S.E.  to  N.N.W. 
and  S.S.E.,  with  dip  of  35°  to  40°  from  N.N.E. 
to  E.N.E. 

PoUedan  Cove  itself  is  occasioned  by  a  fault  which 
is  seen  at  the  north  end,  where  there  is  a  spring  of 
water :    the  rock  is   much   decomposed  and  red   in 


1890.]  tJie  Penolver  District.  329 

colour  from  the  presence  of  iron.  The  cliflFs  on  the 
east  side  of  this  cove  dip  E.N.E.  35°  in  conformity 
with  the  general  dip  of  Bass  Point ;  the  cliffs  on  the 
west  side  dip  W.S.W.  35"",  owing  to  the  fault  or 
local  disturbance. 

The  annexed  diagram,  taken  from  the  Ordnance 
25-inch  Parish  Map,  gives  some  of  the  principal 
exposures  of  mica  schist  in  this  district. 

a.  Approaching  Penolver  from  the  west  we  find 
at  a,  several  patches  of  greyish-brown  mica  schist, 
which  can  be  traced  through  the  grass  to  within  a 
few  feet  of  the  edge  of  the  cliff,  running  about  N.W. 
and  S.E.,  with  an  apparently  S.W.  dip  for  lengths  of 
from  15  to  30  feet  each.  These  bands  vary  from  one 
to  several  feet  in  thickness  and  the  exposures  are 
many  feet  in  width.  The  rock  is  much  altered  in 
some  places,  and  is  typical  mica  schist  in  others. 

6.  About  30  feet  N.N.E.  of  an  outlying  rock  at 
the  S.W.  corner  of  the  promontory  at  6,  a  bed  of 
mica  schist  about  7  feet  thick  is  seen  at  high-water 
mark  running  about  N.W.  for  some  50  feet,  becoming 
in  its  course  much  interbanded  with  the  hornblende 
schist  and  dividing  into  bands  of  even  a  few  inches 
thick.     The  dip  appears  to  be  about  S.W. 

c.  Above  6,  near  the  top  of  the  cliff,  is  a  large 
sheet  of  mica  schist  overlying  a  shelf  of  hornblende 
schist. 

d.  A  little  further  east  than  6,  we  find  a  bed  of 
brown  mica  schist  at  high-water  mark  at  c?,  about 
one  foot  thick,  exposed  for  a  length  of  7  feet,  dipping 
E.N.E.      Four   feet   above  this  bed  is  a  second  of 

z  2 


330  On  the  Micaceous  Schists  of         [Nov.  4, 

similar  thickness,  from  which  the  overlying  horn- 
blende schist  has  been  denuded  so  as  to  expose  a 
sheet  of  mica  schist  20  feet  long  by  10  feet  wide. 
There  is  much  local  disturbance  here. 

e.  Still  further  east  than  d,  above  a  deep  pool,  we 
find  at  e,  a  band  6  to  8  feet  thick  at  high-water  mark. 

f.  Just  below  the  grassy  slope  south  of  the  highest 
rocks  of  the  headland  we  find  at  f,  about  50  feet 
above  high-water  mark,  an  exposure  of  red  and 
brown  mica  schist  running  N.N.W.  for  some  18  feet. 
The  rock  here  is  much  altered. 

g.  On  the  top  of  the  precipitous  eastern  cliff  of 
Penolver,  about  50  feet  above  high- water  mark,  a 
band  of  brown  mica  schist  is  seen  for  many  yards 
running  N.N.W.  and  S.S.E.  conformably  with  the 
hornblende  schist. 

h.  Polledan  Cove  must  be  descended  from  the  east 
side.  On  the  west  side  of  the  cove  at  the  north  end, 
at  high-water  mark,  a  band  of  red  mica  schist,  h^ 
1 2  to  1 5  feet  in  thickness,  is  seen  to  run  conformably 
with  the  hornblende  schist  N.N.W.  and  S.S.E.,  with 
westerly  dip  of  35°,  for  some  40  yards.  It  is  cut  off 
by  a  fault  at  its  south  end  just  under  an  old  mine 
adit  level  Large  masses  of  epidote  lie  between  it 
and  the  hornblende  schist  at  the  south  end  where 
great  crumpling  and  disturbance  have  occurred. 

i.  At  the  bottom  of  the  eastern  cliff,  at  the  north 
end  of  this  cove,  about  30  yards  above  high-water 
mark,  we  find  appearing  through  the  grass  a  mass  of 
decomposed  reddish  mica  schist  for  30  feet  in  length 

j.  Thirty  feet  above  i,  a  band  of  nine-feet  thick  grey 


the  Penolver  District. 


332  On  the  Micaceous  Schists  of  [Nov.  4. 

mica  schist,  similar  to  the  Polpeor  rock,  runs  about 
N.W.  and  S.E.,  dipping  about  N.E.  35^  dividing  into 
thinner  bands  to  the  N.N.W.,  and  lost  in  the  grass 
at  the  foot  of  the  rocks.  Opposite  this  band  a  huge 
block  is  seen  coming  out  of  the  grass.  This  block 
has  probably  fallen  from  band  k,  above.  It  shows 
the  junction  of  the  mica  schist  and  hornblende  schist 
most  distinctly,  neither  rock  appearing  to  have  under- 
gone any  alteration. 

k.  About  30  feet  above  j^  is  a  band  of  mica  schist 
weathering  brown,  running  about  W.N.W.  and 
E.S.E.,  dip  N.N.E.,  5  feet  thick,  becoming  separated 
into  thinner  b^^nds  as  it  is  traced  amid  the  hornblende 
schist  to  the  west.  Below  k,  the  rocks  are  in  places 
composed  of  beautiful  thinly- banded  epidote  and 
hornblende  schist. 

I.  The  footpath  which  leads  from  the  cove  to  the 
top  of  the  cliflF  passes  over  at  I,  another  exposure  of 

mica  schist.     This  exposure  is  about  40  yards  south- 

» 

east  of  i. 

m.  A  continuation  of  these  eastern  bands  can  be 
traced  at  intervals  through  the  grass  for  some  250 
yards  in  a  south-easterly  direction.  The  bands  thin 
out  as  they  go  east.  Some  of  the  exposures  along 
the  line  m  are  small.  One  of  them  however  at  n, 
40  yards  south-west  of  the  end  of  the  hedge  o,  is  25 
yards  in  length.  Some  exposures  are  several  feet  in 
thickness,  others  resemble  a  film  of  mica  schist 
covering  a  shelf  of  hornblende  schist. 

P.  Immediately  beneath  n,  we  find  at  P  considerable 
porphyritic  structure  in  the  hornblende  schist.     The 


1890.1  the  Penolver  District.  333 

crystals  of  felspar  are  very  numerous  and  distinctly 
angular  and  regular,  diflfering  in  this  respect  from  the 
Penolver  rock  No.  4  described  by  Mr.  Teall  below. 

Mr.  J.  J.  H.  Teall,  F.R.S.,  f.g.s.,  has  been  good 
enough  to  describe  some  sections  of  the  rocks  in  this 
district  as  follows : 

No.  1,  mica  schist  from  j. — ^A  foliated  rock  com- 
posed of  quartz,  felspar  (some  of  it  striated),  white 
mica,  chlorite,  garnet,  and  iron  ores— a  garnetiferous 
mica  schist. 

No.  2,  banded  rock  below  h — Finely  banded.  The 
dark  bands  are  composed  almost  entirely  of  horn- 
blende :  (a)  pale  greenish -yellow ;  (/8)  green ;  (y) 
bluish -green.  The  lighter  bands  are  composed  of 
granular  epidote,  with  which  a  certain  amount  of 
felspar  is  associated,  and  some  minute  grains  of  sphene. 
It  is  possible  that  a  little  malacolite  may  also  occur. 
The  structure  of  these  bands  is  granulitic. 

No.  3,  from  epidotic  band  10  feet  thick  west  side 
of  Penolver.  —  Essentially  composed  of  granular 
epidote.  A  little  more  or  less  altered  felspar  is  also 
present. 

No.  4,  porphyritic  hornblende  schist  from  Penolver. 
— Main  mass  of  the  rock  is  composed  of  hornblende 
and  felspar.  Grains  of  iron  ore  and  crystals  of 
apatite  occur  as  accessories.  Scattered  through  the 
slide  are  a  few  larger  felspars,  the  centres  of  which 
are  more  or  less  turbid.  These  probably  represent 
porphyritic  crystals,  but  their  external  boundaries 
are  not  so  regular  as  those  of  the  porphyritic  crystals 
in  normal  igneous  rocks. 


THE   CAVOUGA   BOULDER. 

By    Howard   Fox,    f.g.s. 

(Read  4th  November,  1890.) 


In  1888  I  presented  to  your  museum  a  boulder  of 
porphyritic  diorite  and  I  explained  at  your  November 
meeting  of  that  year  where  the  rock,  of  which  this 
boulder  was  composed,  could  be  seen  in  situ;  viz., 
between  Caerleon  Cove  and  West  Kennack.  As  there 
appears  to  be  no  specimen  of  a  similar  rock  in  your 
museum,  a  record  of  the  locality  in  which  the  parent 
rock  is  found  may  be  acceptable. 

Immediately  east  of  Caerleon  Cove  lies  Little  Cove, 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Polbream  Point.  By 
descending  the  north  side  of  this  point  we  reach  the 
district  where  the  porphyritic  diorites,  with  large 
crystals  of  felspar  similar  to  those  in  the  boulder, 
may  be  seen  in  sitity  and  where  the  foreshore  is 
covered  with  similar  boulders,  as  weU  as  with  others 
in  which  the  felspar  crystals  are  smaU.  The  large 
crystalled  porphyritic  diorites  are  found  forming  the 
basic  bands  of  a  rock,  about  60  yards  north  of 
Polbream  Point,  which  runs  up  the  serpentine  cliff 
in  a  south-west  direction.  About  60  yards  north-east 
of  this  exposure  are  the  projecting  ledges  of  serpen- 
tine rocks  known  as  the  Cavouga  Eocks.  One  boulder 
of  diorite  in  this  district  had  an  angular  crystal  of 
felspar  4|^  inches  long  by  1^  inches  wide  in  its  dark 
magma.     Another  place  where  this  large  crystalled 


Nov.  4, 1890.]         The  Cavouga  Boulder.  335 

diorite  may  be  seen  in  situ  is  350  yards  north  of  Pol- 
bream  Point,  above  high- watermark,  close  to  a  high  cliff 
of  banded  crystalline  rock,  the  basic  bands  of  which 
show  small  felspar  crystals  in  their  dark  ground  mass. 
The  most  accessible  place  however  where  a  rock 
resembling  the  Cavouga  boulders  may  be  seen  in  situ 
is  at  West  Kennack.  A  patch  of  rocks  stands  out  of 
the  sand  on  the  east  side  of  the  little  stream  which 
runs  past  the  foot  of  the  carriage  road  leading  from 
Kuggar,  and  on  the  east  face  of  these  rocks  crystals 
of  felspar  over  half  an  inch  long  may  be  seen  in  the 
basic  bands.  Similar  rocks  are  seen  south-west  of 
this  patch  leading  to  a  pile  of  banded  crystalline 
rocks,  about  40  yards  south-east  of  the  low  serpentine 
cliff,  between  two  dykes.  This  pile  of  rocks  is  shown 
in  the  annexed  copy  of  a  photograph.  No.  1.  No.  2 
gives  a  closer  view  of  a  portion  of  this  pile,  which 
shows  the  crystals  of  felspar  mottling  the  diorite  in 
a  characteristic  manner.  Amongst  these  ciystals  of 
felspar  there  are  small  patches  that  bear  an  external 
resemblance  to  hornblende  gabbro.  This  rock  is 
uncovered  about  half  tide.  There  are  several  other 
exposures  of  similar  porphyritic  diorites  on  the  fore- 
shore for  some  hundreds  of  yards  further  to  the 
south-west. 

Mr.  Teall  has  kindly  sent  me  the  following  descrip- 
tion of  the  porphyritic  diorite  of  Cavouga  : 

**  This  rock  shows  porphyritic  crystals  of  more  or 
less  altered  felspar  in  a  dark  grey  crystalline  ground- 
mass.  The  ground-mass  is  composed  of  hornblende, 
felspar,  minute  granules  of  sphene,  and  a  few  scales 
of  brown  mica.  These  minerals  can  only  be  deter- 
mined by  microscopic  examination. 


PICOTITE  IN  SERPENTINE 

By  Howard  Fox,   p.g.b. 

(Bead  4th  November,  1890.) 


In  several  places  east  of  the  Lizard  there  are  greenish- 
grey  serpentines  traversing  the  red  serpentines 
almost  like  dykes,  and  containing  crystals  of  picotite. 
In  some  cases  the  crystals  are  sparingly  bedded  in 
the  serpentine ;  in  others  the  crystals  are  very 
numerous,  and  weather  outside  the  matrix  in  such 

* 

numbers  as  to  resemble  ridges. 

These  serpentines   with  crystals   of   picotite  are 
found — 

1.  About  240  yards  north  of  Polbream  Point,  in 
the  cliflF. 

2.  In  two  localities  between  Kennack  and  Lan- 
kidden. 

3.  Very  extensively  on  the  east  side  of  Lankidden 
Cove,  where  they  weather  in  ridges. 

4.  Near  the  top  of  the  cliff  north  of  Butter  Cove, 
where  they  also  weather  in  ridges. 

At  Butter  Cove  the  rock  is  more  altered,  and  is 
jointing  out  in  the  manner  of  a  dyke. 


Nov.  4, 1890.]         Picotite  in  Serpentine.  337 

I  handed  Mr.  Teall  a  specimen  of  the  Butter  Cove 
rock,  and  he  described  it  as  follows : 

"  Greenish  -  grey  rock,  containing  black  resinous- 
looking  patches,  often  measuring  four  or  five  mm. 
across.  These  are  surrounded  by  a  narrow  zone,  in 
which  the  rock  is  of  lighter  colour  than  the  main 
mass.  The  resinous  -  looking  mineral  will  scratch 
quartz  but  not  topaz  (hardness  about  8).  The 
powder  gives  a  strong  chromium  reaction.  Very 
thin  chips  are  seen  to  be  brown  under  the  microscope, 
and  isotropic.  In  Naumann's  Mineralogy  (11  edit. 
1881)  the  hardness  of  chromite  is  given  as  5.5; 
that  of  picotite  as  8.  The  mineral  is  picotite."  (J.  J. 
H.  Teall.) 

Professor  Bonney  recorded  this  mineral  as  occurring 
at  Coverack,  Lower  Pradanack  Quarry,  Cadgwith, 
and  the  Balk. 


ADDITIONAL  NOTES  ON  THE  CORNISH  TRIAS. 

By   K.   N.  Worth,   p.g.s. 

(Read  4th  Novomber,  1890.) 


Five  years  since  I  had  the  honour  of  laying  before 
the  Royal  Cornwall  Geological  Society  as  full  a  state- 
ment of  facts  as  I  had  then  found  it  possible  to 
obtain,  with  regard  to  the  representation  of  Triassic 
rocks  in  Cornwall.  Between  the  date  of  the  reading 
of  that  paper  and  of  its  appearance  in  print,  further 
information  of  a  most  important  character  came  to 
light  (which  was  partially  embodied  in  a  note),  and 
still  more  recently  other  material  points  have  been 
ascertained.  Hence  the  present  paper,  supplementary 
and  complementary  to  its  predecessor ;  and  intended, 
as  far  as  feasible,  to  complete  the  record  of  the 
Cornish  Trias  to  the  present  date. 

It  may  be  well  to  recal  that  in  the  previous  paper 
I  gave  reasons  for  the  belief  that  there  was  a  sub- 
marine Triassic  outlier  in  the  Channel  oflF  the  Cornish 
coast ;  and  that  proof  of  the  correctness  of  this 
hypothesis  was  speedily  supplied  by  Mr.  Matthias 
Dunn,  of  Mevagissey,  who  put  me  in  possession, 
very  kindly,  of  a  series  of  rock  fragments  brought 
up  by  the  "long  lines"  of  Cornish  fishermen,  as 
briefly  stated  in  the  note  already  mentioned. 

These  fragments  formed  the  subject  of  a  paper 


Nov.  4, 1890.]    Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  339 

read  to  the  Geological  Society,  May  12tli,  1886,*  the 
list  being  as  follows  : 

1.  Lizard  10  miles  N.W. — Fine-grained,  soft,  red 
Triassic  sandstone  in  beds,  li  to  2  inches  thick. 

2.  Lizard  15  miles  N.W. — Triassic  sandstone  of 
coarser  grain,  mottled  red  and  grey. 

3.  Manacles  Koeks  16  miles  N.W. — Fine-grained 
soft  sandstone,  grey,  with  a  passing  red  tinge  in 
places,  in  parts  highly  micaceous — containing  both 
black  and  white  micas,  the  former  rather  segregative. 

4.  Falmouth  Castle  18  miles  N.N.W.  — Fine- 
grained, compact,  red  jaspideous  sandstone,  much 
bored,  possibly  an  altered  rock.  The  specimen  shows 
portions  of  two  joint  faces,  at  right  angles  to  each 
other,  which  have  evidently  been  protected  from  the 
ravages  of  the  pholades. 

5.  Deadman  25  miles  N.E.  by  N. — Examples  of 
four  distinct  Triassic  rock  forms.  (a)  Chocolate 
marl,  spotted  white ;  edges  of  nodule  rounded,  but 
not  properly  rolled,  (b)  **  Potato  stone,"  five  inches 
in  longest  external  diameter — partially  coated  with 
marl,  filled  with  pink  calcite,  and  having  the  inside 
of  the  shell  studded  with  small  brilliant  pyramids  of 
quartz,  (c)  Grey  sandstone,  (d)  Nodule  of  felspathic 
(Triassic)  trap. 

6.  Deadman  20  miles  N.  by  E. — A  light  salmon- 
tinted  drab  calcareous  sandstone,  in  a  slab  nearly  two 
feet  in  longest  diameter,  the  under  surface  intact  and 
slightly  pitted.  This  was  the  only  example  that  I 
was  unable  to  match  distinctly  among  the  "Ked 
Rocks"  of  Devon — the  affinities  of  the  series  as  a 


♦   Vide  Qiuir.  Journ,  Geo.  Soc,  xlii.  313-15. 


340  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  [Nov.  4, 

whole   being   with   the   Keuper   division,   and   par- 
ticularly with  the  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  Sidmouth. 

During  the  present  year,  and  again  by  the  kindness 
of  Mr.  Dunn,  whose  sense  of  the  value  of  a  geological 
find  seems  to  be  unerring,  another  link  has  been 
put  to  the  chain,  and  we  now  therefore  add  to  the 
previous  list: 

7.  Deadman  7  miles  N. — Slabs  of  Triassic  con- 
glomerate evidently  torn  from  a  submarine  reef — 
point,  sides,  and  upper  and  lower  surfaces  being 
intact  in  each  instance,  and  the  only  broken  surface 
that  of  the  fracture  from  the  parent  rock.  Examples 
of  this  conglomerate  have  been  examined  micro- 
scopically, and  found  to  contain  pebbles  of  slate, 
grits,  vein  quartz,  quartz-felsite,  and  andesite. 

From  the  evidence  of  the  first  series  of  finds  I  was 
led  to  locate  the  outlier  of  which  they  clearly  formed 
part,  as  centering  somewhere  about  10  miles  S.E.  of 
the  Lizard  Head,  all  coming  from  beyond  the  30 
fathom  line,  and  most  from  beyond  the  40  fathom.* 

But  I  do  not  think  it  likely  that  the  conglomerate 
(No.  7)  belongs  to  this  patch.  I  have  had  many 
specimens  of  rocks  from  the  bed  of  the  Channel  oflF 
the  Deadman,  ranging  from  points  3  miles  to  27  miles 
to  the  southward,  eastward,  and  westward,  but  there 
never  was  anything  approaching  to  Trias  among 
them,  save  the  doubtful  No.  6.  I  am  inclined,  there- 
fore, to  regard  this  Deadman  Trias  conglomerate  as 
forming  an  independent  outlier,  not  necessarily  of 
any  great  extent — indeed  almost  certainly  of  small 

♦  Vide  Quar,  Jour,  Geo.  Soc, 


1890.J  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  341 

area.  It  is  quite  possible  that  there  are  others  in 
the  interval  between  the  Deadman  and  the  nearest 
land  outlier  in  Cawsand  Bay,  for  this  would  simply- 
repeat  conditions  with  which  we  are  familiar  upon 
shore. 

The  second  portion  of  this  paper  contains  additional 
information  touching  the  porphyritic  trap  rock  asso- 
ciated with  the  remnants  of  the  Trias  of  Cawsand  Bay ; 
and  which  I  described  in  my  previous  communication 
as  belonging  to  the  series  of  Triassic-traps  so  com- 
mon in  the  vicinity  of  Exeter.  I  then  stated  that 
the  abundance  of  mica  which  it  contained  quite 
entitled  it  to  the  name  of  a  mica  trap — adding  that 
it  might  fairly  be  called  a  felsite.  Since  then  it  has 
been  classed  as  a  mica-andesite ;  and  the  facts  which 
I  have  now  to  lay  before  the  Society  will  very  well 
serve  to  illustrate  some  of  the  difficulties  of  petro- 
logical  nomenclature,  while  bearing  out  this  later 
view. 

In  the  course  of  an  enquiry  into  the  nature  of  the 
"  Igneous  Constituents  of  the  Triassic  Breccias  and 
Conglomerates  of  South  Devon  "*  (which  I  identified 
as  wholly  of  local  origin),  I  was  led  to  speculate 
"  that  the  conditions  under  which  the  *  felspathic 
traps '  of  Devon  [i.e.,  the  andesites  or  Triassic-traps, 
such  as  that  of  Cawsand]  occur  in  situ,  their  charac- 
teristic association  with  elvans,  and  the  part  which 
they  bear  in  the  constitution  of  the  Triassic  breccias 
and  conglomerates,  are  calculated  to  lead  to  the 
inference  that  they  are  volcanic  phenomena  connected 

♦  Vide  Quar.  Jour,  Geo.  Soc.  xlvi.  69-83. 


342  Notes  on  the  Conmish  Trias.  [Nov.  4, 

with  the  igneous  activities  of  the  Dartmoor  region, 
and  probably  represent  its  final  period,  as  the  epi- 
diorites  and  proterobases  of  the  north  and  west  of 
Dartmoor  may  its  earlier  stages."* 

Of  course  what  is  true  of  the  Dartmoor  granitic 
area  is  true,  other  things  being  equal,  of  the  related 
granitic  bosses  of  Cornwall :  the  whole  enquiry, 
tlierefore,  has  a  special  bearing  on  the  geology  of 
this  county ;  and  the  facts  now  to  be  set  forth  may 
aid  in  the  interpretation  of  its  geological  phenomena.. 

There  is  at  Withnoe,  in  Whitsand  Bay,  about  1\ 
miles  N.W.  of  the  andesite  of  Cawsand,  a  small 
detached  exposure  of  the  same  rock,  intruded  into 
the  Lower  Devonian  slates  and  grits,  but  undoubtedly 
continuing  to  a  junction  in  depth  with  the  main  mass. 
This  dyke  is  quarried  for  road  metal  by  the  side  of 
the  road  which  leads  from  Withnoe  farm  to  the  cliffs; 
and  it  would  be  difficult  in  so  small  a  compass  to 
procure  a  more  instructive  illustration  of  the  forms 
which  one  and  the  same  igneous  magma  may  assume. 
The  relationships  of  the  rock  to  that  of  Cawsand, 
as  described  in  my  previous  paper,  are  clear  enough  ; 
but  every  peculiarity  of  the  Cawsand  rock  is  here 
emphasized.  Within  less  than  ten  feet  I  obtained  the 
following  examples,  each  passing  more  or  less  com- 
pletely into  its  neighbour : 

A.  Dark  indian-red  rock,  shading  into  dark  grayish 
brown,  at  times  verging  on  black.  Texture  compact 
and  semi- vitreous — in  fact  it  is  practically  a  pitch - 
stone.     Shows  very  distinct  flow  structure,  the  whole 


♦  Vide  also  "The  Dartmoor  Volcano,"  Trans.  Plym.  Inst  x.  146-169, 
and  "  The  Elvans  and  Volcanic  Rocks  of  Dartmoor,"  Quar,  Joum.  Geo, 
Soc.  xlv.  398-402. 


1890. J  2^otts  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  343 

mass  being  made  up  of  bands,  approximately  parallel, 
but  in  parts  wavy  and  inosculating.  Slightly  porphy- 
ritic,  but  porphyritic  constituents  not  pronounced. 
They  include  felspar,  occasionally  in  imperfect  crystals; 
a  little  quartz  in  blebs;  black  mica  in  flecks  and 
casual  crystaUine  plates.  Infrequently  there  occurs 
a  large  well-crystallized  felspar  crystal ;  and  a  little 
segregative  micaceous  eye,  commonly  also  quartzose. 
Fracture  sub-conchoidal.  Altogether  a  rock  of  pro- 
nounced and  unmistakeable  volcanic  type. 

B.  Compact  pinkish -red  rock,  with  sub-granular 
aspect,  earthy  fracture,  and  meagre  feel.  It  is  banded 
in  an  equally  definite  way  with  the  preceding,  but 
the  bands  are  less  pronounced  in  character ;  they  are 
narrower,  and  appear  rather  to  traverse  a  matrix, 
while  A  is  banded  throughout.  Here  and  there 
a  passage  into  the  pitchstone  may  be  seen.  The 
porphyritic  features  are  slightly  more  marked.  It  is 
more  micaceous ;  the  segregative  patches  are  more 
prominent ;  the  quartz  occurs  more  definitely  in 
blebs  and  corroded  grains ;  there  is  more  distinctive 
felspar.  In  mass  too  this  phase  of  the  rock  is  more 
evenly  jointed ;  and  it  likewise  varies  more  in  colour, 
weathering  to  bright  ochreous  shades  of  red  and 
yellow,  which  occasionally  merge  into  a  creamy  tint. 
The  bulk  is  devitrified,  but  the  bands  liave  shown 
resistance  to  the  devitrifying  process. 

C.  Tabular -join  ted  rock,  slightly  more  earthy  in 
aspect  on  fractured  surface  than  B,  but  still 
heavy  and  compact.  It  is  lighter  also  in  colour, 
passing  from  pink  to  pinkish-gray.  Flow  structure 
still  visible,  Ijut  the  banding  has  largely  given  place 
to  what  may  be  termed  a  **  damascening "  of  wavy 

VOL.   XI.  2   A 


344  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  [Nov.  4, 

and  tortuous  red  lines  on  the  pink  ground.  Mica 
slightly  less  noteworthy  ;  but  quartz  grains  and  blebs 
much  more  so ;  felspars  also  more  pronounced,  some 
of  the  crystals  showing  very  definite  form.  De vitri- 
fying has  here  been  carried  to  all  but  entire  com- 
pletion, so  far  as  macroscopic  observation  goes,  but 
in  all  probability  some  interstitial  glass  remains. 

D.  Light-gray  rough  open-textured  rock — somewhat 
crumbly ;  might  fairly  be  called  trachytic.  Far  more 
porphyritic  than  either  of  the  other  examples;  and 
in  parts  more  than  half  crystalline.  Mica  plentiful, 
occasionaUy  in  nests  and  segregations,  often  in  good 
hexagonal  plates,  ranging  up  to  the  eighth  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  and  above.  Much  greater  content  of 
quartz,  in  larger  (corroded)  blebs  and  grains,  with  an 
occasional  approach  to  crystalline  form.  Felspar 
strongly  developed,  and  good  crystals  numerous, 
several  twinned  after  the  ordinary  local  granitic  type. 
Some  of  the  felspar  crystals  are  kaolinised,  but  glassy 
characters  predominate.  No  trace  of  flow  structure 
visible.  This  is  the  most  remarkable  example  of  the 
series  ;  for  it  is  essentially  a  quartz-felsite,  and  apart 
from  its  associations  would  unhesitatingly  be  ranked 
as  one  of  the  looser-textured  local  elvans.  Indeed 
the  more  crystalline  portions  differ  only  in  the 
quantity  of  interstitial  matter  they  contain  from 
some  of  the  less  compact  border  granites,  and  as 
these  are  not  always  free  from  interstititd  matter 
themselves  the  difference  is  really  one  in  degree  and 
not  in  kind. 

Here  then  we  have,  wdthin  four  or  five  yards  at 
the  outside,  a  well-marked  unmistakeable  passage  from 
what  may  be  termed  a  rhyolitic  pitchstone  in  the 


1890.]  Note.^  091  the  Cornish  Trias.  345 

inner  portion  of  the  dyke,  to  a  trachytic  quartz- 
felsite  in  the  outer.  The  conditions  of  consolidation 
cannot  have  varied  much.  A  few  feet  more  or  less 
would  make  no  appreciable  diflference  in  the  pressure ; 
nor  do  I  see  any  reason  to  compel  the  belief  that 
originally  the  intruded  matter  came  to  the  surface. 
Moreover,  the  effect  on  the  adjacent  grits  and  slates 
is  slight,  and  chiefly  confined  to  induration. 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  we  find  kindred  phenomena 
of  change  of  character  in  some  of  the  elvan  dykes 
of  Dartmoor  (and  no  doubt  of  Cornwall).  As  an 
"  elvan  "  (or  felsite)  may  be  any  species  of  rock  that 
has  developed  from  a  granitic  magma  under  con- 
ditions intermediate  between  plutonic  and  volcanic, 
so  we  find  in  such  an  elvan  as  the  Shillamill,  near 
Tavistock,  the  characteristics  that  might  be  held  to 
indicate  lialf  a  dozen  different  rocks  from  half  a 
dozen  distinct  localities.  The  centre  of  that  dyke 
is  **  a  quartzose  felspar-porphyiy  of  the  usual  elvan- 
itic  type ;  but  on  each  margin  the  rock  is  dark  grey, 
in  part  granular,  in  part  massive.  Some  parts  again 
would  fall  under  the  old  name  claystone-porphyry ; 
and  others  have  a  granitoid  aspect,  more  fully 
developed  in  the  adjacent  elvan  of  Grenofen,  which 
is  essentially  a  fine-grained  porphyritic  granite." 

The  point  on  which  I  wish  to  lay  particular  stress 
is  this.  I  have  suggested  elsewhere  that  the  "  fel- 
spathic  traps  "  of  Devon — represented  in  this  county 
by  the  porphyritic  trap  of  Cawsand — may  be  con- 
nected with  the  final  phase  of  the  volcanic  activities 
which  gave  us  Dartmoor  and  the  other  granitic  areas 
of  the  West.     Granites  are  usually  classed  among 


346  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.    [Nov.  4,  i890. 

the  acidic  rocks,  and  andesites  and  their  kin  as  the 
volcanic  representatives  of  a  magma  intermediate 
between  basic  and  acidic ;  but  there  is  no  hard  and 
fast  line. 

We  have  in  some  of  the  el  vans — or  quartz-felsites 
— rocks  indistinguishable  from  the  cjuartzo-felsitic 
phase  of  the  Withnoe  boss.  The  granite  and  the 
andesite  meet  here  in  fact  ui)on  common  ground.  Is 
it  too  much  to  suggest  that  rocks  whicli  are  equal  to 
the  same  phase  of  rock-form  are  virtually  equal  also 
to  one  another;  and  to  regard  our  varied  granites 
and  andesites  as  rather  pathological  conditions — so  to 
speak— of  a  common  original  ? 

I  may  add,  too,  that  not  very  far  distant,  at  Mount 
Edgcumbe,  I  have  found  fragments  of  a  syenitic; 
vein,  not  yet  traced  in  situ,  but  which  appears  to 
connect  itself  with  the  same  set  of  local  phenomena.* 

The  more  I  study  our  local  igneous  rocks  the  more 
I  am  convinced  of  the  utter  unwisdom  of  giving 
to  general  petrological  nomenclature  more  than  a 
descriptive  value. 

*  So  Mr.  Townshend  M.  Hall,  f.g.s.,  recorded  in  the  Tranm^itions  of  th^ 
Devonshire  AssocuUion  for  1879  (vol.  xi.)  the  occurrence  of  a  vein  of 
^rranitoid  material  in  connection  with  the  Trias  at  Portledge,  North 
Devon  ;  and  I  find  on  exaniinin<^  a  specimen  he  kindly  lent  me  that  it 
differs  in  no  essential  degree  from  the  el  van  i  tic  rock  of  Withnoe,  only 
carrying  the  chain  a  link  further.  I  have  also  recently  seen  some  reason 
to  believe  in  the  existence  of  enslatite-andesite  in  North  Devon. 


|losaI  d^akgical  Somt^  of  Corntoall. 


THE  SEVENTY-EIGHTH 


ANNUAL   REPORT 


ETC,   BTO. 


PENZANCE: 
1892. 


•  •   •••  ••• 

•  •  •  • ?• 

•  •    •  •  ! 

•  •       •    • 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL 


patroness : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

F(ce«y  atron  : 
HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  k.o.,  etc. 

ZtMttn : 

COLONEL  TREMAYNE.  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

THOS.  BEDFORD  BOLITHO,  Esq.,  m.p. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  189U189M. 

9  rrsOimt : 
Lord  St.  Leyan. 

Fire-yrrsOients  : 
T.  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq.     The  Eakl  of  Mount  Edocttmbe. 
Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.  T.  Roxburgh  Polwhelb,  Esq.,  f.o.s. 

ZxtMWCtx : 
William  Bolitho,  Jud.,  Esq. 

KirarUn : 
Major  Ross. 

Curators : 

A.  E.  Pinching,  Esq. 

Herbert  Warinoton  Smyth,  Esq.,  b.a.,  ll.b.,  f.o.8. 

Ctonnca : 
The  Officers  of  the  Society. 


Walter  H.  Borlase,  Esq. 
Wm.  Edward  Baily,  Esq. 
Walter  Pike,  Esq. 
James  Dennis,  Esq. 
Thos.  Robins  Bolitho,  Esq. 
Francis  Haryey,  Esq. 


Howard  Fox,  Esq.,  f.o.s. 

Martin  Magor,  Esq. 

Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Esq. 

Wm.  Shepherd  Bennett,  Esq. 

Hy.  Nicholas  Harvey,  Esq. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,m.a. 


GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 

Secretary  and^^Cwrafor,^^ 

•    ••*•••     • -• 

2  B  2  \*  --• : 


..  lV 


LIST   OF  MEMBERS. 


Honorary  MicMBERa 

George  James  Allman,  M.D.,  ll.d.,  f.r.s.,  F.L.S.,  M.R.L.A.,  Ardmoor, 

Parkstone,  Dorset. 
Beyrich,  Professor  E.,  Berlin. 
Charles  Barrois,  Dr.,  Lille,  France. 
Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  UniverBity  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s. 
James  D wight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a.,  Professor  of  Qeology,  Tale  College,  etc.. 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Auguste  Daubr^e,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Robert  Etheridge,  F.R.S.,  f.q.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  14,  Carlyle 

Square,  London. 
William  Henry  Flower,  o.B.,  f.r.8.,  F.L.B.,  f.q.s..  Director  of  the  Natural 

History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington,  London, 

S.W. 
Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  Fh.  D.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Hofrath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Nevil  Story-Maskelyne,  m.a.,  m.p.,  F.R.S.,  f.c.s..  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Basset  Do¥m  House,  Swindon. 
L4on  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Richard  Owen,  k.c.b.,  m.d.,  d.c.l.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  f.g.s..  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Park,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  F.R.S.,  f.g.s.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  c.b.,  m.p..  Ph.  d.,  F.R.S.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow 

Gardens,  South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  f.g.s.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  KC. 
Joseph  Prestwich,  m.a.,  f.r.s.,  f.g.s.,  etc..  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Shoreham,  Sevenoaks,  Kent  .    . 


^        ^ 


352       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comivall. 

Lady  Smyth,  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 

J.  J.  Harris  Teall,  m.a.,  f.rs.,  p.g.s.,  (Geological  Survey  Office,  Jermyn 

Street,  London. 
Major-General  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  f.q.s., 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charies  W.  Tremenheere,  B.E.,  c.b.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  K.  Burnett,  f.g.s.,  London. 

Rev.  Francis  Dohcrty,  b.a.,  Fh.  d.,  f.r.g.8.1.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Vicarage, 

Romsey,  Hants. 
Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  B.A.,  D.  8c.,  f.g.s.,  Llandudno. 
Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  F.G.&,  Blinman,  South  Australia. 
George  Bown  Millett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 
Herbert  Warington   Smyth,  b.a.,  ll.b.,  f.o.&,  5,  Invemees  Terrace, 

London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
William  Teague,  Pool. 

Ordinary  Meaibers. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwooil,  Paul,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwitben,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  m.p.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Peualverne,  Penzance. 

Miss  Borlase,  Castle  Horneck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 

John  Richards  Brauwell,  Penlee,  Penzance. 

Henry  Came,  Penzance. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Richard  Pearce  Couch,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  M.A.,  Bramley  Rectory,  Guildford. 

The  Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S. W. 

J.  A.  Daniell,  Polstroug,  Camborne. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Mrs.  Downing,  Trereife,  Penzance. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Ful mouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvali,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  f.g.s.,  Falmouth. 


"  *  .  •  •    •    • 


List  of  Members.  353 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick,  Falmouth. 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  p.g.s.,  33,  Broad  Street  Avenue,  London. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Treliasick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Qlanm6r,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance. 

Henry  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  m.a.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Mrs.  Husband,  Parkhurst,  West  Bournemouth,  Hants. 

Thomas  King,  m.a.,  Penzance. 

Charles  Day  Nicholls  Le  Grice,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Fortescue  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

Hugh  Montgomerie,  M.D.,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport. 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  FerryhilL 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Archibald  £.  Pinching,  H.M.  Inspector  of  Mines,  Devonport 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  m.a.,  f.q.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

The  Lord  Robartes,  Lanhydrock. 

Rev.  Canon  Rogers,  m.a.,  Gwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  m.d.,  f.g.s.,  Withington,  Manchester. 

James  Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Marazion. 

Rev.  St.  Aubyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

The  Lord  St.  Levan,  St.  Michael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant. 

William  Bickford  Smith,  m.p.,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Treliske,  Truro. 

Francis  Stephens,  Ashfield,  Falmouth. 

John  Symons,  M.B.C.S.,  Penzance. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Josiah  Thomas,  Camborne. 

Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Bury  an,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Hugh  Seymour  Treraenheere,  c.B.,  m.a.,  f.q.b.,  43,  Thurloe  Square, 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  f.g.s.,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Gate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Walea 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 
John  Westlake.  Q.C.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.W, 


354       Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwaU. 


Absoglltbs. 


James  Bennetts,  North  Levant 
Mine,  St  Just 

J.  T.  Blight,  F.8.A.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  CoUinB,  F.G.S.,  4,  Clark 
Terrace,  Dulwich  Rise,  Lon- 
don, S.E. 

William  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St 
Just 

William  Qregor,  Swansea. 

William  HoUow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 


R  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 

Benedict  Kitto,  f.g.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Mitchell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.g.s.,  St  Just 

John  Phillips,  Australia, 

T.B.  ProviSjA.  inat  O.K.,  Finsbury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  E.C. 

John  Rowe,  The  Terrace,  St  Just 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Honorary  IfemherSf  Life  Members,  and  Auodaies  whose 

Addresses  are  unknown. 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.         |  Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Hall,  R.  T.        I      Phillips,  John.        |        Thomas  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  the  favour  of  his  being  informed  of  any  inaccuracies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 

ANNIVERSARY  ADDRESS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT, 

LORD  ST.  LEVAN, 
To  THE  Qeneral  Meeting,  October  16th,  1891. 

(ModifUd  from  the  ••  Wt$tem  Morning  New.^J 


The  President  hoped  the  small  attendance  was  due  rather  to  the 
bad  weather  than  to  any  decreasing  interest  in  that  old  and  well- 
established  and  useful  Society.  Letters  had  been  received  from 
Mr.  C.  C.  Eoss  expressing  his  regret  for  his  inability  to  attend,  and 
intimating  that,  as  he  had  not  been  present  at  the  meetings  for  some 
years,  he  did  not  think  he  ought  to  accept*^  the  post  of  Librarian 
again  should  they  pay  him  the  compliment  of  re-electing  him; 
and  from  Mr.  W.  Bolitho,  jun.,  who  was  unable  to  leave  his  house. 
Mr.  T.  Bedford  Bolitho,  M.P.,  wrote— 

I  fear  I  shall  be  prevented  by  business  elsewhere  from  being  present  at  the 
meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  to-morrow.  Will  yon  be  good  enough  to  say 
as  much  to  the  Chairman  ?  I  wish  means  could  be  devised  to  make  the 
influence  of  the  Society  more  direct,  more  popular,  and  more  useful.  Is  this 
impossible  f  *  There  are  several  learned  societies  in  the  county,  all  of  which,  I 
believe,  are  maintained  in  their  present  condition  with  some  difficulty.  Could 
a  union  be  effected  ?  And  now,  having  freed  my  mind,  I  am  going  to  ask 
whether  the  Society  would  like  to  accept  a  piece  of  '*  Jews  House  tin  "  which 
belonged  to  Mr.  T.  R.  Bolitho  and  myself.  It  was  discovered  about  1858  near 
St.  Austell,  when  the  Cornish  railway  was  being  constructed,  and  has  been  at 
Oalenick  from  that  time  until  quite  lately.  A  short  description  of  it  will  be 
found  in  a  paper  on  ^  The  Detrital  Tin  Ore  of  Cornwall,"  written  by  our  old 
friend  and  townsman  Mr.  W.  J.  Henwood,  and  read  at  the  Royal  Institution  of 
Cornwall  in  1873.  I  am  aware  you  have  some  specimens  already,  and  if,  as 
may  well  be,  you  do  not  care  to  be  embarrassed  with  duplicate  or  triplicate 
specimens,  we  should  like  to  present  it  to  some  other  society,  but  I  felt  the 
Geological  Society  had  the  first  claim. 

The  President  said  the  report  of  the  Council  would  show  that  the 

Society  was  in  a  satisfactory  position.     The  number  of  books  had 

2  B  8 


356     Anniversat^  Address  of  the  President. 

been  largely  increased,  upwards  of  160  volumes  having  been  added 
to  the  library.  The  additions  to  the  museum  had  not  been  so 
numerous,  but  the  number  of  members  kept  up.  The  number  of 
visitors  had  been  very  large.  The  apartments  formerly  occupied  by 
the  science  classes  having  been  vacated,  there  were  now  rooms  in 
that  building  available  for  some  other  purpose.  They  had  to  express 
their  regret,  which  he  was  sure  they  all  felt,  at  the  death  of  the  late 
Mr.  Nicholas  Whitley,  who  was  well  known  to  most  of  them,  and 

• 

who,  although  he  did  not  live  there,  was  an  old  member  of  the 
Society,  and  contributed  largely  to  its  transactions.  Mr.  G^rge 
Williams,  of  Scorrier,  was  also  an  old  member  of  the  Society.  It 
was  usual,  he  was  told,  for  the  President  to  deliver  an  address  at  that 
meeting,  but  he  felt  that  he  owed  them  some  apology  for  being  in 
that  place  at  all.  The  President  of  that  Society  ought  to  be  a 
person  who  at  all  events  had  some  knowledge  of  Geology.  He 
must  tell  them  at  once  that  he  knew  nothing  at  all  of  Greology — he 
hardly  knew  one  stone  from  another,  and  when  he  looked  back  at 
the  distinguished  men  who  had  occupied  that  chair,  he  felt  he  was 
rather  out  of  place.  He  supposed  he  was  asked  because  of  the 
kindly  feeling  they  had  for  himself. 

There  was  one  word  which  fell  from  Mr.  T.  B.  Bolitho,  M.P.,  in 
his  letter,  to  which  he  should  like  to  refer.  Mr.  Bolitho  put  it  very 
kindly.  He  said,  ^'I  wish  means  could  be  devised  to  make  the 
influence  of  the  Society  more  direct,  more  popular,  and  more  useful." 
That  was  not  putting  it  too  strongly,  and  yet  it  was  a  serious  alle- 
gation, because  the  inference  was  that  its  influence  was  not  very 
direct,  not  very  popular,  and  not  very  useful,  and  he  asked  if  it  was 
impossible  to  remedy  those  things.  He  (Lord  St.  Levan)  thought 
Mr.  Bolitho  was  right  in  what  he  said.  He  did  not  think  any 
direct  influence  of  that  Society  was  felt  very  much  outside  that 
room  except  to  those  who  read  the  reports  and  transactions,  which 
certainly  were  very  valuable.  As  to  its  being  popular,  he  must  ask 
them  to  look  at  the  condition  of  that  room ;  they  had  heard  with 
regret  of  the  cause  of  the  absence  of  some  of  their  friends,  but  he 
could  remember  in  the  old  days  when  the  room  used  to  be  flUed  on 
the  occasion  of  the  Annual  Meeting ;  when  distinguished  men  of 
science,  particularly  Geological  Science,  were  present ;  and  when 


Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall.      357 

the  President's  address  was  a  valuable  one,  more  particularly  so  in 
the  case  of  their  dear  old  Mend  Sir  Warington  Smyth.  When  he 
and  many  other  distinguished  men  before  him  occupied  the  chair 
their  addresses  were  worth  hearing,  and  discussions  were  such  as  to 
excite  an  interest  in  the  county,  and  people  came  ^m  long  distances 
to  attend  those  meetings.  For  years  he  (Lord  St.  Levan)  used  to 
advocate  the  amalgamation  of  the  different  county  societies,  and  he 
was  convinced  it  would  be  more  generally  useful  to  the  county  if 
the  learned  societies  were  to  amalgamate.  Each  Society  had  valuable 
collections,  and  a  local  habitation  very  well  suited  to  the  purpose. 
There  was  the  Geological  Society  there  in  Penzance,  with  admirable 
rooms,  a  very  good  collection,  and  museum;  the  Polytechnic  at 
Falmouth  with  the  same;  the  Royal  Institution  at  Truro  with  a 
very  valuable  collection  of  antiquities  and  other  objects  of  interest 
to  the  Comishman ;  and  there  was  the  Mining  Institute  and 
Association  at  Eedruth.  Those  were  four  great  societies  which 
might  be  amalgamated  into  one  great  general  Royal  Society  of 
Cornwall  That  might  be  done  without  founding  establishments, 
because  the  difficulty  of  a  central  habitation  might  be  got  over  by 
making  the  Royal  Society  a  peripatetic  one,  so  as  to  meet  one  year 
in  one  of  the  towns,  and  so  on.  The  museums  might  always  be 
opened  to  those  interested  in  those  kind  of  things.  He  used  to 
advocate  those  views  until  he  got  tired  of  it,  because  they  had 
hitherto  found  local  influences  were  too  strong;  the  Polytechnic  had 
always  been  in  Falmouth,  and  the  Royal  Institution  at  Truro  pre- 
ferred to  remain  as  it  was.  But  now  the  same  remarks  were  made, 
and  the  same  feelings  exhibited,  in  almost  all  the  towns  where  those 
meetings  were  held,  and  there  was  a  general  feeling  that  if  they 
were  all  united  into  one  large  county  society,  holding  exhibitions  in 
different  towns  in  different  years,  they  could  more  adequately  and 
fully  carry  out  the  objects  for  which  they  were  instituted.  He 
thought  it  was  desirable  that  no  action  should  be  immediately 
taken,  but  they  might  think  it  over  and  see  whether  something  of 
that  kind  could  not  be  done  to  the  advantage  of  the  county,  and  to 
make  the  annual  exhibitions  and  meetings  more  attractive. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


Thb  past  year  has  been  comparatively  uneyentful  so  far  as  the 
history  of  this  Society  is  concerned.  The  legacy  of  the  late  Rev. 
John  Carne— £1,500,  less  legacy  duty  £150— together  with  £160 
taken  from  the  deposit  account,  has  been  invested  in  Midland 
Eailway  Three  per  Cent.  Debenture  Stock;  and  Mr.  Taylor's 
duties  having  ceased  at  Lady-day  last,  Mr.  G.  B.  Millett  has  now 
taken  office  as  Curator,  in  accordance  with  the  resolution  passed  at 
the  last  Annual  Meeting.  The  several  papers  then  read  were 
issued,  together  with  the  Seventy -seventh  Annual  Report,  in 
May  last,  and  form  an  important  addition  of  just  eighty  pages 
to  the  Transactions, 

The  Report  of  the  Librarian  is  no  less  voluminous  than  usual, 
some  160  items — volumes  or  parts  of  volumes — having  been 
acquired  by  presentation,  exchange,  or  purchase  during  the  year. 
The  need  for  additional  shelf  room  is  more  than  ever  apparent,  the 
bookcases  in  your  well-stocked  Library  being  now  filled  to  over- 
flowing. 

The  donations  to  the  Museum  have  not  been  at  all  numerous 
during  recent  years.  Your  Curators  have,  however,  some  interest- 
ing specimens  to  lay  before  you  to-day.  They  are  presented  by 
Mr.  Arthur  L.  Collins  (son  of  Mr.  J.  H.  Collins,  formerly  Curator 
to  this  Society),  and  were  collected  by  him  in  Norway.  There  are 
also  two  series  of  rock  specimens,  illustrative  of  papers  about  to 
be  read. 

The  popularity  of  your  collections  does  not  appear  to  be  in  any 
way  abated,  for  visitors  to  the  Museum  are  as  plentiful  as  ever. 
The  basement  rooms  of  this  building,  so  long  occupied  by  the 
Science  Classes,  having  been  vacated,  are  now  available  for  such 
purposes  as  may  hereafter  be  determined  on. 


360      Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwaU. 

It  is  satisfactory  to  the  Council,  in  submitting  this  their 
Seventy-eighth  Annual  Eeport,  to  find  that  there  has  been  no 
falling  off  in  the  number  of  members.  They  have,  nevertheless, 
to  allude  with  much  regret  to  the  loss  by  death  of  one  of  the 
honorary  members — Mr.  Nicholas  Whitley,  of  Truro— who  had 
long  been  connected  with  the  Society,  and  was  the  writer  of  many 
papers  in  its  Transactions,     He  died  in  March  last. 

They  have  also  to  lament  the  decease  of  an  ordinary  member — 
Mr.  George  Williams,  of  Scorrier — who  died  13th  January  of  this 
year,  and  of  an  associate — Mr.  Arundel  Anthony,  of  Leiant. 

The  Council  now  desire  to  recommend  the  election  of  Dr.  Hugh 
Montgomerie,  and  of  Mr.  Henry  Came,  of  Penzance,  as  ordinary 
members. 

GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 

Secretary  and  Curator. 
Penzance,  I6th  October,  1891. 


LIBRARIAN'S    REPORT. 

From  Noveml)6r  let,  1890,  to  October  Slat,  1891. 


Thb  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  during  the 
year: 

I.    TRA.NSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies,  Editors,  and  other  Donors, 

or  Purchased, 

Aufitralasia*     Geological  Society. 

Transactions ;  Vol.  L,  part  5.    Roy.  8vo.    Melbourne,  189L 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  New  Series,  vol.  xvi.,  May,  1888,  to  May,  1889. 

8vo.     Boston,  1889. 
„  „  Vol.  xvii.,  May,  1889,  to  May,  1890. 

8vo.     Boston,  1890. 
Bristol.     Naturalists'  Society. 

Proceedings :  New  Series,  vol.  vi,  part  3  (1890-91.) 

8vo.     Bristol,  1891. 
.  List  of  Officers,  &c.  8vo.     Bristol,  1891. 

Brussels.     Socicte  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Procds- verbal :  pp.  cxxxiii  to  end  of  vol.  xviii 

„  pp.  i.  to  Lxxxviii  of  vol.  xix. 

8vo.     Bruxelles,  1889-90. 
California.     State  Mining  Bureau. 

Tenth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Mineralogist  [William 

Irelan,  jun.]  for  the  year  ending  December  Ist,  1890. 

8vo.     Sacramento,  1890. 


362      Royal  Geologiccd  Society  oj  Cornwall. 

Canada.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Transactions :  Vol  i,  No.  1,  October,  1890. 

Royal  8vo.     Toronto,  1890. 
„  Vol  i,  No.  2,  March,  1891. 

Royal  Svo.     Toronto,  1891. 

Fourth  Annual  Report  .  .  .  session  1890-91,  being  an 
Appendix  to  the  Report  of  the  Minister  of  Education, 
Ontario.  Royal  8vo.     Toronto,  1891. 

.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 

Contributions  to  Canadian  Palaeontology,  vol  iii.  No.  1, 
(quarto),  on  Vertebrata,  &c.     By  E.  D.  Cope. 

4to.     Montreal,  1891. 
Contributions  to  Canadian  Pakeontology,  vol  L,  part  3.     By 
J.  F.  Whiteaves.  Royal  Svo.     Montreal,  1891. 

.     Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  for  1890,  vol  yiii. 

4to.     Montreal,  1891. 
Christiania.     Lakis  Kratere  og  Lavastromme  af  Amund  Helland. 

4to.     Christiania,  1886. 

Cincinnati.     Society  of  Natural  History. 

Journal:  Vol.  xiii..  No.  2,  July,  1890.      8vo.  Cincinnati. 
„               „         No.  3,  October,  1890.   „  „ 

„  „        No.  4,  January,  1891.  „  „ 

Colorado.     Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings :  Vol.  iii.,  part  2,  1889.     8vo.     Denver,  1890. 

Connecticut.     Meriden  Scientific  Association. 
Transactions :  Vol  iv.,  1889-90. 

Svo.     Meriden,  Conn.,  1891. 

Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. 

Sitzungsberichte :  Band  ix.,  heft  2.       Svo.     Dorpat,  1891. 
Schriften:  VI. — Studien   iiber  die   Schwingungsgesetze   der 

Stimmgabel  und  iiber  die  Electromagnetische  Anregung. 

Von  Friedrich  Heerwagen.      Royal  8vo.     Dorpat^  1890. 


Librarian's  Report.  363 

Dublin.     Boyal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific  Proceedings :  Xew  Series,  toL  tL,  part  10,  December, 

1890.     8Ta 
Scientific  Proceedings :  New  Series,  toL  yiL,  parts  1, 2,Febniai7 

and  June,  1891.  8vo.     Dublin,  1890-91. 

Scientific  Transactions:   Series  iL,  toL  iv.,  parts  6-8,  4to, 
NoTcmbery  1890,  Febroaiy  and  June,  1891. 

Dublin,  1890-91. 
Edinburgh.     Greological  Society. 

Transactions :  YoL  vi,  part  2.         870.     Edinburgh,  1890. 

Falmouth.     Boyal  Ck)mwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-eighth  Annual  Report,  1890.    8vo.    Falmouth,  1890. 

Hiih'faT,     Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Riding 
of  Yorkshire. 
Proceedings :  Yol  zi,  part  3.  870.     Halifax,  1891. 

India.     Geological  Survey  of  India. 

Records :  YoL  xxiii,  part  4.    1890.   Roy.  8vo.   Calcutta,  1890. 

„  „    xxiv.,  parts  1-3.  1891.      „  „       1891. 

Contents  and  Index  of  the  First  xx.  Yolumes,  1868  to  1887. 

Roy.  8vo.     Calcutta,  1891. 
Kansas.     Academy  of  Science. 

Transactions  of  22nd  Annual  Meeting,  1889,  voL  xii,  part  1. 

8vo.    Topeka,  Kansas,  1890. 

Leicester.    Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions :  New  Quarterly  Series. 

YoL  ii,  part  4,  with  Report  of  Council,  &c.,  1890. 

„  „    5-8,  October,  1890;  January,  April,  July,  1 89 1 . 

8vo.     Leicester,  1890-91. 
LiyerpooL     Geological  Association. 

Journal :  YoL  x..  Session  1889-90.     8vo.     Liverpool,  1890. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Report    of    the     Sixtieth    Meeting,    held    at    Leeds    in 
September,  1890.  8va     London,  1891. 


364      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

London.     Geological  Society  of  London. 
List  .  .  .  November  Ist,  1890. 
Quarterly  Journal :  Vol.  xlvi.,  No.  184. 
„  „  „    xlvii.,    „    185-187. 

8vo.     London,  1 890-9  L 
.     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  xL,  No&  8,  9,  and  Title-page  and  Index 

of  vol.  xi. 
Proceedings  :  VoL  xii,  Nos.  1-4.     8vo.     London,  1890-91 

'  London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine 

Series  V.     Vol.  30,  Noa  186,  187.     Nov.  and  Dec.,  1890. 
„  „     31      „     188-193.     Jan.  to  June,  1891. 

„  „     32     „     194-197.     July  to  Oct,  1891. 

8vo.     London,  1890-91.     Purchased. 

.     Palseontographical  Society. 

Vol.  xliv.  for  1890.  4to.     London,  1890.     Purchased. 


-.     Eoyal  Society. 

Proceedings  :  Vol.  xlviii.  No.  295.     Jan.,  1891. 

„  „    xlix.,  Nos.  296-301.     Feb.  to  July,  1891. 

„  „    L,  No.  302.    Aug.,  1891. 

-.     Society  of  Chemical  Lidustry. 
Journal :  Vol.  ix.,  Nos.  11,  12.     Nov.  and  Dec.,  1890.. 
„  „     X.,      „     1-9.     Jan.  to  Sept.,  1891. 

Imp.  8vo.     London,  1890-91. 

-.  List  of  Mines  worked  in  the  year  1890,  including  some  of 
the  Open-works.     Prepared  by  H.M.  Inspectors  of  Mines. 

Folio.     London,  1891. 

List  of  the  Plans  of  Abandoned  Mines,  deposited  in  the  Home 
Office  under  the  Coal  and  Metalliferous  Mines  Regulation 
Act&     Corrected  to  31st  December,  1890. 

Folio.     London,  1891. 

Summaries  of  the  Statistical  Portion  of  the  Eeports  of  H.M. 
Inspectors  of  Mines,  year  1890.  Coal,  Metalliferous,  and 
Slate  Mines  Act.  Folio.     London,  1891. 

[Presented  by  Dr.  C.  Le  Neve  Foster.] 


Lih^arian*s  Report.  365 

Manchester.     Geographical  Society. 

Journal :  VoL  vL,  Nos.  4-6.     April  to  June,  1 890. 

8vo.     Manchester,  Nov.,  1890. 
.     Geological  Society. 

Transactions:  Vol.  xxi,  parts  1-10. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1890-91. 
,     Owen's  College  Museum. 

Report :  Oct,  1889,  to  Sept.,  1890. 

Boy.  8vo.  (2  copies).     Manchester,  1890. 

.     Scientific  Students*  Association. 

Report  and  Proceedings  for  the  years  1881,  1882,  1883. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1881-83. 
Minnesota.     Historical  Society  St  Paul 

Brower  (J.V.)  Detailed  Hydrographic  Chart  of  the  Ultimate 
Source  of  the  Mississippi  River,  Itasca  Lake,  or  State  Park, 
folded.  St  Paul,  Minnesota,  1891. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     North  of  England  Institute  of  Mining  and 
Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions :  Vol.  xxxix.,  part  L 

xl  L 

Roy.  8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     1891. 

Report  of  the  French  Commission  on  the  Use  of  Explosives 
in  the  Presence  of  Fire-damp  in  Mines.     Parts  2  and  3. 

8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1890-91. 

New  Haven.     Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Transactions :  Vol.  viii,  part  L         8vo.     New  Haven,  1890. 

New  South  Wales.     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings :  VoL  xxiii.,  part  2  .  .  1889. 

„  „  Vol.  xxiv.,  parts  1,  2,  1890. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1890. 
New  York.     American  Geographical  Society. 

Bulletin :  VoL  xxii,  Nos.  3,  4,  and  Supplement,  1890. 

„  „     xxiii,    „     1,2, 3,  March,  June,  and  Sept  1891. 

.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of  Natural 

History). 
Annals :  Index  to  voL  iv. 

„        VoL  v.,  Nos.  4-8.  8vo.     New  York,  1890. 


366      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

North  Carolina.     Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 

Journal :  Vol  viL,  part  2.  8vo.     Ealeighi  N.C.,  1891. 

Nova  Scotia.     Institute  of  Natural  Science. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions :  YoL  vii,  parts  1,  2.    1886-88. 

8vo.     Halifax,  N.S.,  1888. 
Paris.     !]^ole  des  Mines. 

Annales  des  Mines :  S6rie  viiL,  tome  xviii,  liv.  4^6. 

8vo.    Paris,  1890-91. 
„  „  „  tome  xix.,  liv.  1-3. 

8vo.     Paris,  1891. 
Pennsylvania.     Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania. 

Seventh  Eeport  on  the   Oil  and   Oas  Fields  of  Western 

Pennsylvania  for  1887-88.         8vo.     Harrisburg,  1890. 
Atlas,  Southern  Anthracite  Field :  part  3,  A  A.  1889. 

A  Dictionary  of  the  Fossils  of  Pennsylvania  and  neighbour- 
ing States  named  in  the  Eeports  and  Catalogues  of  the 
Survey.     By  J.  P.  Lesley.     Vols.  2,  3.     N-Z. 

8vo.     Harrisburg,  1889-90. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Keport  and  Transactions,  1890-91.    8vo.    Plymouth,  1891. 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings :  Parts  2,  3,  April  to  December,  1890. 
„  Part  1,  January  to  March,  1891. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1890-91. 
Tuberculosis.     Reprints  of  Three  Editorials. 

Cr.  8vo.     Philadelphia,  1891, 

'  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings:  Vol  xxviii,  July-December,  1890,  No.  134. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1891. 
Pisa.     Society  Toscana  di  Scienze  Natural! 

Memorie :  Vol  xi  Roy.  8vo.     Pisa,  1891. 

Processi  VerbaH :  Vol  vii,  pp.  129-170  and  199-234. 

Roy.  8vo.    Pisa,  1890-91. 

Plymouth.      Plymouth    Institution    and    Devon    and    Cornwall 
Natural  History  Society. 
Report  and  Transactions  for  1890-91 :  Vol  xl,  part  i 

8vo.     Plymouth,  1891. 


Librarian's  Report.  367 

Eio  de  Janeiro.     Musen  NacionaL 

Aichivos  do  Miuseu  Nacional  do  Eio  de  Janeiro :  YoL  yii. 

4to.     Bio  de  Janeiro,  1887. 

Monograph :  Le  Museum  National  de  Eio-de-Janeiro  et  son 
Influence  sur  lea  Sciences  Naturelles  an  Br^il,  par  LadisUu 
Netto.  8vo.     Paris,  1889. 

Eochester.     Academy  of  Science. 
Proceedings :  Vol.  i.,  brochure  i 

8vo.     Eochester,  KY.,  1890. 

Eome.     Memorie  Descrittive  della  Carta  Geologica  d'ltalia :  YoL  vi 
L.  Baldacci-Golonia  Eritrea.  Eoy.  8yo.     Eoma,  1891. 

[Presented  by  Dr.  Foster.] 

Truro.     Eoyal  Institution  of  ComwaU. 

Journal :  Vol.  x.,  part  2.     March,  1891.     8vo.     Truro,  1891. 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior :  Greological  Survey. 
Bulletin :  No  58. — The  Glacial  Boundary  in  Western  Penn- 
sylvania, Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana,  and 
Illinois.     By  G.  F.  Wright.     Introduc- 
tion by  T.  C.  Chamberlin. 
59. — The  Gabbros  and  Associated   Eocks   in 
Delaware.     By  F.  D.  Chester. 
„     60. — Eeport  of  Work  Done  in  the  Division  of 
Chemistry  and  Physics,  mainly  during 
the  fiscal  year   1887-88.     By  F.  W. 
Clarke,  Chief  Chemist. 
„  „     61. — Contributions  to  the  Mineralogy  of  the 

Pacific  Coast     By  W.  R.  Melville  and 
W.  Lindgren. 
„  „     63. — A  Bibliography  of  Palaeozoic   Crustacea 

from  1698  to  1889,  including  a  List  of 
North  American  Species,  and  a  System- 
atic Arrangement  of  Genera.     By  A. 
W.  Vogdes. 
„  „     64. — A  Eeport  of  Work  Done  in  the  Division 

of    Chemistry    and    Physics,    mainly 
during  the  year  1888-89.     By  F.  W. 
Clarke,  Chief  Chemist 
VOL.  XI.  2  c 


79  »> 


n 


368      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior :  G^logical  Sorvey. 
Bulletin :  No.  66. — On  a  Group  of  Volcanic  Kocks  horn  the 

Tewan  Mountains,  New  Mexico,  and  on 
the  Occurrence  of  Primary  Quartz  in 
Certain   Basalta      By  J.   P.   Iddings. 

Washington,  1889-90. 

Monograph :  VoL  i. — Lake  Bonneville.     By  G.  K.  Gilhert 

4to.  Washington,  1890. 

Statistical  Paper. — Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States, 
year  1888.     By  David  T.  Day.     8vo.     Washington,  1890. 

Report — Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey. 
By  J.  W.  Powell,  Director.  4to.     Washington,  1889. 

Victoria.     Department  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Mines,  to  the  Hon.  A.  R. 
Outtrim,  M.P.,  Minister  of  Mines  for  Victoria,  for  the  year 
1890.  Folio.     Melbourne,  1891. 

Reports  and  Statistics  of  the  Mining  Department,  compiled 
and  arranged  by  the  Secretary  for  Mines. 

For  the  Quarter  ended  30th  September,  1890. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1890. 
For  the  Quarter  ended  31st  March,  1891. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1891. 

.     Stawell  School  of  Mines. 

Annual  Report  and  Prospectus. 

8  vo.     Stawell,  Victoria,  1 89 1 . 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt. 
Verhandlungen  :  Nos.  10-18.     1890. 
„  „     1-7.         1891. 

Royal  8vo.     Wien,  1890-91. 

.     K.  K.  Naturhistorischen  Hofmuseums. 

Annalen  :  Band  V.,  No.  4. 

„  „   VI.,  Nos.  1,  2.    Imp.  8vo.  Wien,  1890-91. 

Washington.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

Annual  Report  to  July,  1888.        8vo.    Washington,  1890. 
„  „     (of  U.S.  National  Museum)  for  the  year  ending 

June  30th,  1888.  8vo.    Washington,  1890. 

Annual  Report  to  July,  1889.        8vo.    Washington,  1890. 


Librarians  Report.  369 


IL  QEOLOQICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONa 
Preaented  hy  tMe  Autkors  or  other  Donon,  or  Purchated. 

Foflter,  Dr.  Clement  Le  Neve.  Lecture  on  the  Progress  of  the  Art 
of  Mining.     [From  "Engineering."] 

[Preaented  by  the  Author.] 

Stodi  sni  Combnstibili  Fossili  Italiani,  a  specialmente  sui 
Giacimenti  della  Calabria.  8yo.     Roma,  1890. 

Address  by  John  C.  firanner  on  '*  The  Relations  of  the  State 
and  National  Geological  Surveys  to  each  other  and  to  the 
eulogists  of  the  Country.       Svo.     Salem,  Mass.,  1890. 
[Two  Pamphlets  presented  by  Dr.  Foster.] 

Geinitz,  H.  R  Nachtragliche  Mittheilungen  ueber  die  rothen  und 
bunten  Mergel  der  oberen  Dyas  bei  Manchester — Ueber 
einige  eruptivgesteine  in  der  Provinz  Sao  Paulo  in  Brasilien. 

8vo.,  8  pp.     Dresden,  1890. 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

James,  Ivor.     Handbook  of  Cardiff  and  District,  Prepared  for  the 
use  of  the  British  Association.     Cr.  8vo.     Cardiff,  1891. 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Prestwich,  Joseph.  On  the  Age,  Formation,  and  Drift  Stages  of 
the  Darent  Valley.  [From  Quar.  Jour,  of  GeoL  Soc.,  May, 
1891,  voL  xlvii.] 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Woodward,  A.  S.,  and  Sherbom,  C.  D.  A  Catalogue  of  British 
Fossil  Yertebrata.  Supplement  for  1890.  [From  Geological 
Magazine,  Decade  3,  voL  viiL,  No.  319,  p.  25,  Jan.,  1891.] 

8va     London,  1891. 


2  0  2 


CURATOR'S  REPORT. 


Thb    following    specimens   have   been   added    to    the   SocietT's 
Collections : 

NAME  AND  LOCALITY.  DONOB. 

Hornblende  Crystal,  with  Crystals  of  Scapo- 
lite  (minute)  and  Sphene,  near  Eisor,  Norway.  ^ 
Hornblende  Crystal      „  „ 


» 


99 


» 


» 


» 


9>  ))  » 

with  many  small  Crystals 

of  Sphene,  near  Eisiir,  Norway. 
Apatite  on  Hornblende,  near  Eisor,  Norway. 
Butile,  massive,  near  Eisor,  Norway. 
Entile  (Crystals  in  Quartzose  Gossan),  near 

Eisor,  Norway. 
Entile,   Crystals  from  Quartz  Gossan,  near 

Thirdestrand,  S.K  Norway. 
Euxenite,  near  Arendal,  Norway. 
Scapolite  Crystal,  near  Eisor,  Norway. 


^  Mr. 

/    Arthur  Collins. 


/ 


» 


99 


)) 


» 


A.  Weather  flake   of    Laurentian    granitoid 
gneiss  from  Kaladar,  in  Eastern  Ontario.      \ 

Measurement  7  inches  x  5^  inches  x  f  of 
an  inch. 

B.  Weather  flake  of  banded  gneiss  from  the 
same  place. 

Size  5  J  inches  by  3  inches  by  ^  inch.        . 

C.  Weather  flake  of  ferruginous  quartz^on-  >  ^'  '^'  ^'  ^^^^^ 
glomerate  from  the  Carro   Saloman,  Eio 
Tinto. 

Size  5  inches  by  3^  inches  by  f  inch. 
In  illustration  of  Mr.  J.  H.  Collins*  paper, 
"Note  on  certain  illustrations  of  sub- 
serial    denudation    due    to    changes   of 
temperature." 


F.G.S. 


/ 


Cumtor's  Report,  371 


Specimens  from  Ogo  Dour  DiBtrict,  Lizard. 
In  illostiation  of  Mr.  Howard  Fox's  paper 
"Further  notes  on  the  Ogo  Dour  Dis- 
trict." 


Large  specimen  of  Jews'  House  Tin,  found  in  \  Messrs. 

making  the   Cornwall   Railway,  near   St   IX.  B.  Bolitho,  M.P., 
Austell,  in  1858.  j  and  T.  R  Bolitho. 


Howard  Fox. 


I 

o 

00 


Eh 

<} 

Eh 
OQ 

1/2 
EH 


M 

^ 


i 


.e{OO00a»OOOOOr-l 

l-l      i-«      iH  rH  iH 

iH  O     C^l      r-i     fH      3^ 


O 


«tl 


H 

oo    r^ 


2 

pV      eS 

§    .2 
o     S 


^-   o    o   o    a»    o    o 


«{    CO     t>-    O     00     o     o 


u     00     0»     O     t-H     o  o 

"*•    "«0<    o    c<    oi    >o  »o 

CO  f-H 

•             ■            a             ■        _^J»  ■ 

"^  el 


O) 


o 

CO 


CO 
(N 


Ok 

OO 


s 

••g 

00     *- 

a     . 

.2  W 
•*->     ■ 

CO       ^ 


I— t  ,^^ 

o  o 

o  +, 

«  p 


a 


»H         •— I 


•T3      -H 

,2 


2  -3  ^ 
<S  «  O 

H      - 


fc-   § 


o 
o 
o 

<1 


a 
a 

o 

Q 


00 


•T3 

^  S  Q 

M  M               ^ 

K  «          «> 


8 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

October  16th^  1891, 


1.  Notes  on  Certam  Illastrations  of  Subaerial  Denudation  Dae  to 
ChaDges  of  Temperature.    By  J.  H.  Collins,  p.g.b. 

2.  The  Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.  By  R.  N,  Worth,  F.a.B 

3.  Further  Notes  on  the  Ogo  Dour  District.    By  Howard  Fox,  p.q.s. 
(Printing  deferred). 


NOTE  ON  CERTAIN  ILLUSTRATIONS  OP 

SUBAERLA.L  DENUDATION  DUE  TO 

CHANGES  OF  TEMPERATURE. 

By  J.  H.  Collins,  p.g.s. 

(Reftd  16th  October,  1891.) 


The  powerful  action  of  frost  in  disintegrating  rock- 
masses,  by  the  freezing  and  consequent  expansion 
of  water  which  had  previously  made  its  way  into 
joints  and  fissui-es,  has  been  dwelt  upon  by  many 
geologists ;  and  the  notable  results  of  such  action,  in 
elevated  mountain  regions  especially,  have  claimed 
the  attention  of  travellers,  whether  geologists  or  not. 
This  is  the  ordinary  action  of  frost — ^to  open  existing 
divisional  planes ;  and  the  production  of  such  planes 
by  changes  of  temperature  does  not  appear  to  have 
received  the  attention  it  deserves. 

Professor  U.  S.  Shaler,  of  Boston,  and  Dr.  Sterry 
Hunt,  of  Montreal,  have  referred  the  well-known 
"  horizontal  bedding  "  or  "  concentric  lamination  " 
of  granitic  rocks — rocks  which  occur  in  layers 
"apparently  conformable  to  the  present  surface  of 
the   country'* — to  "movements   of  contraction  and 


376      Ulitstrations  oj  Suhaerial  Denudation  (Ocr.ie, 

expansion  in  the  mass,  caused  by  variations  of 
temperature  during  the  changes  of  the  seasons.* 

This  system  of  joints  in  granite,  "conformable 
to  the  general  surface  of  the  country,"  is  noteworthy 
in  all  the  principal  granite  quarries  of  Cornwall  and 
Devon,  and  also  in  the  cliffs  of  the  Land's  End 
district;  and,  in  combination  with  two  nearly 
vertical  systems  of  joints,  it  has  given  rise  to  the 
numerous  tors  and  logan  rocks,  as  well  as  to  the 
remarkable  cuboidal  groupings  so  common  near  the 
Land's  End. 

Notwithstanding  the  conclusion  of  Professor 
Shaler  and  Doctor  Sterry  Hunt,  many  may  still 
doubt  whether  these  particular  di^dsional  planes  are 
due  to  the  cause  assigned ;  but  there  are  other  very 
similar  divisional  planes  produced  by  changes  of 
temperature  on  a  much  smaller  scale,  the  origin  of 
which  none  probably  will  doubt  who  have  seen  them. 

Travelling  in  Eastern  Ontario  last  May,  soon  after 
the  frosts  of  the  severe  Canadian  winter  had  dis- 
appeared,  I   observed   that  many  of  the  glaciated 

*  ''The  fine-grained  white  granitoid  gneisses  often  present  an 
apparently  bedded  structure,  which  enables  them  to  be  removed  in 
plates  or  layers  lying  at  no  great  angle,  and  apparently  conformable  to 
the  present  surface  of  the  country.  This  structure,  which  I  conceive  to 
have  been  superinduced  by  superficial  changes  of  temperature,  is  often 
quite  independent  of  the  bedding.  .  .  .  This  is,  in  fact,  the  concentric 
lamination  of  granite  long  since  observed  by  Yon  Buch,  and  I  believe 
correctly  explained  by  Professor  U.  S.  Shaler  to  be  due  to  movements 
of  contraction  and  expansion  in  the  mass,  caused  by  variation  of 
temperature  during  the  changes  of  the  seasons.  He  has  not,  however, 
observed  this  structure  at  greater  depths  than  from  three  to  five  feet ; 
while  in  some  rocks  I  have  found  it  penetrating  probably  twenty  feet.'' 
— T.  Sterry  Hunt,  "  Geology  of  Eastern  New  England,*'  Am,  Jovm. 
8ci.  1870,  voL  ii.  p.  88. 


1891.]         Due  to  Changes  of  Temperature.  377 

surfaces  of  the  granitoid  gneissose  Laurentian  rocks 
were  covered  with  thin  flakes.     It  cannot,  I  think, 
he  doubted  that  these  are  the  work   of  frost,  and 
probably  of  the    somewhat    sudden   changes    from 
T)right,   warm  sunshine   to   the   severe   cold    which 
follows  closely  on  the  sunset.     The  large  size  of  the 
flakes,  in  comparison  with  their  trivial  thickness,  and 
the  way  in  which  the  fracture  has  passed  indifierently 
across   the   constituent    minerals    and   the   foliation 
bands,  cannot  fail  to  be  remarked,  also  the  difference 
between    the    weathered    and    the    newly-fractured 
surfaces.      This  sudden  chilling  of  the  superficially- 
warmed   surface   of    a  material   possessing  so  little 
heat-conducting  power    as    granitoid    gneiss,    must 
occur   frequently   in   every   winter   on  rocks   which 
have  been  cleared  of  snow  by  the  winds.     Near  such 
rocks  these  frost  flakes  are  often  abundant,  and  it 
cannot  be  doubted  that  we  have  here  a  very  effective 
agent  of  denudation. 

Very  similar  flakes  are  often  produced  by  tempera- 
ture changes  falling  far  short  of  frost.  I  have  noticed 
them  repeatedly  on  our  Cornish  hills,  where,  at  any 
rate,  severe  frost  is  unknown,  and  really  hot  sunshine 
quite  rare.  But  the  most  notable  examples  with 
which  I  am  acquainted  occur  on  the  hills  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  Rio  Tinto  mines  in  the  south 
of  Spain.  In  the  height  of  summer  the  surface-rocks 
are  often  heated  to  160''  F.,  or  even  more,  during  the 
day ;  while  the  coming  of  a  wind  from  the  Sierra 
Morena  to  the  northward  will  sometimes  reduce  the 
temperature   of  the   same  rocks  to  70**  during  the 


378      Illustrations  of  Svhaerial  Denvdation  [Oot.  i6, 

night — a  range  of  at  least  90''  in  perhaps  eight  or 
nine  hours ;  while  a  sudden  shower  may  produce 
such  a  chill  in  a  few  minutes.  These  alternations  of 
temperature  have  in  some  cases  caused  the  scaling-off 
of  thin  layers  of  porphyry,  diabase,  ironstone-breccia, 
and  other  rocks,  from  the  more  exposed  masses  on 
the  hill -tops  and  in  the  broader  valleys.  Similar 
flakes  occur  abundantly  in  connection  with  the 
silicified  felspar  porphyries,  and  Jurassic  limestones 
of  Torreon  in  the  state  of  Chihuahua,  Mexico.  In 
some  spots  the  rocks  have  acquired  from  this  scaling- 
off"  process  rounded  forms  which  might  easily  be 
supposed  to  have  resulted  from  glaciation,  were  it 
not  that  the  rock-flakes  cover  the  ground  around  to 
a  depth  of  a  foot  or  more.  These  flakes,  caused  by 
alterations  of  surface  temperature,  much  resemble 
those  produced  in  mines  underground,  where  the  old 
process  of  fire-setting  is  used.  By  this  process  the 
rock  to  be  mined  is  first  heated  by  a  strong  fire,  and 
then  allowed  to  cool,  or  even  suddenly  cooled  with 
water,  by  which  means  a  series  of  parallel  cracks  is 
developed,  enabling  the  miner  to  split  off"  the  rock 
in  flakes.  Some  of  the  more  ancient  waste-heaps 
from  the  iron  mines  of  Sweden  and  Norway,  where 
this  process  was  once  extensively  adopted,*  consist 
entirely  of  these  flakes  and  their  fragments,  measuring 
up  to  a  square  foot  in  area,  with  a  thickness  of  con- 
siderably  less   than   an  inch.      It  is  only  by  their 

*  My  son,  A.  L.  CoUins,  informs  me  that  the  process  is  still  in  use  in 
the  Royal  Silver  Mines  at  Kongsberg.  Several  references  to  the  ancient 
method  of  mining  by  " fire-setting''  wiU  be  found  in  Mr.  Hunf s  BrUM 
Mining. 


1891.]         Due  to  Changes  of  Temperature.  379 

situation  in  heaps  near  the  old  shafts  that  they  ean 
be  distinguished  from  the  naturally-formed  flakes. 

It  seems  to  me  that  these  superficial  changes  of 
temperature,  whether  descending  below  the  freezing 
point  or  not,  have  played  an  important  part  in  the 
production  of  granite  tors,  logan  stones,  "  boulders," 
and  rock-basins.  The  blocks  of  ferruginous  con- 
glomerate on  the  Cerro  Salamon,  near  the  Rio 
Tinto  mines,  where  protected  by  vegetation,  the 
the  shade  of  a  great  rock  or  otherwise,  are  often 
quite  angular;  but  where  they  have  been  subject 
to  much  weather-flaking  they  have  finally  acquired 
rounded  forms — as  illustrated  in  fig.  1.     Had  there 


w//mmm//m/M 

Fio.  1. 


been  a  series  of  blocks  piled  one  on  another  it  is 
quite  conceivable  that  a  form  like  fig.  2  would  result ; 


^^^*^^*^^^^5J5???^ 


Fio.  2. 


380     lUustrcUions  of  SubaericU  Denudation.  [Oot.ib. 

and  such  a  series  of  apparently  piled  rocks  might  easily 
occur  on  the  summit  of  a  ridge,  as  in  fig.  3,  where 


the  parts  supposed  to  be  removed  by  successive 
flaking  and  weathering  are  shaded.  The  removal  of 
flakes  from  the  upper  surfaces  of  rocks  may  in  the 
same  way  give  rise  to  rock- basins,  which  are  afterwards 
deepened  and  smoothed  by  the  chemical  action  of 
pools  of  water,  and  the  mechanical  attrition  of  grains 
of  sand,  as  long  ago  suggested  by  Sir  Gardner 
Wilkinson  and  others. 

The  specimens  sent  io  illustratioD  of  tlie  foregoing  paper 
are  aa  follows  i 

A,  "Weather  flake  of  Laureutiau  granitoid  gneiss  from 
Ealadar,  in  Eastern  Ontario,  Meaaurementa,  7  inches  by 
5J  inches  by  %  of  an  inch. 

B.  Weather  flake  of  banded  gneiss  from  the  same  place, 
size,  5j  inches  by  3  inches  by  i  inch. 

C  Weather  flake  of  ferruginous  quartz -co  r4;lomerate  from 
the  Oerro  Salamon,  Rio  Tinto,  size,  5  inches  by  3^  inches  by 
f  inch. 


THE 


SUCCESSION  OP  THE  PLYMOUTH  DEVONIANS. 

By  R.  N.  Worth,  p.g.s. 

(Read  ICth  October,  1801.) 


Mr.  Ussher's  valuable  analysis  of  De  la  Beche  on 
the  Devonians  of  the  West,  read  to  this  Society  at 
its  last  meeting,  and  published  in  the  Transactions^* 
contains  sundry  references  to  the  Devonians  of  the 
Plymouth  district,  on  which  I  should  wish  to  oflFer  a 
few  remarks  —  critical  in  the  main,  but,  I  trust, 
helping  towards  the  solution  of  a  much-debated 
problem  of  western  stratigraphical  geology. 

In  the  map  attached  to  the  paper  Mr.  Ussher 
shows  the  Plymouth  limestones  as  Middle  Devonian ; 
the  rocks  immediately  to  the  south  as  Lower 
Devonian,  those  immediately  to  the  north  as  Upper 
Devonian.  The  point  at  issue  is  not  the  horizon  of 
the  Plymouth  limestones,  which  are  now  accepted  on 
all  hands  as  Middle  Devonian ;  but  the  relation  to 
these  limestones  of  the  strata  north  and  south. 

*  Vol.  ri.  pp.  273-326. 


382    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.  [Oct.  le, 

In  the  text*  Mr.  Ussher  connects  the  Staddon 
group  with  the  Cockington  beds,  which  he  has  else- 
where shown  to  be  "  Lower  Devonian  (Coblenzian)  " ; 
and  adds,  "  The  succession  from  the  Plymouth  lime- 
stone southward  being  inverted  it  is  probable  that 
we  have  a  downward  succession  of  grits,  grey  slates, 
variegated  slates."  The  Staddon  beds  are  therefore 
placed  below  the  Plymouth  limestone.  So  much  in 
brief  for  the  position  assigned  to  the  rocks  on  the 
south  of  the  accepted  Middle  Devonian  horizon. 

Concerning  the  rocks  on  the  north  of  that  horizon, 
Mr.  Ussher  quotes  De  la  Bechet  as  stating  that  the 
Plymouth  limestones  "  rest  upon  the  slates  to  the 
north  of  them,  in  which  schistose  trappean  rocks 
locally  occur.  The  southerly  dip  of  the  latter, 
between  Plymouth  and  Tavistock,  is  pointed  out. 
This  is  of  course  an  inverted  junction,  and  therefore 
misleading."  Elsewhere  Mr.  Ussher  notes,|  "  In  the 
country  between  Tavistock  and  Plymouth  ...  I 
fail  to  recognise  anything  lower  than  the  Middle 
Devonian ;  and  in  the  Gold  Street  Farm  cutting  Culm 
Measures  occur  faulted  down  on  both  sides.*' 

The  point  to  which  I  have  specially  to  refer  is  the 
statement  that  the  junctions  of  the  Plymouth  lime- 
stone with  the  rocks  north  and  south  are  inverted. 
I  believe  I  am  correct  in  saying  that  until  the  late 
Mr.  Jukes  started  the  idea,  no  one  had  even  hinted 
the  possibility  of  this  being  the  case,  though  of 
course  the  thing  is  possible   enough.     All  that  is 

*  Op.  cit,  p.  303.  t  Ibid,  p.  281. 

I  Ibid.  p.  315. 


1891.]    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.     383 

m 

wanted  is  proof;  and  Mr.  Jukes  certainly  adduced 
none.  He  had  his  own  peculiar  views  on  the  age 
of  the  generally-classed  Devonian  rocks  of  Devon ; 
and  to  sustain  those  views  an  assumed  inversion 
became,  not  a  physical  fact,  but  a  logical  necessity. 
The  hypothesis  has  never  advanced  beyond  this 
stage,  from  his  day  until  now ;  nor,  although 
femiliar  with  the  district  all  my  life,  have  I  ever 
been  able  to  trace  the  smallest  fragment  of  evidence 
in  its  favour. 

And  when  every  allowance  is  made  for  the  obscure 
indications  of  dip  commonly  afforded  by  highly- 
cleaved  slates;  and  for  the  numerous  folds  into  which 
the  country  between  the  granites  of  Dartmoor  and 
Kit  Hill,  with  their  subterranean  link,  and  the  sea 
has  been  thrown — there  is  plainly  evident  a  steady 
general  southerly  dip,  which  should  indicate  a  general 
southerly  upward  succession.  In  fact,  the  existence 
of  this  apparent  succession  is  admitted  in  the 
suggestion  of  inversion.  Under  such  circumstances 
we  should  require  strong  testimony  before  reversing 
a  reading  which  has  been  all  but  universally  accepted ; 
and  which,  as  I  have  already  said,  is  really  ques- 
tioned on  logical,  and  not  upon  physical  grounds. 

Dr.  Holl  long  since  pointed  out  a  vital  objection  to 
Mr.  Jukes's  view  in  the  fact  that  none  of  the  assumed 
underlying  rocks  to  the  south  of  the  limestone  appear 
again  on  the  north.  Mr.  Jukes  laid  himself  open  to 
this  by  suggesting  merely  an  "  inverted  local  anti- 
clinal." The  same  argument  cannot,  however,  fairly 
be  urged  against  Mr.  Ussher,  for  his  proposal  goes 

VOL.   XI.  2   D 


384    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.  [Ocr.ie, 

practically  to  the  extent  of  reversing  the  whole 
district;  and  his  classing  the  rocks  north  of  the 
limestone  generally  as  Upper  Devonian,  has  the 
thoroughness  and  consistency  which  Mr.  Jukes*s 
proposition  lacked. 

The  character  of  the  Plymouth  limestone  ought  to 
have  some  weight  in  the  consideration  of  this 
question.  It  is  a  band  some  three-quarters  of  a 
mile  in  width,  the  dip  varying  in  places,  but  generally 
increasing  from  north  to  south.  Some  of  the  beds 
are,  however,  horizontal,  others  all  but  vertical.  At 
Cattedown  there  is  a  shallow  synclinal ;  at  Turnchapel 
undulations ;  and  in  all  probability  the  limestone  is 
not  only  much  disturbed,  but  includes  repetitive 
folds.  Again,  we  take  its  physical  structure.  Great 
part  of  its  bulk  is  coralline — the  remnants  of  a  coral 
reef;  which,  by  the  manner  in  which  the  main  mass 
of  the  limestone  lies  among  the  bordering  strata, 
suggests  an  origin  in  a  fringing  reef  in  a  shallow  sea. 
Other  part  of  its  bulk  is  detrital,  and  contains 
numerous  fossil  shells;  other  part  again  is  heavily 
charged  with  sand ;  and  still  other  with  carbo- 
naceous matter  derived  from  the  decay  of  organic 
substances. 

Now  it  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  first  appearance 
of  calcareous  matter  in  the  slate  rocks  immediately 
to  the  north  of  the  limestone — and,  therefore,  pre- 
sumably underlying  it — is  in  the  form  of  tables  or 
lenticles  of  varying  sizes,  and  greater  or  less 
persistency,  which  on  examination  prove  not  to  be 
fragmental   or   detrital   in   their   origin,   but  to   be 


1891.]     Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.     385 

essentially  composed  of  the  remains  of  coral  and 
allied  organisms  mixed  with  tufaceous  matter.  In 
fact,  they  have  all  the  characters  of  the  beginnings  of 
a  reef — its  foundations — not,  as  they  would  be  if 
the  junction  were  inverted,  of  its  crumbling  super- 
structure. To  the  south  of  the  limestone  the  appear- 
ances are  very  diJSerent. 

Another  point  to  be  noted  is  the  occurrence 
immediately  north  of  the  limestone  of  large  masses 
of  contemporary  lavas  and  ash  beds  or  tuffs.  At 
points  indeed  there  is  rock  of  volcanic  origin  in 
contact  with  and  apparently  underlying  the  lime- 
stone. Now  if  this  were  later  than  the  limestone,  as 
it  would  be  if  the  junction  were  inverted,  we  should 
expect  to  find  the  limestone  much  altered.  Nothing 
of  the  sort,  however,  is  apparent.  Again,  some  of 
the  northern  underlying  slates  contain  a  very 
appreciable  quantity  of  tufaceous  matter  mixed  with 
the  fine  silt  w^hich  formed  their  chief  component. 
And,  in  short,  all  that  we  find  is  consistent  with  the 
theory  that  the  Plymouth  limestones  were  formed  in 
a  sea,  shallow  and  not  far  from  shore,  into  which  a 
large  quantity  of  volcanic  rejectamenta  as  well  as 
lava  found  its  way ;  and  that  the  reef  building  did 
not  begin  until  the  volcanic  period  had  practically 
ceased.  Mr.  Ussher  has  himself  pointed  out  that 
in  the  Lower  Devonian  beds  of  the  Dartmouth 
area  there  are  signs  of  contemporaneous  volcanic 
action.* 


♦  Op,  cit.  p.  317. 


386    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.  (Oct.  le, 

The  great  difficulty  in  deciding  authoritatively  aa 
to  the  age  of  these  northern  slates  is  the  absence 
of  fossils.  I  only  know  of  one  instance  of  their 
occurrence,  and  that  was  a  cast  of  a  large  bivalve 
found  in  a  tuff-bed  at  Honicknowle,  near  Devon- 
port,  which  to  the  best  of  my  recollection  was  of  a 
Lower  Devonian  type.  Unfortunately  it  is  not  now 
available,  and  has  had  no  companion. 


However,  there  is  palseontological  evidence  to  be 
had  on  the  south  of  the  limestone ;  and,  so  far  as 
I  am  competent  to  judge,  it  does  not  fevour  Mr. 
Usshcr's  inversion  hypothesis.  A  splintery  drab 
slate  at  Plymstock,  about  a  mile  from  the  southern 
edge  of  the  main  mass  of  the  Plymouth  limestone,  is 
thickly   charged   with    fossils,    mostly    fragmentary, 


1891.]    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.     387 

among  which  spirifers  and  encrinites  abound,  and 
orthides  and  trilobites  occur.  They  certainly  do 
not  suggest  Lower  Devonian  characters,  and  seem 
to  me  to  be  closely  allied  to  the  upper  fauna  of 
South  Petherwin. 

Of  course,  one  is  entitled  to  claim  this  as  equally 
good  evidence  for  the  apparent  succession  being  the 
real  one,  as  the  assignment  of  the  Staddon  grits  to 
Lower  Devonian  age  is  of  inversion. 

It  must  not  be  understood  that  1  doubt  this 
assignment.  My  special  object  is  to  question  the 
necessity,  as  a  result  of  that  assignment,  of  believing 
that  the  rocks  to  the  south  of  the  Plymouth  lime- 
stone are  Lower  Devonian,  and  those  to  the  north  of 
that  limestone  Upper.  In  a  district  of  country  so 
faulted  and  folded  as  South  Devon,  both  Upper  and 
Lower  may  well  occur  on  either  side  of  that  horizon. 
I  have  no  doubt,  accepting  Mr.  Ussher's  correlation 
with  Cockington,  that  they  do  on  the  south.  I  have 
more  than  once  been  led  to  suspect  that  there  are 
Carboniferous  rocks  patched  in  somehow  among  the 
Devonian  slates  on  the  north.  And  I  am  convinced 
that  nothing  will  help  us  to  the  real  solution  of  these 
questions  but  the  most  careful  detailed  mapping. 
Resemblances  and  correlations  without  this  are  really 
of  no  practical  value ;  for  probably  there  is  no  part 
of  the  kingdom  where  it  is  less  safe  to  make  strati- 
graphical  deductions  from  generalized  information 
than  South  Devon  and  East  Cornwall.  There  is 
absolutely  no  dependence  on  the  continuance  of  con- 
ditions. 


388    Succession  of  the  Plymouth  Devonians.  [Ocr.ie, 

On  two  other  points  suggested  by  Mr.  Ussher  I 
should  like  briefly  to  comment.  He  states  of  the 
rock  near  Modbury,  "  hesitatingly  classed  by  De  la 
Beche  as  an  el  van,"  that  "  it  evidently  appears  to  be 
an  arkose."  *  But  I  do  not  understand  that  he  had 
examined  it.  When  I  did  so  some  years  since, 
though  it  was  certainly  an  extreme  quartzose  form,  I 
had  little  doubt  of  its  elvanic  character,  and  should 
never  have  thought  of  classing  it  as  arkose. 

The  other  point  has  reference  to  the  boundary  of 
the  Staddon  grits  at  Mount  Edgcumbe.  I  never 
have  been  able  to  understand  Dr.  Roll's  boundary  at 
that  point ;  nor  do  I  quite  understand  Mr.  Ussher's. 
With  him,  "I  see  no  evidence  of  the  continuation  of 
the  Staddon  grits  to  the  west,  between  B^me  Head 
and  Looe."t  But  there  are  arenaceous  beds  on  the 
nortliern  shore  of  Millbrook  Creek ;  and  I  have 
traced  sandstones  trending  away  thence  to  the 
north-west.  In  my  opinion,  less  is  really  known  of 
that  corner  of  East  Cornwall,  save  on  the  coast,  than 
of  the  geology  of  any  other  part  of  the  West  of 
England. 

These  few  comments  upon  a  paper  which  involved 
such  an  enormous  amount  of  important  work,  and 
which  probably  no  one  but  Mr.  Ussher  could  have 
written,  must  be  taken  merely  as  a  tentative  con- 
tribution towai'ds  the  discussion  of  a  most  difficult 
subject.  We  seem  much  further  off  now  from  settling 
the  geology  of  Cornwall  and  Devon  on  an  accepted 


♦  Op,  cit.  p.  303.  t  Up.  cit,  p.  305. 


1891.]    Succession  of  the  Plifmouth  Devonians.     389 

basis  than  we  were  a  generation  since.  Every 
attempt  at  investigation  only  brings  fresh  problems 
to  the  light,  and  very  frequently  upsets  current 
solutions  of  old  ones.  Fortunately,  however,  the 
more  clearly  we  see  what  we  do  not  know,  the  more 
certain  we  are  to  make  sure  of  what  we  do;  and 
though,  in  Hibernian  phraseology,  we  may  seem  for 
the  while  to  be  advancing  backwards,  all  scientific 
discussion  contains  the  germ  of  progress. 


I 

J 


liogal  §fological  Somtg  of  Cornball. 


THE  SEVENTY-NINTH 


ANNUAL    REPORT 


ETC.    ETC. 


PENZANCE: 
1893. 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL. 


ilitronrsi : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  K.O.,  no, 

Sruitres : 

COLONEL  TREMAYNE.  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

THOS.  BEDFORD  BOLITHO,  Esq.,  m.p. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1892-1898, 

ilrrsOlnit : 
Howard  Fox,  Esq.,  f.q.s. 

Fitr«|lrriOimti : 
Rt.  Hon.  Leonabd  H.  Cou rtnsy,  m.p.    T.  Roxburgh  Polwhslb,  Esq. ,  f.o. i. 
The  Earl  of  Moxtnt  Edoctjmbb.  Lord  St.  Lbvan. 

Srruttrrr : 
William  Boutho,  Juxl,  Esq. 

lAtririan : 
Major  Ross. 

Herbert  Warinoton  Smtth,  Esq.,  b.a.,  ll.b.,  f.q.s. 

Counta : 
The  Officers  of  the  Society. 


Wm.  Edward  Bailt,  Esq. 
Thos.  Robins  Bolitho,  Esq. 
Francis  Harvey,  Esq. 
Martin  Maoor,  Esq. 
James  Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Esq. 
Wm.  Shepherd  Bennett,  Esq. 


Hy.  Nicholas  Harvey,  Esq. 
Rev.  Prebendary  Hedqeland,  m.a. 
T.  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq. 
Frederick  Holman,  Esq. 
Robert  Fox,  Esq. 
John  Symons,  Esq. 


GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 

Secretary  and  Curator, 
2  ■  2 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


Honorary  Members. 

Qeorgc  James  Allmau,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  M.R.I.A.,  Ardmoor, 

Parks toue,  Dorset. 
Beyrich,  Prufe-sffor  E.,  Berlin. 
Cliarles  Barnns,  Dr.,  Lille,  France. 
Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a.,  Professor  of  Qeology,  Yale  Collie,  etc, 

New  Haven,  United  States. 
Augiiste  Daubri^e,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Robert  Etheridge,  F.R.S.,  F.G.8.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  14,  Carlyle 

S([uare,  London. 
Sir  William  Henry  Flower,  c.R,  F.R.8.,  F.L.S.,  F.O.B.,  Director  of  the 

Natural  History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington, 

London,  S.W. 
Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  ph.  d..  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

Universitv  of  Dresden. 
Hofrath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W, 
NeWl  Str)ry-MjLskelyne,  m.a.,  m.p.,  F.R.8.,  F.C.8.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Biisset  Down  House,  Swindon. 
Leon  Moissenet,  Cliaumont  (Haute-Mame),  France. 
Sir  Richard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  m.d.,  d.c.l.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.B.,  F.O.B.,  Sheen  Lodge, 

Richmond  Park,  Surrey. 
William  Pengelly,  F.R  s.,  F.G.8.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Lord  Playfair,  c.B.,  m.p..  Ph.  D.,  F.R.8.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow  Gordeni^ 

South  Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.G.R.,  Takasima  Colliery,  near  Naganki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  E.C. 


396      Royal  Geological  Society  of  CoimwaM. 

Joeeph  Prestwich,  M.A.,  f.r.8.,  f.g.s.,  etc.,  Profeseor  of  Qeology,  Oxford 

Shorebam,  Sevenoaks,  Kent. 
Lady  Smyth,  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
J.  J.  Harris  Teall,  m.a.,  f.r.8.,  f.q.b.,  Qeolpgical  Survey  Office,  Jermyn 

Street,  London. 
Major-Qeneral  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  R.B.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  f.o.8., 

Spring  Qrove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Migor-Qeneral  Charles  W.  Tremenheere,  B.B.,  aa,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 

Life  Mkmbbrs. 

Andrew   K.   Bamett,  f.o.b.,  23,  Farquhar    Road,  Upper    Norwood, 

London,  S.E. 
Bev.  Francis  Doherty,  aA.,  ph.  d.,  F.aa.s.i.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Vicarage, 

Romsey,  Hants. 
Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  a  a.,  d.  sc.,  f.q.s.,  Llandudno. 
Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s.,  Blinman,  South  Australia. 
George  Bown  Millett,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 
Herbert  Warington  Smyth,  b.a-,  LL.a,  F.o.8.,  5,  Inverness  Terrace, 

London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
William  Teague,  Pool. 

Ordinary  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedford  Bolitho,  m.p.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penal verne,  Penzance. 

Miss  Borlase,  Castle  Homeck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 

John  Richards  Bran  well,  Penlee,  Penzance. 

Henry  Came,  Penzance. 

Percy  T.  Chirgwin,  Penzance. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Rev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  m.a.,  Oakfield  Court,  Tunbridge  Wells. 

The  Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 

J.  A.  Daniell,  Polstrong,  Camborne. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Tresco  Abbey,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Mrs.  Downing,  Trereife,  Penzance. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penr>Ti. 

John  Davies  Enys,  Eny^s  Penryn. 


List  of  Members.  897 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chymorvah,  Marazion. 

Howard  Fox,  p.g.8.,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick,  Falmouth. 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  F.a.s.,  33,  Broad  Street  Avenue,  London. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Qlanmor,  Hayle. 

Francis  McFarland  Harvey,  Penzance.. 

Henry  Nicholas  Harvey,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  M.A.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Mrs.  Husband,  Egerton  House,  St.  John's  Road,  Buxton,  Derbyshire. 

Thomas  King,  m.a.,  Penzance. 

J.  B.  Jennings,  Harewood,  G.  M.  Co.,  Melmoth,  Zululand,  South  Africa. 

Charles  Day  Nicholls  Le  Grice,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Venerable  Archdeacon  Michell,  Penzance. 

Fortescue  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

Hugh  Montgomerie,  M.D.,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Fdgcumbe,  Devonport. 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  Ferryhill. 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  m.a.,  f.q.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

The  Lord  Robartes,  Lanhydrock. 

Rev.  Canon  Rogers,  M.A.,  Gwennap. 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

Joseph  Came  Ross,  M.D.,  p.g.s.,  Withington,  Manchester. 

James  Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Marazion. 

Rev.  St.  Aubyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

The  Lord  St.  Levan,  St.  Michael's  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant. 

William  Bickford  Smith,  m.p.,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Treliske,  Truro. 

Francis  Stephens,  Ashfield,  Falmouth. 

John  Symons,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 

William  Ambrose  Taylor,  Madron,  Penzance. 

Josiah  Thomas,  Camborne. 

Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Hugh   Seymour  Tremenheere,  c.B.,  M.A.,  F.G.8.,  43,  Thurloe  Square 

Brompton,  London,  S.W. 
Sir  Walter  Trevelyan,  Bart.,  Nettlecombe  Court,  Taunton. 


398       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  F.a.s  ,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Qate, 

Londou,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  Hayle. 
John  Westlake,  Q.C.,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,  S.  W. 


Associates. 


J.  T.  Blight,  F.aA.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  Collins,  F.G.S.,  13,  Basing- 
hall  Street,  London,  KC,  and 
4,  Clark  Terrace,  Dulwich 
Rise,  London,  S.E. 

William  Eddy,  Boscaswell,  St. 
Just. 

William  Gregor,  Swansea. 

William  Hollow  (formerly  Mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 

R  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 


Benedict  Kitto,  f.o.b.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Mitchell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.g.s.,  St.  Just. 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,  A. iMtCB., Finsbury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  E.C. 

John  Rowe,  The  Terrace,  St.  Just. 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Nanus  of  Honorary  Members^  Life  Members,  and  Associates  whose 

Addresses  a/re  unknovm. 

John  F.  Cunningham,  f.g.s.         |  Thomas  Hawkins,  f.g.s. 

Hall,  R.  T.        I      Phillips,  John.       1       Thomas,  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  the  favour  of  his  being  informed  of  any  inaccuracies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


ANNUAL  MEETING. 


ADDRESS  BY  REV.  PREBENDARY  HEDGELAND,  M.A. 
To  THE  General  Meeting,  November  4th,  1892. 

(ModiJUd  from,  the  "  ComUh  Telegraph.") 


The  Rev.  Chairman,  in  a  few  opening  remarks,  said :  It  wa« 
unfortunate  that,  out  of  the  three  last  Annual  Meetings,  they  had 
been  obliged  to  hold  two  in  the  aljsence  of  their  President, 
and  they  all  regretted  the  cause  which  prevented  Lord  St.  Levan 
from  being  present  that  afternoon.  He  did  not  know  that  his 
Lordship  pretended  to  a  great  deal  of  geological  knowledge,  but 
had  he  been  present  they  would  have  been  sure  of  hearing  a 
pleasant  address,  from  one  who  knew  how  to  speak  on  every 
occasion,  and  whose  words  were  always  acceptable.  He  really 
had  nothing  to  say,  but  might  mention  that  letters  of  apology 
had  been  received  from  Mr.  Howard  Fox,  who  at  that  very 
time  was  engaged  in  scientific  researches  in  his  own  neig^* 
bourhoorl  with  gentlemen  of  considerable  scientific  knowledge; 
and  also  from  Mr.  F.  Holraan,  who  liad  been  a  regular  attendant 
at  the  Society's  meetings.  In  the  course  of  the  proceedingi 
they  would  have  Vjefore  them  a  subject  which  harl  been  mentioned 
at  the  last  meeting,  and  which  might  tend  to  do  something 
towards  the  revival  of  interest,  not  only  in  that  Society^  Imi 
in  some  of  th^;  other  lea/iing  scientiBc  societies  in  the  amatj. 
That  some  reviv;i]  was  needed  they  woaM  all  be  pfgpmed  to 
admit  While  they  were  thankful  to  ob«?rTe  the  gietl  mwf 
of  presents  which  came  Uf  them  from  all  ports  <tf  the  wofid, 
testifying  to  th^  iuVtJ^l  taken  in  the  ^tt^t^ij  by  lho«e  who 


4  ■ 

A 


400     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

at  one  time  been  connected  with  it,  it  must  be  acknowledged 
that  the  practical  work  of  the  Society  in  the  neighbourhood  had 
not  been  very  great  for  some  time  past,  and  if  any  scheme  of 
amalgamation  should  be  adopted  which  might  bring  the  societies 
into  closer  contact,  he  hoped  it  would  tend  to  the  furtherance  of 
the  interests  of  all  He  understood  Mr.  W.  Bolitho  had  prepared 
some  few  notes  bearing  upon  the  past  history  of  the  Society,  and 
he  would  now  ask  him  to  read  them. 

Mr.  W.  BouTHO  read  the  following : 

Founded  in  1814,  the  Eoyal  Greological  Society  of  Cornwall 
has  been  presided  over  by — 

1814-1840.  Davies  Giddy,  afterwards  Gilbert,  p.r.8. 

1840-1858.  Sir  Charles  Lemon,  Bart. 

1858-1863.  Augustus  Smith. 

1863-1868.  Charles  Fox. 

1868-1871.  H.  S.  Tremenheere. 

1871-1879.  Sir  Warington  Smyth. 

1879-1881.  A.  P.  Vivian. 

1881-1883.  Right  Hon.  L.  C.  Courtney. 

1883-1890.  Sir  Warington  Smyth. 

1890-1892.  The  Lord  St.  Levan. 

1892-1894.  Howard  Fox. 

In  1831  the  King  (William  IV.)  took  the  Society  under  his 
patronage,  and  since  then  it  has  borne  the  prefix  "  RoyaL" 

The  earlier  Patron  was  Lord  de  Dunstanville,  whose  represen- 
tative is  a  member,  and  subsequently  the  names  of  the  successive 
Lords  Warden  of  the  Stannaries  were  added. 

Her  Majesty  is  pleased  to  act  as  Patroness;  H.R.H.  the  late 
Prince  Consort  manifested  great  interest  in  its  welfare;  and 
H.R.H.  the  Prince  of  Wales  is  Vice-Patron. 

Amongst  the  office-bearers  are  the  well-known  names  of  Paris, 
Forbes,  Boase,  Giddy,  Le  Grice,  Carne,  Hen  wood,  Bar  ham,  Pearce, 
Hingston,  Hocking,  Couch,  Ross;  the  present  officials  being 
Bolitho,  Millett,  and  Ross.  In  1815,  there  were  136  members, 
in  1891,  66.  In  1815,  18  honorary  members;  in  1891,  25.  In 
1815,  three  associate  members;  in  1891,  15.  In  1891,  eight  life 
members. 


Anniuxl  Meeting.  401 

For  many  years  the  Society  occupied  premises  in  North  Parade. 
In  1867  it  took  possession  of  the  freehold  premises  as  at  present 
occupied,  and,  thanks  to  the  liberality  of  the  members,  free  from 
debt,  with  the  exception  of  £500,  which  the  late  Miss  E.  J.  Came 
most  kindly  advanced,  in  consideration  of  receiving  a  life  annuity 
of  £20.  At  her  regretted  death  the  annuity  ceased,  and  it  is 
now  entirely  free  from  debt  The  total  cost  of  the  new  premises 
amoimted  to  about  £3,450. 

The  small  income  of  the  Society  has  been,  and  continues  to 
be,  devoted  to  uses  connected  with  the  objects  for  which  it  was 
established. 

The  Library  is  continually  receiving  additions,  and  much  care 
has  been  bestowed  on  the  contents  of  the  Museum. 

The  Transactions  continue  to  be  held  in  high  esteem. 

A  considerable  legacy  was  bequeathed  by  the  late  Mr.  Leng, 
which,  however,  became  void  under  the  provisions  of  the  Mort- 
main Act,  but  the  Society  is  now  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  income 
derived  from  a  legacy  of  £1500,  under  the  will  of  the  late  Rev. 
John  Came,  who  acted  as  Librarian,  by  whose  early  death  it  was 
deprived  of  a  most  valuable  and  valued  officer.  The  income 
referred  to  is  devoted  to  the  payment  of  the  salary  of  the  Curator, 
who  is  giving  much  time  and  attention  to  the  Library  and 
Museum. 

The  Science  School  now  occupies  its  own  spacious  premises; 
but  in  earlier  days  a  Laboratory  was  established,  and  the  lectures 
given  in  the  rooms  on  the  basement  storey  of  this  house,  the 
Council  being  only  too  happy  to  extend  the  right  hand  of  friend- 
ship to  an  institution  which  has,  by  the  efforts  of  the  teachers  and 
the  diligence  of  the  pupils,  achieved  a  great  measure  of  success. 

It  would  be  a  work  of  supererogation  to  advert  to  the  changes 
of  all  kinds  which  have  taken  place  since  1814. 

The  centripetal  force  exercised  by  London  and  other  large 
centres  affects  all  local  societies;  nevertheless  the  Royal  Corn- 
wall Geological  Society  rejoices  in  the  hereditary  support  of 
the  descendants  in  the  third  and  fourth  degree  of  its  founders 
and  early  supporters;  and  it  is  hoped  that,  under  some  form 
or  other,  a  long,  and  even  extended  career  of  usefulness  awaits  it. 


402      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwulL 

It  is  a  pleasing  duty  to  keep  green  the  memories  of  those 
to  whom  so  much  is  owed.  The  long  roll  of  its  benefactors, 
as  already  referred  to,  includes  names  which  still  live  in  the 
affections  of  Cornishmen ;  but  special  reference  ought  to  be 
made  to  the  well-nigh  irreparable  loss  the  Society  has  sustained 
by  the  death  of  its  honoured  President — who  died  in  harness — 
Sir  Warington  Smyth. 

Learned  amongst  the  learned,  with  an  unlimited  amount  of 
practical  wisdom  and  experience,  he  took  an  unflagging  interest 
in  the  Society's  welfare.  To  the  members  he  was  endeared  by 
unfailing  courtesy  and  consideration,  always  ready  to  draw  on 
the  well-nigh  inexhaustible  stores  of  his  mind  on  their  behalf, 
whilst  the  natural  kindliness  and  simplicity  of  his  character 
rendered  the  privilege  of  his  society  entirely  free  from  sense 
of  oppression  which  sometimes  characterises  intercourse  between 
greater  and  lesser  lights.      Sit  et  terra  levis. 

.  Some  years  ago  Lord  St.  Levan  advocated  an  amalgamation 
of  the  county  scientific  societies  for  certain  purposes.  He  re- 
ferred to  it  again  in  his  last  year's  address.  Since  the  matter 
was  first  mooted  difficulties  which  seemed  well-nigh  insurmount- 
able have  disappeared,  and  there  is  now  a  hope,  amounting 
almost  to  confidence,  that  means  may  be  devised  whereby,  whilst 
the  independence  of  each  society  will  be  maintained,  they  may 
be  able  to  unite  in  offering  attractive  exhibitions  which  shall 
have  a  tendency  to  promote  the  interests  they  have  in  view, 
and  the  welfare  of  the  respective  institutions. 

The  much-to-be-regretted  cause  of  the  President's  absence  is 
the  raison  (Tetre  of  this  little  resumS  of  the  Society's  history 
being  read,  and  I  am  sure  that  every  one  present  will  join  in 
expressing  the  hope  that  medical  skill  may  achieve  the  complete 
restoration  of  his  eyesight. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


In  presenting  their  Seventy-ninth  Annual  Report  the  Council 
have  the  satisfaction  of  congratulating  the  members  upon  the 
increased  interest  taken  in  the  welfare  of  the  Society  during 
the  past  twelve  months,  as  exemplified  in  the  varied  and  valuable 
specimens  from  far  and  near  from  members  and  friends.  A 
detailed  list  of  these  additions  to  your  Museum  will  be  found  iu 
the  report  of  your  Curator. 

Mr.  Collins  has  lately  been  making  an  examination  of  the 
Cornish  fossils  in  your  lower  Museum,  and  has  brought  some 
hidden  treasures  to  light. 

To  your  Library,  again,  numerous  additions  have  been  made, 
by  presentation  or  purchase,  as  the  Report  of  your  Librarian 
will  more  particularly  set  before  you.  Additional  shelf  room 
having  been  provided,  a  complete  re-arrangement  of  the  Library 
has  been  undertaken,  and  is  at  this  time  concluded. 

In  consequence  of  the  suggestion  as  to  the  Amalgamation  of 
the  County  Societies,  put  forth  by  the  President  in  his  address  at 
the  last  Annual  Meeting,  a  Sub-committee  was  formed,  and 
the  matter  was  very  carefully  considered,  with  the  result  that 
at  the  rooms  of  the  Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall,  Truro,  on 
the  30th  September,  1892,  a  meeting  was  held  of  members  of  the 
Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall,  the  Royal  Institution  of 
Cornwall,  the  Royal  Polytechnic  Society,  and  the  Mining 
Association  and  Institute  of  Cornwall — Major  Parkyn  in  the  chair 
— when  the  following  resolution  was  unanimously  passed  : 

"In  the  opinion  of  this  Meeting  it  is  desirable — without 
interfering  with  the  individuality  of  the  several  County  Societies, 
or  of  their  respective  Annual  Meetings — that  an  effort  should 


404      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

be  made  to  bring  about  a  closer  connection  between  them,  and  to 
increase  public  interest  in  their  proceedings. 

"With  this  view  it  is  suggested  that  a  joint  Meeting  of 
these  Societies  be  convened  each  year  in  the  several  towns 
alternately,  on  the  occasion  of  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Society, 
which  would  customarily  be  held  in  such  town. 

"  It  is  suggested  that — if  the  foregoing  meet  with  the  approval 
of  the  several  Societies — they  send  representatives  to  a  joint 
Committee  with  authority  to  make  the  necessary  arrangements, 
and  that  such  Committee  hold  its  first  Meeting  at  the  Royal 
Institution,  Truro,  on  Friday,  the  2nd  December  next,  at 
3.30  p.m." 

The  Council  beg  to  recommend  to  the  consideration  of  the 
Meeting  the  proposed  amalgamation  of  the  County  Societies 
for  certain  definite  purposes,  and  the  election  of  representatives  to 
attend  the  meeting,  to  be  held  at  Truro,  on  the  2nd  December 
next — it  being  understood  that  the  election  of  representatives, 
and  the  consideration  of  the  subject  generally,  be  left  to  the 
decision  of  the  Council 

Our  Obituary  List  is  happily  short  this  year. 

Amongst  honorary,  life,  and  ordinary  members  there  are  no 
losses  to  record.  An  associate  has,  however,  been  somewhat 
suddenly  removed  by  death  during  the  last  few  days — Captain 
James  Bennetts,  of  Pendeen,  one  of  the  veterans  amongst  St  Just 
Mine  Agents,  and  a  thoroughly  practical  miner.  He  died  on 
26th  ult.,  aged  69  years. 

The  Council  now  desire  to  recommend  for  election,  as  ordinary 
members,  Mr.  J.  B.  Jennings,  of  Harewood,  Melmoth,  Zululand ; 
Mr.  Percy  Chirgwin,  and  the  Venerable  Archdeacon  MicheU, 
of  Penzance ;  and  Sir  Walter  Trevelyan,  Bart.,  of  Kettlecombe 
Court,  Taunton. 

GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 

Secretary  and  Curator, 
PsNZANCX,  4^  November,  1892. 


LIBRARIAN'S    REPORT 

Prom  NoTttnlwr  lit,  1891,  to  O0tob«r  Slit,  lt82. 


Thb  following  works  have  been  added  to  the  Library  daring  the 
year: 

I.    TRANSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

Pr$$ented  by  the  respective  Societies,  Editors,  and  other  Donors, 

or  Purchased, 

Adelaide.     South  Australian  School  of  Mines  and  IndustrieSi  and 
Technological  Museum. 
Third  Annual  Report,  1891.  8vo.     Adelaide,  1892. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Report  of   the  Third  Meeting,  held  at  Christchurch,  New 
Zealand,  in  January,  1891. 

8vo.     Wellington,  New  Zealand,  189L 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings:   New  Series,  voL  xviii.  May,  1890,  to  May, 
1891.  Roy.  8vo.     Boston,  1891. 

Bristol     Naturalists*  Society. 

Proceedings :  New  Series,  vol.  vii.,  part  1,  1891-92. 

8vo.     Bristol,  1892. 
List  of  Officers,  &c.  8vo.     Bristol,  1892. 

Brussels.     Soci^t^  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Proc^ verbal:  Vol.  xix.,  pp.  89-116,  Sept.  to  Dec,  1890, 

„    XX.,  pp.  1-56,  Jan.  to  June,  1891. 

8vo.     Bruxelles,  1890-91. 


406      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Cambridge.     The  Library  Syndicate. 

Thirty-seventh  Report,  year  ending  Dec.  31,  1890. 

4to.     Cambridge,  June  10,  1891. 

Thirty-eighth  Report,  year  ending  Dec.  31,  1891. 

4to.     Cambridge,  May  25,  1892. 

Canada.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Transactions :  Vol.  ii.,  part  1,  Oct.,  1891. 

Roy.  8vo.     Toronto,  1891. 

Transactions :  voL  ii.,  part  2,  April,  1892. 

Roy.  8vo.     Toronto,  1892. 

Annual  Archffiological  Report  and  Canadian  Institute.  (Session 
1891.)  Being  an  Appendix  to  the  Report  of  the  Minister 
of  Education,  Ontario.  Roy.  8vo.     Toronto,  1891. 

An  Appeal  to  the  Canadian  Institute  on  the  Rectification  of 
Parliament.     By  Sandford  Fleming. 

Roy.  8vo.     Toronto,  1892. 

.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 

Annual  Report  for  the  years  1888-89. 

New  Series,  vol.  iv.  Roy.  8vo.     Montreal,  1890. 

Annual  Report  for  the  years  1888-89. 

New  Series,  vol.  iv.,  parts  D  and  N,  including  maps.     By 
A.  R.  C.  Selwyn.  8vo.     Ottawa,  1891. 

Contributions  to  Canadian  Micro-Palseontology,  vol.  i.,  part  3. 
By  Prof.  T.  Rupert  Jones.    Roy.  8vo.     Montreal,  1891. 
Vol.  i.,  part  4.     By  Dr.  D.  Riist 

Roy.  8vo.     Ottawa,  1892. 

Cincinnati     Society  of  Natural  History. 

Journal:  VoL  xiv..  No.  1,  April,  1891. 

8vo.     Cincinnati,  1891. 

Journal :  VoL  xiv..  No.  2,  July,  1891. 

8vo.     Cincinnati,  1891. 

Journal:  VoL  xiv.,  Nos.  3,  4,  Oct.,  1891,  to  Jan.,  1892. 

8vo.     Cincinnati,  1892. 

Journal:  Vol.  xv..  No.  1,  April,  1892. 

8vo.     Cincinnati,  1892. 

Journal :  VoL  xv.,  No.  2,  July,  1892.  (Including  Index  to 
voL  xiv.)  8vo.     Cincinnati,  1892. 


Lihrariaris  Report.  407 

Colorado.     Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  iii.,  part  3,  1890.     8vo.    Denver,  1891. 

(Including  Title-page  and  Index  to  voL  iii.,  1888-90.) 
Proceedings  (in  2  pamphlets). 

1.  On  the  Ore-deposits  of  Newman  Hill,  near  Rico,  Colorado. 

By  John  B.  Farish  (with  map).    Read  April  4,  1892. 

2.  The  Nature  of  the  Chemical  Elements.     Fourth  Paper. 

By  Charles  Skeele  Palmer.     Read  May  2,  1892. 

8vo.     Denver,  1892. 
Proceedings :    Report   on   the    Technical   Determination   of 

Zinc.  8vo.     Pueblo,  June  11,  1892. 

Transactions :  Paper  on  **  The  Present  Limitations  of  Electric 
Power  in  Mining,"  by  Irving  Hale  (with  map).  Read 
Feb.  1,  1892.  8vo.     Denver,  Colorado,  1892. 

Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher — Gesellschaft. 

Sitzungsberichte  :  Band  ix.,  heft  3.      8vo.     Dorpat,  1892. 
Schriften  :  vi.,  Die  Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse  der  Arthropo- 
den.    Von  Dr.  J.  V.  KenneL       Roy.  8vo.     Dorpat,  1891. 

Dublin.     Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Scientific   Proceedings :   New  Series,   vol.  viL,  parts   3,   4, 

March  and  June,  1892.  8vo.     Dublin,  1892. 

Scientific  Transactions :  Series  ii.,  voL  iv.,  parts  9-13,  July 

to  Dec.  1891.  4to.  .  .  .  Dublin,  1891. 

Edinburgh.     Geological  Society. 

Transactions:  Vol.  vi.,  part  3.     8vo.  .  .  .  Edinburgh,  1892. 

Edinburgh.     Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh. 

Proceedings:  VoL  xviii.,  November,   1890,  to  July,   1891. 

8vo.     Edinburgh,  1892. 

Falmouth.     Royal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Fifty-ninth  Annual  Report,  8vo.  Falmouth,  1891. 

Halifax.     Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Riding 
of  Yorkshire. 
Proceedings:  Vol.  xii.,  part  1.  8vo.     Halifax,  1892. 

Havre.     Societo  Geologique  de  Normandie. 

Bulletin  :  Tome  xiii.     Annees.     1887-88-89. 

Royal  8vo.     Havre,  1890. 
[Including   large   map.      Carte   Geologique   du    Canton    de 
Domfront.     (Orne)  par  J.  Skrodzki.] 
VOL.  XT.  2   F 


408       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comvxdl. 

India.     Geological  Survey  of  India. 
Palffiontologia  Indica : 

Waagen     (Dr.     Wm.),     Salt-Range    Fossils     (Geological 

Results.) 
[Series  xiii.,  voL  iv.,  part  2.     Plates  i.-viiL] 

4to.     Calcutta-London,  1891. 
Index  to  the  Genera  and  Species  described  up  to  the  year 
1891.     By  W.  Theobald. 

4to.     Calcutta-London,  1892. 
Memoirs :  Vol.  xxiii. 

Griesbach  :  Geology  of  the  Central  Himalayas. 

Imperial  8vo.     Photos,  etc.     Calcutta-London,  1891. 

Contents  and  Index  to  the  First  Twenty  Volumes,  1859  to 

1883.     By  W.  Theobald.     Royal  8vo.     Calcutta,  1892. 

Records :  VoL  xxiv.,  part  4,  1891. 

Royal  8vo.     Calcutta,  1891. 

(Including  Title  Page  and  Contents  of  vol.  xxiv.) 

VoL  XXV.,  pai'ts  1-3,  1892. 

Royal  8vo.     Calcutta,  1892. 

Leicester.     Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions:    New    Quarterly    Series.      VoL    ii.,   part   9, 

October,  1891.  8vo.     Leicester,  1891. 

VoL  ii.,  parts  10,  11,  January  and  April,  1892. 

8vo.     Leicester,  1892. 

Liverpool.     Engineering  Society. 

Transactions :  Vols.  xii.  xiii. 

Report,  List  of  Members,  etc.,  1891-92. 

8vo.     Liverpool,  1891-92. 
.     Geological  Association. 

Journal:  Vol.  xi..  Session  1890-91.     8vo.    Liverpool,  1891. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Report  of  the  Sixty-first  Meeting,  held  at  Cardiflf  in  August^ 
1891.  8vo.     London,  1892. 

.     Geological  Society  of  London. 

List.  .  .  .  November  2nd,  1891.        8vo.     London,  1891. 
Quarterly  Journal : 

VoL  xlvii.,  part  4,  No.  188,  November  2nd,  1891. 
VoL    xlviii.,    parts    1-3,    Nos.    189-91,    February,    May, 
August,  1892.         Svo.     London,  1891-92. 


9> 


Librarian's  Report.  40ft 

-.     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings :  Vol.  xii.,  parts  5-8,  November,  1891 -July, 
1892.  8vo.     London,  1891-92. 

•.     London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 

Series  v.,  vol.  xxxii.,  Nos.  198-199,  November  and  December, 

1891. 
Series  v.,  vol.  xxxiii.,  Nos.  200-205,  January-June,  1892. 
Series  v.,  voL  xxxiv.,  Nos.  206-209,  July-October,  1892. 

8vo.     London,  1891-92.     Purchased. 

-.     Palseontographical  Society. 

VoL  xlv.  for  1891.  4to.     London,  1891.     Purchased. 

-.     Royal  Society. 

Proceedings  :  VoL  L,  Nos.  303-307.     Jan.  to  May,  1892. 

„     li.,    „     308-3U.     June  to  Oct.,  1892. 

„     liL   „     315     Oct  21,  1892. 
Exchange  List.     August,  1892.  8vo.     London,  1892. 

-.     Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

Journal:  Vol.  x.,  Nos.  10-12,     Oct.  to  Dec.,  1891. 

Imp.  8vo.     London,  1891. 

-.  Mines.  Report  of  C.  Le  Neve  Foster,  H.  M.  Inspector  of 
Mines  for  the  North  Wales  and  Isle  of  Man  District,  year 
1891.     Metalliferous  and  Slate  Mines  Acts. 

Folio.     London,  1892.- 
[Presented  by  Dr.  C.  Le  Neve  Foster.] 

List  of  the  Plans  of  Abandoned  Mines,  deposited  in  the 
Home  Office  under  the  Coal  and  Metalliferous  Mines 
Regulation  Acts.     Corrected  to  31st  December,  1891. 

Folio.     London,  1892. 
Manchester.     Geographical  Society. 

Journal:  Vol.  vL,  Nos.  10-12.  Oct.  to  Dec,  1890.  (With 
Index  to  VoL  V.)  8vo.     Manchester,  1891. 

Journal :  VoL  vii.,  Nos.  1-9.     Jan.  to  Sept.,  1891 

8vo.     Manchester,  1892. 
.     Geological  Society. 

Transactions:  VoL  xxL,  parts  11-20. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1891-92. 
2  F  2 


410       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Minnesota.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Bulletin  :  VoL  iii..  No.  2.  8vo.     Minneapolis,  1891. 

Netherlands — India.  Jaarboek  van  het  Mijnwezen  in  Neder- 
landsch  Oost-Indie  Uitgegeven  op  last  van  Zijne  Excellentie, 
den  Minister  Van  Kolonien.  21st  year  1892.  Technisch- 
Administratief-en  Wetenschappelijk  Gedeelte. 

8vo.     Amsterdam,  1892. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     North   of  England   Institute  of  Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions  :  VoL  xxxviii.,  part  6.     (Title  Pages,  Contents, 

etc.) 
Transactions  :  Vol.  xL,  parts  2-4.     July  to  Dec,  1891. 
„  „     xli.,  parts  1-4.     March  to  Aug.,  1892. 

Roy.  8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1891-92. 
Report,  1890-91.       Roy.  8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1891. 

New  South  Wales.     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings :  Vol.  xxv.  (including  index).   1891. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1892. 

New  York.     American  Geographical  Society. 

Bulletin:  VoL  xxiiL,  No.  4  parts  1,  2.     1891.     (Including 

Lists  and  Titlepage  for  VoL  xxiiL) 
Bulletin :  VoL  xxiv.,  Nos.   1-3.     March,  June,  and  Sept., 
1892.  8vo.     New  York,  1891-92. 

.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of  Natural 

History. 
Annals :  VoL  v.,  extra  Nos.  1-3.     Feb.  1891. 

8vo.     New  York,  1891. 
[Contents.    Whitfield's  (R  P.)    Contributions  to  Invertebrate 

PalaBontology.     Read  Oct.  13,  1890.] 
Annals:  VoL  vL,  Nos.  1-6.     Dec,  1891,  and  May,  1892. 

Roy.  8vo.     New  York,  1891-92. 

New  Zealand.     Department  of  Mines. 

Reports  on  the  Mining  Industries  of  New  Zealand.     1891, 

Folio.     Wellington,  1891. 

North  Carolina.     Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 

Journal:  VoL  viii..  Parts  1,  2.     Jan.  to  Dec,  1891. 

8vo.     Raleigh,  N.C.,  1891-92. 


Librarians  Report.  411 

Nova  Scotia.     Institute  of  Natural  Science. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  :  VoL  vii.,  Part  4i     1889-90. 
Proceedings  and  Transactions  (Second  Series):  Vol.  L,  Part  1. 
Session  of  1890-91.  8vo.     Halifax,  N.S.,  1890-91. 

Paria     Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales  des  Mines :  S^rie  viii.,  tome  xx.,  liv.  4-6. 

8vo.     Paris,  1891. 
Annales  des  Mines  :  S^rie  ix.,  tome   i.,  liy.  1-6. 

8vo.     Paris,  1892. 
Pennsylvania.     Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania. 

Atlas,  Western  Middle  Anthracite  Field :  Part  3,  aa,  1889. 

Harrisburg,  1891. 
Atlas,  Southern  Anthracite  Field  :  Part  4,  aa,  1889. 

Harrisburg,  1891. 
Atlas,  Southern  Anthracite  Field :  Part  4,  b-aa,  1892. 
„  „  „  „        Part  5,      AA,  1892. 

„  „  „  „        Part  6,      AA,  1892. 

Philadelphia,  1892. 
Atlas  Northern  Anthracite  Field  :  Part  6,  aa,  1889. 

Harrisburg,  1891. 
Second  Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania :  Report  of  Pro- 
gress, f3,  1888-89.     Report  on  the  Geology  of  the  Four 
Counties  of  Union,  Snyder,  Mifflin,  and  Juniata. 

8vo.     Harrisburg,  1891. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Report  and  Transactions,  1891-92.     8 vo.   Plymouth,  1 892. 

Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings  :  Parts  2,  3,  April  to  Dec.,  1891. 
„  Part  1,  Jan.  to  March,  1892. 

8vo.     Philadelphia,  1891-92. 

.     American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  xxix.,  Nos.  135,  136,  Jan.  to  Dec.,  1891. 
„  „      XXX.,  Nos.  137,  138,  Jan.  to  April,  1892. 

Philadelphia,  1891-92. 
Transactions :  VoL  xviL,  N.S.,  parts  1,  2. 

4to.     Philadelphia,  1892. 
List  of  Surviving  Members,  by  Henry  Phillips,  jr.,  Sec., 
Jan.,  1891.  8yo.     Philadelphia,  1892. 


412       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cotmwall. 

Pisa.     Society  Toscana  di  Scienze  NaturalL 

Memorie :  Vol.  vi.  fasc.  3  (with  index  to  vol.  vi.) 

Royal  8vo.     Pisa,  1892. 

Processi  Verbali :  Vol.  viL,  pages  235-346  (including  index 
to  vol.  vii.)  Royal  Svo.     Pisa,  1891. 

Processi  Verbali :  Vol.  viii.,  pages  1-84,  Nov.  1891,  to  Mar., 
1892.  Royal  8vo.     Pisa,  1892. 

Queensland  Museum. 

Report  for  1890.  Folio.     Brisbane,  1891. 

Annals :  No.  2,  Zoology  of  British  New  Guinea. 

8vo.     Brisbane,  1892.   . 
Rochester.     Academy  of  Science. 

Proceedings :  Vol.  i.,  brochure  ii. 

Roy.  8vo.     Rochester,  N.Y.,  1891. 
[Including  index  and  contents  of  Vol  i.] 

Truro.     Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall. 

Journal :  Vol.  xi.,  part  1.     April,  1892. 

8vo.     Truro,  1892. 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior:  Geological  Survey. 
Bulletin :  No.  62. — The    Greenstone    Schist   Areas    of    the 

Menominee  and  Marquette  Regions 
of  Michigan. 
„  „     65. — Stratigraphy  of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Field 

in   Pennsylvania,    Ohio,   and   West 
Virginia. 
„  „     67. — The  Relations  of  the  Traps  of  the  Newark 

System  in  the  New  Jersey  Region. 
„     68. — Earthquakes  in  California  in  1889. 
„     69. — A  Classed  and  Annotated  Bibliography 
of  Fossil  Insects. 

„  ,,     70. — Report  on  Astronomical  Work  of   1889 

and  1890. 
„  „     71. — Index   to   the  known  Fossil  Insects  of 

the  world,  including  Myriapods  and 

Arachnids. 
„  „     72. — Altitudes  between  Lake  Superior  and  the 

Rocky  Mountains. 
„  „     73. — The  Viscosity  of  Solids. 


>» 


»f  >> 


>> 


>»  » 


Lihrariaris  Report.  413 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior.     Geological  Survey. 
Bulletin  :  No.  74.— The  Minerals  of  North  Carolina. 

„     75. — Record  of  North  American  Geology  for 
1887  to  1889,  inclusive. 
76. — A  Dictionary  of  Altitudes  in  the  United 
States  [Second  Edition]. 
„     77. — The   Texan   Permian   and   its   Mesozoic 
Types  of  Fossils. 
78. — Report  of  Work  Done  in  the  Division  of 
Chemistry  and  Physics,  mainly  during 
the  Fiscal  Year  1889-90. 
„  „     79. — A  Late  Volcanic  Eruption  in  Northern 

California,  and  its  Pecidiar  Lava. 
„  „     80. — Correlation  Papers — Devonian  and  Car- 

boniferous. 
„  ,1     81.     Correlation  Papers — Cambrian. 

8vo.  Washington,  1890-91. 
Report.— Tenth  Annual  Report,  1888-89.  By  J.  W.  Powell, 
Director.  2  Parts.  Part  i.,  Geology,  part  ii.,  Irrigation. 
[Contains  Reports  by  J.  W.  Powell,  etc.,  also  the  following 
papers — "General  Account  of  the  Fresh  Water  Morasses 
of  the  United  States,  with  a  Description  of  the  Dismal 
Swamp  District  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,"  by  N. 
S.  Slialer ;  "The  Penokee  Iron-bearing  Series  of  Michigan 
and  Wisconsin,"  by  R.  D.  Irving  and  C.  R.  Van  Hise; 
"  The  Fauna  of  the  Lower  Cambrian,  or  Olenellus  Zone," 
*  by  C.  D.  Walcott.] 

2  parts.     4to.,  cloth.     Washington,  1890. 

Victoria.     Department  of  Mines. 

Reports  and  Statistics  of  the  Mining  Department  for  the 
Quarter,  ended  30th  June,  1891.  Compiled  and  arranged 
by  the  Secretary  for  Mines.      Folio.     Melbourne,  1891. 

Vienna.     KK.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt. 
Verhandlungen  :  Nos.  8-18.     1891. 

„     1-10.     1892. 

Roy.  8vo.     Wien,  1891-92. 

.     K.K.  Naturhistorischen  Hof museums. 

Annalen :  Band  VI.,  Nos.  3,  4. 
„     VII.,  Nos.  1,  2. 

Imp.  8vo.     Wien,  1891-92. 


)> 


i 


414       Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Washington.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

Annual  Report  to  July,  1890.      8vo.     Washington,  1891. 

„  (of  U.  S.  National  Museum)  to  June  30th, 

1889.  8vo.     Washington,  1891. 


II.    GEOLOGICAL  AND   MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS. 
Presented  by  the  Authors  or  other  Donors,  or  Purchased, 

Blake,  J.  F.     Annals  of  British  Geology,  1890.     A  Critical  Digest 

of  the  Publications  and  Account  of  the  Papers  read  during 

the  year.  8vo.     London,  1891. 

[Purchased.] 

Collins,  J.  H.  On  the  Origin  and  Development  of  Ore  Deposits 
in  the  West  of  England.  Parts  i.  and  ii.  [Reprinted  from 
the  Journal  of  the  Roy.  Inst,  of  Cornwall,  Nos.  36  and  38, 
1890,  1892.]  8vo.     Truro,  1892. 

Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Daubr^,  M.  A.  La  G^n^ration  des  Min^raux  Metalliques,  dans 
la  Pratique  des  Mineurs  du  Moyen  Age,  d'apr^  le  Berg- 
btichlein.  [Extrait  du  Journal  des  Savants,  Juin-Juillet, 
1890.]  4  to.     Paris,  1890. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Macmillan  and  Co.  "Natural  Science."  A  Monthly  Review  of 
Scientific  Progress.     Vol.  i.,  No.  2.     April,  1892. 

Royal  8vo.     London,  1892. 
[Presented  by  the  Publishers.] 

Prestwich,  Joseph.  The  Raised  Beaches,  and  Head  or  Rubble- 
Drift,  of  the  South  of  England;  their  relation  to  the 
Valley  Drifts  and  to  the  Glacial  Period;  and  on  a  late 
Post-glacial  Submergence.  With  map.   [From  Quar.  Journal 

of  Geol.  Soc.     Vol.  xlviii.     1892.] 

8vo.     London,  1892. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Tucker,  Benjamin,  Surveyor-General  of  the  Duchy  of  Cornwall 
Report  concerning  a  Safe  and  Capacious  Roadstead  within 
the  Islands  of  Scilly.  8vo.     London,  1810. 

[Presented  by  Mr.  John  Kinsman.] 


Librariaris  Report.  415 

Worth,  Richard  Nicholls.  The  Igneous  Constituents  of  the  Triassic 
Breccias  and  Conglomerates  of  South  Devon.  [From  Quar. 
Jour,  of  Geol.  Soc.,  Feb.  1890.,  vol.  xlvi.,  pp.  69-83.] 

8vo. 

Contact  Metamorphism  in  Devonshire.  [From  Trans. 
Devon  Assoc,  vol  xxii.,  pp.  169-184.  Read  at  Barnstaple, 
July,  1890.]  8vo. 

Additional  Notes  on  the  Cornish  Trias.  [From  Trans. 
Roy.  Cornwall  GeoL  Soc.,  1891.     Read  Nov.  4,  1890.] 

8vo. 

Notes  on  Some  Rocks  of  North  Devon.  [From  Trans. 
Devon  Assoc,  1891,  vol  xxiii.,  pp.  400-407.  Read  at 
Tiverton,  July  1891.]  8vo. 

Sixteenth  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Memor- 
anda. Ed.  by  J.  Brooking  Rowe  (including  Mr.  R.  N. 
Worth.  [From  Trans.  Devon  Assoc,  1891,  vol  xxiii., 
pp.  112-116.     Read  at  Tiverton,  July,  1891.]  8vo. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 


CURATOR'S  REPORT. 


The    following    specimens    have    been    added   to   the   Society's 
Collections : 

NAME   AND    LOCALITY. 


DONOR. 

Sir  Edward  Watkin, 
Bart.,  M.P.,  President 
of  the  Channel  Tunnel 
Company. 


Specimen  of  grey  chalk,  through  which 
the  Channel  Tunnel  would  be  made, 
taken  from  heading  near  Dover. 

Fossil  Sharks'  Teeth,  from  Cheltenham, 
West  Melbourne,  Australia;  and 
Asbestos,  from  near  the  surface  of  an 
outcrop  of  Serpentine  about  12  miles 
from  the  Broken  Hill  Silver  Lode, 
Western  Territory  of  New  South 
Wales,  Australia.  ^ 

Specimens  of  Coal,  from  Neath  Abbey  )  Mr.     Richard     Boyns, 
Colliery,  South  Wales  (2  packages).    /      Boswedden,  St.  Just. 


\ 


} 


Mr.   William   Nicholas, 
Melbourne. 


Seven    Specimens    of     Gold  -  bearing 
Quartz,  from  Mel  moth,  Zulu  land. 


(  Mr.  T.  B.  Jennnings 
Hare  wood,  o.M.c, 
Melmoth,    Zululand. 


Five  Limonites,  Iridescent.  ^ 

Two    Limonites,    enclosing    Vegetable  I  James    Osborne,    Esq., 
Remains,  j       f.o  s. 

from  Rio  Tinto  Mines,  Spain.  J 

A  Collection  of  Minerals  and  Fossils.  .     Miss  Winter-Jones. 

Gold-bearing  Iron-stone,  and  Iridescent  \ 

Iron    Ore,    from     Mount    Morgan,  y  Mr.  W.  H.  Julyan. 
Queensland.  ) 

Gold-bearing  Quartz,   and  Samples  of  \ 

enclosing   rock   of  lodes,    from   the      Mr.       W.       Pritchard 
New  Morgan  Gold  Mine,  Dolgelly,  Morgan,  m.p. 

North  Wales. 


C<1 

I 


CO 

P5 

CO 

P5 

Eh 


I 


oa 


I 

I 


^ 
g 


^-  o  o 

o 

o»   o 

0    0 

«D    «D 

0   00 

tA 

W  00    o 

o 

e«   f-» 

.-•    0 

00   0 

0   eo 

10 

r-t 

rH 

r-t 

i-i 

«l|  O     «D 

e« 

09      fH 

r-i     \a 

eo   t» 

0   50 

«D 

«D 

i-» 

1-1   00 

•  • 

•  • 

• 
• 

•  • 

•  • 

s    . 

• 
•      • 

•  • 

•  • 

1 

<«l 

■        • 

• 

.  s 

•     00 
r-i 

CO      d 
00    **• 

E?   . 

0 
0 

£ 

1  • 

1        .        . 

• 

ranee  Premium 
[^phical  Society, 

•S 

0 

a  i 

0 
OS 

1 

4th,  1892 

[Taxes 

per 

S" 

S 

OS 

-2    « 

3 

•S  3 

November 
By  Rates  anc 

„  Housekee 

00 

3 
2 

a 

g  S 
£  M 

•  v4          OS 

Est    fr< 

5  1 

1 

0    c 
PQ  OS 

N      e 

s 

s     s 

s     s 

S       fi 

s    s 

'^:: 

o 

o 

<o 

*o 

00 

.    rH 

<o 

o 

t^ 

0 

eo 

*    1-1 

rH 

1-^ 

ftA    00 

00 

o 

CO 

<o 

«D 

**•   Ol 

vO 

(N 

"<* 

00 

• 

« 

1 

• 

• 

0 

• 

• 

0   ^ 

1— t 

« 

1 

• 
CQ 

C 

a   0 

•c  0 

e  § 

•— • 

M 

• 

1  ■§ 

o 

OS 

« 

00               '^ 
1— •               » 

J 

k3  ^ 

a 

OS 

1- 

CO 

• 

-2  13    > 

a 

•2    8 
5    fl 

1 

^^!l 

o 

Q  0 

m 

O 

•h 

M               » 

fi 

H 

M 

•»            «k 

•k 

i. 

I 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

Nowmber  4th^  1892. 


1.  A  Working  List  of  the  Palseozoic  Fosails  of  Cornwall.      Bj 
J.  H.  Collins,  F.Q.s. 

2.  The  Age  and  History  of  the  Granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall. 
By  R.  N.  Worth,  f.g.s. 

3.  Calamine  Deposits  of  the  Mendip  Hills. 

4.  Cader  Idris  Notes.    By  Francis  J.  Stephens. 


A  WORKING  LIST  OF  THE  PALJIOZOIC 
FOSSILS  OF  CORNWALL 

By  J.  H.  CoLUNs,  F.G.S. 

(Rtad  4th  NoTember,  189S  ) 


I.    INTRODUCTION. 

The  rocks  of  Cornwall  were  supposed  to  be  un- 
fossiliferous,  long  after  fossils  had  been  found  in 
the  limestones  and  slates  of  South  Devon,*  and  it 
was  not  until  the  year  1830  that  Dr.  Boase,  in  a 
note  appended  to  his  "  Contributions  towards  a 
Knowledge  of  the  Geology  of  Cornwall,"  admitted  the 
existence  of  fossils  in  the  Tintagel  slates. t  A  few 
years  later  Sir  Henry  De  la  BecheJ  was  able  to  give 
a  considerable  list  of  fossils  from  the  limestones 
and  slates  of  South  Petherwyn,  on  the  authority 
of  Prof.  Phillips,  Mr.  Holl,  and  Mr.  S.  R.  Pattison ; 
and  many  of  these  were  figured  by  Phillips  in  his 
classical  work  a  few  years  later. § 

*  Playfair  was  the  first  to  notice  the  existence  of  organisms  in 
the  Plymouth  rocks.  (Illustrations  of  the  Huttonian  Theory,  p.  164, 
1803.) 

t  Trans.  Royal  Geo.  Soc,  Cor;i.,  iv.,  p.  474,  1831. 

t  Report  on  Uie  Geology  of  Coniioall,  dbc,  1839. 

§  Palaozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall,  dtc,  1841. 


422  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

Up  to  this  time,  though  the  rocks  of  Devon  had 
yielded  a  large  number  of  fossils,  few  were  known 
in  Cornwall,  except  from  the  neighbourhood  of 
South  Petherwyn  and  the  other  North-east  Cornwall 
localities;  but  in  the  year  1841  Sir  Chas.  Lemon, 
in  his  Presidential  address  to  this  Society,  called 
attention  to  the  good  work  done  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Peach, 
a  coast  guardsman  stationed  on  the  south  coast, 
who  had  discovered  fossils  at  many  points  between 
Looe  and  the  Black  Head,  as  well  as  inland  near 
Bodmin.  The  next  year  Sir  Charles  drew  attention 
to  "the  promulgation  of  the  Devonian  System," 
by  Sedgwick  and  Murchison,  which,  according  to 
those  authors,  had  "removed  the  whole  of  the 
Devonian  and  Cornish  rocks  to  a  position  superior  to 
the  Silurian  System,  its  place  inferior  to  which 
had  never  been  disputed,  even  as  late  as  1836, 
when  Sir  Henry  De  la  Beche's  abstract  was  read 
before  the  Geological  Society." 

This  conclusion  was  no  sooner  reached  by  these 
distinguished  authors  than  evidence  began  to  be 
obtained  tending  to  upset  it,  for  in  that  same  year 
Mr.  Peach  presented  a  series  of  fossils  from  the 
quartzites  of  Gorran  Haven,  which  were  at  once 
pronounced  to  be  Lower  Silurian.*  All  subsequent 
discoveries  and  determinations  have  confirmed  Mr. 
Peach's  first  statements  and  conclusions  on  this 
important  series  of  beds. 

*  The  paper  accompanying  these  fossils  was  **0n  the  Geology  of 
part  of  the  Parish  of  Gorran,"  by  C.  W.  Peach,  and  it  appeared, 
the  first  of  an  important  series,  in  the  fourth  volume  of  this  Society's 
Transactions, 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  423 

The  same  year  Mr.  Henry  Thomas,  of  Falmouth, 
described  certain  organic  remains  from  the  rocks 
of  Veryan,  and  Mr.  Jonathan  Couch  presented  a  fossil 
coral  in  slate  from  Polperro  to  the  Society's  Museum. 

Next  year  (1842)  Messrs.  Peach*  and  Couch 
presented  specimens  of  fossil  fish  from  Polperro 
and  other  localities,  and  Mr.  N.  Whitley,  of  Truro, 
presented  fossils  from  Padstow,  Polruan,  and  Gerrans 
Bay.  Mr.  Peach  also  read  an  interesting  "  Account 
of  the  Fossil  Organic  Remains  found  on  the  South-east 
coast  of  Cornwall  and  in  other  parts  of  the  County," 
in  which  he  gave  detailed  particulars  of  many  fossil 
localities.  In  1843  he  read  another  paper,  which 
was  accompanied  by  a  remarkable  list  of  fossils 
provisionally  identified  from  the  various  localities, 
and  by  a  map  shewing  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
county  to  be  fossiliferous  as  far  west  as  Truro. 

In  1845  Mr.  Peach  announced  the  discovery  of 
vegetable  remains  in  the  Cornish  rocks,  and  also 
presented  a  specimen  of  limestone  from  Porth  Luney, 
which  contained  numerous  specimens  of  Orthoceras 
cylindraceum.  About  the  same  period  Mr.  Jonathan 
Couch  read  a  paper  "  On  the  cause  of  the  red  colour 
in  the  Fossiliferous  Rocks  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Looe,"  in  which  he  attributed  this  to  colouring 
matter  derived  from  the  numerous  encrinites 
existing  in  the  seas  in  which  the  rocks  were  laid 
down.      Mr.    R.   Q.   Couch  also   read   a  paper  and 


*  Mr.  Peach  had  already  announced  the  discovery  of  fish  remains 
in  the  rocks  of  South-east  Cornwall,  as  early  as  1841,  in  a  communication 
to  the  British  Association. 

2  G 


424  A    Woi^king  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

furnished  a  "  Report  on  the  Fossil  Geology  of 
Cornwall,"  in  which  he  reviewed  Mr.  Peach's 
labours,  and  urged  that  the  whole  fossiliferous  series 
was  of  the  age  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  or  upper- 
most Silurian,  and  superior  to  the  Silurian  of  Sir  R. 
Murchison. 

Other  palaeontological  papers  were  read  to  the 
Society  in  the  following  year  by  Mr.  S.  R.  Pattison, 
"On  the  Carboniferous  System  in  Cornwall";  Mr. 
R.  Q.  Couch,  "On  the  Fossil  Corals  of  Cornwall," 
a  most  valuable  paper ;  and  Mr.  C.  W.  Peach.  Sir 
Roderick  Murchison  also  furnished  the  President 
with  "A  brief  Review  of  the  Classification  of  the 
Sedimentary  Rocks  of  Cornwall,"  in  which  he  fully 
admitted  the  existence  of  Lower  Silurian  fossils 
in  the  county.  All  the  papers  just  mentioned, 
with  many  others,  were  published  in  the  sixth 
volume  of  the  Society's  Transactions^  embracing 
the  period  from  1841  to  1846. 

In  the  next  volume,  which  covered  the  period  from 
1847  to  1863,  the  work  was  carried  on  by  the  same 
industrious  and,  I  think  I  ought  to  say,  illustrious 
band  of  explorers,  whose  ranks  were  then  reinforced 
by  the  accession  of  Mr.  Pengelly,  now  and  for 
many  years  a  F.R.S.,  and  Mr.  Giles.  This  volume 
is  full  of  Cornish  Palaeontology,  no  fewer  than  29 
papers,  illustrated  by  several  admirable  plates,  being 
devoted  to  that  subject,  besides  many  very  interest- 
ing notices  contained  in  the  President's  addresses  and 
the  Curator  s  reports.  The  collections  made  by  Mr. 
Giles  and  Mr.  Peach  were  purchased  for  the  Society, 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  425 

and  large  numbers  of  most  valuable  specimens  were 
presented  by  other  collectors,  so  that  the  whole 
number  of  Cornish  fossils  in  the  Museum  was  esti- 
mated to  be  not  less  than  6,000  in  the  year  1861, 
when  Mr.  Couch  announced  the  commencement  of  an 
illustrated  catalogue.  But  his  labours  were  cut  short 
by  death.  Most  of  the  other  workers  were  also 
removed,  some  by  the  same  resistless  hand,  others  by 
the  exigencies  of  business ;  and  the  work  of  dis- 
interring and  interpreting  these  records  of  past  life 
came  almost  to  a  standstill  for  a  quarter  of  a 
century. 

In  the  meantime,  and  until  the  Society's  new 
premises  were  completed,  the  fossils  could  only  be 
stowed  away  in  boxes  and  drawers,  so  that  they 
were  not  available  for  study ;  consequently  the 
succeeding  volumes  of  the  Transactions,  valuable  as 
they  are  with  reference  to  our  mineral  deposits,  are 
almost  devoid  of  the  results  of  Palseontological 
research.*  However,  a  few  new  fossil  localities  have 
been  discovered  in  the  interval,  while  many  of  the 
fossils  of  East  Cornwall  have  been  shewn  to  be 
identical,  or  nearly  so,  with  others  found  in  North  or 
South  Devon,  more  particularly  by  the  labours  of 
Davidson,  Pengelly,  and  Whidburne.  The  fish 
remains  first  discovered  by  Mr.  Peach  have  been 
claimed  and  described  as  sponges  by  McCoy,  and 
re -claimed  as  fish  by  Huxley  and  Ray-Lankester ; 

♦  It  will  be  understood  that  my  remarks  refer  only  to  Paleeozoic 
fossils.  Mr.  Fortescue  Millett's  comparatively  recent  discovery  of 
Pliocene  fossils  at  St.  £rth  marks  an  epoch  in  Cornish  geology. 

2  o  2 


426  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

but  they  are  still  waiting  to  be  worked  out,  a  task  of 
no  small  difficulty,  owing  to  their  extremely  frag- 
mentary condition,  to  the  great  amount  of  distortion 
occasioned  by  the  mechanical  forces  which  have  pro- 
duced slaty  cleavage,  and  to  the  extensive  chemical 
changes  which  have  taken  place  within  the  substance 
of  the  rocks  since  their  consolidation.  Still,  the 
Cornish  fossils  are  now  more  favourably  situated  for 
study  than  ever  before.  Ten  table-cases,  occupying 
the  best  position  in  the  lower  Museum,  have  been  set 
apart  for  their  reception,  and  in  these  they  have  been 
provisionally  arranged  and  partly  labelled  by  the 
labours  of  Professor  Etheridge,  the  late  Mr.  G.  T. 
Bettany,  Messrs.  Kitto,  Taylor,  and  others.  The 
fossils  from  the  beds  of  known  age  have  been 
separated  from  those  which  are  derived  from  beds 
whose  age  is  in  dispute,  and  these  latter  have  been 
grouped  according  to  their  zoological  classes.  It  now 
appears  that  there  are  hundreds  of  specimens  of 
trilobites,  of  crinoids,  and  of  fish  remains,  which  are 
practically  undescribed  and  unstudied. 

I  have  been  lately  trpng  to  identify  the  fossils 
presented  to  the  Museum,  and  described  from  time  to 
time  in  the  Society's  Transactions,  The  attempt  has 
been  successful  in  many  instances,  but  not  in  all,  for 
some  important  specimens  are  so  far  not  to  be  found. 
I  am  not  without  hope,  however,  that  all,  or  nearly 
all,  will  ultimately  be  re-discovered,  for  there  are 
still  many  drawers  to  be  searched  for  the  missing 
specimens. 

This  provisional  catalogue,  which  is  the  outcome  of 


1892.]  Palceozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  427 

my  own  particular  needs,  will,  I  hope,  in  the  end 
serve  as  a  guide  to  the  Society's  Cornish  Palaeozoic 
collection,  though  it  will  also  include  a  few  forms 
which  are  only  to  be  found  in  other  collections.  The 
need  for  it  is  the  greater,  because  the  sixth  and 
seventh  volumes  of  the  Society's  Transactions  are 
unfortunately  far  less  accessible  and  far  less  known 
than  the  remainder  of  the  series,  there  being  very 
few  complete  sets  in  existence,  so  far  as  I  have  been 
able  to  ascertain.  Indeed,  the  only  perfect  volumes 
I  have  been  able  to  refer  to  in  preparing  this  cata- 
logue are  those  in  our  library  downstairs,  and  I 
should  be  very  grateful  to  any  member  who  might 
be  able  to  put  me  in  the  way  of  getting  copies  of 
these  two  volumes. 

The  list  as  it  now  stands  includes  parts  of  not  less 
than  250  distinct  organisms,  of  which  the  great 
majority — all,  in  fact,  except  about  a  dozen  species  of 
plants — are  marine,  and  a  great  proportion  are  deep- 
sea  forms.  Thus,  there  are  nearly  70  brachiopods, 
at  least  30  cephalopods,  and  several  fishes  represented 
in  the  Cornish  Palaeozoic  fauna,  besides  a  considerable 
number  of  crinoids,  corals,  and  sponges. 

Probably  the  catalogue  includes,  in  a  few  in- 
stances, names  which  ought  to  have  been  omitted; 
in  other  cases  it  no  doubt  omits  those  which  should 
have  been  included.  I  can  only  hope  that  those  who 
discover  such  errors  will  in  due  course  inform  me 
thereof,  so  that  I  may  be  able  to  make  the  necessary 
corrections  in  a  supplementary  note. 

To  assist  the  student  in  recognising  the  various 


428  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

forms,  references  are  given  whenever  possible  to  the 
illustrations  contained  in  well-known  works.* 

It  is,  perhaps,  not  unreasonable  to  expect  that,  by 
placing  this  compendium  of  the  work  already  done  in 
the  hands  of  local  students,  many  of  them  may  be 
induced  to  search  the  cliflfs  and  quarries  more 
diligently  than  hitherto,  and  to  present  their  dis- 
coveries to  the  local  museums;  so  that  specialists, 
finding  plenty  of  material  prepared  ready  to  their 
hands,  may  be  induced  to  do  for  the  fish- remains, 
crustaceans,  and  other  natural  groups,  what  Mr. 
Davidson  has  so  well  done  for  the  brachiopoda  in  his 
classical  work  published  by  the  Palseontographical 
Society. 

Here  are  fields  of  labour  for  many  naturalists,  and 
it  is  greatly  to  be  desired  that  labourers  may  be 
forthcoming  to  occupy  them. 

I  have  spoken  in  the  foregoing  introductory 
remarks  of  the  fragmentary  state  of  many  of  the 
Cornish  fossils,  and  I  may  illustrate  my  remarks  by  a 
reference  to  perhaps  the  most  interesting  of  all.     I 

*  These  are  thus  referred  to  : 

PcU.   F0S8,    "Palaejzoic  Fossils  of  CornwaU,  &c.,  1841,"  by  Prof. 
John  Phillips. 

Brit.  Fobs.  Corals,    "  British  Fossil  Corals,"  by  Milne-Edwards  and 
JoLES  Haimb,  Palseontographical  Society. 

Salter,  Pal.  Soc.     '*  British  Trilobites,"  by  J.  W.  Salter,  Palseonto- 
graphical Society. 

Davidson,  Pal.  Soc.     "British  Brachiopoda,"  by  Thos.  Davidson, 
Palseontographical  Society. 

Whidbume,  Pal.  Soc    "The  Devonian  Fauna  of  the  South  of  Eng- 
land," by  G.  F.  Whidburne,  Palseontographical  Society. 
Murch.,  Sit.    "  Siluria,"  4th  edition,  by  Sir  R.  I.  Murchison. 
Nicholson,    "Manual  of  Palseontology,"  by  J.  Alletns  Nicholson. 


1892.]  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  429 

mean  the  fish-remains,  which  are  among*  the  most 
ancient  vertebrate  remains  in  the  world.  I  have 
placed  a  few  specimens  on  the  table,  and  they 
certainly  do  not  look  much  like  fish  to  the  unedu- 
cated eye.  Yet  it  is  now  quite  certain  that  they  are 
80,  and  the  fragments  in  the  rocks  of  Lantivet  Bay 
and  the  near  neighbourhood  of  Polperro  are  so 
numerous,  that  industrious  fossil  -  seekers  in  that 
neighbourhood  can  hardly  fail  to  meet  with  veritable 
treasures  of  the  very  highest  scientific  interest. 

II.    HYDROZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  POLYZOA,  AND  ANNELIDA. 

CORALS,    SPONGES,    SBAMAT8,    &C. 

These  are  rarely  so  preserved  as  to  shew  any  of  the 
details  of  internal  structure,  so  that  they  have 
usually  been  named  from  external  characters  only. 
There  is  hence  a  considerable  degree  of  uncertainty 
as  to  many  of  the  specific  determinations,  though  the 
genera  are  probably  correct  in  most  instances.  How- 
ever, much  may  no  doubt  be  done  by  a  careful 
examination  of  the  abundant  materials  now  available 
for  the  student,  and  by  close  and  rigorous  comparison 
with  the  much  better  preserved  organisms  of  other 
regions.  All  the  fossils  mentioned  in  this  section 
are  corals,  except  where  it  is  otherwise  stated. 

ALVEOLITES  KEPENS  (Milne-Edwards). 

Aulopora  repeiis  (Knorr). 
Millcpora  repens  (Lonsdale). 
Millcpora  similis  (Phillips). 

Loc.    Occurs  at  Padstow,  and  at  Boseland,  near  Liskeard, 
accordiDg  to  McCoy. 

Fig,      Pal.   Foss.,  fig.   32.      A  specimen  in  the  Jermjn  Street 
Museum  from  Padstow. 


430  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

ALVEOLITES  LABECHEi  (Milne-Ed ward s). 

Favosites  and  spcmgites  in  part  (Lonsdale). 

Loc.  Occurs  at  Fowey,  Polruan,  Mellendreth,  Pelynt,  and 
Bodmin  according  to  Peach  (1844)  and  Couch  (1846). 

Fig,     Brit,  Fosa,  CoraU,  pL  Ixl,  figs.  6,  6a,  66. 
ALVEOLITES  VERMICULARIS   (McCoy). 

Loc,  Occurs  at  Bedruthan  and  Newquay  according  to 
McCoy,  who  says  it  "has  been  confounded  with  the 
very  distinct  Favosites  spongites  (i.e.,  Alveolites  Lahechei  t) 
of  the  Eifel." 

»  Fig.     Brit.  Foss,  Corals,  p.  220  and  pi.  xlviii.,  fig.  5. 

AMPLEXU8  ToRTUOsus  (Phillips). 

Loc,  S.  Petherwyn,  Fowey,  and  Polruan  according  to 
Salter,  Peach,  and  Couch. 

Fig.    Brit,  Foss,  CoralSy  pi.  xlix.,  figs.  5,  5a  ;  and  Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  8. 

Astrcea  heliarUhmdes,  see  strombodes  uelianthoides. 
Astrcea  Trelaumiensis  noUs,  see  cyathopayllum  bucklakdi. 
Aulopora  repens  (McCoy),  see  alvloutes  repens. 

BERENiciA  M^coYU  (McCoy).  This  is  a  cyclostomat  polyzoon, 
according  to  Nicholson,  which  is  hardly  separable  from 
Diasiopora  (Manual  of  Palaeontology,  p.  618). 
Loc.  It  occurs  at  Padstow,  according  to  McCoy,  and  there 
is  a  specimen  so  marked  in  the  Museum  at  Jermyn 
Street. 

Calamopora,  see  favosites. 

CAUNOPORA  RAMOSA  (Lousdalc). 
Stromatopora  ramosa  (McCk)y). 
Favosites  ravwsa  (Brussart). 

Loc,  S.  Petherwyn  (S.  R  Pattison),  Polruan,  Fowey,  and 
Looe  (Peach,  1844 ;  Couch,  1846). 

Fig,     Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  22. 

cladochonus  (McCoy).  A  genus  of  corals  related  to 
Aulopora,  "  but  the  colony  is  only  attached  to  foreign 
bodies  by  isolated  points  of  attachment,  and  grows  in 
an  erect  manner  rather  than  £is  a  creeping  network."* 

•  Nicholson,  Manual  of  Paleontology,  1889,  p.  343. 


1892.]  Palceozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall  431 

Zoc.  According  to  McCoy  it  occurs  in  the  slates  of  the 
Blackhead,  near  St.  Austell,  and  several  specimens  so 
named  are  in  the  Museum.  But  this  is  probably  very 
different  to  the  coral  referred  to  by  Nicholson,  who  says 
it  is  confined  to  the  Carboniferous  period. 

Cyathophyllum    binum,   see    cyathophyllum    elongatum, 

C.   PAUCIRADIALIS,   and  C.   PLURIRADIAUS. 

CYATHOPHYLLUM  BUCKLANDi  (Milue-Edwards). 

Petraia  gigas  (McCoy). 

Loc.  •*  Very  common  in  the  fine  gray  Devonian  slates  of 
Newquay  "  (McCoy). 

The  Astrwa  Trelaivniensis  nobis  of  Couch  (Trans.  R,  0.  S.  C, 
vii.,  244)  may  have  been  a  particularly  fine  example  of 
this  coral.  Mr.  Couch  gives  no  drawing,  and  as  yet  I 
have  not  been  able  to  identify  the  specimen  in  the 
Museum. 

CYATHOPHYLLUM  CAESPiTOSUM  (Milnc-Edwards). 

Stromhodcs  venaictilaris  (Lonsdale). 

Loc.    Occurs  at  S.  Petherwyn,  according  to  Couch  (1847). 

Fig,     Pal.  Foss.y  fig.  14. 

CYATHOPHYLLUM  CELTicuM  (Milne-Ed wards). 

Turbiiiolopsis  ccltica  (Phillips). 
Petraia  celtica  (Lonsdale). 

Loc.  Said  to  occur  at  S.  Petherwyn,  Tintagel,  Tregrill 
Slate  Quarry,  Bodmin,  Wadebridge,  St.  Columb  Forth, 
Looe,  Polruan,  Fowey,  Eeady  Money,  Gribben,  Crinnis, 
Blackhead,  &c. 

McCoy  says  this  is  the  same  species  as  the  Turbinolopsis 
pauciradialis  of  Phillips,  and  that  it  occurs  at  Padstow ; 
but  it  will  be  better  to  keep  them  distinct  as  Phillips 
did,  at  least  for  the  present.  It  is  likely  that  several 
species  have  been  confounded  under  this  name,  the 
range  of  localities  being  so  great. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  1. 


432  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

CYATHOPHYLLUM   ELONGATUM. 

Cyathopkyllum  bina  in  part  of  Milne-Edwards,  who  does  not  appear 
to  have  had  access  to  the  specimens  studied  by  Couch. 

Zoc.  Occurs  at  Fowey  and  Polruan,  according  to  Peach 
and  Couch.* 

Fig.     Pal  Foas,,  fig.  2. 

CYATHOPHYLLUM  PAUCIRADIALIS. 

Turfnnolopsis  paueiradialis  (Phillips). 
Cyathophyllum  hiim  in  part  of  Milne-Edwards. 

Loc.  Occurs  at  Fowey  and  Polruan,  according  to  Couch 
{loc,  cit  supra). 

Fig,     Pal  Foss.,  fig.  4. 

CYATHOPHYLLUM  PLURIRADIALIS. 

Turbinolopsis  pluriradialis  (Phillips). 
Cyathophyllum  hina  in  part  of  Milno-Edwards. 

Loc,  Fowey,  Polruan,  Pridmouth,  Gribben,  according  to 
Peach  (1844)  and  Couch  (1846). 

Fig,     Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  5. 

Cyathophyllum  turbinatum,  see  stkombodes  helianthoides. 

CYSTIPHYLLUM  SILURIENSE  (Lonsdalc). 

Loc,    Fowey,  according  to  Couch  (1850). 

Fig,     Brit.  Foss.  Corals,  pi.  Ixxii.,  figs.  1,  la. 

Diastopora,  see  berenicia. 

DiscoPHORA,  according  to  Nicholson,  is  a  genus  of  Coelenterata, 
sub-class  Lucernaria  (allied  to  the  jelly-fishes),  which 
''  has  left  traces  of  its  past  existence  "  in  the  rocks. 

Loc,  A  specimen  so-called  was  presented  to  the  Museum 
from  the  Petherwyn  beds,  and  noticed  in  the  Curator's 
report  for  1850. 

FAVOSITES,  an  important  genus  of  corals  formerly  known  as 
Calaniopora, 

♦  Trans,  Roy.  Oeo.  Soc,  Com.f  vi.,  p.  276. 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  433 

FAVOSITES  CERVicoRNis  (Milne-Edwards). 

Favosites  polymorpluL  (Goldiuss). 

Loc.     Occurs  at  Bedruthan  and  Newquay,  according  to 
McCoy. 

Fig.     Brit.  Fosa,  Corals,  pi.  xlviii.,  fig.  2. 

FAVOSITES  CRiSTATA  (Milne-Edwards). 

Favosites polymorpha  (Lonsdale). 

Loc,    Mellendreth,  Looe,  Punch's  Cross,  Polruan,  Pelynt, 
Bodmin,  St.  Columb,  Bedruthan. 

Fig.    Brit.  Foss.  Corals,  pi.  xli,  figs.  3,  3a,  4,  4a. 

FAVOSITES  FIBROSA  (Milne-Edwards). 

Stenopora  fibrosa  (McCoy). 

Loc,    Looe,  Lantivet  Bay,  Polruan,  Fowey,  according  to 
Peach  (1844)  and  Couch  (1846). 

Fig.    Brit.  Foss.  Corals,  pi.  xlviii.,  figs.  3,  3a,  3b,  and  ixi.,  figs.  5,  5a. 

FAVOSITES  GOTHLANDICA  (Milne-Ed wards). 
Loc.     Polruan,  Couch  (1846). 

Fig.     Brit.  Foss.  Corals,  pi.  Ix.,  figs.  I,  la. 

Favosites  polymorpha.  Many  different  corals  have  been 
described  under  this  name,  as  for  instance  F.  cristata 
and  F.  CERVICORNIS,  also  f.  dubia  of  Milne-Edwards, 
whicli  is  tlie  F.  polyw.orpha  of  Phillips  in  part. 

Favosites  ramosa,  see  caunopora  ramosa. 

Favosites  spongites,  see  alveolites  labechel 

FENESTELLA.  A  genus  of  polyzoons  allied  to  the  Flmtra,  or 
Seamats. 

FENESTELLA   ANTIQUA. 

Loc.     South  Petherwyn  (S.  E.  Pattison)  and  Punch's  Cross 
(Peach). 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  35,  /3,  y,  S. 
FENESTELLA   ARTHRITICA. 

Loc,    Occurs    at    Polruan    (Couch,    1846)    and    Fowey 
(McCoy). 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  36. 

FenesUlla  infundibula  (Shrubsole),8ee  RBTEPORA INFUNDIBULA. 


434  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

FENESTELLA  LAXA  (Phillips). 
Polypora  laxa  (Phillips). 

Loc,     Petherwyn,  Bossiney,  Tintagel. 

Fig,     J'al,  Foss.,  fig.  34. 

FENESTELLA   PLEBEIA. 

F,  antiqua  (Lonsdale),  in  part  according  to  McCoy. 

Loc.    South  Petherwyn. 

GLAUCONOME  BIPI^'NATA.  A  polyzoon  closely  allied  to 
PtUodictya,  and  "in  many  respects  very  analogous  to 
Fenestella  and  lletepora"  (Phillips), 

Lac,     S.  Petherwyn,  according  to  S.  R  Pattison. 

Fig,    Pal,  Foss,,  fig.  33. 

GRAPTOLITES,  "from  the  westward  of  St.  Austell,"  were 
"  determined  by  Ed.  Forbes,  who  says  they  resemble  0. 
Murchisoni."  Specimens  were  presented  to  the  Museum 
in  1850.  (See  Curator's  report  for  that  year.)  I  have  not 
yet  seen  these  specimens,  unless  they  are  those  marked 
"  Cladochonus"  which  are  very  different  to  graptolites. 

HELIOPHYLLUM  HALLii  (Milne-Edwards). 

Strombodes  hcliantlwidcs  (Phillips). 

Heliophyllum  turbiiiatum  (Hall). 

Not  Cyathophyllum  heliantJioicUumf  as  supposed  by  Phillips. 

Loc.     Bodmin  or  Newquay,  according  to  Couch  and  Giles. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  13. 

Millepora  repens  and  Millepora  similis,  see  alveolites  repens. 

NERITES.  A  genus  of  annelids.  R  Q.  Couch  says,  "In  a 
visit  to  Truro  in  March  last  I  found  in  a  quarry  in  the 
neighbourhood  marks  so  closely  resembling  a  species  of 
the  Nerites,  a  genus  of  the  Annelida  belonging  to  the 
oldest  of  the  fossil-bearing  rocks,  that  it  seemed  as  if 
we  had  arrived  at  length  into  the  Cambrian  age."  (Eeport 
Royal  Qeo,  Soc.  Com.,  Sept.  1850.)  Somewhat  similar 
markings  have  been  found  in  many  parts  of  Cornwall, 
as  at  the  Blackhead,  and  at  Tintagel,  and  also  in  the 
slates  of  Mill  Hill- Quarry,  near  Tavistock. 


1892.]  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  435 

PETRAIA  (Munster).     A  genus  of  solitary  corals  referred  to 
CYATHUPUYLLUM  by  Milne-Ed wards,  which  see. 

PLEUR01>ICTYUM   PROBLEM ATICUM    (Goldfuss). 

Loc,  Looe,  Lamellion,  Roseland,  St.  Veep,  Polruan,  &c, 
according  to  Peach.  {Tnuis.  Boy.  Geo.  Soc.  Com.,  ix.,  p.  52.) 

lig.     haL  Foss.y  fig.  24. 

Polypora  laxa  (Phillips),  see  fenbstella  laxa. 

PROTOVIRGULARIA  DICHOTOMA  (McCoy)  is  One  of  the  Grorgonid(B, 
allied  to  the  "  sea-pens  "  of  our  present  seas. 

Loc.  It  occurs  in  the  Silurian  slates  of  Lockerbie.  It  also 
occurs  at  the  old  quarry  of  calcareous  slate  near  the 
Blackhead,  according  to  C.  W.  Peach,  "  associated  with 
Petraia  celtica'*  (?).  {Tram.  Boy.  Geo.  Soc.  Com.,  vii., 
121,  and  x.,  93.) 

PTILODICTYA  (Lonsdalc). 

Sticioj>ora  (Hall). 

Loc.  Found  at  Padstow,  according  to  McCoy.  {Brit.  Pal, 
Bocks  and  Fossils.) 

Fig.  Ptiloiiictya  gigantea  is  figured  by  Nicholsou  {Manual  of 
Palccontologyy  p.  628).  Details  of  several  species  are  also  giyen 
by  G.  R.  Vine  {Quart.  Joum.  Geo  Soc.,  1882,  pp.  63-68),  but 
not  from  Cornish  specimens. 

BECEPTACULiTES  NEPTUNi  is  probably  a  sponge. 

Loc.  A  specimen  found  at  Eoseland  by  Mr.  Giles  was 
determined  by  McCoy  {Trans.  Boy.  Geo.  Soc.  Com.,  viL, 

169). 

Fig.     Nicholson,  Manual  of  Palceontology,  p.  171. 

RETEPORA  INFUNDIBULA  (Lonsdale). 

Feiicstella  infundibula  (Shrubsole). 

"The  general  form  of  the  genus  is  closely  allied  to 
Fenestella,  but  the  cells  are  situated  on  the  interior 
instead  of  the  surface."  (Couch,  Trans.  Roy.  Geo.  Soc. 
Corn.,  vi.,  p.  283.) 

Loc.  Fowey,  Pridmouth,  and  the  Gribben.  (Peach,  1844; 
Couch,  1846.) 

Fig.     Lonsdale,  Silurian  Remains,  pi.  zv.,  fig.  24. 


436  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

SABELLARIA  ALVEOLATA  is  a  social  aDoelid,  the  tubes  occumDg 
in  groups.  Peach  saw  ''a  coral"  like  Sabellaria  alveolata 
at  Great  Peraver.  (Trans,  Roy,  Qeo,  Soc  Com,,  vi.,  p.  51.) 

SCOLlTHUS.  Fossil  markings  resembling  Scolithus  occur  in 
the  quartzites  of  Gerrans  Bay,  Gorran,  and  the  Meneage 
peninsula,  near  St.  Martin's. 

Sphcerospongia  tesselatus  (McCoy),  see  sPHiERONiTES  TESSE- 
LATUS,  among  the  Echinodermata  in  Section  viL 

Steganodictyum.  This  was  a  genus  of  sponges  estab- 
lished by  McCoy  for  the  fish  remains  discovered 
by  Mr.  Peach,  and  so  determined  by  him.  McCoy 
distinguished  two  species,  viz.,  S.  Carteri  and  S.  Comu- 
bicum,  but  the  reference  to  fish  was  confirmed  by 
Huxley  in  1858  and  Ray-Lankester  in  1868. 

Stenopora  fibrosa  (McCoy),  see  favosites  fibrosa  (Milne- 
Edwards). 

Stictopora,  see  fiilodictya. 

Stromatopoi'a  ramosa,  see  caunopora  ramosa. 

Strombodes  vermicularis,  see  cyathophyllum  caespitosum. 

Strombodes  helianthoides,  see  heliophyllum  halli  (Milne- 
Edwards). 

TENTACULITES  is  a  genus  sometimes  referred  to  the  annelida, 
but  more  often  to  the  moUusca  {Pteropoda),  where,  in 
Section  v.,  a  notice  will  be  found  of  its  occurrences. 

Turbinolia  and  Turbinolopsis,  see  cyathophyllum. 

WORM-TRACKS,  Otherwise  undeflned,  are  seen  in  the  Highgate 
Quarry,  St.  Veep,  and  at  other  places  in  the  Fowey 
district  according  to  Peach,  who  says  the  markings  are 
"  rough  and  granular,  though  the  matrix  is  clay -slate." 


1892.]  Pakeozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  437 


III.   BRACHIOPODA. 

These  have  had  the  advantage  of  being  worked  out 
very  thoroughly  by  the  late  Mr.  Thos.  Davidson,  P.R.S., 
consequently  the  names  given  in  the  following  list  in 
small  capitals  may  be  relied  on  with  very  few 
exceptions,  and  those  due  to  the  imperfections  of  the 
specimens,  which  are  in  general  only  distorted  casts.* 

Anomia  reticularis,  see  atrypa  reticularis. 

ATHYRIS  CONCENTRICA  (Von  Buch). 
Athyris  hispida  (Sowerby). 
Atrypa  hispida, 
Terebratula  hispida, 

T.  concentri^a.  * 

Spirifera  concentrica, 
Spiriyerina  conceiitrica,  etc. ,  of  various  authors. 

Loc,     Found  at  Petherwyn  and  Padstow. 

Fig,     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.y  iii.,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  11-15  and  24. 
„         Dev.  Supp.y  v.,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  23,  24. 
Ibid.y  pi.  xi.,  fig.  10. 

ATHYRIS  DECUSSATA  (McCoy). 
Atrypa  decussala  (Sowerby). 

Loc.    Reported  from  S.  Petherwyn  by  McCoy,  but  not 
adopted  by  Davidson,  though  he  copies  McCoy's  figure. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  17. 

Athyris  hispida,  see  athyris  concentrica. 

ATHYRIS  INDENTATA. 

Atrypa  indentuia  (Sowerby). 

Loc.     Reported  from  S.  Petherwyn,  but  not  adopted  by 
Davidson. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.f  iii.,  pi,  iii.,  17. 

Athyris  plebeia.     Reported   from   Padstow,   but  name  not 

adopted  by  Davidson. 
Atrypa  ajffinis,  see  atkypa  reticularis. 
Atrypa  aspera,  see  ATRYPA  reticularis.      Var.    ASPERA. 

*  The  references,  unless  when  otherwise  Bpecified,  are  to  his  great 
work  on  the  Brachiopoda,  published  by  the  Palseontographical  Society. 


438  A   Working  List  of  tJie  [Nov.  4, 

Atrypa  decussata,  see  athyris  DKcassATA. 

ATKYPA  DESQUAMATA  (Sowerby). 

Loc,    Reported   from    S.    Petherwyn,    St    Keyne,    Looe, 
Fowey,  and  Pridmouth. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev,  3/on.,  iiL,  pi.  x.,  figs  9-13. 

Ibid,  iii.,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  1-9. 
„         Dev.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  i.,  fig.  15. 

Atrypa  fallax  (McCoy).     A  species  not  adopted  by  Davidson. 
Specimens  reported  from  S.  Petherwyn. 

Atrypa  hispida,  see  athyris  concentrica. 

Atrypa  indentata,  see  athyris  indentata. 

Atrypa  juvenis.    A  species  not  adopted  by  Davidson. 
Zoc,     Reported  from  South  Petherwyn  and  figured. 

Fig.     Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  165. 

Atrypa  pugnus,  see  ruynchonella  pdgnus. 
atrypa  reticularis  (Linn^). 

Atmmia  reticularis. 

Atrypa  affinit. 

Terebratula  affi.nis. 

Terebratula  prisca, 

Terebratula  imperata. 

Spirigerina  reticularis, 

Spiriferiiia  reticularis^  Ac. ,  of  varioas  authors. 

Loc.     Reported  from  Petherwyn,  Padstow,  &  Looe. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iii.,  pi.  x.,  figs.  3,  4. 
„         Dev.  Supp.y  v.,  pi.  i.,  fig.  16, 
„         Sil.  Afon.y  iii.,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  1-21. 
„         Sil.  Sapp.y  v.,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  14,  16. 
„         Ibid,  v.,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  1-6. 

This   is   a   very   variable   shell,    which   has   been    very 
completely  worked  out. 

ATRYPA  RETICULARIS,  var.  ASPERA  (Schlotheim). 

Atrypa  squamosa. 

Terebratula  aspera. 

Terebratula  reticularis^  dx.^  of  various  authors. 

Loc.     Reported  from  Petherwyn,  Looe,  Fowey,  and  Prid-  ^ 
mouth. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iii.,  ])1.  x.,  figs.  5-8. 
„         Dev.  Supp.f  v.,  p.  40. 


1892.]  Palceozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  439 

Atrypa  sqriamosa,  see  atrypa  beticularis,  var.  aspera. 

Atrypa  striattUa  (Salter  and  McCoy).    A  species  not  adopted 
by  Davidson. 
Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Atrypa  subdentata  (Sowerby),  see  rhynchonella  subdbntata. 
A  species  not  adopted  by  Davidson. 

Atrypa  triangulata  (Salter   and    McCoy).     A  species   not 
adopted  by  Davidson. 
Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Atrypa  unguiculus,  see  SPIRIFERA  URil. 

Caniaraphoria  glohulina,  see  C.  rhomboidea. 

CAMARAPHORIA   RHOMBOIDEA  (Phillips). 
C,  glohulina  (Phillips). 

Loc.     Found  at  S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Carb.  Mon.y  ii.,  pi.  liv.,  figa.  20-22. 
,,         Dev.  Mon.y  iii.,  pi.  ziv.,  figs.  19-22. 

CHONETES  HARDRENSIS  (Phillips). 
Chonetea  sordida  (Phillips). 

Loc.  Looe  beds  according  to  Etheridge.  {Qv>art,  Joum. 
Geo.  Soc,  xxiii.,  p.  621.) 

Leptoena  caperata,  see  strophalosia  productoides. 

Leptoena  fragaria,  see  productus  SUBACULBATUS. 

leptoena  laticosta  (Conrad). 

Loc.  Reported  from  Looe,  Polperro,  &c.,  but  probably  in 
mistake  for  L,  looiensis. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  1,  2,  8. 

Leptoena  laxispina,  see  strophalosia  PRODUCTOIDES. 
LEPTOENA  LOOIENSIS  (Davidson). 

Loc,  Looe  and  Polperro.  This  species  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  met  with  elsewhere  in  Cornwall,  but  it  is 
common  at  Looe,  behind  Saltram  Cove  at  Paignton,  and 
at  the  Smugglers*  Cove,  Torquay.  It  diflfers  from 
Conrad's  L.  laticosta,  but  has  been  mistaken  for  it. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  ill.,  pi.  xviii.,  figs.  13,  14. 

Leptoena  memhranacea,  see  strophalosia  PRODUCTOIDES. 

2  H 


440  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

LEPTOENA,  n.  sp. 

Loc.  Boseland.  ''Displays  five  strongly-marked  ridges 
extending  across  the  shell  in  line  with  the  hinge-joint." 
(Giles,  Trans.,  vii.) 

Lingula  mola,  see  lihgula  squamifobmis. 

LINGULA.  SQUAMIFOBMIS  (Phillips), 
L.  mola  (Salter). 

Loc.    Eeadymoney  (Peach,  Trans.,  ix.,  p.  53). 

Fig.    Davidson,  Carb.  Mon.,  it.,  pL  xlix.,  figs.  1-10. 
„         Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  11,  12. 

Martinia.    A  sub-genus  of  SPIBIFEBA,  which  see. 

OHTflis  ACTONLE  (Sowerby). 

Loc.  Stated  to  occur  at  Gorran  by  R  Q.  Couch  in  1856, 
but  not  recognized  by  Davidson  in  specimens  from  that 
locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xxxvi.,  figs.  5-17. 
„         SU.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  12. 

OBTHIS  ALTEBNATA  (Sowerby). 

Loc.  Stated  to  occur  at  Gorran  by  R.  Q.  Couch  in  1856, 
but  not  recognized  by  Davidson  in  specimens  from  that 
locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.^  iii.,  pi.  xxxi.,  figs.  1-8. 
,,         Sil.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  1-6. 

OBTHIS  ABCUATA  (Phillips). 

0.  hmgisulecUa  (McCoy). 

Loc.  Reported  by  Phillips  from  S.  Petherwyn,  and  by  S. 
R  Pattison  from  Looe  and  Polruan  (1856). 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xvii.,  figsw  13,  14. 

OBTHIS  BEBTHOSi,  var.  coRNUBiENSis  (Tromm.). 

0.  turgida  (McO)y). 
0.  striatula  (Emmerich). 
0.  redux  (Salter)  in  part). 

Loc.  This  occurs  at  Caerhayes,  and  in  Manaccan,  as  well 
as  in  the  Budleigh  Salterton  beds,  and  in  the  "  May  " 
beds  in  Brittany. 

Fig.  Davidson,  Bud.  Salt.  Mon.,  iv.,  pi.  xliiL,  figs.  14,  15,  from  a 
specimen  in  the  Truro  Museum,  "probably  the  0.  turgida  of 
McCoy." 


1892.]  Palmozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  441 

ORTHis  BUDLETENSis  (Davidson), 

0,  redux  (Barrande)  in  part. 

0.  testudifuiria  (Dalman)  in  part 

0.  Peaehii, 

Loc,  Found  at  all  the  Cornish  Lower  Silurian  localities 
from  Gorran  and  Caerhayes  to  Manacoan;  also  in  pebbles 
of  the  Budleigh  Salterton  and  "  May  "  beds. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Sil,  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  zzviii.,  figs.  6-9  (as  0.  redux), 

,,         Bud,  Salt,  Mon,^  iv.,pl.  xlii.,  figs.  16-25. 
From  specimens  in  the  Penzance,  Edinburgh,  and  Jermyn  Street 
Museums. 

Orthis  oalldctis,  see  0.  calligramma. 
ORTHIS  CALLIGRAMMA  (Dalman). 

0.  virgata  (Salter). 
0.  callactis  (/). 

Loc,     Oorran,  Caerhayes,  Gerrans  Bay,  &c.,  also  in  the 
Budleigh  Salterton  pebbles. 

Fig,     Davidson,  Sil,  Afon.,  iii.,  pL  xxxv.,  figs.  1-17. 

„         Sil.  Supp,t  v.,  pi.  xiil,  figs.  23-26. 

„         Jbid.f  pi.  xlii.,  figs.  7-10. 
Figured  from  specimens  in  the  Penzance  Museum. 

ORTHIS  CALLIGRAMMA,  vari  SCOTICA  (Salter). 
I^c,    Gorran,  also  the  Budleigh  Salterton  pebbles. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon..,  iii.,  pi.  xxxv.,  figs.  20-22. 

„         Sil,  Supp.f  pL  xlii,  figs.  11,  12. 
From  specimens  in  the  Penzance  Museum. 

Orthis  canaliSy  see  0.  canaliculata. 
ORTHIS  canaliculata  (Liudstrom). 

0,  caiudis  (J)  (Sowerby). 

0,  eUgantula  (t)  (Dolman)  in  part. 

Loc,  Eeported  from  Gorran  by  R  Q.  Couch  in  1856,  but 
not  recognized  by  Davidson  among  the  specimens  from 
that  locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.^  iii.,  pi.  xxvil,  figs.  12,  13. 
OHTHIS  CIRCULARIS  (McCoy). 

Loc,  Eeported  from  Looe  and  Fowey,  but  not  recognized 
by  Davidson.  Perhaps  specimens  of  0,  hipparionyx  have 
been  thus  named. 

2  H  2 


442  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

ORTHis  COMPBESSA   (Sowerby).    A  species  not  adopted  by 
Davidson. 
Loc,    Reported  by  Couch  from  Gorran  in  1856. 

0BTHI8  coNFiNis  (Salter). 
Loc,    Reported  from  Gorran,  but  not  recognized  among  the 
specimens  from  that  locality  by  Davidson. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii,  pi  zxzvi,  figs.  1-4. 

Orthis  ComvMcus,  see  o.  berthosi,  var,  cornubibnsis. 

ORTHIS  ELEGANTULA  (Dalman). 
Loe.    Reported    from    Gorran,    but    not    recognized    by 
Davidson  among  the  specimens  from  that  locality. 

Fig.    Davidson.  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xxvii.,  figs.  1-9. 
ORTHIS  FLABELLULUM  (Sowerby). 

Loc.  Reported  from  Gorran  by  R  Q.  Couch,  but  not 
recognized  by  Davidson  among  the  specimens  from  that 
locality. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.^  iii,  pi.  zxxiv.,  figs.  1-12. 

M         Sil.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  3-6,  20,  21. 

ORTHIS  FURCIFER.     A  specics  not  recognized  by  Davidson. 
Loc.    Reported  from  Gorran  on  the  authority  of  Major 
Wyatt-Edgell. 

ORTHIS  HiPPARiONYX  (Vanuxem). 
Loc,    Looe  and  Polperro. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iii.,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  8-11. 

„         Bxtd,  Salt.  Afon.,  iv.,  pL  xxxix.,  fig.  1. 

ORTHIS  INTERLINEATA  (Sowerby). 
0.  paralUla  (Phillips). 

Loc.  South  Petherwyn.  "Very  good  impressions/' 
according  to  Davidson. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon,,  iii,  pi  xvii.,  figs.  18-23. 

Orthis  lata,  see  o.  protensa. 
ORTHIS  LUNATA  (Davidson). 

0.  orbicularis. 

Loc.  Reported  from  Gorran,  but  not  recognized  by 
Davidson  among  the  Gorran  specimens. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pL  xxviii.,  figs.  1-5. 


1892.]  PahjBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  443 

Orthis  orbicularis^  see  0.  lunata. 

Orthis  parallela,  see  o.  iuterlineata. 

Orthis  parva,  see  0.  testudinaria. 

Orthis  Peachii,  see  0.  budleyensis. 

ORTHIS  PECTEN  (McCoy).    A  species  not  adopted  by  Davidson. 
Loc,     Reported  from  Gorran  by  Coach  (1856). 

Orthis  persarnientosa  (McCoy),  see  streptorhynchus  PEBSAB- 

MENTOSUS. 

ORTHIS  PLICATA  (Sowerby). 

Strophomeiia  pliccUa, 

This  includes  many  of  the  fossils  formerly  described  under 
0.  CALLIGRAMMA.  It  has  been  reported  from  Gorran,  but 
was  not  recognized  among  the  fossils  from  that  locality 
by  Davidson. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pL  xxxv.,  figs.  25,  26. 
„         /Wrf.,  pL  xxzvii.,  fig.  1, 
„        Sil,  Supp.f  v.,  pL  xiii.,  fig.  27. 

ORTHIS  PROTENSA  (Sowerby). 

Strophomeiia  proiensa. 
Orthis  lata. 

Loc,  Eeported  from  Gorran,  but  not  recognized  by 
Davidson  among  the  specimens  from  that  locality. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Sil.  MotLy  iil,  pL  xxxvL,  fig.  24-30. 

ORTHIS  RADIANS.   A  specics  not  admitted  by  Davidson;  known 
also  as  Strophomena  radians. 

Loc.    Reported  by  Couch  from  Gorran  (1856). 
Orthis  redux  (Barrande),  see  0.  budleyensis. 
Orthis  redux  (Salter),  see  o.  berthosl 

ORTHIS  resupinata  (Martin). 

Loc.  Eeported  from  Fowey  and  Looe  by  McCoy,  and 
from  Petherwyn  by  Salter;  but  not  recognized  by 
Davidson  among  the  specimens  from  there.  Is  known 
to  him  only  as  a  Carboniferous  specimen. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Garb.  Mon.^  ii,  pi.  xxiz.,  figs.  1-6. 
„         Ibid.t  pi.  XXX.,  figs.  1-5. 


444  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

OBTHIS  RETRORSISTRIA  (McCoy). 

Loe,  Eeported  by  McCoy  as  "common"  at  Gorran,  but 
not  recognized  by  Davidson  among  the  specimens  from 
that  locality. 

Fig,    Davidson,  SiL  Mon,\  iii.,  pi.  xzzvi.,  figs.  89-42. 
„         SiL  Supp,,  v.,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  7-16. 

Orthis  scotica^  see  o.  calligramma,  mr.  scotica. 

Orthis  semiciretdaris  (McCoy).  A  species  not  admitted  by 
Davidson.     Known  also  as  StropJiomena  semieircularis, 

Loe,    Eeported  from  Oorran  by  Couch  (1856). 

ORTHIS  STRIATULA  (Schlotheim). 

Loe.  Beported  from  Looe,  &c.,  but  not  recognized  by 
Davidson  among  the  specimens  seen  by  him. 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon,,  ilL,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  4-7. 

ORTHIS  TESTUDINARIA  palman). 

0.  parva  (Pander). 

Log.  Beported  from  Gorran,  but  not  recognized  among 
the  specimens  studied  by  Davidson.  He  thinks  the 
specimens  so  named  belong  to  his  species  o.  budleyensis. 

Fig,    Davidson,  SU,  Man,,  iii.,  pi.  xxvii.,  figs.  13-16  and  22-24 ; 

bnt  not  13-15  and  17-21. 
„         Bud.  Salt.  MoTUf  iv.,  pi.  xlii.,  fi^.  26. 
,,         Sil.  Supp.f  v.,  pi.  xiii.y  figs.  30,  31. 

Orthis  turgida  (McCoy),  see  o.  berthosl 

ORTHIS  vespertilio  (Sowerby). 

Loe,  Reported  formerly  from  Gorran,  but  not  recognized 
by  Davidson  among  the  specimens  from  that  locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xxx.,  figs.  11-21. 

Orthis  virgata,  see  0.  calligramma. 

ORTHIS,  n.  sp.  This  hitherto  unnamed  species  has  been 
found  at  Gorran,  and  also  among  the  Budleigh  Salterton 
pebbles.  Specimens  are  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Geological  Society  at  Edinburgh. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Sil,  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  18. 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  445 

PBNTAMERUS  BREVIROSTRIS  (PhiUips). 
Stringocephnlus  brevirostria  (Phillips). 

I^c.    Reported  from  Padstow.    Specimens  in  the  Jermyn 
Street  Museum. 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iii.,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  1-14. 

Productus  laxispimis,  see  strophalosia.  produotoidss. 
Prodrictus  membranaceus,  see  strophalosia  productoides. 
Prodtidiis  pustulosus,  see  P.  subaculbatus. 
Productiis  spinulosus,  see  P.  subaculbatus. 
productus  subaculbatus  (Murchison). 

p.  pustulosus  (Phillips). 

P.  spinulosus  (Sowerby)  in  part 

Strophalosia  subaculeala  (Salter). 

Loc,    Found  at  S.  Petherwyn  and  Landlake. 

Fig,     Davidson,  Dev.  Afon,,  iii.,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  1,  2. 
f,         Dev.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  22. 

RHYNCHONELLA  ACUMINATA  (Martin). 
Terebratula  acuminata  (McCoy). 

Loc.     South  Petherwyn  according  to  McCoy. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.y  iii,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  1-4,  5  (7). 

RHYNCHONELLA  ANISODONTA  (Phillips). 

II.  pugnuSf  var.  anisodanta. 
Atrypa  pugnus. 
Terebratula  aniaodonta, 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn  and,  according  to  Peach  (1844),  Fowey. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon,,  iii.,  pL  xii.,  figs.  12-14. 
RHYNCHONELLA  NUCULA  (Sowerby). 

Loc.    Reported  from  Polruan  by  Peach  (1844),  but  not 
confirmed  by  Davidson  from  this  locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Afon.,  iii.,  pi.  xxiv.,  figs.  1-7. 
„        Sil.  Supp.y  v.,  pi.  X.,  figa.  27-29. 

RHTNCHONELLA   PENGELLIANA   (Davldson).      ''A   large  and 
characteristic  species.*' 

Loc.    Looe  and  Polperro. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xii.,  figt.  8,  9. 


446  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4. 

KHYNCHONELLA  PLEURODOH  (Phillips). 

Loc.     Found  at  S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig,     Dayidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iiL,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  12, 13. 

BHYNCHOMELLA  PUGNUS  (Martin). 

TerebrcUula  pugnus. 
Atrypa  pugnus  in  part 

Loc.  Beported  from  S.  Petberwyn,  but  perhaps  in  mistake 
for  R.  anisodonta.  Found,  however,  at  Wolborough, 
near  Newton  Abbot. 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dev,  Man.,  iii.,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  8-10. 

SHTNCHONELLA  KENIFOKMIS  (Davidson). 
TerebrcUula  reni/ormis. 

Loc,     South  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    DavidsoD,  Dev,  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  6,  7. 

Bhynchonella  rhomboides  (Salter),  see  camaraphoria  khom- 

BOIDEA. 

RHTNCHONELLA  SUBDENTATA  (Salter). 

Atrypa  subdentata. 
Terehraiula  aubderUaia, 
TerebrcUula  rotunda, 

A  species  not  recognized  by  Davidson. 

Loc,  Beported  by  Salter  from  Petherwyn  {Proc,  Geol,  Soc., 
1863). 

Fig,    Phillips,  Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  164. 

Spirifera  arachnoides,  see  streptorhynchus  crenistria. 

Spirifera  Archaici,  see  S.  verneuilll 

spirifera  barqmensis  (Davidson). 
IjOC,     Looe. 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iiL,  pi.  v.,  figa  1-3. 

Spirifera  Ws2^ca^a(Sowerby),  see  S.  TRIGONALIS,  var,  BISULCATA. 

Spirifera  calcarata,  see  s.  VERNEUILLI. 

Spirifera  costata,    A  species  not  recognized  by  Davidson. 
Beported  from  Looe,  Polruan,  and  St  Veep. 

Spirifera  crenistria,  see  streptorhynchus  crenistria. 

Spirifera  cuUrijugata,  see  remarks  under  s.  primoeva. 


V   see  S.  VERNEDILLL 


1892.]  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Corawcdl.  447 

SPIRIFERA  CURVATA  (Schlotheim). 

Lac.    This  species  has  been  somewhat  doubtfully  reported 
from  S.  Petherwyn  and  Looe. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev,  Mon.,  ui,  pi.  iv.,  figs.  29-82,  88  (?),  84  (?). 
„         Ibid,,  pL  ix.,  figs.  26,  27. 
„         Dev,  Supp.f  v.,  pL  L,  fig.  84;  pi.  ii.,  fig.  4. 

Spiri/era  disjuncta    . 

Spirifera  distans 

Spirifera  extensa 

Spiri/era  yigantea 

Spirifera  grandoeva  ^ 

SPIRIFERA  HYSTERICA  (Schlotheim). 

Loc,     Looe  and  Padstow  districts  according  to  Dr.  HolL 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iil,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  16, 17. 

Spiri/era  inomata  (Sowerby),  see  s.  verneuilli. 

SPIRIFERA  laevicosta  (Valcn). 

Loc.     Looe  according  to  Etheridge. 

Spirifera  lineata,  see  S.  striata. 

Spiri/era  Lonsdalei,  see  s.  verneuilli. 

Spiri/era  macroptera,  see  s.  speciosa. 

Spiri/era  megaloha  (Phillips).     A  doubtful  species,  but  may 
be  s.  striata. 

spirifera  mesomala  (Phillips). 

Loc.    This  somewhat  doubtful  species  is  reported  from 
Fowey. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii,  pL  vi.,  fig.  8,  from  Phillips,  Pal. 
Foss.,  fig.  187. 

Spiri/era  microgemnia,  see  8.  striata. 

Spiri/era  Murchisoniana  (De  Koninck),  see  S.  VEBKEUILLL 

spirifera  obliterata  (Phillips). 

Loc.    A  somewhat  doubtful  species  reported  from  Polruan, 
not  recognized  by  Davidson. 

Fig.     Phillips,  Pal.  Fos$.,  fig.  185. 


448  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

Spirifera  odoplicata  (McCoy),  see  SPIRIFBRINA  cristata. 
Spirt/era  paradoxides,  see  8.  speciosa. 

BPIBIFERA  PINNATU8  (At Water). 

Loc.    The  slate  quarries  near  Laanceston.    Specimens  in 
the  British  Museum. 

SPIRIFBRA  PRDfOEVA  (Steiutiiiger). 
Loc.    Looe,  St  Veep,  Polperro,  mostly  as  internal  casts. 

Fig.  Davidson,  Dev.  Moiu,  iil,  pi  viii.,  figg.  1-8,  who  remarks 
that  the  specimeDs  properly  referred  to  this  species  have  probably 
been  erroneously  referred  to  iS^.  cuUriJugcUa  of  Roemer. 

Spirifera  protensa,  see  8.  verneuilli. 
SPIRIFERA  SPECIOSA  (Schlotheim). 

S,  paradoxidea, 
S.  maeroptera, 

Loc,     Looe,  St  Veep,  Fowey,  Polruan,  Padstow. 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iii.,  pL  viii.,  figs.  6-8. 

„         Bud,  Salt.  Mon.f  iv.,  pi.  xxxviii.  figs.  15-18. 

SPIRIFERA  STRIATA  (Martin). 

S.  linecUa. 

S.  megcUoba  (f). 

S.  microgemma, 

Loc.     Reported  from  S.  Petherwyn  on  the  authority  of 
Salter,  but  not  seen  by  Davidson  from  that  locality. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Carb.  Mon.,  ii.,  pi.  il,  figs.  12-21. 

SPIRIFERA  TRIGONAUS,  var.  BI8ULCATU8. 
S.  bisulcatua. 

Loc.    Reported    from   S.   Petherwyn,  but    not  seen    by 
Davidson  from  that  locality. 

Fig.  Davidson,  Carb.  Mem.,  iL,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  1 ;  pi.  t.,  fig.  1 ;  pi.  vi, 
figs.  1-19 ;  pi.  vii,  fig.  4. 

SPIRIFERA  URn  (Fleming). 

S.  wnguiculuB. 
Atrypa  unguieultts. 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig,     Davidson,  Dev,  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  It.,  figs.  25-28. 

„         Dev,  Supp,^  v.,  p.  34,  copied  from  Pal,  Fosa.  fig.  119 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall. 


449 


of  Phillips. 


of  MurchisoD. 


of  De  Verneuil. 


SPIRIFERA  VERNEUILLI  (Murchison). 

This  is  the  Spirifera  disjuncta  as  described  in  Davidson's 
Devonian  Monograph  (vol.  iiL).  He  finally  adopts  the 
specific  name  as  above  in  his  index  (1884),  and  includes 
all  the  following  supposed  species : 

S,  calcarala    \ 

S.  disjuncta 

S,  extensa        y  of  Sowerby. 

S.  giganUa 

S.  inonuUa     ^ 

S.  calcarata    (Pal.  Fosa.^  fig.  128) 

S.  disjuncta    (         „  „    129) 

S.  distana       (         „  „    127) 

S.  yiijantca     (         „  „    130) 

!S.  grandoeva  (         „  ,,131) 

S.  protensa     (         „  „    118)  / 

S.  Verneuilli 

S.  Archiaci 

S.  Lonsdalei 

S.  disjiDictus 

S.  Archiaci 

S.  Murchisoniana,  of  de  KoniDck. 

He  does  not,  however,  include  the  S.  distans  of  Sowerby 
nor,  finally,  his  own  S,  Barumensis,* 

Loc.  Petherwyn,  Tintagel,  Delabole,  Lesnewth,  Trevivian, 
St.  Columb  Forth,  St.  Veep,  Fowey. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Man.,  iii.,  pi.  v.,  figs.  1-12. 

Ibid.^  iii.,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  1-6. 
Dcv.  Supp.y  v.,  pi.  il,  fig.  1. 
Bvd.  Salt.  Mon.,  iv.,  pi.  xxxviii.,  figs.  9-14. 

SPIKIFERINA  CRISTATA  (Schlotheim)  var.  OCTOPLICATA. 

Spirifera  octopliccUa  (McCoy). 

Loc,     In  yellow  grits  at  Looe  as  internal  casts. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dcv.  Mon.^  iii,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  11-15. 

„         Bud.  Salt.  Mon.,  iv.,  pL  xzxviiL,  figs.  7,  8. 

Spiri/erina  reticularis,  see  atrypa  reticularis. 
Spirigerina  concentrica,  see  ATHYRIS  CONCBNTRICA. 
Spirigerina  reticularis,  see  atrypa  RETICULARIS. 
StreptorhynchtLS  arachnoideus,  see  s.  CREIIISTRIA. 


I) 


*  In   a   private   communication   to  the   writer  he   says  he   regards  S, 
Barumensis  as  a  good  species. 


450  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

STREPTOKHYNCHUS  CRENISTKIA  (Phillips). 

Zoc.  Var,  arachnaideus  occurs  at  S.  Petherwyn  according 
to  Salter  {Proc.  GeoL  Soc,  1863,  p.  483). 

Fig.    Davidson,  Dev,  Man.,  iii.,  pi.  xviL,  figs.  4-7. 

STREPTORHYNCHUS  GIGAS  (McCoy). 

StropkomeTUL  gigas, 
Strophomena  depressa  {!), 

Loc.  This  somewhat  doubtful  species  is  reported  from 
Looe,  Polruan,  and  Fowey. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xvi.,  figs.  1-3. 
STREPTORHYNCHUS  PERSARMENTOSUS  (McCoy). 

Zoc.  Of  the  fossils  reported  from  Polruan  Davidson 
says,  "This  deformed  specimen  cannot  be  specifically 
determined." 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xvi.,  fig.  6. 

STREPTORHYNCHUS  UMBRACULUM  (Schlotheim). 
Strophomena  umbraeulum  (McCoy). 

Zoc.  Occurs  in  the  Padstow  district  according  to  Dr. 
HoU,  and  perhaps  at  Looe. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Dev.  Mon.^  iil,  pi.  xvi.,  fig.  6. 
„         Ibid.,  pi.  xviii.,  figs.  1-5. 
„         Dev.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  20. 

STRINGOCEPHALCS  BURTINI  (Defraucc). 

S.  giganUus  (Sowerby), 
Terebratula  porrecta  (Sowerby). 
T.  strigoeephalus  (Von  Buch). 
Terebratulitea  rostratus  (Schlotheim). 
Uneites  Uuvis  (McCoy). 

Zoc.    Fowey  (Peach,  1844)  and  Padstow  (Dr.  Holl). 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dev.  Mon,^  iiL,  pL  i,  figs.  18-22. 
„         Ibid.,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  1-11. 
„         Dev.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  2,  3. 

StringocephaliLS  gigarUeus,  see  8.  BURTINI. 
Strophalosia  caperatus  ' 
iSi.  membranacea  Y  see  8.  productoides. 

S.  laxispina 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  451 

STROPHALOSIA  PRODUCTOIDES  (Murchison). 
S.  caperatus  (Salter). 
S.  membranacea  (Salter). 
S.  laxispina. 

Leptoena  capercUa  (Sowerby). 
Leptoena  laxispina  (Phillips). 
Producta  laxispina  (Phillips), 
Produciua  me^nhranaceus. 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig,    Davidson,  Dtv,  M<m.^  liL,  pi.  zix.,  figs.  18-21. 

Strophalosia  suhaculeata,  see  productub  subaculeatus. 

8TR0PH0MENA  APPLANATA  (Salter). 

Loc.    Eeported  from  the  north  coast 

Fig,     Davidson,  SiL  Mon,,  ill.,  pi.  zliii,  figs.  12-14. 

Strophomena  depressa  (Sandberger),  see  S.  rhomboidalis. 
Strophomena  gigas  CMcCoy),  see  streptorhynchus  gigas. 
strophomena  grandis  (Sowerby). 

Loc.  Gorran  and  Caerhayes.  Specimens  named  by  Mr. 
Davidson  are  in  the  Museum. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xlvi.,  figs.  1-3,  6,  6. 
„         Sil.  Supp.f  v.,  pi.  XV.,  fig.  6. 

Strophomena  laticosta,  see  leptoena  laticosta. 

STROPHOMENA  PECTEN  (LinnCi). 

Loc.  Reported  from  Great  Peraver  by  R.  Q.  Couch  in 
1856,  but  not  recognized  by  Davidson. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Sil.  Mon.,  iii.,  pi.  xliii.,  figs.  1-11. 
„         Sil.  Supp.,  v.,  pi.  XV.,  fig.  15. 

STROPHOMENA  PLICATA. 
Orthis  plicata. 

Loc.  A  fossil  under  this  name  was  placed  in  the  Truro 
Museum  by  Mr.  Peach  in  1846,  but  the  species  is  not 
admitted     by    Davidson.      It    was     probably    0RTH18 

CALLIGRAMMA   Var.   SCOTICA,   which   SCC. 

STROPHOMENA  PROTENSA. 
Orthis  protensa. 

Loc.  A  fossil  from  Great  Peraver  was  so  named  in  1856 
by  Couch,  but  the  name  is  not  admitted  by  Davidson. 

Strophomena  radians,  see  ORTHis  radians. 

Strophomena  semicircularis,  see  orthis  semicircularis. 


452  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

STROPHOMBNA  RUOMBOIDALIS. 

S.  compressa  (Sowerby)  (?). 
S,  analoga  (Willkins)  (?). 
S,  depresaa  (Sandberger). 

Loc   Beported  from  Fowey  by  McCoy,  but  probably  in  error. 

Fig.     Davidson,  Carb.  Mon,,  ii.,  pi.  xxviii.,  figa  1-18. 
„         Carb.  Supp.,  iv.,  pi.  xxxri.,  fig.  28. 
„         Dev,  Afon.,  iiL,  pL  xv.,  figa  16-17. 
„         SiL  Mon.,  iii,  pi.  xxxix.,  figa.  1-21. 

BTROPflOMBNA  SORDIDA. 

Loc.    Specimen  reported  by  Peach  from  Great  Peraver  in 
1844.    Name  not  admitted  by  Davidson. 

Strophomena  umbraetUum,  see  streptorhynchus  umbracolum. 

TEREBRATULA.  A  genus  of  brachiopods  which  is  not  fonnd 
in  rocks  older  than  the  Jurassic  series,  according  to  Mr. 
Davidson.  Many  fossils  formerly  referred  here  are  now 
referred  to  Rhynchonella,  Atrypa^  and  Spiri/ercu 

Tercbratula  acuminata,  see  rhynchonella  acuminata. 

Terehratula  affinis,  see  atrypa  reticularis. 

Terebratula  anisodonta,  see  rhykchonella  anisodonta. 

Terehratula  aspera,  see  atrypa  reticularis,  var.  aspera. 

Terebratula  concentrica,  see  athyris  cokcentrica. 

Terebratula  curvata,  see  spirifera  curvata. 

Terebratula  hispida,  see  athyris  concentrica. 

Terebratula  imperata,  see  atrypa  reticularis. 

Terebratula  juveniSy  see  atrypa  juvenis. 

Terebraiula  porreda,  see  stringocephalus  burtinl 

Terebrattda  prisca,  see  atrypa  RETlcULARia 

Terebratula  ptignus,  see  rhynchonella  pugnus. 

Terebratula  reticularis,  see  atrypa  reticularis. 

Terebratula  reniformis,  see  rhynchonella  reniformis. 

Terebratulites  rostratv^,  see  stringocephalus  burtini. 

Terebratula  strigoceplialus,  see  stringocephalus  burtinl 

Terehratula  subdentata,  see  rhynchonella  subdentata. 

UncUes  laevis  (McCoy),  see  stringocephalus  burtinl 


1892.]  Pakeozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  453 


IV.  LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 

These  are  genierally  rare  in  the  Cornish  rocks. 

Avicula  ahbreviata,  see  a.  damnoniensis,  var.  y. 

AVicuLA  DAMNONiENSis  (Sowerby). 
A  very  variable  shell 

Var.  a,  elongata, 
Var.  /9,  media. 
Var.  7,  abbreviata. 

Loc,    Occurs  at  S.  Fetherwyn.    A  specimen  from  Polruan, 
so  named  by  McCoy,  is  in  the  Cambridge  collection. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  figs.  90  (a),  91  QS),  92  (7). 

Avicula  elongata,  see  a.  damnoniensis. 

AVICULA  EXARATA  (Phillips). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  89. 

Avicula  media,  see  a.  damnomensis. 
AVICULA  SUBRADIATA  (Sowerby). 

Pteranites  suhradiatu^. 

Loc.     S.   Petherwyn.      Also   a   specimen    from    Polruan 
named  by  McCoy,  and  now  in  the  Cambridge  Museum. 

Fig.     Pal.  Fobs.,  fig.  87. 

AVICULOPECTEN  ARACHNOIDES. 
Pectcn  arachnoides  (Phillips). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.  fig.  80. 

AVICULOPECTEN  ALTERNATU8. 

Peclen  alteriuitus  (Phillips). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.  fig.  78. 

AVICULOPECTEN  GRANOSUS  (Sowerby). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn  according  to  Etheridge.    (Q.  J.  0.  S,, 
xxiii.,  p.  625.)     But  is  not  this  A.  granulosus  t 


454  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

AVICULOPECTEN  GRANULOSUS. 
PeeUn  granulosus  (Phillips). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig,    Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  76. 

AVICULOPECTEN  PECTINOIDES  (McCoy). 
PecUn  peetinoides. 

Loc,  Polruan  according  to  McCoy.  A  specimen  named 
by  him  in  the  collection  at  Cambridge. 

AVICULOPECTEN  TRAN8VERSUS. 
PecUn  transversus  (Sowerby). 
Pterinea  radicUa  (f)  (Gtoldfuss). 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn.    Also  reported  from  Polruan. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  77. 

Axinus  deltoideus,  see  ctpricardia  deltoidea. 
CARDioLA  retrorsistria  (Ecys). 

Cardium  palmatum, 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn  according  to  Salter.  {Qtmrt  Joum. 
Oeo.  Soc,  xix.,  p.  483.) 

Cardium  palmatum,  see  cardiola  retrorsistria. 

CTENODONTA.      Species  referred   to    this  genus  have  been 
reported  from  Fowey  and  from  Gorran  Haven. 

CTENODONTA  ANTIQUA. 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn  according  to  Etheridge.  {Qiuirt,  Joum. 
Oeo.  Soc,  xxiii.,  p.  626.) 

CTENODONTA  ELLIPTICA. 

Pullastra  elliptica  (Phillips). 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn.  A  specimen  in  the  Museum  at 
Jermyn  Street  was  so  named  by  Major  Wyatt-EdgelL 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.j  fig.  54. 

CUCULLEA.    A  specimen   referred  to  this  genus  occurs  at 
S.  Petherwyn  according  to  Mr.  S.  R  Pattison. 

CYPRICARDIA  DELTOIDEA  (Phillips). 

Axiniis  deltoideus. 
Isocardia  axiniformis. 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn.  McCoy  says  this  is  very  near  to  his 
Anodontopsis  securiformis  from  Benson  Knott.  {Cont  to 
Pal,  1854.) 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  59. 


1892  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  455 

CYPRICARDIA  8EMISULCATA  (Phillips). 

Modiola  (/)  semisulcata  (Sowerby). 
Orthonota  seinisulecUa. 

Zoc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  67. 

Isocardia  axinifarmis,  see  CYPRICAEDIA  DELTOIDEA. 

MODIOLA  AMYGDALINA  (Phillips). 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Fos$.,  fig.  62. 

Modiola  semisulcata,  see  gyprigardu  semisulgata. 
Orthonota  semisulcata,  see  gyprigardia  semisulgata. 
Fecten  altematus,  see  avigulopegten  ALTERNATUa 
Pecten  arachnoides,  see  AVIGULOPEGTEN  ARAGHN0IDE8. 
Fecten  granulosus,  see  avigulopegten  GRANULOSUS. 
Fecten  pectinoides,  see  avigulopegten  pegtinoides. 
Fecten  transversus,  see  AVIGULOPEGTEN  TRANSVERSUS. 
Fosidonia,  see  posidonomya. 

POSIDONOMYA  BEGHERI  (Bronn). 

Posidonia  Becheri. 

Loc.     Lauoceston,  Tresmarrow,  and  Truscott. 
posidonomya  LATERALIS  (Sowerbj). 

Posidonia  lateralis. 
Avicula  oblonga  (Trenkner). 

Zoc.     Truscott. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  74. 

Fterinea  radiata,  see  AVIGULOPEGTEN  TRANSVERSUS. 

PTERINEA  SPINOSA  (McCoj). 

Loc,  Eeported  from  Fowey  and  S.  Petherwyn ;  specimens 
so  named  are  in  the  Penzance  and  Jermyn  Street 
Museums. 

PTERINEA  VENTRICOSA  (GoldfuSS). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn  according  to  Phillips. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  82. 

2  I 


456  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

Pteronites  suhradiatus,  see  avicula  sijbradiata. 
Pullastra  elliptica,  see  ctenodonta  elliptica. 

8ANGUIN0LARIA  ELLIPTICA  (Phillips). 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn  and  Landlake;  Yealmbridge  and 
Underwood  according  to  S.  E.  Pattison  {Trans.  Roy, 
Oeo,  Soc.  Com.,  vii.,  p.  634),  with  another  undetermined 
species  of  Sanguinolaria. 

Fig.     Pal.  Fosa.,  fig.  63. 
SANGUINOLARIA  SULCATA  (Munster). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  62. 
8CHIZ0DUS  DELTOIDEUS  (Phillips). 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn,  according  to  Etheridge.  {Quart.  Jour. 
Oeo.  Soc,  zxiii.,  p.  626.) 


V.   UNIVALVES. 

(OASTEROPODA,  PTBROPODA,  HBTEROPODA.) 

These  are  generally  rare  in  the  Cornish  rocks ;  the 
few  that  have  been  discovered  have  been  very  care- 
fully studied  by  Mr.  Whidburne  in  his  Fauna  of 
South  Devon,  published  by  the  Palaeontographical 
Society. 

Acroculia  vetusta  in  part  (Phillips),  A.  compressa  (Roemer), 
and  A.  proeva  (Eichwald),  see  capulus  compressus. 

ANTITROCHUS  ARIETINUS  (Whidburne). 

Fig.     Pl.  xxiii.,  figs.  11-13. 

BELLEROPUON.     This  genus  has  been  variously  described  as  a 
gasteropod,  a  cephalopod,  a  pteropod,  and  a  heteropod. 

BELLEROPHON  BILOBATUS. 

Loc.     St.  Columb  Porth,  according  to  Peach  (1850). 

BELLEROPHON  BISULCATUS  (Salter). 

Loc.     This  is  probably  the  fossil  which  occurs  at  South 
Petherwyn,  and  was  named  by  Phillips  B.  trUobaitis, 


1892.]  Palaeozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  457 

var.  y.  The  same  fossil  has  been  reported  from  Down- 
derry  and  Polperro,  also  from  the  Giant's  Cove,  near 
Newquay.  The  true  B,  trUobaius  appears  to  be  a 
Llandovery  species. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  200. 

BELLEROPHON  HIULCUS. 
B.  Wenlockensis  (/). 

Loc,    Yealmbridge  and  Underwood. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  203. 

Bellerophon  trilobatus,  see  under  B.  BISULGATUS. 
Bellerojphon  Wenlockensis^  see  B.  HIULCQS. 

BELLEROPHON  WOODWARDIL 

Livcillia  Woodvxirdii  (Newton). 
Nautilus  Woodwardii. 
Pleurotomaria  Hfida  (Sandberger). 
Porcellia  bifida  (Whidborne). 

Loc.    Downderry,  and  near  Looe  according  to  Peach  and 
Couch. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.y  fig.  201 ;  and  Whidborne,  F.  of  S.  Z>.,  pL  xzzi., 
figs.  12-14. 

CAPULUS  C0MPRESSU8  (Whidbume). 

Acroculia  campressa  (Roemer). 
A.  proeva  (Eichwald). 
A.  vetusta  in  part  (Phillips). 
Capulus  procvus  (Eichwald). 
Pilcopsis  compressa  (Goldfuss). 
Pileopsis  vetusta  (Suwerby). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  169  ;  also  Whidburne,  F.  of  S.  Z>.,  pL  xx., 
tigs.  9-11. 

Capul^is  proems,  see  C  COMPRESSUS. 
CAPULUS  TYLOTUS  (Whidburne). 

Capulus  vetustus  (Morris)  in  part. 
Acroculia  vetusta  (Phillips)  in  part. 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  figs.  169,  a,  c ;  also  Whidbume,  pL  xxi.,  figs.  9, 
10,  and  pL  xxii.,  figs.  1,  2. 

Capulus  veticstics,  see  capulus  compressus  and  c.  tylotus. 

2  I  2 


458  A   Working  List  of  tJie  [Nov.  4, 

CAPULUS,  sp.  A  fossil  referred  to  Acroculia,  now  CapiUus, 
was  reported  from  Mellendreth  in  1844. 

CONULARIA.  A  genus  sometimes  assigned  to  the  Pteropoda 
or  Heteropoda,  and  sometimes  to  the  Annelida.  The 
genus  ranges  from  the  Lingula  Flags  to  the  upper 
Carboniferous  strata. 

CONULARIA  QUADRISDLCATA. 

Zoc,  Eeported  from  the  Gribben  by  Peach  (1844).  The 
specific  determination  is  perhaps  incorrect 

Euomphalus  serpens,  E.planorbis,  K  orbis,  and  E,  clymeniaides, 

see  PHILOXENA  SERPENS. 

HOLOPELLA.  A  specimen,  which  may  belong  to  this  genus  or 
to  TURRITELLA.  was  reported  from  Polperro  by  Peach  in 
1844. 

Z^veillia  Woodwardii,  see  bellerophon  woodwardii. 

LOXONEMA.  A  genus  of  turreted  shells,  formerly  believed  to 
extend  into  the  Lower  Silurians,  but  not  thought  now  to 
have  so  great  a  downward  range. 

Loocoiiema  communis,  see  L.  nexile. 

LOXONEMA  LINEATA  (Murchison). 

Loc,  A  species  thus  tentatively  determined  by  Murchison 
in  1846,  from  the  Gorran  beds,  is  perhaps  more  properly 
referred    to    murchisonia   gracilis,  or  it  may  be  a 

HOLOPELLA. 

LOXONEMA  NEXILE. 

Terebra  iiexilU  (Sowerby). 
Melania  arcxiaia  (Miinster). 
Laxonema  communis. 

Loc,  S.  Petherwyn.  Sowerby's  type  specimen  from  this 
locality  is  in  the  Cambridge  Museum. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  188  a-c. 

LOXONEMA  siNUOSA  (Phillips). 

Terebra  sinuosa  (Sowerby). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  182. 


1S92.J  Falieozoic  Fossils  of  ConiwcdL  459 

LOXONEMA  TUMIDA  (Phillips). 
Melanid  tumida  (Phillips). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  186. 

Melania  arcuata,  see  loxonema  nexile. 
Melania  tumida,  see  loxonema  tumida. 

MURCHISONIA  ANGULATA  (Phillips). 

M.  turbinata  (Schlotheim). 
Bostcllaria  aiiijulaia  (Phillips). 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn.  "  A  very  variable  shell "  according 
to  Wliidburne,  who  gives  a  very  long  list  of  synonyms, 
Avhich  need  not  be  reproduced  here,  and  himself  adopts 
the  name  M.  turbinata,  which  dates  from  the  year  1821. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  189  ;   also  Whidburne,  pi.  xxix.,  figs.  1-16 ; 
pi.  XXX.,  figs.  1-12. 

MURCHISONIA  GRACILIS. 

Loc.     Perhaps  occurs  at  Gorran,  as  stated  under  loxonsbca 

LINE  ATA. 

Murchisonia  turbinata,  see  M.  angulata. 
NATICA  NEXicosTA  (Phillips). 

Littorina  hiscrialis  (De  Verneuil). 

L.  lirata  (Saudberger). 

L.  glohosa  (Eichwald). 

Not  Natica  nexicosta  of  Roemer. 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn  (?).  So  reported  by  Phillips,  but 
Whidburne  questions  its  being  this  species,  or  even  a 
Natica  at  all. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  174,  and  Whidburne,  pi.  xix.,  fig.  1. 

Pileopsis  covipressa  and  P.  vetusta,  see  capulus  comp&essus. 

PHILOXENA  SERPENS. 

EiwmpJialus  clyvi&nioides  (Hall). 

E.  orbis  (Eichwald). 

£.  planorbis  (Roemer). 

E.  serpens  (Phillips)  in  part. 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  172,  and  Whidburne,  pi.  xxiv.,  figs.  1-6. 


460  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

PLEUROTOMARIA  ANTITORQUATA  (Phillips)  in  part 

Schizostomata  aniitorqiuUa  (Munster). 
Vermetua  aniUorquatiu  (Morria)  in  p&rt. 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.  Pal.  Foss.y  p.  96,  fig.  17 6d.  This  is  one  of  the  few  rinis- 
trorsal  shells,  and,  like  many  of  the  other  Petherwyn  fossils,  it 
is  figured  from  specimens  then  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Pattiaon. 

PLEUROTOMARIA  A8PERA  (Sowerby),  (Phillips)  in  part 

F.  interUrialis. 

P.  Chudleighmsia  (Whidbume). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.  Pal.  Foss.^  fig.  177c  only  according  to  Whidbume.  One  of 
Phillips's  figures  may  be  the  p.  chudleighensis  of  Whidbume  ; 
see  his  plate  xxxiii.,  figs.  2,  3. 

Pleurotomaria  bifida,  see  bellerophon  woodwardil 

PLEUROTOMARIA  CAN  CELL  ATA  (Phillips). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn ;  also  in  the  Looe  beds  according  to 
R  Q.  Couch  (1844). 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  176  ;  all  but  \76c  according  to  Whidbume. 

PLEUROTOMARIA  CHUDLEIGHENSIS.  See  remarks  under  P.  aspera. 
Porcdlia  bifida,  see  bellerophon  woodwardil 
Rostellaria  angulata,  see  murchisonia  angulata. 
Schizostomata  antitorquata,  see  pleurotomaria  antitorquata. 

TBNTACULITKS.  The  fossils  known  hitherto  as  Tentaculites 
belong  to  entirely  different  classes  of  animals  according 
to  Prof.  Nicholson,  the  true  Tentaculites  being  a 
pteropod.  "The  restricted  genus  .  .  .  may  be  defined 
as  including  small  shells  which  have  the  form  of  straight 
conical  tubes,  tapering  towards  one  extremity  to  a 
pointed,  closed  apex,  and  expanding  towards  the  other 
to  a  rounded  aperture.  The  shell  is  free,  and  the  walls 
thin.  The  sometimes  very  similar  tubicolar  annelides, 
such  as  Conchicolites  and  Qrtonia,  are,  on  the  other  hand, 
often  attached  to  shells,  and  are  often  social."  {OeoL 
Mag.,  1872,  p.  446.) 


1892.]  Palcbozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  461 

TENTACULITES  OKNATUS. 

Loc.  St.  Veep  according  to  Peach  (1850).  This  species  is 
regarded  as  typical  Silurian  according  to  Murchison, 
ranging  from  the  Ccuradoc  to  the  Wenlock  strata. 

TROCflUS  HELICIDES. 

Loc.     A  species  so  determined  as  coming  from  a  locality 
westerly  from  Downderry  "  was  reported  by  Couch. 


<f 


TURRITELLA,  sp. 

Loc,    A  specimen  referred  to  this  genus  or  to  holopklla 
reported  from  Polperro  by  Peach  in  1844. 

Vermetus  antUorqvMus,  see  pleurotomaria  antitorquatus. 


VI.  CHAMBERED  SHELLS. 
(cephalopoda.) 

These  appear  to  have  been  particularly  numerous 
in  isolated  localities,  and  especially  in  the  seas  in 
which  the  Petherwyn  and  Landlake  limestones  were 
formed,  as  may  be  seen  froni  the  following  list : 

ACTiNOCERAS  DEVONICANS  (Whidbume). 

Orthoceras  Ludeyise  (Phillips). 

0.  ellipticus  (Miinster). 

0.  huUcUum. 

0.  acuminatum  (Bichwald). 

0.  striatum  (not  0.  atriatulum), 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn  and  Newquay;  also  (perhaps)  Polperro 

and  Coombe  Haven. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  206,  a,  6,  c;    also  Whidburnei  pUte  zii., 
figs.  8,  8a. 

Actinoceras  Sowerbyi,  see  orthoceras  champernowiil 
Aganides  vinctus  (Sowerby),  see  goniatites  INSIGNIS. 
BcLctrites  gracilis,  see  orthoceras  gracilis. 


462  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

CLYMENIA  BI8ULCATA  (Phillips). 
Ganiatitet  bisulcatus  (Salter). 
G,  mbsulcatUB  (Brown). 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

About  1  inch  diameter,  5  to  6  whorls,  according  to  McCoy. 

Clymenia  incequisiriata,  see  CLYMENIA  uiidulata. 

CLYMENIA  LCEVIGATA  (Milnster). 
Clymenia  linearis  (Morris). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  239. 

About  2\  inches  diameter,  7  to  8  whorls,  according  to 
McCoy. 

CLYMENIA  Mt)NSTERI  (Morris). 
C.  undtUata  (?). 
Endanphonitea  Munsteri  (Ansted). 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

About  3f  inches  in  diameter,  with  6  or  more  whorls, 
according  to  McCoy. 

CLYMENU  PATTISONII  (McCoy). 

Loc,    S.  Petherwyn. 

About  }  inch  diameter,  5  whorls  (McCoy). 

CLYMENIA  PLURISEPTA  (Phillips). 

liOc,    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  244. 
CLYMENIA  QUADRIPERA. 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Allied  to,  but  dififerent  from,  C.  striata;  1\  inches  diameter, 
4J  whorls  (McCoy). 

CLYMENU  SAGITTALI8  (Phillips). 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Post.,  fig.  243. 

CLYMENU  STRUTA  (Phillips). 

C.  striata f  var.  costsllata  (M&nster). 
Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  240. 

About  1:^  inch  diameter. 


1892.]  PalcEozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall,  463 

Clymenia  sublcevis,  see  c.  UNDULA.TA, 
Clymenia  sublinearis,  see  c.  undul/ita. 

CLYMENIA  UNDULATA  (Moms). 

C.  inaequistriata. 

C.  subloevis. 

C.  subluiearis. 

C.  linearis  (Miinster),  not  C.  linearis  (Morris). 

Eiidasiphonites  carinatus. 

Endosiphonites  linearis  (Ansted). 

Endosiphonites  minutus. 

Endosiphonites  Miinsteri  (part). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  241. 

7  whorls  ;  about  1^^  inches  diameter  (McCoy). 

CLYMENIA  VALIDA  (Phillips). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  246. 

Cyrtoceras    arcuatum    (Steintinger),  see    c.    RUSTICUM    and 

C.  NODOSUM. 

CYBT0CERA8  NODOSUM  (Phillips,  not  Bronn). 

C.  arcuatum  (Steintinger)  in  part. 
C.  obliquatum  (Phillips). 
Gyroceras  cancellatum  (Roemer). 
G.  quadro-clathrcUum  (Sandberger). 
Trochoceras  obliquatum  (Phillips). 

Loc,    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  221,  and  Whidburae,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  5,  5a,  56 
6,  6a. 

CYRTOCERAS  RUSTICUM  (Phillips). 

C.  arcuatum  in  part. 
C.  inornatum. 
Orthoceras  arcuatum. 

Loc.    S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  222. 
Cycloceras  striatulum,  see  ORTHOCERAS  STRIATULUM. 

Endosiphonites  carincUris,  E,  linearis,- E.  mintUus,  and  E, 
Miinsteri,  see  clymenia  undulata. 


464  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

GONiATiiES  BiFERUS  (Phillips). 

Zoc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  230. 

GoniatUes  bisulcaltis,  see  clymeni/i  bisulcata. 

GONIATITES  CRENISTKIA  (Phillips). 

Loc.     Truscott  according  to  Pattison. 

Fig.    Pal.  Fo$8.,  fig.  234. 

GONUTITES  INSIGNIS  (Phillips). 

G.  vinctus  (Sowerby). 
Aganides  vinctus  (Sowerby). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  228. 

GONIATITES  INCONSTANS  (Phillips). 

G.  cottulatus  (D'Archiaci). 

G.  IViedungensis  (Waldsniidt). 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  238,  and  Whidburne,  pi.  y.,  figs.  6,  6a,  6, 
6a,  66. 

GONIATITES  LINEARIS  (Mlinster). 
Zoc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foas.,  fig.  229. 

GONIATITES  MixoLOBUS  (Phillips). 
Zoc,    Truscott  according  to  Pattison. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  235. 

GoniatUes  subsulcatus,  see  clymenia  bisulcata. 

Goniatites  vinctus,  see  G.  insignis. 

Gyroceras  caiicellatum,  see  cyrtoceras  nodosum. 

Gyroceras  quadro-clathratum,  see  cyrtoceras  nodosum. 

nautilus  megasipho  (Phillips). 
Zoc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  227. 

Orthoceras  arctLotum,  see  cyrtoceras  rosticum. 
Orihoceras  hdlatum,  see  actinoceras  devonicans. 
Orthoceras  cinduni,  see  0.  SPECIOSUM. 


1892.]  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  465 

ORTHOCERAS  CHAMPERNOWNi  (Whidburne). 

0.  imbricatum  (Phillips,  not  Wahlenberg). 
0.  Sowerhyi  (}i\cQoj). 
0,  imbricatum  (fitberidge). 
Actinoceras  Sowerhyi  (Foord). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  207,  and  Whidbanie,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  11,  12. 

This  is  not  the  0.  imbricatum  of  Wahlenbeiig  =  0.  tenui- 
striata  of  Miinster  and  0.  liiieatum  of  Barrande,  which 
probably  does  not  occur  at  S.  Petherwyn.  See 
Whidburne,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  2,  2a,  26. 

ORTHOCERAS  CYLINDRACEUM  (Sowerby). 

Loc,  S.  Petherwyn.  Eeported  also  from  Fowey  (Peach, 
1844),  Porthluney  (Peach,  1845),  and  Gorran  Haven 
(Peach) ;  but  the  last,  at  any  rate,  is  very  doubtful. 

Fig.     Pal,  Foss.,  fig.  213. 

Orthoceras  ellipsoideum,  see  poterioceras  ellipsoideum. 

ORTHOCERAS  ENCRINALE. 

Loc,    Is  thought  to  have  occurred  at  Gorran  Haven. 

ORTHOCERAS  FUSIFORME  (Salter). 

Zoc.     S.  Petherwyn  (Salter,  1863). 

ORTHOCERAS  GRACILIS  (Phillips). 
Bactrites  gracilis. 

Loc,  "Occurs  in  the  rocks  to  the  south  of  St.  Austell," 
according  to  McCoy.  A  specimen  so  marked  by  Peach 
is  in  the  Penzance  Museum. 

Orthoceras  ibex,  see  orthoceras  oryx. 

Orthoceras  imbricatvs,  see  ,0.  striatum. 

ORTHOCERAS  LATERALE  (Phillips). 

0.  undulatum  (Sowerbj),  but  not  the  fossil  known  bj  that  name 

to  foreign  writers. 
0.  simplicissimum  (Sandberger). 
0.  multiseptatum  (Roemer). 
0.  grundense  (Clarke). 

Loc.  Tintagel,  Delabole,  and  S.  Petherwjm,  according  to 
Pattison.  {Trans,  Roy.  Oeo,  Soc,  Com,,  vii) 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  205,  and  Whidburne,  pi.  xy.,  figs.  1-6. 

Orthoceras  ludense,  see  actinoceras  DEVONiCAKa 


466  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

Orthoceras  oceana,  see  0.  speciosum. 
ORTflOCERAS  ORYX  (Whidburne). 

0,  ibex  (Sowerby). 

0.  PhUlipsii  (D'Orbigny). 

Loc,  S.  Petherwyn ;  reported  also  from  Panch's  Cross  by 
McCoy. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  208 ;  also  Whidburne,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  9. 
Orthoceras  Phillipsii,  see  o.  oryx. 

ORTHOCERAS  SPECIOSUM  (MuUSter). 
0.  cinctum  (Sowerby). 
0.  oceani  (D'Orbigny). 

Loc.     S.   Petherwyn,   but   if  so   tbe   section   is  perfectly 
cylindrical,  and  not  oval,  as  in  other  localities. 
Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  204,  also  Whidburne,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  7-9. 

ORTHOCERAS  STRIATUM  (Sowerby). 
0.  imbricatus. 
0.  tenuistriatus. 
Not  0.  striatulum  (Sowerby). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

ORTHOCERAS  STRIATULUM  (Sowerby). 
0.  ccdamiteris  (Miinster). 
Cycloceras  striatulum  (McCoy). 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn;  also  Fowey,  St  Veep,  and  St.  Austell 
Bay,  according  to  Peach  and  McCoy. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  212. 

Orthoceras  tenuistriatum,  see  0.  striatum. 
Orthoceras  undulatum,  see  0.  laterals. 

ORTHOCERAS,  Sp. 

Loc.  A  very  fine  specimen  was  found  in  the  year  1880  by 
the  writer  and  Mr.  T.  Clark,  and  presented  to  the  Truro 
Museum. 

PlantUites,  see  clymenu. 

POTERIOCBRAS  ELLTPSOIDEUM  (Whidbume). 

Orthoceras  ellipsoideum  (Salter). 
Poterioceras  fusiforme  (Sowerby). 

Loc.     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.    Whidbume,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  1,  la,  16. 

Trochoceras  obliquatum,  see  cyrtoceras  nodosum. 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  467 

VII.  ECHINODERMATA. 

There  is  a  fair  collection  of  the  fragmentary  Cornish 
fossil  echinoderms  in  the  Penzance  Museum,  and  a 
few  good  specimens  in  the  Truro  Museum,  but 
scarcely  any  have  been  specifically  determined  as 
yet  with  accuracy ;  indeed,  there  are  very  few  remains 
other  than  portions  of  columns,  which  rarely  afibrd  the 
necessary  data  for  specific  or  even  for  generic  deter- 
mination. In  the  following  list  the  determinations 
must  be  taken  with  due  reserve  and  as  provisional 
only,  since  no  Davidson  or  Whidburne  has  had  the 
opportunity  hitherto  of  studying  and  comparing  the 
fragments.  They  appear,  however,  to  be  nearly  all 
crinoidea. 

Actinocrimis  moniliformis^  see  PEUIECHOCRINUS  MONILIFORMIS. 

ACriNOCUINUS  SIMSII. 

Loc.  Keported  from  "the  Castle"  at  Fovvey  or  Polruan, 
by  Peach.  The  specimen  must  be  in  our  Museum,  but 
I  have  not  yet  seen  it. 

ACTINOCRINUS  TENUISTRIATUS. 

Loc,      Reported   from    Pridmouth.      A   specimen   in   the 

Museum  according  to  Couch. 

Fig.    Several  of  the  column  joints  and  a  part  of  the  coluain  in 
elevation  are  figured  in  Pal.  Foss. ,  fig.  44. 

ACnNOCRINUS  TRIACONTADACTYLUS. 

Loc.     Reported  from  the  Gribben  by  Peach  (1844). 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  43;  "the  proboscoidal  extension  only." 

ADELOCRINUS  HYSTRIX  (Phillips). 

Loc,     Reported  from  Black  Bottle  according  to  Peach. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.,  fig.  42.    The  base  of  the  pelvis  or  calyx  and  its 
(comma-shaped)  murications  only. 

CYATHOCRINUS  ANNDLATUS. 

Loc.     Trelawne  according  to  Couch. 


468  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

CYATHOCRINUS  ELUPTICUS. 

Loc.   Said  to  occur  at  S.  Petherwyn  by  Pattison  and  McCoy. 

Fig,    Pcd.  F0U.J  fig.  i9 ;  several  joints  of  the  columD,  and  part  of 
one  of  the  arms. 

CYATHOCRINUS  (?)  GKOMETRICUS. 

Zoc,    Said  to  occur  at  Fowey. 

Fig.    Pal.  Fo»8.f  fig.  41*,  pi.  60.    A  portion  of  the  bodj  or  calyx 
only. 

CYATHOCRINUS  MKGASTILUS. 

liOc.    Whitesand  Bay  (Phillips)  and  Permizen  (Dr.  HoU), 

Fig,    Pal.  Foas.,  fig.  47. 
CYATHOCRINUS  NODOSUS. 

Zoc.     Chough  Eock  (Peach,  Tram,  R,  0,  S.  C,  voL  vi) 
Fig.    Pal.  Fosa.,  fig,  46.    A  beautifully  nodulated  column. 

CYATHOCRINUS  PINNATUS  (Goldfuss).  « 

Loc.     Fowey  and  Punch's  Cross,  according  to  McCoy. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.y  fig.  45. 
CYATHOCRINUS  PLANUS. 

Zoc.     Crinnis  (Peach,  1844). 

Hchinosphaerites  tesselattcs,  see  SPHiERONiTES  tesselatus. 

ENCRiNiT^ES.  This  genus,  according  to  Nicholson,  is  altogether 
Triassic.  {Manual  of  Palaxmtology,  p.  349.)  However,  a 
good  many  of  the  Cornish  echinodermal  remains  have 
been  provisionally  referred  to  this  genus,  though  they 
may  belong  to  Actiiwcrimcs  or  Cyathoci^iniLs.  Thus 
Encrinites  annulatus  is  probably  Cyathocrirvas  annidaitis. 

ENCRINITES  (?)  GLOMERATUS. 

Loc.    Trelawne  and  Bake,  according  to  Couch.  {Trans.,  vii,) 
PALAEASTER.     A  genus  of  Palaeozoic   starfishes,  resembling 
the  modern  brittle-stars.     Some  fragments  from  Crinnis 
may  belong  to  this  genus. 

PENTACRINUS.  This  genus  ranges  from  the  Trias  upwards, 
according  to  Nicholson,  so  that  the  specimens  provision- 
ally referred  to  it  by  Peach  (Trans.,  vi.,  p.  12),  which  I 
have  not  yet  identified  in  the  Museum,  must  belong  to 
some  other  genus. 


1892.]  PalcBOzoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  469 

PERIECHOCRINUS  MONILIFORMIS. 
Actinocrinus  moniliformis. 

Loc.  A  fine  specimen,  which  may  belong  to  this  species, 
was  found  by  T.  Clark  and  the  writer  at  Crinnis  about 
the  year  1880,  and  is  now  in  the  Truro  Museum. 

PLATYCRiNUS.     This  genus  ranges  from  the   Silurian  to  the 
Carboniferous. 
Loc,     Specimens  referred  to  this  genus  have  been  found  at 
East  Looe,  Crinnis,  and  Pridmouth,  according  to  Peach. 

RHODOCRINUS.     A  Specimen  so  marked  by  Peach,  from  St. 
Catherine's  Point,  is  in  the  Penzance  Museum. 

SPHiKRONITES  TESSELATUS  (Phillips). 

Echinosphcerites  tesselatus  (Phillips). 
Sphcerospongia  tesselatus  (McCoy). 

This  is  probably  a  cystoid,  and  not  a  crinoid,  according  to 
Nicholson. 

Loc.  Reported  from  Punch's  Cross,  and,  somewhat  doubt- 
fully, from  Trelawne. 

Fig.    Pal.  Foss.y  pi.  69. 


VIII.    CRUSTACEA. 

There  is  a  large  collection  of  crustacean  remains 
(chiefly  trilobites)  in  the  Museum,  and  a  few  in  the 
Truro  Museum.  Much  yet  remains  to  be  done  in 
working  them  out ;  but  the  identifications  so  far 
made  are  much  more  satisfactory  than  those  of  the 
echinoderms.  For  figures  the  principal  references  are 
Salter,  Pal  Soc,  1862-67,  and  Whidbume,  Pal. 
aSoc,  1888,  plates  i.,  ii.,  iii.  The  synonyms  are  very 
numerous,  as  will  be  seen. 

Acctste,  see  phacops. 

Asaphus  duplicatus,  see  calymene  duplicata. 

Brongniarti,  see  HOMALONOTUS. 


470  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

CALTMENB.  A  genus  of  well-formed  trilobites,  in  which  the 
separate  lenses  of  the  eyes  are  very  rarely  visible.  In 
PfiocapSf  on  the  contrary,  they  are  usually  conspicuous. 

Calymene  acciprina,  see  phacops  latifrons. 

CALTMENE  BLUMBNBACHII. 

According  to  Salter  there  are  many  varieties  and  sub- 
species,  which  are  commonly  described  by  other  authors 
as  distinct  species. 

IfOc.    Murchison  thought  he  recognised  this  species  in  the 
quartzite  of  Gorran  Haven,  together  with  C,  ptUchella, 
Fig.    Salter,  Pal.  Soc.y  pi.  viiL,  figs.  7-16. 

Calymene  brevicapitcUa,  see  c.  cambrensis  and  c.  senaria. 

CALYMENE  CAMBRENSIS  (Salter). 
C.  hrevicapitata  in  part 

Loc.     Said  to  occur  in  the  Gorran  quartzites. 
Fig.     Salter,  Pal.  Soc.,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  12-14. 

CALYMENE  DUPLICATA  (Murchison). 
Asaphus  duplicatus  (Murchison). 

Loc.     Said  to  occur  in  the  Gorran  quartzites. 

Fig.     Salter,  Pal.  Sac.^  pi.  ix.,  figs.  19-24. 

Calymene  ffranulata,  see  phacops  batracheus. 

Calymene  Jordani,  C.  latifrons,  C.  Latreilli,  and  C  m/icroph' 
thalma,  see  phacops  latifrons. 

calymene  parvifrons  (Salter). 

Loc.  A  specimen  from  Great  Peraver  is  in  the  Museum 
at  Jermyn  Street. 

Fig.    Salter,  Pai.  Soc,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  25-28. 

calymene  pulchella  (Conrad). 

Loc.     Gorran  Haven  with  C.  Blum^niachii  according  to 

Murchison. 

Fig.    Salter,  Pal.  Sec,  pi.  viii. 

calymene  senaria  (Conrad). 

C.  hrevicapitata  in  part. 
C.  serux. 


1892.]  PalcBozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  471 

Loc.  It  is  doubtfully  reported  from  the  quartzites  of  Great 
Peraver,  and  there  is,  or  was,  a  specimen  so  marked  in 
the  Museum  at  Jermvn  Street 

Fig.     Salter,  PcU.  Soc.,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  6-11. 
Calymene  senex,  see  C.  SENARIA. 

CALYMENE  STERNBERGII  (Phillips). 

Loc.  Eeported  doubtfully  from  the  Gorran  rocks  by  Peach 
and  Murchison  (1861),  but  afterwards  discarded  by 
Murchison  (in  1867).  Not  likely,  as  it  is  a  Lummaton 
form. 

Fig.    Whidburne,  pi.  i.,  figs.  10-13,  16,  16. 

CALYMENE  TUISTANI. 

Loc.     Specimens  from  Gorran  Haven  and  (near)  Mevagissey 

are  in  the  Museum  at  Jermyn  Street. 

Fig.    Salter,  Pal.  Soc.,  pi.  is.,  figs.  16-18.     Glabella  and  part  of 
head  only. 

CYPRIDINA  SEHBATO-STRiATA  (Sandberger). 

E/Uoniis  serratO'Striata. 

Loc.  The  soft  shales  at  S.  Petherwyn,  of  which  there  are 
specimens  in  the  Museum  at  Penzance. 

This  is  a  small  marine  entomostracan  allied  to  the  recent 
Cypris. 

Entomis  serratO'driata,  see  CYPRIDINA  serrato-STRIATA. 

HOMALONOTUs.  This  genus,  known  also  as  Brongniarti,  is 
separated  from  Calymene,  its  nearest  ally,  by  its  want  of 
distinct  trilobation.  (Salter,  FaL  Soc,  p.  103.) 

HuMALONOTUS  BISULCATDS. 
Brongniarti  hisulcatus. 

Loc.  A  specimen  supposed  to  belong  to  this  species  is  in 
the  Museum  at  Jermyu  Street,  and  marked  from  Gorran 
Haven. 

Fig.     Salter,  Pal.  Soc.,  fig.  26  (wood-cut),  p.  112. 

HOMALO.NOTUS  VULCANL 

Loc.  Eeported  from  the  Gorran  quartzites,  but  very 
doubtfully. 

2   K 


472  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4 

PflACOPS.  A  genus  of  trilobites  in  which  the  eyes  are 
distinctly  facetted,  forming  a  convex  granulated  surface. 
Among  the  sub-generse  included  by  Salter  are  Acaste, 
Cryphoeus,  Trimeroceph/ilus,  etc. 

PHACOPS  (acaste)  apicdlatus  (Salter). 

Loc,  Specimens  from  Great  Peraver  and  Gorran  Haven 
are  in  the  Museums  at  Jermyn  Street  and  Penzance. 

Fig.    Salter,  Pal,  Soc.,  pi  1,  figs.  36  3a 
Phacops  arachnoides,  see  P.  laciniatus. 

PHACOPS  BATRACHKUS  (Whidbume). 

P.  grcmulaitis  (Salter),  but  not  P.  grantUatus  of  Munslff,  which 

seems  to  be  the  same  as  his  Calymene  laevis, 
P.  punctatiu  in  part. 
P.  ptutulatus. 

Portlockia  granulata  (McCoy). 
Ccdymene  granulata  (Phillips). 

Loc,     S.  Petherwyn. 

Fig.     Pal,  Foss.,  figs.  248,  249;  Salter,  PcU.  Soc.,  pi.  i.,  figs.  1-4; 
Whidbume,  Pal.  Soc.,  pi.  i,  figs.  2-7. 

Usually  "  not  an  inch  long,"  according  to  McCoy. 

The  Calymene  granulata  of  Phillips  is  partly  referred  to 
here,  partly  to  Calymene  duplicata,  which  is  a  Lower 
Silurian  form,  and  partly  to  the  Proetus  audax  of 
Whidbume.  (PI.  ii.,  figs.  5-10.)  This  latter  does  not 
appear  to  be  a  Cornish  form. 

Phacops  cryptophthalmuSf  see  P.  latifrons. 

Phacops  grantUatus,  see  P.  batracheus. 

Phacops  Jordaniy  see  P.  latifrons. 

PHACOPS  LACINIATUS  (Salter). 

P.  arachnoides  (Burmeister). 

P.  {cryphoeus)  punctatus  (Steintinger)  in  part. 

Loc.  Trussil  Bridge  and  St.  Keyne,  with  Atrypa  desqua^ 
mata,  according  to  McCoy.  Found  also  at  Padstow, 
Permizen  Bay,  Dinas  Cove,  and  Penqueen  according  to 
Dr.  Holl. 

Fig.    Salter,  Pal.  Soc.^  pi.  i.,  figs.  17-19. 


1892.]  Palaeozoic  Fossils  oj  CornwalL  473 

PHACOPS  LATIFRONS  (Phillips). 

p.  cryptqphthcUmiu  (Emmerich). 

P.  Latreilli. 

P,  limbatiu  (Richter). 

P.  Jordani, 

P.  macrophthalmui  (Qoldfuss). 

Calymene  acciprina  (Phillips). 

C.  Jordani, 

C,  latifrons. 

C.  LcUreiUi, 

C.  macropththalmcu 

C  ScJdottheimi{^iQW[i)  [=^Ph,  SeMoUheimi  (Bronn)]  is  longer,  hM 

a  larger  eye,  and  a  different  shaped  glabella  (Whidbome). 
C,  tuhercukUa  (Murchisoo). 
Portlockia  latifrons  (Mc(3oy). 
Portlockia  macropththalma, 

Loc,  Yealmbridge,  Underwood,  Newquay,  Boseland, 
Pridmouth  (?). 

Fig,    Salter,  Pal,  Soc^  pi.  i,  figs.  9,  16 ;  and  Whidbome,  pL  L, 

figs.  8,  8a,  9. 

"  A  large  species,  often  2\  inches  long  or  even  more,  head 
one-third  of  whole  length,  very  convex  eye,  about  54 
lenses." 

Phacops  Jordani^  see  P.  latifrons. 

Phacops  Latreillif  see  P.  latifrons. 

Phacops  macrophthalmus,  see  P.  LATIFRONS. 

PUACOPS  (acaste)  mimds  (Salter). 

P,  minimus. 

Loc,  A  specimen  from  Great  Peraver  or  Gorran  Haven  is 
in  the  Museum  at  Jermyn  Street. 

Fi'j.     Salter,  Pal.  Sac,  pi.  i.,  fig.,  36. 
Phacops  minimus,  see  P.  MiMUS. 

Phacops  pundatuSy  see  P.  batracheus  and  P.  laciniatus. 
Phacops  pustulatuSy  see  P.  batracheus. 

PHILLIPSIA,  Sp. 

Loc,     Reported  from  Padstow. 
Portlockia  grantUata,  see  PHACOPS  BATRACHEUS. 
Portlockia  latifrons,  see  PHACOPS  latifrons. 
Portlotkia  macropththalma,  see  phacops  LATIFRONS. 
Proetus  audax.     See  remarks  under  PHACOPS  batbachkus. 

2  K  2 


474  A   Woi'king  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

IX.      PISCES. 
(fihh  remains.) 

The  fish  remains  hitherto  found  in  the  Cornish  rocks 
are  usually  very  fragmentary,  though  sufficiently 
abundant  in  certain  localities,  and  particularly  in 
Lantivet  Bay,  near  Polperro,  and  near  Portwrinkle. 
In  this  latter  locality  Mr.  Pengelly  found  a  mass  of  blue 
slate  crowded  with  icthyolites,  "a  catacomb  of  ancient 
fish,"  striated  and  cellular  fragments ;  and,  east  of 
this,  one  specimen  13  inches  by  2i  inches,  as  well  as 
"another  rock  replete  with  icthyolites."  Fish  remains 
have  also  been  found  on  the  north  coast  in  several 
localities.  There  are  plainly  several  species,  and 
these  are  for  the  most  part  difi'erent  from  the 
specimens  found  in  the  Ludlow  beds,  and  still  more 
different  from  those  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone. 

Probably  the  finest  collection  is  that  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  Pengelly ;  but  there  are  many 
fragments  in  the  British  Museum,  as  well  as  in  the 
Museums  in  Jermyn  Street  and  at  Truro,  and 
particularly  in  our  Museum  at  Penzance,  which  are 
now  for  the  first  time  available  for  systematic  study. 

I  have  not  yet  been  successful  in  identifying,  or 
even  discovering,  all  the  specimens  described  and 
figured  so  many  years  ago  by  Mr.  Peach.* 

♦  One  of  the  specimens  picked  up  in  1849,  and  packed  away  for 
nearly  20  years,  is  described  as  "a  nice  but  imperfect  dorsal  plate  of 
Pteraspis.  It  is  6i  inches  in  lenjj^th,  beautifully  marked  with  delicate 
waved  lines,  and  under  these  in  places  tubercles,  and  below  all  a 
reticulated  network."  (Peacb,  Trans.  Roy.  Geo.  Soc.  Corn.y  ix.,  p.  32, 
1868.)  On  page  33  he  says,  "I  have  enclosed  a  tracing  of  my  large 
specimen."    This  I  have  not  yet  seen.     Prof.  E.  Ray-Lankester  sayst 


1892.]  Palceozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  475 

Mr.  Peach  very  truly  says  "  most  of  the  fossils  [are] 
of  a  beautiful  shining  jet  black,  and  have  that 
enamelled  appearance  and  granular  structure  peculiar 
to  the  fishes  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone." 

The  determinations  given  below,  and  particularly 
as  regards  the  species,  must  be  regarded  as  tentative 
only  for  the  most  part ;  I  of  course  include  all  the 
names  and  synonyms  which  have  been  provisionally 
applied  by  the  various  writers  to  whom  reference 
is  made,  though  it  is  quite  probable  that  different 
parts  of  the  same  fish  have  received  different  names. 

Auchencuipis  ornatus,  see  CTENACA.NTHU8  ORNATUS. 

ASTEKOLEPIS,  Sp. 

Zoc.  Cross-sand  Poiut,  near  Looe;  Polperro,  Lantivet 
Bay.  (Peach,  1848 ;  Couch,  1850.) 

Hugh  Miller  thought  one  of  the  fossils  from  Lantivet  Bay 

resembled  Asterolepis.     "  This  is  the  only  specimen  Mr. 

Miller  could  identify  as  agreeing  with  any  of  the  fishes 

of  the  Old  Ked  Sandstone."     Another  palaeontologist, 

**one  of  the  most  eminent,"  no  doubt  Sir  P.  Egerton, 

"  could  not  identify  one,"  i.e.,  as  belonging  to  the  Old  Eed. 

"  Mr.   Pengelly  has  a  fossil  resembling  an  Asterolepis 

shoulder- plate   from   Cross-sand   Point,   Looe."  (Peach, 

Trans.  E,G.S.  C,  vii.,  pp.  123, 313 ;  Pengelly,  /6wf.,p.213.) 

Fig.  A  steroid])  is  (portions  of)  is  figured  by  Murchison  in  his 
Si/uria,  4th  edition,  pi.  xxxvii.,  figs.  1-3;  and  the  star-like 
scales  from  Lantivet  Bay,  Cornwall,  are  figured  by  Mr.  Peach. 
{Trans.  B.  G.  S.  C,  vii.,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  1,  2.) 

Bothriolepis.    See  remarks  under  holgptychius  NOBILLISSIMUS. 

"  Innumerable  remains  of  the  shields  of  a  Scaphdspis  more  than  a  foot 
long,  fragments  of  Cephalaspis,  numerous  spines,  and  other  indetermia- 
able  fragments,  besides  the  splendid  scale  and  spine  assigned  by  Mr. 
Pengelly  respectively  to  Phyllolepis  and  Ctenacanthus,  are  the  fish 
remains  of  these  beds.  Mr.  Pengelly,  Mr.  Peach,  and  the  Royal 
Geological  Society  of  Cornwall  have  kindly  lent  me  their  specimens 
for  further  examination."  (*'  Old  Red  Sandstone  Fishes,"  Pal.  Soc.,  1870, 
p.  61.)— J.  H.  C. 


476  A    Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

CEPHALASPIS  LYBLLII. 

Loc.    Polperro.  (Peach,  1844;  Couch,  1850.) 

Fig,  Cephalcupis  Lyellii  is  figured  in  Murcbison's  SUuria^  and, 
still  better,  as  Eucephalaspis  Agassiziiy  E.  Lyellii^  and  E, 
Potffrei,  in  Ray-Lankester's  "Old  Red  Sandstone  Fishes,"  Pal. 
Soc.,  1870,  plate  viii.,  etc 

Obs.  Mr.  Peach  found  many  fragments  which  he  thought 
to  belong  to  this  species  at  Polperro  in  1843,  including 
"  part  of  a  lateral  horn "  and  certain  "  scales,"  "  rhom- 
boidal  and  lozenge-shaped  as  in  Miller,  pi.  vi.,  vii.,  viii." 
Also  long  specimens,  each  end  divided  into  a  pyramidal 
form  locking  alternately  into  the  adjoining  scales. 
Some  of  the  fragments  referred  by  McCoy  to  his 
Steganodictyum  Carteri  may  perhaps  belong  here,  but 
more  likely  are  referable  to  Pteraspis  or  Scaphaspis. 
Cephalaspis  omatits,  see  CTO acanthus  ornatus. 

CHEIRACANTHDS  (?),  sp. 

Loc,     Polperro  (Peach,  1844). 

Fig,  A  group  of  scales,  which  Mr.  Peach  refers  to  this  species,  is 
beautifully  figured  by  him  in  Trans.  Roy.  Geo.  Soc,  Com.y  vii.  i., 
figs.  5,  6. 

CTEN ACANTHUS  ORNATUS. 

Loc.     Polperro  (Peach,  1844). 

Fig.  Murchison  figures  a  portion  of  the  spine  of  this  fish  in 
Siluriaj  pi.  xxzvii.,  fig.  6. 

The  Cornish  specimens  variously  referred  to  Ccphalaspia 
amcUus  and  Auchenaspis  ornatus  are  perhaps  to  be 
referred  here.  Probably  the  same  as  Ray-Lankester's 
Hemicyclaspis  Murchisonii. 

UiLcephalaspis,  see  cephalaspis  lyellii. 

BUKERASPis  PUSTULIFERUS  (Ray-Laukester). 

Plectrodics  mirahilis  (Agassiz). 
Sderodus  pustuliferus  (Aga«siz). 

Loc,     Polruan  (Couch,  1850). 

Fig,  Ray-Lankester,  pL  xiii.,  figs.  9-14,  and  woodcuts  31,  32. 
Peach's  fig.  7,  pi.  i.,  Trans.  R.  G.  S.  C,  vii.,  is  not  very  unlike 
figs.  9-12  of  pi.  zxxv.  Murcbison's  SUuria,  4th  edition. 

HOLOPTYCHIUS  NOBILLlSSIMUS. 

Loc,     Polperro  (Peach,  1844). 

Fig.  Agassiz,  pi.  ii.,  bis;  also  Pal.  Foss.^  figs.  256,  267,  are 
somewhat  similar  scales  from  N.  and  S.  Devon. 


1892.]  Palceozoic  Fossils  of  CornwalL  477 

Ohs.  According  to  Murchison  Peach's  specimen  is  rujit 
H.  nobiliissimus.  Perhaps  it  may  be  the  Bothriolepis  of 
Egerton.  Prof.  Eay-Lankester  mentions,  in  a  private 
note  with  which  he  favoured  me  in  1881, ''  a  scale  like 
Holoptychiasy 

ICTHYODORDLITES,  or  Fish-defenceSy  are  found  in  considerable 
abundance,  and  have  been  provisionally  referred  to 
Onchus  and  Ctenacanthus, 

ONCHUS. 

Loc.     Polperro  and  Lantivet  Bay  (Peach,  1844,  18-47). 

Fig,  See  Murchison,  figs.  13-17  of  plate  xxxv.,  Siluria, 
4th  edition.  The  beautiful  spines  from  the  above 
localities,  figured  by  Peach,  Trans,  Boy,  Geo.  Soc,  Com,, 
pi.  i.,  figs.  1-4,  were  not  unlike  0,  tenuirostris  or  0, 
tenuiserratus  of  Egerton  and  Agassiz.  Murchison  says 
it  is  not  0,  Murchisonii,  may  perhaps  be  a  Ctenacanthus, 
(See  Trans,  Roy.  Geo.  Soc,  Corn,,  vi.,  p.  320.)  A  spine 
"from  the  north  coast,"  according  to  Peach.  (Trans. 
Boy.  Geo,  Soc,  Com,,  vii.,  pp.  100-105.) 

PHYLLOLEPIS  CONCENTRICUS. 

Loc.    A   scale   from  "near  Looe"  is,  I  believe,  in  the 

collection  of  Mr.  Pengelly. 

Fig.  Tab.  24,  fig.  i.,  of  Agassiz  {Poisaons  Fouile$,  1844-6),  is  a 
large  and  beautiful  figure. 

Flectrodus  pustuli/ems,  see  eukeraspis  pustuliferus. 

PTERASPIS  COKNUBICUS. 

Scaphattpis  Comubiais  (Ray-Lankester). 
SUganoiiictyum  Cornuhicus  (McCoy). 

Loc.     Lantivet  Bay,  in  abundant  fragments,  which  may  be 

generally    recognized    by   their    black,    finely -striated 

surfaces. 

Fig,  Fragments  referred  to  this  species  by  Peach  are  figured  by 
him  in  Trans.  R.  G,  S,  C,  vii.,  pi.  ii.  The  genus  and  its  allies 
are  well  represented  in  Prof.  Ray-Lankester's  work,  but  the 
figures  do  not  include  any  of  the  Cornish  fossils.  The  fossils 
referred  to  ScaphaspU  by  Ray-Lankester  are  now,  I  believe, 
regarded  as  the  ventral  plates  of  Ptercupu  {Steganodietyum) 
Carteri,  &c. 


478  A   Working  List  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

PTERASPIS  CARTERI. 

Loc.    Lantivet  Bay  and  Bedruthan,  according  to  Peach  and 

others. 
Obs.     In  this  species  the  striations  are  coarser  than  in 

S.  ComvMcus,  and  the  fragments  are  much  less  common. 

Scaphaspis,  see  pteraspis  corijubicus. 

SPHAGODUS  PRISTODONTUS. 

Loc.     Polperro  and  Lantivet  Bay  (Peach,  1844,  1847,  etc.). 

Fig.  Siluria,  pi.  xxxv.,  figs.  1,2;  abo  Trans.  R.  G.  S.  C,  vii., 
pi.  ii.,  figs.  11,  12,  which  are  not  unlike  rubbed  down  portions  of 
the  skin  or  shagreen  of  Sphagodus  pristodoniuf. 

Note. — Many  dark  coprolitic  bodies  are  found  in  the  slates 
and  shales  of  Polperro  and  Fowey.  These  contain  both  lime 
and  phosphoric  acid,  but  the  few  which  have  been  examined 
in  their  sections  under  the  microscope  do  not  exhibit  any 
marked  evidence  of  organic  structure. 

X.    PLANT^E. 
(plant   remains.) 

These  are  extremely  rare,  except  in  the  dark 
carbonaceous  shales  of  the  Bude  region,  and  being 
usually  pyritous,  they  are  often  ill-preserved  while  in 
situ,  and  readily  destructible  when  placed  in  museums. 
The  following  are  all  which  have  been  provisionally 
determined : 

ASTEROPHYLLITES. 

Loc.  Plants  referred  to  this  genus,  but  of  undetermined 
species,  occur  at  Bude  according  to  Morris,  as  in  the 
corresponding  beds  in  N.  Devon. 

CALAMITES. 

Loc,  Fragments,  with  other  reed-like  stems,  are  found  in 
the  road  cutting  between  Callington  and  Launceston. 
About  four  miles  from  Callington,  according  to  Pattison. 

CALAMITES  NODOSDS. 

Loc,  Probably  occurs  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Bude  and 
Truscott,  as  in  the  corresponding  beds  in  N.  Devon. 


1892.]  Paloiozoic  Fossils  of  Cornwall.  479 

CALAMITES  STEIN  HAUERI. 

Loc.  l^robably  occurs  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Bude  and 
Truscott,  as  in  the  corresponding  beds  in  N.  Devon. 

OALAMITES  SUCCOVII. 

Loc.  Somewhat  doubtfully  determined  in  specimens  from 
Bude  by  Mr.  John  Morris  in  MS.  notes  given  to  Mr. 
Pattisou. 

CYPERITES. 

Loc.  Somewhat  doubtfully  determined  in  specimens  from 
Bude  according  to  Mr.  John  Morris. 

EOPIIYTON. 

Loc.  Keported  somewhat  doubtfully  by  Mr.  Peach  from  the 
quarry  opposite  the  mineral  floors  at  Hayle.  "  Calamite- 
looking  impressions."  (See  Traits.  R.  G.  S.  C,  ix.,  p.  57.) 

FKUITS  (uudetermined). 

Loc.     Keported  from  Bude  by  Pattison  and  others. 

FUCOIDS. 

Loc.  S.  Petherwyn,  Port  Wrinkle  (1  mile  E.  of),  Lantivet 
Bay,  etc.     See  also  vegetable  impressions,  infra. 

LEPIDODENDRON. 

Loc.     Bude  (?). 

NEUROPTERIS  GIGANTEUS. 

Loc.  Doubtfully  reported  from  Bude  specimens  by  Mr. 
John  Morris. 

POACITES. 

Loc.  Various  undetermined  species  occur  at  Bude  and 
Truscott  according  to  Mr.  John  Morris. 

SIGILLARIA  INCERVULARIA. 

Loc.  Doubtfully  determined  from  Bude  specimens  by  Mr. 
John  Morris. 

8TERNBERGIA. 

Loc.  Doubtfully  determined  from  Bude  specimens  by  Mr, 
John  Morris. 

VEGETABLE  IMPRESSIONS. 

Loc.  Roseland  (Giles,  Trans.  Roy.  Oeo.  Soc,  Com.,  vii.,  93), 
Newquay  (Pattison),  and  Polruan. 


THE  AGE  AND  HISTORY  OF  THE  GRANITES 
OF  DEVON  AND  CORNWALL. 

By  R.  N.  Worth,  F.G.S. 

(Read  4th  November,  1892.) 


The  granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall  are  the  most 
important  series  in  the  kingdom,  and  Dartmoor  is 
the  largest  area^  of  granite  in  England.  For  many- 
years  geologists  generally  were  content  to  accept  the 
views  of  the  age  and  history  of  these  granites  as  set 
forth  by  De  la  Beche  and  others  of  his  time,  who 
regarded  them  as  intrusive  masses,  with  subterranean 
connections,  Godwin-Austin  treating  the  Dartmoor 
granites  as  of  three  periods — one,  that  of  the 
ordinary  granite ;  another,  that  of  the  schorlaceous 
granite ;  and  a  third,  that  of  the  elvans  or  felsites. 
Among  the  first  to  question  this  view  was  Mr. 
Pengelly,  F.RS.,  who  placed  all  the  granites  proper 
— normal  and  schorlaceous — in  one  class,  and  the 
elvans  or  felsites  in  another,  and  thus  reduced  the 
periods  to  two.  There  could  be  no  doubt  that  the 
elvans  were  later  than  the  granites,  which  they 
traversed  as  well  as  the  adjacent  rocks. 

More  recently  the  kindred  questions  of  the  age 
and  history  of  our  granites  and  their  felsitic  allies 


Nov.  4, 1892.]  Granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall.       481 

have  been  made  the  subject  of  investigation  by 
several  inquirers,  and  they  are  under  investigation 
now.  In  truth  the  problems  involved  are  not  so 
simply  settled  as  at  first  appeared  likely,  and  possibly 
more  than  one  solution  will  have  to  be  adopted  to 
meet  the  varying  conditions  of  the  case. 

Mr.  W.  A.  E.  Ussher,  F.G.S.,  arguing  in  1888  on 
the  facts  observed  by  him  in  the  Dartmoor  region, 
contended  that  on  the  intrusive  hypothesis  there  was 
no  evidence  of  such  a  displacement  as  would  result 
from  the  removal  of  the  rock  through  which  the 
granite  was  thrust,  and  that  there  was  no  such  dis- 
placement of  the  surrounding  stratified  rocks  as  there 
seemed  a  right  to  expect  from  upheaval ;  in  short, 
nothing  approaching  a  quaquaversal  dip.  His  sugges- 
tion, therefore,  was  that  the  Dartmoor  granite  formed 
a  gigantic  "  laccolite '' ;  that,  in  short,  it  had  been 
intercalated  between  the  strata,  instead  of  breaking 
through  or  definitely  uplifting  them. 

Much  about  the  same  time,  but  a  little  earlier,  and 
reasoning  from  the  generally-accepted  fact  that 
granite  is  a  plutonic  rock,  which  must  have  solidified 
under  great  pressure,  and  that  it  is  simply  the 
equivalent  of  a  phase  of  volcanic  rock — the  same 
magma  producing  one  or  the  other,  in  depth  or  at 
surface — I  suorgested  that  in  Dartmoor  we  had  the 
basal  remains  of  a  volcano,  the  superstructure  of 
which  had  been  removed.  That  there  must  have  been 
an  important  superstructure  to  supply  the  pressure 
needful  for  the  formation  of  the  granite  seemed 
clear ;  and  the  analogy  of  other  localities  also  gave 


482  The  Age  and  History  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

weight  to  the  suggestion.  My  own  view  of  the 
difficulty  raised  by  Mr.  Ussher  with  regard  to  the 
absence  of  quaquaversal  dip,  &c.,  was  that  there  had 
been  a  large  amount  of  translation — that  the  actual 
breaking  through  had  been  comparatively  limited,  its 
effects  removed ;  and  that  the  rocks  interfered  with  had, 
to  a  large  extent,  been  thrust  aside  rather  than  uplifted. 

A  paper  was  read  by  Mr.  Ussher  on  the  **  Devon 
and  Cornish  Granites''  at  the  last  meeting  of  the 
British  Association,  of  which  an  abstract  appears  in 
the  October  number  of  the  Geological  Magazine 
(pp.  467-468).  Mr.  Ussher  therein,  accepting  the 
existence  of  the  subterranean  connection  between  the 
Devon  and  Cornish  granites,  abandoned  the  laccolite 
hypothesis,  but  argued  at  the  same  time  that  this 
connection  "  contradicts  the  suggestion  of  the 
upheaval  of  the  granites  in  or  through  their  sur- 
roundings." He  added  that,  "  from  the  relations  of 
the  stratified  rocks  to  the  granites  of  Devon  and 
Cornwall,  there  is  no  obtainable  evidence  as  to  the 
upheaval  of  the  latter." 

His  general  conclusion  is  "  that  the  sites  of  the 
Devon  and  Cornish  granite  masses  were  occupied  by 
the  granites  or  pre-existent  and  subterraneously  con- 
nected rocks  of  pre-Devonian  age,  which  had  in  a 
rigid  state  exercised  an  obstructive  influence  on  the 
north  and  south  movements,  and  had  thereby  pro- 
duced great  mechanical  effects  on  the  surrounding 
strata  prior  to  the  alteration  of  the  latter. 

"The  contact  alteration  of  the  stratified  rocks 
seems  to  be  coeval  with  the  metamorphism  of  these 


1892.]         Granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall.  483 

ancient  masses  and  the  consequent  genesis  of  the 
granites  in  their  present  form  during  the  later  stages, 
or  at  the  close,  of  the  Carboniferous  epoch.  The 
intrusion  of  granitoid  rock  perhaps  accompanied, 
certainly  succeeded,  the  solidification  of  the  granites, 
and  continued  at  intervals  down  to  the  Permian 
quartz-porphyries." 

Now,  while  to  a  large  extent  agreeing  with  the 
final  opinions  here  expressed,  I  quite  fail  to  see  how 
the  subterranean  connection  between  the  granites  of 
Devon  and  Cornwall  "  contradicts  the  theory  of  the 
upheaval  of  the  granite/'  Of  course  it  has  not  been 
upheaved  through  its  surroundings  where  it  is  subter- 
ranean, and,  indeed,  had  it  reached  the  surface  it 
\vould  have  ceased  to  be  granite  at  all.  There  must 
be  a  base  even  to  a  granite  boss  or  chain  of  bosses. 
Nor  do  I  think  it  needful  to  go  back  to  the  origin  of 
the  granite  maternal.  What  our  orranite  was  before  it 
became  our  granite  is  not  very  material  to  the  present 
enquiry,  save  in  one  point.  It  must  have  been 
something  or  other.  But  we  may  take  it  now  as 
practically  undisputed  that  the  limit  of  the  Western 
granite  in  antiquity  is  the  Carboniferous  system,  as 
proven  by  the  fact  that  in  Devon  granitic  veins 
traverse  unquestionably  Carboniferous  rocks. 

The  one  point  in  which  the  character  of  the 
original  material  of  our  granites  is  important,  is 
indicated  in  connection  with  a  recent  theory  of  the 
formation  of  intrusive  rocks,  namely,  by  replacement 
rather  than  displacement.  This  is  well  set  forth 
in  an  article  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Goodchild,  F.G.S.,  also  in 


484  The  Age,  and  History  of  the  [Nov.  4, 

the  Geological  Magazine  for  October  (pp.  447-451), 
on  "A  Granite  Junction  in  Mull.'  He  advocates 
this  theory  of  replacement,  and  closes  in  the  following 
words :  "  In  the  case  of  the  majority  of  intrusive 
masses  the  molten  rock  has  been  forced  in  against 
greater  resistance.  The  temperature  of  the  invaded  rock 
has  thereby  been  raised  to  its  local  fusing  point ;  the 
melted  portions  have  been  alloyed  by  circulation  with 
the  general  magma ;  and  in  this  way  the  intrusive 
mass  would,  step  by  step,  replace  the  rock  invaded, 
and  would  replace  that  rock  by  igneous  rock  of 
uniform  composition  without  displacing  the  rock 
beyond  in  the  least." 

Mr.  Goodchild  makes  out  a  very  good  case  for  this 
suggestion  in  regard  to  certain  localities. 

It  is,  however,  I  think  worthy  of  special  enquiry 
whether,  and  if  so,  to  what  extent,  the  theory  can 
be  borne  out  by  observed  facts  in  Devon  and  Corn- 
wall. So  far  as  Devon  is  concerned  I  am  aware 
of  none.  And  of  course  it  is  precisely  where  the 
replacement  had  been  most  thorough  that  the 
evidence  would  be  wholly  wanting.  We  should 
be  reduced  therefore  from  that  point  of  view  to 
pure  CL  priori  speculation.  What  I  can  say,  however, 
on  the  point  is,  that  while  I  do  know  of  a  few 
localities  in  Devon  where  the  bordering  stratified 
rocks  have  been  fused  by  the  Dartmoor  granite 
so  as  to  lose  almost  every  vestige  of  their  original 
structure,  yet  there  is  never  any  difficulty,  even 
where  the  change  is  greatest,  in  deciding  exactly 
where  the  granite  ends  and  the  altered  rock  begins. 


1892.]         Granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall.         485 

The  one,  in  my  experience,  never  passes  into  the 
other. 

And  there  is  this  further  formidable  argument 
againt  replacement  in  the  case  of  the  Western 
granites,  that  long  ago  Mr.  John  Phillips,  F.R.S., 
pronounced  it  on  chemical  grounds  quite  impossible 
that  the  stratified  rocks  of  CSornwall  could  ever 
furnish  the  materials  for  the  granites  and  elvans. 

Since  my  attention  has  been  directed  to  the 
subject  I  have  satisfied  myself  that  the  igneous 
activities  which  have  given  us  our  granites  and 
elvans,  commencing  in  Carboniferous  times,  continued 
on  into  the  Permian.  Certainly  the  igneous  frag- 
ments found  so  largely  in  the  breccias  at  the  base 
of  the  red  rocks  of  Devon — whether  Permian  or 
Triassic — are  all  within  my  knowledge  of  local  origin, 
and,  what  is  more,  we  find  the  andesites  which  have 
commonly  been  regarded  as  Triassic  traps,  penetrated 
by  veins  of  quartz-porphyry,  and  at  times,  as  at 
Horswell  in  Devon  and  Withnoe  in  Cornwall  (the 
latter  already  described  by  me  to  this  Society),  the 
one  passing  into  the  other. 

Under  the  head  of  a  "Census  of  Devonian  Granites 
and  Felsites,"  there  will  be  found  in  the  Transactions 
of  the  Devonshire  Association  for  this  year,  a  list 
of  something  like  400  varieties  of  these  rocks 
collected  by  me  in  Devon ;  in  which  I  may  fairly 
say  that  every  link  of  the  chain  is  represented 
between  the  most  perfectly  crystallised  granite  and 
the  most  compact  and  undifferentiated  felsite ;  and 
between  both  and  rocks  of  an  unmistakably  volcanic 


486        Granites  of  Devon  and  Cornwall.  [Nov.  4,1892. 

character.  I  do  not  of  course  claim  that  our  existing 
Triassic  andesites  or  basalts  are  direct  and  exact 
representatives  of  the  ordinary  granitic  magma ;  but 
I  do  claim  that  they  are  the  later  expressions  of  the 
same  great  series  of  activities  (in  the  course  of  which 
that  magma  at  times  would  certainly  be  modified  in 
character),  and  that  the  links  are  all  complete.  Some 
of  them  are  filled  in  by  the  discovery  of  fragments 
of  volcanic  rocks  in  detrital  deposits  in  Devon, 
which  do  not  now  exist  in  situ,  and  the  existence 
of  which  was  wholly  unknown  until  I  came  upon 
them  in  the  course  of  my  investigations. 

However  this  subject  is  very  far  from  exhausted, 
and  we  are  probably  a  very  long  way  off  from 
the  last  word ;  and  my  chief  object  in  writing  this 
brief  paper  is  to  call  attention  to  the  importance 
of  local  inquiry  in  its  elucidation.  After  years  of 
work  in  Devon,  on  Dartmoor  and  its  borders,  I  yet 
feel  that  there  is  much  for  me  to  learn  in  the 
observation  of  facts  ;  and  I  am  sure  that  the  granitic 
areas  of  Cornwall  offer  a  most  fruitful  field  for  study 
in  this  direction,  which  has  of  late  years  almost 
wholly  been  neglected.  Surely  our  plentiful  science 
teaching,  if  it  is  worth  anything,  should  produce  more 
results  in  the  way  of  practical  work  in  geological  as 
well  as  in  other  fields.  Probably  we  have  for  the 
present  quite  an  adequate  supply  of  theorisers, 
myself  among  the  number;  but  I  dont  think  there 
ever  was  a  time  when  we  stood  more  in  need  of 
skilled  and  accurate  observers.  To  such  I  commend 
the  Cornish  phases  of  this  problem. 


|io$aI  dtolagkal  Sadetg  of  Comloall* 


THE  EIGHTIETH 


ANNUAL   REPORT 


ETC.   ETC. 


PENZANCE: 

1894. 


/ 


1/ 
If 


ROYAL  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CORNWALL. 


^atronrss : 
HER  MOST  GRACIOUS  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN. 

HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES,  k.o.,  etc. 

SruBtrrs : 

COLONEL  TREMAYNE.  LORD  ST.  LEVAN. 

THOS.  BEDFORD  BOLITHO,  Esq.,  m.p. 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  189S-1894. 

llrrsiDmt : 
Howard  Fox,  Esq.,  f.g.s. 

The  Earl  of  Mottnt  Edocumbe.         Lord  St.  Lev  an. 

T.  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  Esq.,  f.o.s.    Rev.  Prebendary  Hedoelakd,  ma. 

Srraanrrr : 
William  Bolitho,  Jun.,  Esq. 

librarian : 
Major  Ross. 

Curator: 
Herbert  Warinoton  Smyth,  Esq.,  b.a.,  ll.b.,  f.o.s. 

Conned : 
The  Officers  of  the  Society. 


Francis  Harvey,  Esq. 

Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Esq. 

Wm.  Shepherd  Bennett,  Esq. 

T.  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Esq. 

Frederick  Holman,  Esq. 

Robert  Fox,  Esq. 


John  Symons,  Esq. 

Rt.Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney.m.p. 

Charlf.8  Campbell  Ross,  Esq. 

John  Davies  Enys,  Esq. 

JoHiAH  Thomas,  Esq. 

William  Edward  Baily,  Esq. 


GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 
Secretary  and  Curator. 
2  L  2 


!/ 
7 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


Honorary  Members. 

George  James  Allman,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  f.r.s.,  p.l.8.,  M.R.L.A.,  Ardmoor, 

Parkstone,  Dorset. 
E.  Beyrich,  Professor,  Berlin. 
Charles  Barrois,  Dr.,  Lille,  France. 
Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc.,  University  of  Cambridge, 

United  States. 
James  Dwight  Dana,  ll.d.,  m.a..  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  College,  etc., 

New  Haven,  United  States, 
Auguste  Daubree,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  Director  of  the 

Ecole  des  Mines,  etc.,  Paris. 
Robert  Etheridge,  f.r.8.,  p.g.s.,  etc.,  British  Museum,  and  14,  Carlyle 

Square,  London. 
Sir  William  Henry  Flower,  c.b.,  p.r.8.,  p.l.8.,  p.g.8.,  Director  of  the 

Natural  History  Departments,  British  Museum,  South  Kensington, 
London,  S.W. 
Hans  Bruno  Geinitz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  the 

University  of  Dresden. 
Hofrath  Franz  Baron  von  Hauer,  Director  of  the  Imperial  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vienna. 
Sydney  Hodges,  40,  Fitzroy  Square,  London,  W. 
Nevil  Story-Maskelyne,  m.a.,  m.p.,  f.r.8.,  p.c.8..  Professor  of  Mineralogy, 

Oxford,  Basset  Down  House,  Swindon. 
L^on  Moissenet,  Chaumont  (Haute-Marne),  France. 
William  Pengelly,  f.r.s.,  f.g.8.,  Lamoma,  Torquay. 
The  Lord  Play  fair,  c.a,  Ph.D.,  f.r.8.,  etc.,  68,  Onslow  Gardens,  South 

Kensington,  London,  S.W. 
Frederick  Anthony  Potter,  F.G.8.,  Tak&sima  Colliery,  near  Nagasaki, 

Japan,  and  88,  Tower  Hill,  London,  E.C. 
Joseph  Prestwicli,  m.a.,  f.r.8.,  f.g.8.,  etc..  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford, 

Slioreliam,  Sevenoaks,  Kent. 
Lady  Smyth,  5,  Inverness  Terrace,  London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 


492     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Comtvall. 

J.  J.  Harris  Teall,  m.a.,  p.r.s.,  p.o.s.,  Qeological  Survey  Office,  Jermyn 

Street,  London. 
Major-General  G.  B.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  late  H.M.  Bengal  Army,  f.g.s.. 

Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  London. 
Major-General  Charies  W.  Tremenheere,  r.e.,  c.b.,  late  H.M.  Bombay 

Army. 

Life  Members. 

Andrew  K.   Bamett,  f.g.s.,  23,  Farquhar   Road,   Upper   Norwood, 

London,  S.£. 
Rev.  Francis  Doherty,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  f.r.q.s.1.,  etc.,  Chilworth  Vicarage, 

Romsey,  Hants. 
Clement  Le  Neve  Foster,  B.A.,  D.sc,  f.g.s.,  Llandudno. 
Robert  Fox,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Adair  Masey,  f.g.s.,  Blinman,  South  Australia. 
George  Bown  Millett,  m.r.c.8.,  Penzance. 
Herbert  Warington  Smyth,*  b.a.,  LL.a,  f.g.s.,  6,  Inverness  Terrace, 

London,  W.,  and  Marazion. 
William  Teague,  PooL 

Ordinary  Members. 

William  Edward  Baily,  F.L.S.,  Lynwood,  Paul,  Penzance. 

William  Shepherd  Bennett,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  Polwithen,  Penzance. 

William  Bolitho,  jun.,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Richard  Foster  Bolitho,  Ponsandane,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Bedfortl  Bolitho,  M.P.,  Trewidden,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Robins  Bolitho,  Penal verne,  Penzance. 

JVIiss  Borlase,  Castle  Homeck,  Penzance. 

Walter  Henry  Borlase,  Alverton,  Penzance. 

Richard  Boyns,  Boswedden,  St.  Just. 

John  Richards  Branwell,  Penlce,  Penzance. 

Henry  Came,  Penzance. 

Percy  T.  Chirgwin,  Penzance. 

Edward  Christopher  Corin,  Penzance. 

Pev.  Thomas  Borlase  Coulson,  m.a.,  Oakfield  Court,  Timbridge  Wells. 

The  Rt.  Hon.  Leonard  H.  Courtney,  m.p.,  15,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 

J.  R.  Daniell,  Polstrong,  Canibonie. 

G.  Davey,  Las  Trojes,  Ocampo,  Michoacan,  Mexico. 

James  Dennis,  Penzance. 

Thomas  Algernon  Dorrien-Smith,  Tresco  Ablniv,  Isles  of  Scilly. 

Mrs.  Downing,  Trereife,  Penzance. 

Francis  Gilbert  Enys,  Enys,  Penryn. 

John  Davies  Enys,  Enys,  Penrj'n. 

The  Viscount  Falmouth,  Tregothnan,  Falmouth. 

Thomas  Willis  Field,  Chyniorvah,  Marazion. 


List  of  Members.  493 

Howard  Fox,  f.o.s.,  Falmouth. 

Miss  Fox,  Penjerrick,  Falmouth, 

Robert  James  Frecheville,  F.o.s.,  33,  Broad  Street  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 

Carew  Davies  Gilbert,  Trelissick,  Truro. 

Francis  Harvey,  Glanm6r,  Hayle. 

Christopher  H.  T.  Hawkins,  Trewithen,  Probus. 

Rev.  Prebendary  Hedgeland,  m.a.,  Penzance. 

Frederick  Holman,  Penzance. 

Mrs.  Husband,  Heighwood,  Compton  Road,  Buxton,  Derbyshire. 

Thomas  King,  M.A.,  Falmouth. 

J.  B.  Jennings,  Johannesburg,  South  Africa. 

Charles  Day  Nicholls  Le  Grice,  Penzance. 

Martin  Magor,  Penzance. 

Venerable  Archdeacon  Michell,  Penzance. 

Fortescue  William  Millett,  Marazion. 

John  Penn  Milton,  Penzance. 

Hugh  Montgomerie,  M.D.,  Penzance. 

The  Earl  of  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Mount  Edgcumbe,  Devonport. 

Henry  Palmer,  East  Howie  Colliery,  near  Ferryhill. 

William  Cole  Pendarves,  Pendarves,  Camborne. 

Walter  Pike,  Camborne. 

Thomas  Roxburgh  Polwhele,  M.A.,  f.q.s.,  Polwhele,  Truro. 

The  Lord  Robartes,  Lanhydrock, 

Major  Ross,  Penzance. 

Charles  Campbell  Ross,  Came,  Penzance. 

James  Piers  St.  Aubyn,  Marazion. 

Rev.  St.  Aubyn  Molesworth  St.  Aubyn,  Clowance,  Camborne. 

The  Lord  St.  Levan,  St.  MichaeFs  Mount,  and  Trevethoe,  Lelant 

William  Bickford  Smith,  Trevamo,  Helston. 

George  John  Smith,  Treliske,  Truro. 

Francis  Stephens,  Ash  field,  Falmouth. 

John  Symons,  M.R.C.S.,  Penzance. 

Josiah  Thomas,  Camborne. 

Rev.  John  Tonkin,  Treverven,  Buryan,  near  Penzance. 

Colonel  Arthur  Tremayne,  Carclew,  Penryn. 

Sir  Walter  Trevelyan,  Bart.,  Nettlecombe  Court,  Taunton. 

The  Bishop  of  Truro,  Trenython,  Par  Station. 

Arthur  Pendarves  Vivian,  F.G.8.,  26,  James  Street,  Buckingham  Gate, 

London,  W.,  and  Glan  Afon,  Taibach,  South  Wales. 
Nicholas  J.  West,  The  Turret,  West  Heath  Road,  Hampetead, 

London,  N.W. 
John  Westlake,  Q.c,  River  House,  3,  Chelsea  Embankment,  London,S.W. 


494     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Coimrvcdl. 


Associates. 


J.  T.  Blight,  F.S.A.,  Penzance. 

J.  H.  Collins,  F.Q.B.,  14  and  15, 
Broad  Street  Avenue,  London, 
E.C.,  and  60,  Heber  Road, 
East  Dulwich,  London,  S.E. 

William  Eddy,  Boecaswell,  St 
Just. 

William  Gregor,  Swansea. 

William  Hollow  (formerly  mana- 
ger of  the  Providence  Mines), 
Leyton,  Essex. 

R.  T.  Hall  (formerly  of  Cape 
Copper  Mines),  Africa. 


Benedict  Eitto^  f.o.s.,  26,  Lan- 
caster Road,  Finsbury  Park, 
London,  N. 

S.  Mitchell,  Swansea. 

Francis  Oats,  f.q.s.,  St.  Just. 

John  Phillips,  Australia. 

T.  B.  Provis,  A.inBt.c.E.,  Finsbury 
Chambers,  76,  Finsbury  Pave- 
ment, London,  E.C. 

John  Rowe,The  Terrace,  St  Just. 

Stephen  Thomas. 


Names  of  Associates  whose  Addresses  are  unknovm. 
Hall,  R.  T.  I        Phillips,  John.        |      Thomas,  Stephen. 


The  Secretary  requests  the  fa/vour  of  his  being  informed,  of  any  inaecturacies 

in  the  foregoing  lists. 


THE 

ANNIVERSARY  ADDRESS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT, 

HOWARD   FOX,   ESQ.,   F.Q.S., 

To  the  General  Mteiirufy  10th  Novemhery  189S. 


When  your  Council  informed  me  that  they  proposed  nominating 
me  a3  President  of  your  Society  for  two  years^  I  had  great  doubts 
whether  I  coiild  worthily  fill  an  office  which  has  had  so  much 
lustre  shed  on  it  by  your  roll  of  past  Presidents.  The  science  of 
Geology  is  now  so  wide  that  few  of  those  who  are  actively 
engaged  in  business  have  either  the  time  or  facUity  to  give  much 
assistance,  or  throw  much  light  on  the  many  Geological  problems 
that  still  remain  unsolved.  The  only  part  of  the  large  range 
embraced  by  this  science,  of  which  I  have  any  special  knowledge, 
is  the  Field  Geology  of  some  portions  of  the  coast  of  Cornwall ; 
but  as  this  is  possibly  the  branch  in  which  members  of  local 
Societies  can  render  the  most  immediate  assistance  in  the 
progress  of  geological  science,  I  was  encouraged  to  accept  the 
honourable  position  offered  to  me,  relying  on  your  courteous 
forbearance  for  the  many  deficiencies  under  which  I  labour. 

It  is  useful  for  a  Society  from  time  to  time  to  review  its  past 
history,  consider  its  present  position,  and  determine  the  course  of 
its  future  action. 

The  past  history  of  your  Society  is  contained  in  the  eleven 
volumes  of  your  Transactions.  As  the  earlier  ones  are  not 
easily  accessible  to  all  your  members,  no  apology  is  necessary  for 
briefly  reverting  to  their  contents  and  recalling  the  lessons  they 
teach  us. 

In  1807  the  Geological  Society  of   London  was  fonned  by 


496     JRoycU  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

a  number  of  Geologists,  for  the  purpose,  as  they  expressed  it,  of 
**  collecting  facts,  and  not  discussing  theories." 

The  origin  of  your  Society  was  due  to  Dr.  Paris,  who  left  his 
position  as  Physician  at  Westminster  Hospital  to  fill  a  vacancy 
which  occurred  at  Penzance  by  the  death  of  Dr.  John  Bingham 
Borlase,  the  early  instructor  of  Sir  Humphrey  Davy.  Dr.  Paris 
reached  Penzance  in  September,  1813,  and  within  five  months 
inspired  his  Cornish  friends  with  such  zeal  that  they  founded 
the  Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall,  in  February,  1814. 
Mr.  Davies  Gilbert,  m.p.,  aci^epted  the  Presidency;  Mr.  Ashurst 
Majendie,  Mr.  Henry  Boasc,  and  Mr.  Joseph  Came  were  his 
chief  coadjutors. 

Thus  was  ushered  into  life  the  first  offspring  of  the  London 
Society.  It  was  patronised  by  Royalty,  and  remains  to  this  day 
the  only  Royal  Geological  Society  in  the  United  Kingdom. 

The  preface  to  the  first  volume  states  that  "  the  labours  of  the 
Society  are  devoted  to  the  accomplishment  of  two  great  purposes 
— the  discovery  of  new  facts  to  enrich  science,  and  the  applica- 
tion of  science  to  enrich  art." 

Your  first  four  volumes  contain  papers  read  between  1814  and 
1832,  and  record  the  observations  of  several  leading  Cornishmen, 
who  devoted  their  leisure  with  zeal  and  ability  to  the  minute 
examination  of  the  rocks  composing  the  county;  to  the  phenomena 
of  mineral  lodes ;  and  to  the  furtherance  of  other  knowledge 
likely  to  benefit  mining  enterprises.  These  four  volumes  contain 
110  papers  and  notices.  Of  these  eighty  treat  of  matters  and 
statistics  connected  with  the  mining  industries  of  the  county ; 
twenty-three  treat  of  rock  formation;  six  are  archaeological;  and 
one  is  agricultural. 

The  records  of  these  early  observers  appear  so  complete  as  to 
leave  on  the  mind  of  the  reader  an  impression  that  little  remained 
to  be  discovered.  They,  however,  laboured  under  serious  dis- 
advantages. The  zonal  sequence  of  fossils  amongst  the  older 
rocks  had  not  been  estiblished.  The  microscope  had  not  been 
applied  in  those  days  to  the  determination  of  the  minerals  which 
compose  our  rocks,  and  consequently  more  recent  work  has  to  a 
great  extent  superseded  this  branch  of   their  observations.     Sir 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     497 

Humphrey  Davy,  for  instance,  describes  serpentine  as  follows:* 
"  The  true  constituent  parts  of  this  rock  appear  to  be  resplendent 
hornblende  and  felspar." 

There  is  hornblende  in  the  serpentine,  especially  west  of  the 
Lizard  Point,  and  Mr.  Teall  f  describes  the  presence  of  felspar  in 
the  serpentine  of  the  Rill  Head  district;  but  the  ''resplendent 
hornblende  "  to  which  Sir  Humphrey  referred  was  apparently  the 
beautiful  and  conspicuous  variety  of  pyroxene  known  as  bastite ;{ 
whilst  the  felspar  referred  to  occurs  in  the  peculiar  rock  inter- 
mediate between  serpentine  and  gabbro,  which  is  now  known  as 
troctolite. 

As  an  example  of  the  minute  accuracy  of  the  early  observers, 
so  far  as  field  observation  is  concerned,  we  may  instance  Dr.  John 
Forbes,  who,  in  1819,  read  a  paper  on  the  Geology  of  the  Land's 
End  District,  and  described  two  small  exposures  of  slate  at 
Sennen.  His  map  in  the  frontispiece  of  your  second  volume  of 
Transactions  marks  their  locality,  and  is  the  only  map  I  have 
seen  which  conspicuously  does  so. 

Your  fourth  volume  bears  testimony  to  the  indefatigable  zeal 
of  a  gentleman  who  was  for  years  your  Honorary  Secretary — Dr. 
H.  S.  Boase.  His  paper  on  the  Geology  of  Cornwall  occupies 
309  pages,  and  contains  the  result  of  two  years  labour.  He 
informs  U3§  that  he  "performed  more  than  1,200  miles  on  foot, 
visiting  every  part  of  the  county,  and  sparing  neither  personal 
toil  nor  expense  in  endeavouring  to  gain  a  more  perfect  knowledge 
of  the  Geology  of  Cornwall  than  could  be  obtained  by  strangers, 
however  well  qualified  for  the  task,  in  their  hasty  and  partial 


excursions." 


Your  fifth  volume,  published  in  1843,  is  an  encyclop»dic  work 
by  another  Comishman,  William  Jory  Henwood — On  tlie  Metal- 
liferous  Deposits  of  Comwall  and  Devon,  with  plans  of  the  lodes 
and  workings  in  various  mines,  and  tables  of  statistics,  "  involving 
immense  labour,  and  executed  with  great  skill  and  conscientious 
exactness  of  ol)servation."     He  writes  at  the  conclusion  of  the 


•  Trans,  Boijal  Gcol.  Soc.  Comivall,  vol.  1,  p.  42. 

t  BrUish  Petrology,  p.  119.         {  lUd,  p.  116.        |  Figs  1^. 


498      Royal  Geological  Society  oj  Cornwall. 

volume  as  follows:*  "The  investigation  has  been  carried  on 
during  the  past  fourteen  years,  in  which  time  I  have  examined 
more  than  200  mines,  and  travelled  undergroimd  nearly,  if  not 
quite,  2,000  miles.  In  its  prosecution  my  life  has  been  frequently 
in  imminent  danger,  and  I  have  sustained  many  severe  iiyuries." 

Mr.  Henwood  little  anticipated,  when  engaged  on  this  labour, 
that  the  time  would  shortly  come  when  such  records  would  gain 
a  unique  value,  in  consequence  of  most  of  the  Cornish  and 
Devonshire  mines  being  no  longer  worked.  A  notable  feature  of 
the  volume  is  a  complete  series  of  references  to,  and  extracts 
from,  the  writings  of  all  previous  authors  on  the  localities 
described.  Amongst  them  we  find  Professor  Sedgwick's  model 
descriptions  of  many  sections  of  our  coast,  which,  from  being 
published  in  the  Cambridge  Philo8o^)hical  Transactions^  were  not 
accessible  to  many  Comishmen. 

Your  sixth  and  seventh  volumes  contain,  as  Mr.  Collins  pointed 
out  last  year,  very  interesting  papers  and  plates  on  the  fossils  of 
Cornwall  discovered  up  to  the  year  1863.  In  these  volumes  are 
to  be  found  records  of  the  exact  localities  where  fossils  have  been 
found.  It  must  not  be  supposed,  however,  that  these  are  the  only 
localities  where  they  occur.  Others  will  undoubtedly  be  found, 
and  it  is  to  the  future  discovery  of  fossils  that  we  must  look  for 
the  clearing  up  of  many  doubtful  points  connected  with  Cornish 
stratigraphy. 

The  eighth  volume  is  the  result  of  twelve  years  unremitting 
labour  by  Mr.  Henwood.  The  fifth  volume,  as  we  have  seen, 
treated  of  the  metalliferous  deposits  of  Cornwall  and  Devon  ;  the 
eighth  gives  us  the  corresponding  phenomena  in  the  mineral 
districts  of  almost  the  entire  globe,  as  far  as  could  be  ascertained 
at  that  time,  and  treats  also  of  subterranean  temperatures.  Its 
value  is  enhanced  by  a  most  minute  and  admirable  index,  a  feature 
sadly  wanting  in  some  of  the  earlier  volumes. 

The  ninth,  tenth,  and  current  eleventh  volumes  contain  papers 
read  within  the  memory  of  many  now  present,  and  a  summary  of 
their  contents  would  contain  nothing  novel  for  you. 

•  Page  386. 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President     499 

The  Presidential  addresses  were  not  printed  in  full  until  the 
year  1841.  Those  addresses  not  only  record  the  later  history  of 
your  Society,  hut  note  the  progress  of  Geological  Science  from 
time  to  time. 

The  annual  reports  of  the  council  and  of  the  curators  record  the 
gradual  growth  of  the  valuable  collections  in  your  museum,  and 
the  circumstances  connected  with  the  long-projected  and  ultimate 
building  of  the  premises  which  you  now  occupy ;  the  foundation- 
stone  of  which  was  laid  by  your  then  President,  Mr.  Charles  Fox, 
on  April  27,  1864,  in  the  jubilee  year  of  your  history. 

Your  Society  now  possesses  an  admirably-arranged  and  carefuUy-^ 
attended  museum,  open  to  the  public,  and  receiving  important 
a«idition8  from  year  to  year.  Here  you  not  only  have  a  valuable 
collection  of  mineralogical  specimens,  but  you  have  the  Cornish 
fossils  referred  to  in  your  TranaactionSy  a  study  of  which  enables 
the  observer  who  is  acquainted  with  the  sequence  of  life-forms 
upon  the  globe  to  fix,  approximately  at  any  rate,  the  age  of  the 
rocks  in  which  they  occur.  Mr.  Etheridge,*  in  1878,  said  that  no 
series  of  Devonian  fossils  in  Britain  was  equal  to  that  arranged  in 
your  museum ;  while  Dr.  Le  Neve  Foster!  reported  in  the  same 
year  that  the  suite  of  typical  fossils  of  the  various  geological 
formations  was  probably  without  rival,  as  a  representative  series, 
in  any  museum  west  of  Bristol. 

In  considering  the  present  position  of  your  Society,  it  must  be 
acknowledged  that  one  subject  which  occupied  the  chief  attention 
of  its  founders  and  early  supporters,  viz.,  the  mining  interests  of 
Cornwall,  no  longer  holds  the  same  prominent  position  in  your 
Transactions ;  and  this  for  two  reasons.  Firstly,  other  countries 
at  present  produce  metals  in  such  abundance  and  at  such  a  low 
cost,  that  Cornish  copper  and  lead  mines,  unable  successfully  to 
compete  with  them,  have  most  of  them  ceased  to  exist,  and  only 
the  richest  tin  mines  are  left  to  continue  the  struggle.  Secondly, 
younger  societies  than  your  own,  some  of  which  hold  their 
meetings  and  conduct  their  classes  in  the  centre  of  the  mining 


•  Trails.  Boyal  Geol,  Soc.  Comically  vol.  x.  1878,  xxxvii. 
t  Ibid,  vol.  X.  1878,  xxxviii. 


500      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

districts,  have  for  their  special  object  the  fostering  of  these  mining 
interests. 

Your  Society  is  thus  relieved  of  the  chief  responsibility  in  this 
matter.  Your  council  are  nevertheless  as  anxious  as  ever  to 
promote  a  closer  connection  with  those  societies,  and  to  co-operate 
with  them  for  the  benefit  of  students  and  of  Cornish  interests. 

Another  feature  in  addition  to  the  decline  of  mining  enter- 
prises affects  the  number  and  importance  of  the  papers  read 
before  you. 

Owing  partly  to  the  improved  means  of  locomotion,  and  partly 
to  the  natural  tendency  of  the  present  day,  the  practice  prevails 
to  an  increasing  extent  of  reading  important  papers  at  the  great 
centres  of  science,  where  they  can  be  fully  considered  and  dis- 
cussed. This  however  is  not  by  any  means  a  new  feature. 
Prof.  Sedgwick  in  1821  published  his  admirable  paper  on  the 
"  Physical  Structure  of  the  Lizard  District,"  in  the  Transactions 
of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Society,  (VoL  i.  p.  291.)  The 
Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  contains  some  ex- 
tremely valuable  contributions  on  the  Geology  of  Cornwall,  with 
which  those  who  are  desirous  of  assisting  the  progress  of  geology 
in  the  county  should  make  themselves  familiar.  In  the  volumes 
for  1850  and  1851  will  be  found  Mr.  Godwin  Austen's  references 
to  the  "Eaised  Beaches"  and  "Head"  of  your  coasts.  Prof. 
Sedgwick's  paper  on  the  slate  rocks  of  Devon  and  Cornwall 
appeared  in  1852.  The  volumes  for  1875,  1876,  and  1878  con- 
tain Mr.  John  Arthur  Phillips's  papers  on  the  rocks  of  the  mining 
districts  of  Cornwall,  and  on  the  so-called  "Greenstones"  of 
Cornwall  In  the  volume  for  1876  also  appears  Mr.  S.  Allport's 
paper  on  the  "  Metamorphic  Rocks  surrounding  the  Land's  End 
Mass  of  Granite."  Prof.  Bonney's,  on  the  Lizard  district,  ap- 
peared in  1877.  These  papers  mark  an  epoch  in  the  history  of 
Cornish  Geology.  These  three  geologists  were  the  first  to  bring 
the  microscope  to  the  aid  of  chemical  analysis  in  determining  the 
character  and  composition  of  Cornish  Rocks. 

Mr.  Philips  came  to  the  conclusion  that  many  of  the  so-called 
"Greenstones"  of  central  and  east  Cornwall  were  ancient  lava 
flows  interbedded  with  the  slates  and  schists  of  the  district,  and 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     501 

were  contemporaneous  igneous  products.  He  describes  the  trans- 
formation of  augite  into  hornblende  in  many  of  the  original 
dolerites,  and  also  settled  a  vexed  question  by  laying  it  down  as 
positive  that  "neither  granites  or  elvans  could  result  from  the 
re-arrangement  by  heat  or  otherwise  of  the  constituents  either  of 
one  or  of  any  number  of  our  slates." 

Mr.  Allport  also  found  the  augites  of  the  dolerites  in  the 
Penzance  district  passing  into  hornblende,  and  all  stages  of  the 
alteration  were  disclosed  by  the  microscope.  He  made  some  bold 
inductions  which  subsequent  investigation  tends  rather  to  confirm 
than  to  disprove.  "  It  appears,"  he  writes,  "  not  only  that  clay- 
slate  may  be  transformed  into  mica-schist,  gneiss,  and  tourmaline- 
schist,  but  that  among  the  more  basic  rocks  hornblende-schists 
may  be  metamorphosed  igneous  rocks,  some  being  derived  from 
dolerites  and  gabbros,  while  others  are  very  probably  foliated 
diorites.'*  He  considered  the  evidence  proved  that  the  Cornish 
slates  existed  as  metamorphic  rocks  (cleaved  and  contorted)  long 
before  the  intrusion  of  the  granite,  and  that  this  intrusion  of 
granite  not  only  altered  the  structure  of  the  slates,  but  also  de- 
veloped in  them  some  of  its  own  constituents. 

Prof.  Bonney  found  that  the  Lizard  gabbros  were  liable  to 
three  forms  of  mineral  change. 

(a)  the  gradual  conversion  of  their  felspar  into  saussurite. 
(6)  of  diallage  into  hornblende, 
(c)  Of  olivine  into  serpentine. 

His  observations  led  him  to  infer  that  the  trap  dykes  of 
the  Lizard  district  were  probably  once  all  dolerites.  He  also 
established  the  true  theory  as  to  the  origin  of  the  serpentine  by 
proving  it  to  be  an  altered  peridotite.* 

Other  London  publications,  such  as  the  Oeologiccd  Magazine^ 
the  Proceedings  of  tlie  Geological  Association,  and  the  Minera- 
logicaJ-  Magazine,  contain  numerous  articles  of  great  value  by  Mr. 
Teall,  F.R8.,  Mr.  Ussher,  General  McMahon,  Mr.  J.  H.  Collins, 


•  A  list  of  ][)apers  on  Cornish  Geology  which  have  appeared  in  the 
Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  to  this  time  will  be  inserted  in 
your  Transactions  for  this  year. 


502     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Dr.  Le  Neve  Foster,  Mr.  Somervail,  and  other  geologists.  Im- 
portant papers  referring  to  Cornish  geology  may  also  be  found  in 
the  journals  of  geological  and  other  learned  societies  in  various 
parts  of  the  United  Kingdom;  whilst  all  these  writers  are  com- 
pelled to  refer  with  admiration  to  the  classic  report  of  Sir  Henry 
De  la  Beche  on  the  Geology  of  Cornwall  and  Devon,  published 
in  1839  as  a  separate  volume. 

When  we  consider  the  comparatively  small  number  of  rocks 
examined  and  the  interesting  results  obtained  by  those  who  first 
applied  the  microscope  to  the  study  of  Cornish  rocks,  we  realise 
what  a  wide  field  of  investigation  is  still  open  to  those  who  have 
the  time  and  opportunity  to  enter  upon  it  Mr.  Allport  merely 
broke  ground  in  the  study  of  the  metamorphic  rocks  surrounding 
the  Land's  End  mass  of  granite,  and  a  rich  harvest  of  results  may 
be  confidently  promised  to  anyone  who  will  take  up  the  work 
where  he  left  it,  and  devote  his  attention  to  that  extraordinary 
zone  of  metamorphism,  which  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  mass 
{e,g,  about  Cape  Cornwall).  This  work  can  only  be  done  success- 
fully by  those  who  are  able  to  visit  the  locality  repeatedly,  and 
combine  work  in  the  field  with  a  careful  examination  of  rocks 
under  the  microscope,  and  if  possible,  in  the  chemical  laboratory. 

Notwithstanding  the  labours  of  all  the  authorities  referred  to, 
who  have  studied  and  discussed  our  Cornish  geology,  there  remain 
geological  problems  in  various  parts  of  the  county  still  awaiting 
solution. 

Over  the  greater  portion  of  England  and  Wales  the  strata  form- 
ing the  floor  of  the  country  either  retain  their  original  sub-horizontal 
position,  or  have  been  but  slightly  inclined  and  undulated,  so  that 
it  is  easy  to  interpret  their  arrangement,  while  they  have  been  so 
little  crushed,  that  their  fossils  still  retain  their  original  character, 
and  can  be  collected  in  abundance. 

In  our  Cornish  peninsula,  on  the  other  hand,  as  in  the  more 
mountainous  districts  of  Scotland  and  Ireland,  the  originally  fiat 
strata  have  been  crushed  together  by  enormous  lateral  pressure, 
bent  and  twisted ;  even  raised  up  on  end  and  sheared  into  slatey 
masses,  so  that  the  ascertainment  of  their  original  order  is  a  matter 
of  the  very  gravest  difficulty.     At  the  same  time  the  included 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     503 

organic  remains  of  our  rocks  have  been  in  some  places  flattened 
out  and  distorted,  even  where  they  are  most  abundant.  In  other 
places  they  have  been  crushed  out  of  all  recognition,  or  are  found 
only  in  a  few  local  spots. 

Add  to  this  the  fact,  that  mighty  masses  of  igneous  rock — such 
as  our  great  granites  of  the  Land's  End,  Stithians,  St.  Austell,  and 
Brown  Willey  districts  have  invaded  the  stratified  rocks,  and  have 
altered  and  metamorphosed  them  for  great  distances  around ;  and 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  working  out  of  the  detailed  geology 
of  our  county  is  a  matter  of  the  profoundest  difficulty ;  and  it  is 
little  to  be  wondered  at  that  we  are  still  practically  ignorant 
of  what  is  the  proper  classification  and  disposition  of  its  geological 
strata. 

Our  knowledge  of  these  rocks  will  be  of  course  increased,  as 
soon  as  we  can  find  characteristic  fossils  in  a  good  state  of  preser* 
vation  capable  of  accurate  identification.  During  the  past  thirty 
years,  however,  but  little  has  been  done  in  this  branch  of  geology. 
Mr.  J.  H.  Collins  and  Mr.  Thomas  Clark  record*  Ordovician 
(Lower  Silurian)  fossils  in  the  vertical  Meneage  quartzites,  and 
Mr.  Fortescue  Millett  discovered  Tertiary  fossils  in  the  superficial 
clays  of  St.  Erth.f  No  other  discovery  of  fossils  characteristic  of 
special  zones  in  the  succession  of  the  geological  formations  has 
been  made  during  this  time.  Mr  Peach  found  no  fossils  in  slate 
west  of  the  Van,  near  the  Blackhead  (St.  Austell),  though  he 
records  his  belief  |  that  "  probably  four-fifths  of  the  slate  in 
Cornwall  is  fossil  if  erous,"  and  he  colours  Truro  as  the  centre  of  a 
small  fossiliferous  district  §  In  confirmation  of  this  Mr.  Collins 
records  ||  a  fossil,  apparently  a  Favosttes^  in  a  soft  greyish  schist  at 
Lower  Newham.  Mr.  Thomas  Clark,  of  Truro,  after  years  of 
patient  research,  has  at  last  discovered  traces  of  organic  remains 
in  the  Perranzabuloe  district.     Mr.  S.  R  Pattison  H  records  traces 


•  Trails,  Boyal  Oeol,  Soc,  Cornwall,  vol.  x.  p.  61. 

t  Ibid.  pp.  213,  222.         J  Ibid.  vol.  vi.  p.  188. 

§  Map  Ibid,  J  vol.  vi.  plate  2. 

(I  Jour.  Hoy.  Instil.  Cortiwallf  vol.  viL  part  1,  1881,  p.  15. 

IF  Trans.  Boyal  Oeol.  Soc  Comvxdl,  vol.  viL  p.  210. 

VOL.   XI.  2   M 


504      Royal  Geological  Society  of  ComwalL 

of  crinoidea  in  a  greenish  slate  from  the  fields  near  St  Just  in 
Roseland.  Professor  Lapworth  last  Easter  found  traces  of  fossils 
in  the  slates  of  the  Nare  Point,  Meneage,  and  in  the  conglomerates 
of  that  district.  Mr.  F.  J.  Stephens  has  recently  found  fossiliferous 
limestone  in  the  "Head"  hetween  Maenporth  and  Rosemullion. 
In  none  of  the  cases,  however,  that  I  have  cited  were  the  fossils 
found  to  be  in  sufficiently  good  preservation  to  determine  the 
geological  age  of  the  rocks  in  which  they  were  discovered. 

You  occupy  then,  as  Comishmen,  this  unique  and  interesting 
position.  You  have  possibly  more  unsolved  problems  in 
Cornwall  than  exist  in  any  other  county  of  England,  notwith- 
standing that  your  180  miles  of  sea  coast,  besides  the  numerous 
estuaries,  give  you  an  unrivalled  extent  of  sections  for  study. 
The  true  geological  structure  has  yet  to  be  made  out,  and  the 
age  and  sequence  of  the  stratified  deposits  covering  large  tracts 
have  to  be  determined.  Only  a  beginning  has  been  made  on 
the  study  of  the  rocks  by  modern  petrographical  methods. 
These  facts  should  stimulate  your  members  to  exertion. 

Let  us  now  consider  in  which  direction  these  efforts  can  be 
most  usefully  applied. 

At  your  last  annual  meeting  Mr.  Worth  appealed  to  you  to 
study  the  granitic  areas  of  Cornwall;  and  Mr.  Collins,  in  con- 
tributing a  "  Working  list  of  the  Palaeozoic  fossils  of  Cornwall " 
in  your  museum,  appealed  to  local  students  to  search  the  cliffs 
and  quarries  for  fossils  more  diligently  than  hitherto.  I  would 
venture  earnestly  to  support  those  appeals. 

Our  late  eminent  leader  and  authority  on  all  matters  connected 
with  the  geology  of  Cornwall,  Sir  Warington  Smyth,  in  one 
of  his  many  brilliant  presidential  addresses,  reminded  you  that 
your  Society  "was  formed  for  the  promotion  of  science  by  the 
personal  observation  of  its  members." 

My  friend  Mr.  Teall,  who  hoped  to  have  been  with  us 
to-day,  writes  to  me  as  follows,  on  the  same  subject — 

"No  doubt  there  are  in  Cornwall  many  among  the  youth  of 
both  sexes  who  are  both  ready  and  willing  to  help  on  the  cause  of 
science  if  they  can  only  see  the  way  to  begin.  Let  me  now 
endeavour  to  point  out  to  such  what  appears  to  me  to  be  the  best 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President     505 

course  for  them  to  pursue.  They  should  begin  at  once  by 
observing  the  rocks  for  themselves.  Without  a  direct  basis  of 
direct  observation  geological  writings  are  unintelligible.  An 
elementary  knowledge  of  chemistry  and  physics  is  certainly 
desirable,  but  even  this  is  not  absolutely  necessary.  As  soon 
as  the  would-be  investigator  has  made  himself  or  herself  familiar 
with  the  common  rocks,  such  as  slate,  grit,  quartzite,  sandstone, 
greenstone,  and  granite,  and  has  clearly  realised  the  difference 
between  cleavage  and  bedding  in  sedimentary  rocks — this  latter 
point  is  absolutely  necessary — he  may  with  advantage  study  what 
has  been  established  recently  in  a  district  where  allied  features 
are  to  be  observed.  Such  a  district  is  to  be  found  in  the  Southern 
Uplands  of  Scotland." 

Prof.  Lapworth,  p.r.s.,  some  time  ago,  after  several  years  most 
careful  survey  and  mapping  of  the  districts  of  Moffat*  and 
Girvan,  \  in  South  Scotland,  and  after  patient  unravelling  of  the 
wrinkles  into  which  their  rocks  had  been  crushed,  was  able  to 
determine  the  sequence  and  age  of  the  rocks  in  the  great  district 
of  the  Scottish  Uplands,  one  of  the  most  complicated  regions  in 
the  British  Islands. 

He  thus  describes  the  method  of  procedure  :  { 

"  In  attempting  the  development  of  the  true  physical  relation- 
ship of  strata  so  crumpled  and  dislocated  as  those  of  the  Girvan 
region,  our  first  task  is  to  select  some  definite  stratigraphical  zone 
as  a  general  datum  line,  or  horizon  of  reference,  from  which  to 
commence  our  labour,  and  to  which  to  refer,  as  often  as  occasion 
requires,  the  several  results  of  our  more  detailed  investigations. 
A  horizon  suitable  for  this  purpose  must  almost  of  necessity  be 
composed  of  a  lithological  character  sufficiently  striking  to  be 
identified  upon  all  occasions  with  ease  and  certainty.  It  should 
be  of  sufficient  thickness  to  form  at  least  a  distinctly  marked 
feature  in  the  ascending  sequence,  and  to  be  completely  satis- 
factory for  our  special  purpose  it  should  be  of  wide  horizontal 
ext(}nt,  so  that  it  may  afford  a  large  number  of  points  of  reference 
upon  the  ground  itself,  that  there  may  be  no  possibility  of  doubt 


•  Quar,'Jour.  Qeol.  Soc.y  1877. 
t  Ibid,  1882.  X  Ibid,  1882,  pp.  651-2. 

2  M  2 


506      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

or  ambiguity  as  respects  its  true  relationship  to  the  remaining 
members  of  the  succession." 

This  datum  line,  or  horizon  of  reference,  for  the  great  con- 
voluted district  of  the  Southern  Uplands  of  Scotland,  which 
occupies  an  area  of  some  5,000  square  miles,  Prof.  Lapworth 
discovered  in  some  thin  black  bands,  which  proved  to  be  shales 
full  of  Graptolites,  peculiar  to  special  zones. 

By  means  of  this  fossiliferous  zone  of  reference  in  a  district 
totally  destitute  of  organic  remains,  except  in  a  few  isolated 
localities,  and  above  all,  thrown  into  the  most  violent  folds 
and  contortions,  he  was  able  to  unravel  the  extraordinary 
complexity  of  the  South  Scottish  succession.*  He  found  that 
'^strikes,  dips,  and  visible  sequences  were  worse  than  useless  in 
these  convoluted  rocks  as  indices  of  chronological  sequence."  f 
He  found  that  the  whole  country  had  been  folded  and  overfolded, 
puckered,  faulted,  and  overfaulted.  The  Geological  sections 
accompanying  his  papers  J  indicate  how  the  upper  parts  of  the 
folds  had  been  denuded,  and  the  lower  parts  were  hidden  in  the 
earth.  The  same  black  bands  containing  Graptolites  charac- 
teristic of  special  zones  appeared  and  re-appeared  over  and  over 
again — sometimes  close  together,  sometimes  miles  apart,  and  the 
result  of  unravelling  this  complex  mass  was  to  reduce  the  supposed 
thickness  of  these  Scotch  rocks  from  many  miles  to  a  maximum 
of  7,000  feet ;  that  is,  the  rocks  were  found  to  be  in  reality  not 
one -twentieth  of  the  apparent  thickness.  The  clear  recognition 
of  this  type  of  stratigraphy  is  one  of  the  most  important  features 
of  what  has  been  styled  the  "  New  Geology." 

The  rocks  in  West  Cornwall  present  some  striking  analogies  to 
these  Ordovician  and  Silurian  rocks  in  Scotland,  and  have  under- 
gone such  an  amount  of  folding,  shearing,  crumpling,  and  crushing, 
that  their  apparent  superposition  in  many  districts  goes  for  abso- 
lutely nothing. 

The  same  labour  and   the   same  methods  that  have  been  so 


•  Quar.  Jour.  Oeol.  Soc.  1877,  p.  242. 

t  Proe.  OeoL  Assoc,  viii.  No.  8,  p.  4. 

;  See  *'  Ballantrae  Rocks  of  South  Scotland,"  Geol,  Mag,  1889,  &c. 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     507 

successfully  applied  to  the  Scotch  rocks  must  be  applied  in  Corn- 
wall. But  the  question  arises,  Have  we  any  easily  recognisable 
band  of  rock  to  serve  as  our  first  datum  line  or  horizon  of  refer- 
ence? I  am  of  opinion  the  Radiolarian  Chert  beds  first  recognised 
on  Mullion  Island  *  may  be  taken  to  answer  this  purpose. 

The  Mullion  Island  cherts  consist  of  easily  recognised  bands  of 
mostly  black  Hint-like  rock,  generally  reticulated  with  thin  but 
conspicuous  white  quartz  veins.  They  are  extremely  hard,  and 
resistant  of  both  atmospheric  and  subterranean  agents  of  destruc- 
tion. They  are  of  sufficient  thickness  to  form  a  distinctly  .marked 
feature  in  the  ascending  sequence,  and  having  been  originally 
deposited  at  the  bottom  of  an  ocean  free  from  mud  and  calcareous 
organisms  as  Radiolarian  ooze,t  and  formed  its  floor,  they  probably 
occupy  a  wide,  horizontal  extent  of  country.  They  occur  in 
distinct  bands,  mostly  in  shales  or  Crushed  dark  slates,  break 
witli  a  conchoidal  fracture,  and  when  sheared  or  impure  the 
microscope  generally  determines  their  nature.  The  fossils  are 
Kadiolarian — deep-sea  forms  like  those  of  the  present  day. 

In  South  Scotland  officers  of  the  Geological  Survey  have  recently 
traced  such  cherts  with  Kadiolaria  from  sea  to  sea  just  beneath  the 
Llandeilo  rocks,  fixing  horizons  exactly.  Our  cherts  in  Cornwall 
— possibly  of  the  same  age,  certainly  of  the  same  character — are 
equally  promising,  in  the  midst  of  the  entangled  rocks  around,  to 
form  the  datum  line,  or  clue  to  the  succession.  "Whenever  we 
find  these  beds  we  know  where  we  are."  We  may  of  course  find 
such  cherts  in  other  geological  systems  in  Cornwall.  Typical 
fossils  in  the  associated  slates  and  shales  must  in  all  cases  deter- 
mine their  age. 

Last  Easter  Mr.  Teall  and  Professor  Lapworth  visited  Cornwall, 
and  I  had  the  pleasure  of  accompanying  them  throughout  the 
Lizard  District,  from  Trewavas  Head  to  Helford  River.  Not  only 
did  we  study  these  cherts  in  the  already  discovered  locality  of 
Mullion  Island,  where  they  exist  in  their  least  broken,  most  pure. 


•   Vide  Quar,  Jour,  Oeol.  Soc,  Feb.  1893,  pp.  211-218. 
t  Vide  Deep  Sea  Deposits  {Challenger  Expedition),  Murray  and  Renard, 
1891,  p.  176. 


508      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

and  most  easily  recognised  fonn,  but  we  were  rewarded  by  the 
discovery  of  their  continuation  along  the  Cornish  shores  far  to  the 
north-eastward.  We  found  these  Mullion  Island  cherts  again  and 
again  in  the  clifiBs  and  skerries  and  rugged  foreshore  between 
Nelly's  Cove,  north  of  Porthallow,  and  Ligwrath  Pointy  a  distance 
of  about  800  yards.  Estimating  the  thickness  of  the  rocks  exposed 
between  these  points  in  the  usual  way  from  their  apparent  dip, 
one  would  imagine  that  one  was  looking  at  a  succession  of  inter- 
bedded  slates,  shales,  and  cherts  of  a  total  thickness  of  nearly 
2,000  feet ;  whereas  the  fact  is — as  can  be  proved  by  carefully 
studying  every  foot  of  the  ground  —  the  cherts  and  afisociated 
strata  are  in  reality  a  thin  series  repeated  again  and  again  by 
folding  and  puckering. 

The  diagram  shows  plainly  how  the  repeated  folding  of  these 
beds  gives  exactly  the  exposures  we  find  in  this  district  of 
Meneage.  The  same  apparently  identical  beds  of  chert  are  seen 
again  and  again,  sometimes  a  hundred  yards  apart,  and  always 
associated  with  the  same  shales  and  slates,  &c.  This  can  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  that  the  rocks  have  been  folded,  frilled , 
and  puckered  as  you  may  ruck  a  tablecloth  by  lateral  pressure. 
Messrs.  Teall  and  Lapworth  suggested  that  the  natural  prolonga- 
tion of  these  chert  beds  would  probably  be  found  again  further 
east  in  the  Veryan  and  Gorran  districts,  and  this  has  been  done 
during  the  past  summer.  They  can  be  traced  from  Pendower 
Beach,  where  they  are  in  great  force,  at  intervals  in  a  district 
extending  for  five  miles  in  a  north-easterly  direction,  viz.,  to 
Tolcarne  Mill  in  the  parish  of  St.  Michael  Caerhays,  lying 
generally  within  tlie  district  coloured  Silurian  by  De  la  Beche. 

Chert  pebbles  showing  structure  of  Radiolaria  have  also  been 
found  on  the  North  Coast ;  but  the  parent  rock  has  not  yet  been 
traced  in  situ. 

These  beds  of  Radiolarian  chert  ought  most  certainly  to  be 
diligently  traced,  wherever  they  occur  throughout  the  county. 
Here  you  have  a  duty  ready  to  your  hands.  The  beds  will 
probably  form  a  fairly  trustworthy  ** datum-line"  to  begin  with, 
from  which  to  proceed  to  unfold  the  complexities  of  our  sedimen- 
tary rocks  and  ascertain  their  true  succession  and  thickness.     A 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     509 

second  immediate  duty  is  to  discover  some  characteristic  fossils  in 
the  slates  and  shales  associated  with  the  cherts  themselves,  and 
thus  determine  their  precise  age  and  position  in  the  geological 
sequence.  Other  bands  of  rocks  marking  special  horizons  must 
also  be  traced  wherever  they  exist  It  is  almost  certain  that 
typical  fossils  will  be  discovered  in  the  rocks  of  West  Cornwall, 
and  this  Society  must  look  to  its  members  searching  their  own 
immediate  localities,  as  in  no  other  way  can  the  work  be  so  quickly 
and  adequately  done. 

Perhaps  a  few  hints  may  be  serviceable  to  the  geological 
worker.  The  best  chance  of  discovering  well-preserved  typical 
fossils  is  said  to  be — 

1.  Where  the  cleavage  of  the  slates  corresponds  with  the 
original  bedding.  When  beds  of  slates  have  different  colours,  it 
is  easy  to  determine  whether  they  will  split  in  layers  corresponding 
witli  the  colours.     If  they  do,  the  cleavage  and  bedding  are  alike. 

2.  In  slates  adjoining  our  greenstone  intrusions,  Mr.  Phillips* 
showed  that  many  of  the  Cornish  greenstones  were  of  con- 
temporaneous origin  with  the  slates,  and  all  of  them  older  than 
the  intrusions  of  granites  and  elvans.  Sedimentary  rocks  adjacent 
to  these  greenstones  may  be  indurated,  and  may  thus  have  been 
able  to  resist  the  pressure  of  subsequent  earth -movements  which 
have  crushed  all  traces  of  organic  remains  out  of  most  of  the 
softer  beds.  Mr.  Peach  t  instances  examples  of  this  at  the  Van 
near  the  Blackhead,  St  AustelL 

3.  In  bands  of  coarse  grits,  which  during  the  folding  of  our 
rocks  have  resisted  the  crushing  and  shearing  which  are  so 
apparent  in  the  softer  rocks. 

i.  In  eyes  or  bosses  of  harder  rock  which  have  happened  to 
escape  the  ordinary  rolling  out  of  the  main  mass. 

Take  the  largest  map  you  can  procure  of  the  district  you  wish 
to  survey,  and  insert  very  carefully  the  strikes,  dips,  and  faults, 
and  do  it  as  a  pleasure  in  your  holidays.  If  you  find  fossils,  note 
not  only   the  precise  locality,  but  the  exact  position,  say  in  a 


♦  Qtiar,  Jour,  Oeol  Soc,  1878,  p.  495. 

t  Trans.  Boy,  Oeol.  Soc.  Comwallf  vol.  vi.  p.  13. 


510      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

quarry  itself,  or  the  cliff  section,  for  as  in  South  Scotland,  in  the 
same  cliff  section  may  be  occasionally  found  beds  representative  of 
many  ages  or  several  rock  formations  and  fossil  zones. 

Another  method  of  assisting  the  objects  of  our  Society  is  open 
to  those  who  practise  Photography.  Interesting  sections  should 
be  photographed,  with  duplicates  coloured  on  the  spot,  and  an 
album  or  portfolio  of  such  photographs,  with  the  names  of  the 
donors,  might  lie  on  this  table.  The  exact  locality  of  the  rocks 
photographed  might  be  marked  on  a  tracing  of  the  25-inch  parish 
maps,  and  annexed  to  the  respective  photographs.  Where 
photographic  appliances  are  not  available,  accurate  sketches  would 
be  valuable.  Visitors  to  the  county  would  thus  learn  where  to  go 
for  the  most  characteristic  sections. 

Your  Presidents  have  often  referred  in  their  annual  addresses 
to  papers  appearing  in  other  journals  and  publications  which  bore 
on  Cornish  geology  and  your  mining  interests.  It  is,  I  think, 
desirable  that  a  reference  to  all  geological  papers  appearing  else- 
where relating  to  Cornwall  should  be  printed  in  your  annual 
Tra?i8actto7i8y  stating  in  what  publications  the  papers  are  to  be 
found,  and — where  possible — accompanied  by  an  abstract  of  such 
papers.  By  this  means  your  Traiisactiona  would  give  valuable 
references  to  those  who  have  not  ready  access  to  the  geological 
literature  of  larger  centres.  One  of  your  London  members  would 
be  in  the  best  position  to  undertake  this  duty. 

Let  us  try,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  what  we  can  do  to  promote 
these  desirable  objects  before  the  next  annual  meeting.  Within 
the  last  few  years  the  Quarterly  Journal,  of  the  Geological  Society 
has  contained  three  important  petrographical  papers  by  Miss 
Kaisin,  who  has  received  the  award  of  a  fund  by  the  Council  of 
that  Society.  The  same  journal  contains  a  paper  by  Miss 
Gardiner  on  Metamorphism  round  the  New  Galloway  granite,  and 
another  paper  by  Miss  Ogilvie,  who  has  just  been  made  d.Sc.  for 
brilliant  stratigraphical  work  in  the  Dolomites. 

It  was  owing  to  the  munificence  of  a  lady,  Miss  Elizabeth  Came, 
that  you  became  the  owners  of  the  freehold  on  which  your  museum 
is  built;  it  was  owing  to  the  zeal  and  industry  of  herself  and 
sister  that  your  mineral  specimens  were  so  carefully  and  scien- 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President     511 

tifically  arranged  and  labelled  on  the  first  occupation  of  these 
rooms.  Nor  did  her  services  to  you  end  here.  Following  in  the 
footsteps  of  her  father,  Mr.  Joseph  Came,  f.r.8.,  one  of  the 
principal  benefactors  of  your  Society,  she  became  a  valued  con- 
tributor to  your  Transactions,  A  lady  a  few  years  ago  found  the 
only  specimen  of  Paradoxides — a  mid-Cambrian  fossil — yet  dis- 
covered in  Cornwall.  There  is  no  reason  why  the  honour  of 
settling  the  age  of  our  West  Cornwall  rocks  should  not  fall  to 
the  lot  of  another  lady. 

In  encouraging  you,  my  fellow- Comishmen  and  women,  to 
assist  in  this  work  I  cannot  conclude  more  appropriately  than 
by  recalling  to  your  memories  the  words  of  Sir  Charles  Lemon, 
when  addressing  you  forty-seven  years  ago — * 

''The  subordinate  ranks  of  science  must  be  filled  as  well  as 
those  which  are  superior,  the  rank  and  file  of  an  army  constitute 
an  element  of  its  strength,  every  individual  soldier  has  his  value  if 
he  does  his  duty  in  the  especial  service  to  which  he  is  called.  .  .  . 
It  is  our  province  to  gather  facts  for  our  great  masters  to  arrange 
and  digest,  and  when  we  have  exercised  due  diligence  in  this 
humble  department  of  science,  we  have  a  right  to  say  that  we 
have  done  our  duty." 

•  Trans.  Boy.  Oeol,  Soc.  Conitoall,  voL  vi.  1846,  p.  9. 


512     Royal  Gredogiccd  Society  of  Cornwall. 


QUARTERLY  JOURNAL  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL 

SOCIETY,    1845-1893. 


List  of  the  most  important  Papers  relating  to  the  Geology  of 
Cornwall  which  have  appeared  in  the  above  joumaL 

Vol  iv.  1848.  On  the  Landslip  at  the  Lizard.  By  the  Rev. 
C.  A.  Johns,     pp.  193-4. 

VoL  vL  1850.  On  the  VaUej  of  the  English  Channel  By 
R  A.  C.  Austen,  f.r.8.     pp.  69-97. 

YoL  vii.  1851.  On  the  Superficial  Accumulations  of  the  Coasts 
of  the  English  Channel  and  the  Changes  they  indicate.  By 
R  A.  C.  Austen,  f.rb.     pp.  118-136. 

VoL  viii.  1852.  On  the  Slate  Rocks  of  Devon  and  Cornwall 
By  the  Rev.  A.  Sedgwick,  f.r.8.     pp.  1-19. 

VoL  X.  1854.  On  Auriferous  Quartz  Rocks  in  North  ComwalL 
By  S.  R  Pattison.     pp.  247-9. 

VoL  X.  1851.  On  some  Intrusive  Igneous  Rocks  in  Cawsand 
Bay,  near  Plymouth.    By  Leonard  Homer,  f.r.8.    pp.  359-366. 

VoL  xL  1855.  On  Sand  worn  Granite  near  the  Land's  End. 
By  R.  W.  Fox.     p.  549. 

VoL  xviL  1861.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Large  Granite  Boulders 
at  a  Great  Depth  in  West  Rosewame  Mine,  Gwinear.  By 
H.  C.  Salmon,     pp.  517-522. 

VoL  xxii.  1866.  A  Description  of  some  Remarkable  "  Heaves  " 
or  Throws  in  Penhalls  Mine.     By  J.  W.  Pike.     pp.  535-7. 

VoL  xxiv.  1868.  On  the  Older  Rocks  of  South  Devon  and 
East  CornwalL     By  Dr.  Harvey  B.  HolL     pp.  400-454. 

VoL  xxiv.  1868.  On  the  Discovery  of  the  Remains  of  Cepha- 
laspidian  Fishes  in  Devonshire  and  Cornwall;  and  on  the 
Identity  of  Steganodictyum,  McCoy,  with  Genera  of  these 
Fishes.     By  E.  Ray  Lankester.     pp.  546-7. 


Anniversary  Address  of  the  President.     513 

Vol.  xxxi.  1875.  The  Rocks  of  the  Mining  Districts  of  Corn- 
wall and  their  Relation  to  Metalliferous  Deposits.  By  J. 
Arthur  PhiUips.     pp.  319-345. 

VoL  xxxii.  1876.  The  Drift  of  Devon  and  Cornwall:  its 
Origin,  Correlation  with  that  of  the  South-cast  of  England, 
and  Place  in  the  Glacial  Series.    By  Thomas  Belt.    pp.  80-90. 

Vol.  xxxii.  187G.  On  the  so-called  "Greenstones"  of  Western 
Cornwall     By  J.  Arthur  Phillips,     pp.  155-179. 

Vol.  xxxii.  1876.  On  the  Metamorphic  Rocks  surrounding  the 
Land's  End  Mass  of  Granite.     By  S.  Allport.     pp.  407-427. 

Vol.  xxxiii.  1877.  On  the  Serpentine  and  Associated  Rocks 
of  the  Lizard  District.  By  the  Rev.  T  G.  Bonney.  With 
Notes  on  the  Chemical  Composition  of  some  of  the  Rocks 
of  the  Lizard  District.     By  W.  H.  Hudleston.     pp.  884-928. 

Vol.  xxxiv.  1878.  On  Terminal  Curvature  in  the  South-western 
Counties.     By  W.  A.  E.  Ussher.     pp.  49-55. 

VoL  xxxiv.  1878.  On  the  so-called  "Greenstones"  of  Central 
and  Eastern  Cornwall.     By  J.  Arthur  Phillips,     pp.  471-497. 

VoL  xxxiv.  1878.  On  the  Great  Flat  Lode  South  of  Redruth 
and  Camborne,  and  some  other  Tin  Deposits  formed  by  the 
Alteration  of  Granite.     By  C.  Le  Neve  Foster,     pp.  640-653. 

Vol.  xxxiv.  1878.  On  some  Tin  Stockwoiks  in  Cornwall.  By 
C.  Le  Neve  Foster,     pp.  654-9. 

Vol.  xxxvi.  1880.  On  Concretionary  Patches  and  Fragments 
of  other  Rocks  contained  in  Granite.  By  J.  Arthur  Phillips, 
pp.  1-22. 

Vol.  xxxviiL  1882.  Additional  Note  on  certain  Inclusions  in 
Granite.     By  J.  Arthur  Phillips,     pp.  216,  217. 

Vol.  xxxix.  1883.  The  Homblendic  and  other  Schists  of  the 
Lizard  District,  with  some  Additional  Notes  on  the  Ser- 
pentine.    By  T.  G.  Bonney,  f.r.8.     pp.  1-24. 

Vol.  xL  1884.  On  the  Serpentine  and  Associated  Rocks  of 
Porthalla  Cove.     By  J.  H.  Collins,     pp.  458-473. 

Vol.  xli.  1885.  On  a  Deposit  of  Pliocene  Age  at  St  Erth, 
near  the  Land^s  End.  By  the  late  Searles  V.  Wood. 
pp.  65-73. 


514      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Vol.  xlii.  1886.  On  the  Pliocene  Beds  of  St.  Erth.  By  Percy 
F.  Kendall  and  R  G.  BelL  With  Appendix  by  Dr.  G.  J. 
Hinde.     pp.  201-215. 

VoL  xliL  1886.  On  the  Existence  of  a  Submarine  Triaasic 
Outlier  in  the  English  Channel,  ofif  the  Lizard.  By  R  N. 
Worth,     pp.  313-315. 

YoL  xlii.  1886.  On  some  Eruptive  Rocks  from  the  neighbour- 
bourhood  of  St.  Minver.     By  Frank  Rutley.     pp.  392-401. 

Vol.  xliv.  1888.  On  the  Gneissic  Rocks  off  the  Lizard.  By 
Howard  Fox.  With  Notes  on  the  Specimens.  By  J.  J.  H. 
TealL 

Vol.  xlv.  1889.  On  the  Hornblendic  Schists  and  Banded 
Crystalline  Rocks  of  the  Lizard.  By  Major-General  C.  A. 
McMahon.     pp.  519-544. 

Vol.  xlvii.  1891.  Results  of  an  Examination  of  the  Crystalline 
Rocks  of  the  Lizard  District.  i'y  Prof.  T.  G.  Bonney, 
F.as.,  V.P.Q.8.,  and  Major-General  C.  A.  McMahon.  pp. 
464-499. 

VoL  xlviii.  1892.  On  the  Raised  Beaches  and  "Head"  or 
Rubble  Drift  of  the  South  of  England:  their  Relation  to 
the  Valley  Drifts  and  to  the  Glacial  Period;  and  on  a 
late  Post-glacial  Submergence.  By  Prof.  Jos.  Prestwich, 
P.R.8.     pp.  263-343. 

Vol.  xlix.  1893.  On  some  Coast  Sections  at  the  Lizard  and 
on  a  Radiolarian  Chert  from  Mullion  Island.  By  Howard 
Fox  and  J.  J.  H.  Teall,  f.r.8.  With  Note  on  the  Radiolaria. 
By  Dr.  G.  J.  Hinde,  v.p.g.s. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


The  Council,  in  presenting  their  Eightieth  Annual  Report,  have 
the  honour  of  once  again  congratulating  the  Members  upon  the 
continued  well-being  of  the  Society.  Some  valuable  papers  have 
during  recent  years  been  added  to  the  Transactional  and  the  latest 
issues  are  of  especial  interest  to  those  who  make  a  study  of  the 
rocks  or  the  Palaezoic  fossils  of  Cornwall. 

The  roll  of  Members  varies  but  little,  the  numbers  being  well 
maintained. 

During  the  past  year  but  few  specimens  have  been  added  to 
your  collections.  These  are  set  forth  in  the  Curator's  Report. 
A  specimen  of  Pigotite,  a  rare  Cornish  mineral,  is  worthy  of 
special  mention.  Visitors  to  your  Museum  are  as  numerous 
as  ever. 

Your  Librarian  will  inform  you  that  the  number  of  books, 
acquired  by  purchase  or  presentation,  has  in  no  way  fallen  off.  It 
is  satisfactory  to  note  that  frequent  use  is  made  of  the  contents  of 
the  Library,  many  books  being  taken  out  by  members  of  the 
Society.  Increased  accommodation  in  the  way  of  shelf  room  has 
permitted  a  more  convenient  display  of  volumes  formerly  stowed 
away  in  cupboards,  and  facilitated  reference. 

In  accordance  with  a  previous  resolution,  and  opinion  expressed 
at  the  last  Annual  Meeting,  the  first  joint  meeting  of  the  Scientific 
Societies  of  the  county  was  held  in  the  rooms  of  the  Royal 
Institution  of  Cornwall,  at  Truro,  on  the  27th  July  of  this  year, 
that  town  and  time  being  thought  suitable  in  consequence  of  the 
Cornish  Fisheries  Exhibition  being  there  and  then  held.  Some 
interesting  papers  were  read,  this  Society  being  represented  by 
the  President  in  a  paper  on  Mullion  Island.  A  similar  meeting 
wiU  probably  take  place  in  Penzance  in  the  spring  of  the  coming 
year. 


516     Royal  Geological  Society  of  ConiwalL 

Your  Council  propose  instituting  a  series  of  evening  Lectures 
on  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  to  be  delivered  in  this  room  during 
the  winter  months.  It  is  suggested  that  the  last  Friday  in  each 
month,  so  far  as  may  be  practicable,  at  eight  o'clock  p.m.,  be  the 
day  and  hour  of  meeting.  Mr.  Collins  has  kindly  consented  to  give 
the  first  lecture,  "  On  Some  of  the  Fossils  in  the  Museum,"  this 
day  fortniglit — on  Friday,  the  24th  inst.  The  President  and  Mr. 
J.  D.  Enys  likewise  will  occupy  evenings,  and  other  lecturers  are 
in  reserve  for  later  dates. 

It  is  with  much  regret  that  the  Council  have  to  chronicle  the 
death  of  one  of  the  oldest  members  and  a  former  President  of 
the  Society — Mr.  Hugh  Seymour  Tremenheere— whose  name  first 
appears  upon  the  roll  in  1839.  He  died  at  his  residence  in 
Thurloe  Square,  London,  on  the  16th  September  last,  having 
reached  his  89th  year.  Particularly  attached  to  the  land  of  his 
fathers,  and  ever  solicitous  for  the  welfare  of  his  countrymen,  Mr. 
Tremenheere  frequently  visited  West  Cornwall,  and  wrote  largely 
and  broadly  on  many  subjects.  •  Towards  this  Society  and  its 
objects  he  was  particularly  inclined,  and  his  addresses  from  the 
Presidential  chair,  which  he  occupied  for  four  years,  are  distin- 
guished by  their  deep  thought,  practical  suggestions,  and  literary 
ability. 

A  young  and  promising  Member  has  also  been  removed  by  death 
since  the  last  Annual  Meeting — Mr.  Henry  Nicholas  Harvey,  who 
died  on  the  14th  December.  He  was  a  painstaking  and  persever- 
ing student,  and  it  is  feared  that  he  somewhat  hastened  his 
decease  by  his  devotion  to  science. 

Amongst  our  Honorary  Members,  we  have  suffered  loss  by  the 
death  of  Sir  Richard  Owen,  who  had  reached  such  distinction  in 
the  scientific  world  as  is  attained  by  but  few. 

As  Ordinary  Members  of  the  Society,  the  Council  have  the 
pleasure  of  recommending  the  election  of  Mr.  G.  Davey,  of  Las 
Trojes,  Ocampo,  Michoacan,  Mexico,  and  the  Lord  Bishop  of 
Truro. 

GEORGE  BOWN  MILLETT, 
Skcketary  and  Curator. 

Penzance ^  \^th  Nov.^  1893. 


LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 

From  Not.  1st,  1892,  to  Oot.  Slst,  1893. 


The  following  works  have  been  added   to  the   Library  during 
the  year: 

I  TRANSACTIONS,  JOURNALS,  AND  REPORTS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies^  Editors,  and  other  Donors, 

or  purchased, 

Adelaide.     South  Australian  School  of  Mines  and  Industries,  and 
Technological  Museum. 
Fourth  Annual  Report,  1892.  8vo.     Adelaide,  1893. 

.     Catalogue  of  South  Australian  Minerals,  with  the  Mines 

and  other  localities  where  found.     By  H.  Y.  L.  Brown, 
Government  Geologist.  8vo.     Adelaide,  1893. 

Australasiau     Geological  Society. 

Transactions :  Vol.  i.,  part  6.    Royal  8vo.    Melbourne,  1892, 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Report  of  the  Fourth  Meeting,  held  at  Hobart,  Tasmania,  in 
January,  1892.  8vo.     Hobart,  Tasmania,  1893. 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proceedings  :  New  Series,  vol.  xix.    May,  1891,  to  May,  1892. 

Royal  8vo.     Boston,  1893. 
Bristol.     Naturalists*  Society. 

Proceedings ;  New  Series,  vol  vii.,  part  2,  1892-93. 

8vo.     Bristol,  1893. 
List  of  Officers,  &c.  8vo.    Bristol,  1893. 


518      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Brussels.     Soci^t^  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Proc^s-verbal :  Vol.  xx.,  pp.  57-112,  July  to  Dec,  1891. 
„  „    XXL,  pp.  1-66,  Jan.  to  Sept.,  1892. 

8vo.     Bruxelles,  1891-92. 

Camborne.     Mining  Association  and  Institute  of  ComwalL 

Transactions :  Vol.  iii.,  parts  1,  2.     8vo.     Camborne,  1892. 
„  Extra  number  (Excursion  to  South  Wales). 

8vo.     Camborne,  1890. 
„  Vol.  iv.,  part  1  (including  Title-page  for  vol.  iiL ). 

8vo.     Camborne,  1893. 
Canada.     Canadian  Institute,  Toronto. 

Transactions :  Vol.  iii.,  part  1,  December,  1892. 

Royal  8vo.     Toronto,  1892. 

.     Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey. 

Catalogue  of   Section  one  of   the  Museum,  embracing  the 
Systematic  Collection  of  Minerals.     By  G.  C.  Hoffmann. 

Royal  8vo.     Ottawa,  1893. 
Contributions  to  Canadian  PalaBontology :   Vol.  i.,  part.   4. 
By  J.  F.  Whiteaves.  Royal  8vo.     Ottawa,  1892. 

.     Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  for  1891,  voL  ix. 

4to.     Montreal,  1892. 
„  „  1892,  vol.  X. 

4to.     Ottawa,  1893. 

Chicago.     The    World's    Congress    Auxiliary   (of    the    World's 
Columbian  Exposition.)     Report.     8vo.     Chicago,  1893. 

Cincinnati.     Society  of  Natural  History. 

Journal:  Vol.  xv.,  Nos.  3,  4.  October,  1892,  to  January,  1893. 

„    xvi..  No.  1.     April,  1893. 

8vo.     Cincinnati,  1893. 
Colorado.     Scientific  Society. 

Proceedings  (in  separate  pamphlets),  viz. : 

The    Post-Laramic    Beds    of    Middle    Park,    Colo.      By 

Whitman  Cross.     Read  Oct  3rd,  1892. 
A  Volumetric  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Lead.     By 

F.  C.  Knight.     Read  Nov.  7th,  1892. 
On  a  Series  of  Peculiar  Schists   near   Salida,  Colorado. 

By  Whitman  Cross.     Read  Jan.  2nd,  1893. 


Librarian's  Eeport,  519 

Colorado.     Scientific  Society.  ' 

Proceedings  (in  separate  pamphlets),  viz. : 

The  Production  of  Columhons  and  Tungstous  Oxides  in 
forming  Compounds  of  Iron  and  Tin.  By  Wm.  P. 
Headden.     Read  Jan.  2nd,  1893. 

The  Latest  Method  of  Electric  Car  Control  By  Irving 
Hale.     Read  April  3rd,  1893. 

A  Review  of  the  Russell  Process.  By  L.  D.  GodshalL 
Read  May  1st,  1893. 

Certain  Dissimilar  Occurrences  of  Gold-bearing  Quartz. 
By  T.  A.  Rickard  (illustrated).     Read  Sept.  4th,  1893. 

8vo.     Denver,  1892-93. 

Dorpat.     Dorpater  Naturforscher — Gesellschaft. 
Sitzungsberichte ;  Band  x.,  heft  1,  1892. 

8vo.     Dorpat,  1893. 

Falmouth.     Royal  Cornwall  Polytechnic  Society. 

Sixtieth  Annual  Report,  1892.         8vo.     Fahnouth,  1892. 

Freiberg.     Jahrbuch  fiir  das  Berg-  und  Hiittenwesen  im  Konig- 
reiche  Sachsen,  auf  das  jahr  1887.     II.  TheiL 

8vo.     Freiberg,  1887. 

die  jahre  1888,  1889,  1890,  1891,  1892. 

8vo.     Freiberg,  1888-92. 
Illinois.     Mining  Institute. 

Journal:  Vol  i.,  1892-93. 

Royal  8vo.     Springfield,  Illinois,  1893. 

India.     Geological  Survey  of  India. 
Records :  Vol.  xxv.,  part  4,  1892. 

(Including  Title-page  and  Contents  of  Vol  xxv.) 

Royal  8vo.     Calcutta,  1892. 

„        Vol  xxvi.,  parts  1-3,  1893. 

Royal  8vo.     Calcutta,  1893. 

Leicester.     Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Transactions :    New   Quarterly   Series.      Vol   ii.,   part   12, 
July,  1892  (including  Index,  etc.). 
Vol  iiL,  parts  1,  2,  October,  1892,  January,  1893* 

8vo.     Leicester,  1892-93. 
VOL.  XL  2  N 


520     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall, 

Liverpool.     Geological  Association. 

Journal:  Vol  xii,  Session  1891-92. 

8vo.     Liverpool,  1892. 

London.     British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Report  of   the  Sixty-second   Meeting,   held  at  Edinburgh 
in  August,  1892.  8vo.     London,  1893. 

.     Geological  Society  of  London. 

List  .  .  .  November  1,  1892.  8vo.     London,  1892. 

Quarterly  Journal:  Vol  xlviiL,  part  4,  No.  192,  Nov.,  1892. 

„  „  „    xlix.,  parts  1-3,  Nos.  193-195,  Feb., 

May,  and  August,  1893. 

8vo.     London,  1892-93. 
.     Geologists'  Association. 

Proceedings:    VoL  xii.,  parts  9,  10,  Aug.  and  Nov.,  1892. 

(Also  Contents  and  Lidex  for  vol  xii) 

„  Vol.  xiii.,  parts  1-4,  February  to  August,  1893. 

List  .  .  .  November,  1892.     8vo.     London,  1892-93. 

.     London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine. 

Series  V.     VoL  xxxiv.,  Nos.  210,  211,  Nov.  and  Dec,  1892. 

XXXV.,  Nos.  212-217,  January-June,  1893. 
„    xxxvi.,  Nos.  218-221,  July-October,  1893. 
8vo.     London,  1892-93.     Purchased, 

•.     PalsBontographical  Society. 

Vol.  xlvi,  for  1892.     4to.     London,  1892.     Purchased. 

%     Royal  Society. 

Proceedings:  Vol.  lii.,  Nos.  316-320,  November,  1892,  to 

April,  1893. 
liii.,  Nos.  321-325,  May  to  August,  1893. 
„     liv.,  No.  326,  September  30th,  1893. 

8vo.     London,  1892-93. 

Mines.  Report  of  C.  Le  Neve  Foster,  H.M.  Inspector  of 
Mines  for  the  North  Wales  and  Isle  of  Man  District^ 
year  1892.     Metalliferous  and  Slate  Mines  Acts. 

Folio.     London,  1893. 
Mines.    Summaries  of  the  Statistical  Portion  of  the  Reports 
of  H.M  Inspectors  of  Mines,  year  1892.     Coal,  Metalli- 
ferous, and  Slate  Mines  Acts.     Folio.     London,  1893. 
[Presented  by  Dr.  C.  Le  Neve  Foster.] 


»9 


if 


9i 


Librarian's  Report.  521 

Manchester.     Geographical  Society. 

Journal:  Vol.  vii.,  Nos.  10-12,  October  to  December,  1891. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1892. 

„     viii.,  Nos.  1-6,  January  to  June,  1892. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1893. 

„     ix.,  Nos.  1-6,  January  to  June,  1893. 

8vo.     Manchester,  1893. 
— .     Geological  Society. 

Transactions:  VoL  xxiL,  parts  1-11,  Session  1892-93. 

8vo.     Manchester.     1892-93. 

.     Museum,  Owen's  College. 

Museum  Handbooks : 

Catalogue  of  the  Type  Fossils.     By  Herbert  Bolton. 

8ya     Manchester,  1893. 
Outline  Classification  of    the  Animal  Kingdom.      By  A. 
Milnes  Marshall.     Second  edition,  enlarged. 

8yo.     Manchester,  1892. 
Outline   Classification   of  the   Vegetable  Kingdom.      By 
F.  E.  Weiss.  8vo.     Manchester,  1892. 

Netherlands — India.  Jaarboek  van  het  Mijnwezen  in  Neder- 
landsch  Oost-Indiii  Uitgegeven  op  last  van  Zijne  Excellentie, 
den  Minister  Van  Kolonien.  21st  year,  1892.  Technisch-en 
Administratief  Tweede  Gedeelte. 

8vo.     Amsterdam,  1892. 

.     22nd   year,    1893.      Technisch -Administratief- en-Weten- 

schappelijk  Gedeelte  [including  Atlas,  as  below]. 

8vo.     Amsterdam,  1893. 

,     Topografische,   Geologische,  Mineralogische-en-Mijnbouw- 

kundige  Beschrijving  Kaart  van  een  Gedeelte  der  Afdeeling 

Martapoera  in  do  residentie   Zinder-en-Oosterafdeeling 

Van  Borneo,  met  elf  Kaarten  in  14  Bladen  door  den  Mijn- 

ingenieur  J.  A.  Hoozs. 

Oblong  4to.     Amsterdam,  1893. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.      North  of  England  Institute  of   Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions :  Vol.  xxxix.,  part  3.     Issued  September,  1892, 

„     xL,  part  5.     Issued  October,  1892. 
„     xli.,  parts  5,  6.     Issued  November,  1892, 
January,  1893. 
2  N  2 


522     Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.      North  of  England  Institute  of   Mining 
and  Mechanical  Engineers. 
Transactions :  Vol  xliL,  parts  1-4.   Issued  Jan.  to  Aug.,  1893. 
„  „     xliiL,  part  1.     Issued  October,  1893. 

Royal  8va     Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1892-93. 
Report,  1891-92. 
„       1892-93. 

Royal  8vo.     Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     1892-93. 

New  South  Wales.     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Journal  and  Proceedings :  VoL  xxvi  (including  Index),  1892. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1893. 

.     Newspaper  Reports  on  the  Aldridge  Collection  of  Mineral 

Specimens  at  Broken  Hill,  from  the  Barrier  District   of 
New  South  Wales.      8vo.     Broken  Hill,  N.S.W.,  1892. 

New  York.     American  Geographical  Society. 

Bulletin:  VoL  xxiv.,  No.  4,  parts  1,  2,  1892.      (Including 

Title-page  and  Contents  for  voL  xxiv.) 
„  „     xxv.,  Nos.  1,  2.     March  and  June,  1893. 

8vo.     New  York,  1892-93. 

.     New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  (late  Lyceum  of  Natural 

History), 
Annals :  VoL  viL,  Nos.  1-5.     April,  1893. 

Royal  8vo.     New  York,  1893. 

New  Zealand.     Department  of  Mines. 

Reports  on  the  Mining  Industry  of  New  Zealand,  1892. 

Folio.     Wellington,  N.Z.,  1892. 

.     Geological  Survey. 

Bulletin:  No.  1,  1888.  Geological  Report  on  the  Earth- 
quakes of  September,  1888,  in  the  Amuri  and  Marl- 
borough Districts  of  the  South  Island.  By  Alexander 
McKay,  Assistant  Geologist 

8vo.     WeUington,  N.Z.,  1888. 

North  Carolina.     Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 

Journal:  VoL  ix.,  parts  1,  2,  January  to  December,  1892. 

8vo.     Raleigh,  N.C.,  1892. 
Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Science. 

Proceedings  and  Transactions  :  Second  Series,  VoL  L, 
part  2,  Session  of  1891-92.     8vo.     Halifax,  N.S.,  1892. 


Librarian's  Report.  523, 

Paris.     Ecole  des  Mines. 

Annales  des  Mines :  Serie  ix.,  tome  ii,  liv.  10-12. 

8vo.     Paris,  1892. 
„  „  „     iii,  liv.  1-7. 

Bvo.     Paris,  1893. 
„  „  „     iv.,  liv.  8. 

Bvo.     Paris,  1893. 

Penzance.     Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Report  and  Transactions,  1892-93.     8vo.     Plymouth,  1893. 

Philadelphiau     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings :     Parts    2,     3,    April    to    December,    1892. 

(Including  Index  and  Title  to  voL  for  1892.) 
„  Part  1,  January  to  March,  1893. 

Bvo.     Philadelphia,  1892-93. 

.  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings :  VoL  xxx..  No.  139,  December,  1892  (including 

Title-page  for  vol.  xxx.,  and  List  1893). 
„  „     xxxi.,  Nos.  140,  141,  Jan.  to  June,  1893* 

Bvo.     PhUadelphia,  1892-93. 
Transactions :  VoL  xvii.,  N.S.,  part  3. 

4to.     PhUadelphia,  1893. 

„  „     xviiL,  N.S.,  part  1. 

4to.     Philadelphia,  1893. 

[Containing  Article  L  on  Old  Babylonian  Inscriptions, 
chiefly  from  Nippur,  by  H.  V.  Hilprecht,  pilD.,  with 
Photographic  and  other  Illustrations.] 

.  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 

Transactions:  VoL  iii.,  part  2,  December,  1892  (including 
Index  to  vol.  iii.).     Imperial  Bvo.     Philadelphia,  1892. 

Pisa.     Society  Toscana  di  Scienze  NaturalL 

Processi  Verbali :  VoL  viii.,  pages  85-176,  May  to  December, 
1892.  Royal  Bvo.     Pisa,  1892. 

Plymouth.     Plymouth    Institution    and    Devon    and    Cornwall 
Natural  History  Society. 
Report  and  Transactions  for  1891-92,  VoL  xL,  part  2. 

for  1892-93,  VoL  xL,  part  3. 

Bvo.     Plymouth,  1892-93. 


n  n 


524      Royal  Geological  Society  oj  ComwalX. 

Queensland.     MuBeum. 

Report  for  1891.     Folio.     Brisbane,  Queensland,  1892. 

,     The  Mineral  Wealth  of  Queensland.     By  Robert  Logan 

Jack,  Government  Geologist,  Queensland. 

8vo.     Brisbane,  1888. 
On  some  Salient  Points  in  the  Geology  of  Queensland.     By 
same  Author.     From  "Proceedings  of  Australian  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Science, ''  p.  196. 

8vo.     Sydney,  1888. 
Rochester.     Academy  of  Science. 

Proceedings :  VoL  ii.,  brochure  1. 

Roy.  8vo.     Rochester,  N.Y.,  1892. 

„  „     ii.,  brochure  2. 

Roy.  8vo.     Rochester,  N.Y.,  1893. 

Truro.     Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall. 

Journal:  Vol.  xL,  part  2,  May,  1893.     8vo.     Truro,  1893. 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior.     Geological  Survey. 
Bulletin :  No.  82. — Correlation  Papers — Cretaceous. 
„  •  83. — Correlation  Papers — Eocene. 
„    84. — Correlation  Papers — Neocene. 

85. — Correlation  Papers — The  Newark  System. 
„    86. — Correlation    Papers — Archean    and    Al- 

gonkian. 
„    90. — Report  of  Work  Done  in  the  Division  of 
Chemistry  and  Physics,  mainly  during 
the  Fiscal  Year  1890-91. 
„  „    91. — Record  of  North  American  Geology  for 

1890. 

„    92. — The  Compressibility  of  Liquids 
„    93. — Some  Insects  of   Special   Interest  from 
Florissant,  Colorado,  and  other  Points 
in  the  Tertiariesof  Colorado  and  Utah. 
„  „    9i. — The  Mechanism  of  Solid  Viscosity. 

„  „    95. — Earthquakes  in  California  in  1890  and 

1891. 
96. — ^The  Volume  Thermodynamics  of  Liquids. 
8vo.     Washington.     1891-92. 


}} 
»» 


>J  >} 


Librarian's  Report.  525 

United  States.     Department  of  the  Interior.     Greological  Survey. 

Monographs:  Vol.  xvii.     The  Flora  of  the  Dakota  Group: 

A  Posthumous  Work.     By  Leo  Losquereux.     Edited  by 

F.  H.  Knowlton. 

4to.  {Illustrated,)    Washington,  1891. 

Monographs :  Vol.  xviii.  Gasteropoda  and  Cephalopoda  of 
the  Raritan  Clays  and  Greensand  Marls  of  New  Jersey. 
By  Robert  Parr  Whitfield. 

4to.  {Illugtrated.)    Washington,  1892. 

Monographs:  YoL  xx.  Geology  of  the  Eureka  District, 
Nevada.     By  Arnold  Hague. 

With  an  Atlas  (see  below).     4to.    Washington,  1892. 

Monographs :  Vol.  xx.  Atlas  to  accompany  the  Monograph 
on  the  Geology  of  the  Eureka  District,  Nevada.  By 
Arnold  Hague.  Elephant  folio.     Washington,  1883. 

Statistical  Papers. — Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States. 
Years  1889,  1890.     By  David  T.  Day. 

8vo.     Washington,  1892. 

Statistical  Papers. — Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States. 

Year  1891.     By  David  T.  Day. 

8vo.     Washington,  1893. 

Report,— Eleventh  Annual  Report,  1889-90.  By  J.  W. 
Powell,  Director.  2  Parts.  Part  I.,  Geology;  part  II., 
Irrigation.  [Contains  Reports  by  J.  W.  Powell,  etc.,  also 
the  following  Papers :  "  The  Pleistocene  History  of  North- 
Eastern  Iowa,"  by  W.  J.  M'Gee;  "The  Natural  Gas  Field 
of  Indiana,"  by  Arthur  John  Phinney.] 

2  Parts.     4to.     Washington,  1891. 

Victoria.     Department  of  Mines. 

Special  Reports  on  the  Victorian  Coal  Fields,  by  James 
Stirling,  f.g.s.  (Assistant  Geological  Surveyor),  to  the  Hon. 
A.  R.  Outtrim,  m.p.,  Minister  of  Mines,  for  the  year  1892. 

Folio.     Melbourne,  1892. 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt. 

Verhandlungen :  Nos.  11-18,  1892  (including  Title-page  and 

Index  for  Vol.  1892). 

Royal  8vo.     Wien,  1892. 
„    1-10,  1893. 

Royal  8vo.     Wien,  1893. 


526      Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall. 

Vienna.     K.  K.  Naturhistorischen  Hof  museums. 

Annalen:  Band  viL,   Nos.   3,    4   (including  TiUe-page   for 

Band  vii.). 
„  „      viiL,  Nos.  1,  2. 

Imperial  8vo.     Wien,  1892-93. 

Washington.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

Annual  Report  (of  U.S.  National  Museum)  to  June  30thy 
1890.  8vo.     Washington,  1891. 

Western  Australia.  Annual  General  Report  for  the  year  1890. 
By  Harry  Page  Woodward,  Government  Geologist. 

8vo.     Perth,  W.A.,  1891. 

.  Report  on  the  Gold  Fields  of  the  Kimberley  District^  1891. 

By  Harry  Page  Woodward,  Government  Geologist 

8vo.     Perth,  W.A.     1891. 

II.    GEOLOGICAL  AND   MISCELLANEOUS   PUBLICATIONS. 
Presented  by  the  Authors  or  other  Donors,  or  Purchased, 

Blake,  J.  F.  Annals  of  British  Geology,  1891.  A  Digest  of  the 
Books  and  Papers  published  during  the  year,  with  Occa- 
sional Notes.  8vo.     6  platea     London,  1892. 

[Purchased.] 

Collins,  J.  H.  Seven  Centuries  of  Tin  Production  in  the  West 
of  England.  [From  Transactions  of  the  Mining  Associa- 
tion and  Institute  of  Cornwall  Vol.  iii.  1892.] 
On  the  Origin  and  Development  of  Ore  Deposits  in  the  West 
of  England.  Chap,  iii.,  pp.  117-167.  [From  the  Journal 
of  the  Royal  Institution  of  Cornwall  Na  39.  1893. 
8vo.     Truro,  1893.] 

[Presented  hy  the  Author.] 

Hilton,  James.  Remarks  on  Jade,  and  Further  Remarks  on  Jade. 
[From  the  Archaeological  Journal.  Vols,  xlv.,  page  187, 
and  xlviii.,  page  162.]  8vo.     Exeter,  1888-91. 

[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Hobson,  Bernard.     On  the  Basalts  and  Andesites  of  Devonshire, 
known  as  "Felspathic  Traps."     [From  the  Quar.    Jour. 
Geol  Soc.     Vol  xlviiL  (1892),  page  496.J 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 


LiWarian's  Report.  527 

Ogilvie,  John.  Comprehensive  English  Dictionary,  New  and 
Enlarged  Edition,  with  Supplement  hy  Chas.  Annandale, 
in  one  voL  Imperial  8vo.     London  (Blackie),  1893. 

[Purchased.] 

Koyal  Devon  and  Cornwall  Botanical  and  HorticiiltuTal  Society. 
Copper  Plate  Certificate  of  Merit. 

[Presented  by  Mr.  John  Kinsman.] 

Springer,  Julius,  Berlin.  Zeitschrift  fiir  Praktische  Geologic, 
Heft  1,  January,  1893.  Royal  8vo.     Berlin,  1893. 

[Presented  by  the  Publisher,  Julius  Springer.] 

Worth,  Richard  Nicholls.     Materials  for  a  Census  of  Devonian 
Granites  and  Felsites.     [From  the  Trans,  of  the  Devon- 
shire Assoc,  1892,  vol.  xxiv.,  pages  183-213.] 
[Presented  by  the  Author.] 

Chrustschoff,  K.  V.  Ueber  das  Gestein  der  Insel  Walamo  im 
Ladogasee  (Aftryck  ur  Geol.  Fciren  i  Stockholm  ForhandL 
No.  136,  Bd.  13,  Haft  3,  1891). 

8vo.     St  Petersburg,  1891. 

Kroustchoff,  M.  K.  De.  Sur  la  formation  trapp<^nne  de  la 
Toungouska  Pierreuse  (Sib^rie  Septentrionale)  (3  pp.). 

4to.     Paris,  1891. 

Nolan,  James,  F.G.8.A.  The  Theory  of  the  Tides:  A  New  and 
Extensive  Investigation  of  the  Kinetic  Conditions. 

8vo.     Melbourne  and  London,  1887. 
[The  last  three  Pamphlets  presented  by  Robert  T.  litton, 
Hon.    Sec.   of    the   Geological   Society   of   Australasia, 
Melbourne.] 


CURATOR'S  REPORT. 


The   following   specimens    have    been   added   to   the    Society's 
collections : 


NAME  AND   LOCALITY. 

Radiolarian  Chert. 

From  Mullion  Island 
„     SnaiPs  Creep,  Meneage  . 
„     Pendower  Beach,  Veryan 
Portloe  Point,  Veryan    . 
Pecunnen  Cove,  Gorran . 


»> 


» 


DONOB. 


Brown  Chert.    From  Dinas  Head,  St.  Merryn 
Pigotite.    From  cavern  on  sea  coast,  St.  Levan 


-Howard  Fox,  Esq. 


Howard  Fox,  Esq. 
J.  W.  Wetherell,  Esq. 


CO 

I 

QO 


Eh 

-^ 
Eh 


*^ 


•i 


1^ 


.^OOOAOkO«OOI» 

«jaokoo9irHiaeooo 

c«0»0<NrHgg05; 


00 


C4 

«4 


O 

n 

o 


00 


CO 


o    o    o 


CD     O     O 


00     00     O 


CO 


00 


C4 

«4 


O 

f-i 

00 


e8 


«£ 


.o 


U3 


S 


CO 


00         P4 

ft    QQ 


O 


O 

H 


B 

o 


eS 


o 

o 
H 


.a   S. 


SI 

0  £ 

o  g 

•  1-4  ^^ 

.«  s 

S  hi 

§  00 


00 

a 

00 


LIST  OF  PAPERS  READ  AT  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING, 

November  10th,  1893. 


1.  On  the  Action  of  Wind  and  Sand  in  Catting  Stone.    Illostrated 
with  Specimens  from  New  Zealand.    By  John  D.  Enys,  f.o.s. 

2.  The  Origin  and  Relations  of  the  Lizard  Rocks.     By  Alexander 
SomervaiL 

3.  On  some  Remarkable  Contortions  of  Rocks  at  Rosemollion  Head. 
By  F.  J.  Stephens. 

4.  On  some  Manilla  Andesites.    By  F.  J.  Stephens. 

5.  Illustrations  of  Cornish  Fossils.    By  J.  H.  Collins,  F.o.s. 

6.  On  Qreenstones  Associated  with  Radiolarian  Cherts.     By  J.  J. 
H.  Teall,  m.a.,  f.r.s.,  sec.q.s. 


k 


ON  THE  ACTION  OF  WIND  AND  ^AND  IN 

CUTTING  STONE. 

ILLUSTRATED  WITH  SPECIMENS  FROM  NEW  ZEALAND. 

By  John  D.  Enyb,  F.G.S. 

(Read  Not.  10th,  1898.) 


Obedience  to  a  superior  officer  is  generally  necessary, 
and  in  consequence  of  such  an  order  I  now  write 
this  paper. 

At  the  request  of  Professor  Martin  Duncan,  then 
President  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London  in 
1878,  I  read  a  paper  on  wind  action,  which  was 
published  in  the  Quarterly  Journal^  February,  1878. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbour  of  Wellington, 
situated  at  the  south-east  end  of  the  north  island 
of  New  Zealand,  is  formed  on  the  east  side  by 
the  high  ranges  of  the  Remutaka  sinking  down  into 
the  sea ;  on  the  west  side  by  the  Miramar  peninsula, 
formally  known  as  Watts'  peninsula,  from  a  man 
who  landed  cattle  there  years  ago.  This  peninsula 
is  joined  to  Mount  Victoria  on  the  west  by  a  sandy 
neck  of  land,  only  slightly  elevated  above  the  sea. 
On  the  one  side  is  Lyalls  Bay,  on  the  other  Evans 
Bay,  which  forms  part  of  Wellington  harbour.  This 
neck  of  land  is  about  half  a  mile  wide,  and  divides 


534         On  the  Action  of  Wind  and  Sand   [Nov.  lo, 

the  two  bays  from  one  another.  At  one  time,  no 
doubt,  this  formed  a  second  entrance  into  Wellington 
harbour.  This  neck  of  land  has  a  clay  bottom,  and 
sand  hills  are  situated  on  each  side  of  it.  Only  as 
late  as  1855  the  land  to  the  east  of  the  heads  of 
Wellington  harbour  was  raised  by  an  earthquake 
as  much  as  nine  feet. 

The  prevailing  winds,  which  blow  with  considerable 
force  most  days  of  the  year,  come  from  south-east 
and  north-west,  and  often  blow  with  great  strength. 

Resting  on  this  clay  are  a  number  of  small  stones, 
many  of  them  having  been  used  by  the  natives  in 
their  cooking  places,  which  are  abundant  on  this 
neck  of  land.  The  wind  has  blown  the  sand  into 
sandhills,  and  is  constantly  shifting  this  sand  from 
side  to  side  of  the  neck,  first  to  the  north  and  then 
to  the  south.  By  this  action  the  small  stones  are 
gradually  worn  away  and  assume  a  long  shape,  with 
sides  first  sloping  to  a  flap  top,  and  then,  as  the  stone 
is  cut  away,  to  a  sharp  or  rather  rounded  edge, 
forming  a  section  when  cut  of  a  triangle  having 
rounded  edges  thus — 


The  lower  side  is  slightly  curved,  as  the  sand  cuts 
away  the  part  it  can  get  at. 


1893.]  in  Cutting  Stone.  535 

Should  the  long  axis  of  the  stone  be  north  and 
south  the  cutting  forms  an  arrow  shape,  and  it 
was  such  a  form  which  was  first  brought  under 
the  notice  of  the  Wellington  Philosophical  Society 
by  Mr.  L.  T.  Travers  in  1869.  This  caused  some 
surprise,  as  bows  and  arrows  were  unknown  to  the 
native  Maories.  Further  examination  proved  their 
real  nature. 

If,  however,  the  axis  be  east  or  west,  the  result 
is  more  of  a  pyramid  shape ;  and  should  the  stone 
consist  of  layers,  one  harder  than  the  other,  under- 
cutting takes  place.  All  the  lighter  parts  of  the 
sand  being  blown  away,  it  is  the  harder  parts 
which  are  thus  used  in  cutting  these  stones.  The 
amount  of  sand  thus  blown  backwards  and  forwards 
is  large  enough  to  form  a  slight  haze  when  looking 
at  the  ground  from  horseback  or  even  walking. 
Putting  your  hand  down,  you  can  feel  the  sand 
particles  being  driven  by  you  with  considerable 
force. 

Some  time  since  specimens  of  pumice-stone  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Waikato  River,  running  into  the 
sea  on  the  west  coast  of  the  North  Island,  were  shown 
at  a  meeting  of  the  Wellington  Philosophical  Society, 
cut  in  the  same  manner,  by  Mr.  L.  Stowe. 

The  author  claims  no  originality  in  this  paper,  but 
wishes  to  draw  attention  to  this  action  of  the  wind 
by  driving  sand  over  stones,  hoping  such  may  be 
looked  for  in  Cornwall  in  suitable  places. 


VOL.  XI.  2  0 


THE  ORIGIN  AND  RELATIONS  OF  THE 

LIZARD  ROCKS. 

By   Alexander   Sombrvail. 

(R«ad  10th  Norember,  1893.) 


That  the  Lizard  rocks  are  made  up  of  a  great 
complex  of  igneous  origin  is  a  truth  now  placed 
beyond  dispute  by  recent  research ;  but  this  is  after 
all  only  the  statement  of  a  general  truth,  which  is 
capable  of  being  further  ^reduced  to  the  more  par- 
ticular one. 

All  igneous  rocks,  or  the  products  of  volcanic 
agency,  arc  divisible  into  three  great  groups ;  viz. , 
the  eruptive,  the  explosive,  and  the  effusive. 

The  eruptive  products  are  those  arising  from  the 
cooling  and  consolidation  of  a  molten  magma  at  the 
base  of  a  volcano ;  or  of  the  great  underground 
^cauldrons  of  liquid  matter  which  feed  it,  and  which 
on  subsequent  cooling  form  great  masses  of  crys- 
talline rock.  These  rocks  constitute  the  core,  or  the 
basal  portions  of  the  once  active  volcano. 

The  explosive  products  are  those  which  by  the 
explosion  and  discharge  of  steam  and  gases  are 
ejected  from  the  vent  in  the  form  of  dust,  ashes, 
lapilli,  and  fragments  of  rocks,  of  all  sizes,  either  oi 


Nov.  10, 1893.]  Tlie  Lizard  Rocks,  537 

the  lava  itself,  or  of  the  various  rocks  through  which 
the  vent  of  the  volcano  has  been  drilled. 

The  effusive  products  consist  of  various  kinds  of 
lava,  and  their  modifications,  which  as  molten  matter 
have  issued  from  the  crater,  and  flowed  as  streams 
down  the  sides  of  the  cone. 

Of  the  presence  of  the  two  latter  products,  the 
explosive  and  the  effusive,  there  is  no  evidence  what- 
ever in  the  Lizard  area.  There  are  neither  lavas 
nor  tuffs,  while  there  is  abundant  proof  that  all  the 
rocks  must  be  referred  to  the  eruptive  division. 

It  must  not  however  be  necessarily  inferred  that 
immediately  over  the  area  of  these  Lizard  rocks  there 
rose  a  great  volcanic  cone.  These  rocks  may  have 
been  but  portion  of  a  great  underground  reservoir  of 
molten  matter,  which  may  have  found  vent  or  exit 
at  the  surface,  far  from  its  base  ;  or  the  area  of  these 
rocks  may  even  have  constituted  a  portion  of  a  great 
laccolitic  mass,  which  in  the  immediate  locality  never 
reached  the  surface  at  all. 

This  much,  however,  is  clear,  that  the  whole  of  the 
rocks  certainly  fall  under  the  head  of  the  eruptive 
division.  They  consist  of  various  varieties  of  granite, 
gabbro,  serpentine,  diorite,  epidiorite,  dolerite,  etc. 
These  are  for  the  most  part  massive,  but  some  are 
gneissic,  and  also  schistose,  in  their  structures.;  like 
the  granulitic  gneisses,  the  hornblende-schists,  and 
the  mica  schists. 

In  mineral  composition  they  diflfer  so  much  among 
themselves  as  to  fall  under  the  following  classifica- 
tion : 

2  0  2 


538  The  Origin  and  Relations  of         [Nov.  lo, 

Ultra- Basic — Serpen  tine. 

Basic — Gabbro,  Diorite,  Dolerite,  etc. 

Intermediate  —  Quartz -diorites  (?),  Felsitic-like- 
rock  (?). 

Acidic — Granite,  Granulitic,  rock,  etc. 

It  was  formerly  supposed  or  advocated  that  two 
great  and  separate  reservoirs  of  basic  and  acidic 
magma  existed  at  a  great  depth  beneath  the  surface, 
and  that  from  both  of  these  were  derived  all  the 
many  varieties  of  igneous  rocks.  This,  however,  was 
only  a  crude  speculation,  which  deservedly  never 
found  any  great  favour. 

The  idea  of  a  homogeneous  magma — doubtless 
differing  in  time  and  space  as  to  chemical  composition 
— from  which  many  varieties  of  rocks  may  be 
evolved  by  different  rates  of  cooling,  and  under 
different  pressures,  etc.,  is  much  more  philosophical, 
and  also  more  in  accordance  with  what  we  observe  in 
the  field. 

When  we  reflect  on  the  slow  cooling  of  a  stream 
of  lava  on  the  surface  of  our  earth,  we  are  forcibly 
struck  with  the  enormous  length  of  time  required  for 
the  cooling  of  the  immense  subterranean  reservoirs 
of  molten  matter  at  great  depths  from  the  surface. 

During  the  immense  time  necessary  for  cooling 
such  a  magma  is  slowly  differentiated.  Its  mineral 
constituents  are  gradually  segregated  and  separated 
out  from  each  other,  not  only  varying  in  composition 
from  the  centre  to  the  margins  in  dykes,  but  there  is 
good  reason  to  believe  that  it  also  becomes  separated 
out  into   well-defined   bands,  and   even   into  great 


1893]  the  Lizard  Rocks.  539 

isolated  masses  of  crystalline  rocks  of  very  different 
mineral  aspect  and  composition. 

Under  such  circumstances  as  the  unequal  cooling 
of  different  portions  of  the  magma,  the  different 
specific  gravities  of  the  various  mineral  constituents, 
the  various  temperatures  at  which  they  solidify,  and 
the  unequal  degree  of  pressure  exerted,  the  results 
would  naturally  be  the  production  of  widely  different 
rocks,  together  with  much  structural  variety. 

Thus  we  are  led  to  infer  from  observation  in  the 
field  that  many  eruptive  bosses,  such  as  the  one  we 
are  now  dealing  with,  have  so  originated,  and  that 
even  the  numerous  dykes  which  penetrate  them,  as 
in  the  present  instance,  are  likewise  referable  to  the 
same  series  of  eruptions. 

Hitherto  the  Lizard  rocks  have  been  referred  to 
widely  separated  periods  of  geological  time,  simply 
on  the  grounds  of  their  supposed  mineral  distinctness, 
and  on  the  sequence  in  which  they  seem  intrusive 
into  each  other.  Careful  investigation  in  the  field, 
however,  reveals  the  fact  that  the  following  main 
types  of  rock — the  serpentine,  hornblende -schist, 
epidiorite,  dolerite,  gabbro,  granulitic  rock,  and 
granite — are  all  more  or  less  inter-related,  and  pass 
by  transition  into  each  other. 

The  serpentine  and  hornblende-schist,  although  in 
certain  areas  perfectly  distinct  and  widely  contrasted 
from  each  other,  are  yet  in  other  areas  so  closely 
united  by  transition  varieties,  that  it  is  utterly 
impossible  to  separate  them  either  as  to  composition, 
or  as  to   formation  in  point  of  time.      The  same 


540  The  Origin  and  Relations  of  [Nov.  lo, 

remarks  apply  to  some  of  the  granulitic  varieties  of 
the  hornblende,  between  which  two  latter  there  is 
the  same  perfect  transition,  also  of  both  into  the 
more  massive  diorite. 

Between  the  gabbro,  the  epidiorite,  and  the 
dolerite,  there  are  many  transitional  varieties  and 
connecting  links.  The  gabbro  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Coverack,  extending  northwards  by  way 
of  the  Manacle  Point,  shows  great  and  increasing 
alternating  masses  in  the  form  of  great  bands,  or 
contemporaneous  dykes,  segregated  or  separated  out 
from  each  other,  the  doleritic  portions  prevailing 
towards  Porthoustock.* 

Both  on  the  north  and  south  side  of  Coverack 
Cove,  dykes  of  gabbro  coalesce  with  those  of 
epidiorite,  and  some  of  the  former  dykes  have  their 
margins  composed  of  the  latter. 

In  several  distinct  areas,  as  at  Polgwidden,  there 
are  epidiorites  and  gabbros  distinctly  interbanded 
together ;  and  at  other  localities  near  at  hand  there 
is  also  granulitic  rock  and  gabbro  interbanded  in  the 
same  manner.  There  are  also  schists  of  both  of  these 
combinations  found  in  more  than  one  locality. 

At  Kennack,  in  the  granulitic  bauds  associated 
with  the  epidiorite  bands,  there  are  several  small 
isolated  masses  of  hornblende-like-gabbro,  which 
certainly  are  due  to  segregation.  There  is  also  on 
the  north  side  of  Polbarrow  Cove,  gabbro,  with 
segregated    portions  •  of   epidiorite,    one    of    which 


*  Geo.  May.  vol.  vi.  1889,  p.  425. 


1893]  the  Lizard  Rocks.  541 

latter  contains  within  it  several  other  irregular 
masses  of  gabbro. 

Still  further,  some  of  the  dykes  which  penetrate 
the  serpentine  are  complexes  of  epidiorite  and 
granulitic  rock ;  and  even  some  dykes  and  veins  are 
in  one  part  of  their  course  known  to  consist  of  granite, 
or  granulitic  rock,  and  then  to  terminate  in  diorite. 

The  mica-schists  are  perhaps  the  most  perplexing 
of  all  the  Lizard  rocks,  as  to  what  seems  to  be  their 
secondary  origin. 

In  the  field  they  are  certainly  associated  with 
epidiorites,  which  certainly  become  micaceous,  and 
appear  ultimately  to  pass  over  into  the  mica-schists 
proper,  which  latter,  as  I  have  elsewhere  pointed  out, 
contain  nodular  masses  of  hornblende  and  porphyritic-« 
schist.* 

These  broad  facts,  when  taken  in  connection 
with  many  minor  ones,  seem  to  place  it  almost 
beyond  doubt  that  the  origin  of  the  Lizard  rocks 
must  be  referred  to  a  deeply-seated  molten  magma, 
slowly  separating  itself  out  in  the  manner  already 
described.  It  also  seems  equally  clear  from  the  way 
in  which  the  various  rocks  are  related  and  inter? 
related,  and  pass  by  transition  in  certain  cases  into 
each  other,  that  they  must  also  be  referred  to  one 
and  the  snme  period  of  geological  time. 

The  time  necessary  for  such  a  process  must  have 
been  one  of  very  prolonged  duration,  during  the  later 
portions  of  which  part  of  the  more  deeply-seated  and 


*  Geo.  Mag,  (1890),  vol.  viL  p.  163  ;  Ihid.  (1892),  vol.  ix.  p.  366. 


542  The  Chigin  and  Relations  of  [Nov.  lo, 

yet  uncooled  magma  was  ever  and  anon  forced  intx> 
the  numerous  fissures  produced  by  the  contractions  in 
the  more  consolidated  masses,  thus  forming  the  later 
plexus  of  dykes,  which  are  especially  abundant  in 
the  serpentine. 

The  order  in  which  these  Lizard  rocks  cooled  and 
separated  out  from  each  other  is  an  interesting 
study.  Observation  in  the  field  seems  to  give  every 
support  to  the  view  that  the  highly  basic  portion 
of  the  magma,  which  now  forms  the  serpentine,  was 
the  first  in  point  of  time,  which  was  followed  by  the 
epidiorite,  gabbro,  and  granite. 

Wherever  we  find  the  granite,  or  even  that 
modification  of  it  known  as  the  granulitic  rock,  there 
is  always  evidence  that  even  the  latter  remained  in 
a  partially  molten  state,  subsequent  to  the  more 
rapid  cooling  of  the  dioritic  portion  of  the  magma, 
with  which  it  is  frequently  associated.  It  is  for  this 
Reason  that  the  granulitic  rock,  especially  as  it 
approaches  more  and  more  the  form  of  a  true  granite, 
presents  more  and  more  intrusive-like  relations  with 
the  diorite,  as  is  seen  on  the  foreshore  of  Kennack 
and  elsewhere. 

The  Lizard  area,  as  we  now  view  it,  is  therefore 
one  great  plateau  of  plutonic  or  deeply-seated  eruptive 
rocks.  The  explosive  and  effusive  products,  if  such 
ever  existed  immediately  over  this  locality,  have  in 
the  past  geological  ages  been  by  denuding  agencies 
swept  clean  away,  exposing  only  the  basal  portions 
of  such  rocks  as  are  connected  with  them,  once  at 
great  depth  beneath  the  surface. 


1893.]  the  Lizard  Rocks.  543 

The  work  which  at  the  Lizard  still  remains  to  be 
done  by  the  geologist,  the  petrologist,  and  the 
chemist,  is  practically  illimitable,  and  that  among 
rocks  which,  both  for  their  interest  and  beauty, 
I  consider  not  only  to  be  unsurpassed,  but  to  be 
unequalled  in  any  tract  of  country  of  the  same 
extent  in  Britain. 

The  marvellous  beauty  and  variety  of  the 
serpentine  is  well  known  to  everyone,  but  let  me 
commend  to  the  non  -  scientific  observer  the  still 
greater  beauty  and  variety  of  the  gabbro,  some  of 
which,  like  many  other  rare  and  beautiful  objects, 
Nature  has  with  a  cunning  hand  hidden  carefully 
away  in  her  more  secret  places,  to  be  revealed  only 
to  those  who  are  diligent  in  their  search. 


ON  SOME  REMARKABLE  CONTORTIONS  OF 
ROCKS  AT  ROSEMULLION  HEAD. 

By   F,    J.    Stephens. 

(Read  10th  Nov.,  1893.) 


RoSEMULLioN  Head*  is  the  northern  boundary  of  the 
Helford  River  in  Falmouth  Bay.  As  far  as  can  be 
seen  the  rocks  forming  it  are  next  in  succession 
below  the  conglomerates  of  Gillan  Creek  and  Caer- 
menow  Beach,  judging  by  the  apparent  bedding 
alone.  There  has  been  so  much  evident  alteration 
in  the  position  of  rocks  in  this  neighbourhood,  how- 
ever,, that  those  at  Rosemullipn  are  just  as  likely  to 
be  newer,  as  older,  than  the  conglomerate. 

At  St.  Anthony,  N.E.  of  llosemullion  Head  and 
near  the  lighthouse,  very  similar  rocks  occur,  and 
possibly  the  western  shore  of  Gerrans  Bay  is  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  same  series.  Nowhere,  however, 
supposing  them  to  be  the  same  beds,  do  they  present 
such  abrupt  alterations  of  dip  and  strike  as  along 
the  foreshores  of  RosemuUion. 

A  fine  opportunity  is  afforded  of  studying  the 
rocks  between  Maenporth  and  Helford  River.  For 
the  most   part   the  strike  of   the  beds  is  at  right 


♦  Names  taken  from  25-inch  or  parish  nmp. 


Nov.  10, 1893.]   Rocks  at  Rosermdlion  Head.  545 

angles  to  the  direction  of  the  coast  line,  and  it  is 
possible  to  form  a  fair  idea  of  their  general  con- 
tinuation. 

The  variegated  Falmouth  slates  appear  to  extend 
only  as  far  as  Summer  Cove,  near  Pennance  Point. 
Beyond  these,  southward,  a  series  of  grey  and  blue 
slates,  in  places  very  quartzose,  continue  as  far  as 
Bream  Bay,  beyond  Maenporth.  Near  the  latter 
place  there  are  yellow  beds,  more  or  less  soft,  inter- 
mixed with  the  grey  rocks.  There  is  very  little 
alteration  in  the  apparent  dip  or  strike  of  this  long 
succession  of  strata,  and  if  overfolding  has  taken 
place  it  must  have  been  very  evenly  distributed. 

Dr.  Boase  describes  the  rocks  near  Maenporth  as 
"alternating  bands  of  glossy  shining  slate  and  a 
granular  laminated  rock  abounding  in  scales  of 
mica."  This  seems  to  be  an  accurate  description; 
but  beyond  Bream  Bay  a  great  alteration  takes  place, 
which  appears  to  have  escaped  the  attention  of  both 
De  La  Beche  and  Dr.  Boase. 

The  limestone  which  Dr.  Boase  indicates  as  being 
near  Maenporth,  and  which  is  marked  on  his  map, 
seems  to  be  represented  by  very  slightly  calcareous 
grey  slate  at  High  Cliff.  At  a  cove  about  half  a 
mile  north  of  St.  Anthony's  lighthouse  occurs  a  rock 
which  is  calcareous,  splits  into  regular  blocks,  and 
may  perhaps  be  called  a  limestone.  It  may  possibly 
be  a  continuation  from  High  Cliff. 

In  the  **  head  "  on  the  north  side  of  Bream  Bay 
fragments  of  a  grey  fossiliferous  limestone  have  been 
found. 


546       On  some  Remarkable  Contortions  of  [Nov.  lo. 

The  northern  shore  of  the  Helford  River  entrance, 
from  RosemuUion  Head  westward  as  far  as  Mawnan 
Shears,  shows  a  continuation  of  hard  granular  beds 
of  rock  mixed  with  softer  beds  of  a  blue  micaceous 
slate.  The  direction  of  these  rocks  is  a  little  north 
of  east,  and  as  far  as  can  be  seen  they  present  no 
particular  features  of  interest.  South  and  south-east 
of  Mawnan  Church  along  the  beach  occurs  the  mica 
trap,  described  and  figured  by  De  La  Beche  on  page 
94  of  his  Report.  Between  this  and  RosemuUion 
Head  there  is  a*  continuation  of  the  same  mica  trap, 
and  near  the  western  end  of  Prisk  Cove  there  is  a 
place  where  the  trap  itself  appears  to  have  been 
thrown  northward  by  a  fault.  Whether  the  Gedges — 
an  outlying  reef  of  rocks — are  composed  or  partly 
composed  of  this  mica  trap  is  doubtful.  The  direc- 
tion is  towards  them. 

This  decidedly  igneous  rock  would  appear  to  have 
been  squeezed  between  the  slates  in  many  places. 
The  slates  are  puckered  and  distorted  on  both  sides. 
The  continuation  of  the  trap  is  however  very  obscure, 
and  it  has  no  well-defined  walls.  As  yet  it  has  not 
been  seen  anywhere  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  head- 
land, although  a  small  isolated  patch  of  very  similar 
rock  occurs  north  of  Sowan's  Hole. 

Mr.  H.  Fox,  F.G.S.,  informs  me  that  a  mica-trap  is 
found  south  of  the  Block-house  at  Pendennis  Point. 
This  may  possibly  be  a  continuation  of  the  Mawnan 
trap. 

The  outline  of  RosemuUion  Head,  seen  from  the 
north,    is    peculiarly